As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 2, 2020.

Registration No. 333-237260

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_____________________________________

Amendment No. 1 to

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_____________________________________

UTime Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

_____________________________________

Cayman Islands

 

3600

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

_____________________________________

7th Floor, Building 5A
Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District
Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061
+86 755 86512266

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

_____________________________________

Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, DE 19711
(302) 738
-6680

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

_____________________________________

Copies to:

Barry I. Grossman, Esq.
Jessica S. Yuan, Esq.

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10105
Tel: (212) 370-1300
Fax: (212) 370-7889

 

Clayton E. Parker, Esq.

Matthew L. Ogurick, Esq.
Hillary O’Rourke, Esq.

K&L Gates LLP

Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, Florida 33131-2399

Tel: (305) 539-3300

Fax: (305) 358-7095

_____________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. £

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company S

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. S

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered

 

Amount
to be
Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
per Unit

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee

Ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share

 

4,312,500

 

$

5.00

 

$

21,562,500

 

$

2,798.81

Representative’s Warrants to purchase ordinary shares(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares underlying Representative’s Warrants(4)

 

431,250

 

$

6.00

 

$

2,587,500

 

$

335.86

Total

 

4,725,750

 

 

 

 

$

24,150,000

 

$

3,134.67

____________

(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Includes ordinary shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(2)      Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, the securities being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares as may be issued after the date hereof as a result of share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.

(3)      In accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, because the shares of the registrant’s ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.

(4)      As estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. We have agreed to issue warrants to the representative of the underwriters, ViewTrade Securities, Inc., to purchase an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares sold by us in this offering, including any ordinary shares that may be issued pursuant to exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The exercise price of the representative’s warrants is equal to 120% of the price of our ordinary shares offered hereby. The underwriters’ warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 2, 2020

3,750,000
Ordinary Shares

UTime Limited

This is the initial public offering of ordinary shares of UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company. We are offering 3,750,000 of our ordinary shares in a firm commitment underwritten public offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The assumed initial public offering price is expected to be between $4.00 and $5.00 per share. No public market currently exists for our ordinary shares. We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “UTME.” We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. However, the closing of this offering is contingent upon the successful listing of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

We are an “emerging growth company”, as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our ordinary shares is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our ordinary shares.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Per Share

 

Total

Initial public offering price

 

$

   

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

   

$

 

Proceeds to us, before expenses

 

$

   

$

 

____________

(1)      ViewTrade Securities, Inc., the representative of the underwriters, will receive compensation, in addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth in the section entitled “Underwriting,” upon the closing of this offering, including warrants entitling ViewTrade Securities, Inc. to purchase 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares issued in this offering, including any shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, with an exercise price equal to 120% of the price per ordinary share sold in this offering. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred by them. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to 562,500 additional ordinary shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable would be $1,455,469, and the total proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses, would be $17,950,781, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares to purchasers in the offering on or about __, 2020.

The date of this prospectus is __, 2020.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Risk Factors

 

15

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

58

Use of Proceeds

 

59

Dividend Policy

 

60

Capitalization

 

61

Dilution

 

62

Selected Financial Data

 

63

Exchange Rate Information

 

64

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

 

65

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

67

Business

 

85

Management

 

129

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

135

Principal Shareholders

 

138

Description of Share Capital

 

139

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

 

150

Taxation

 

152

Underwriting

 

162

Expenses Relating to This Offering

 

168

Legal Matters

 

168

Experts

 

168

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 

168

Glossary of Terms

 

169

Index to Financial Statements

 

F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any free-writing prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ordinary shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ordinary shares.

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ordinary shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.

We obtained the statistical data, market data and other industry data and forecasts described in this prospectus from market research, publicly available information and industry publications. Industry publications generally state that they obtain their information from sources that they believe to be reliable, but they do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the information. Similarly, while we believe that the statistical data, industry data and forecasts and market research are reliable, we have not independently verified the data, and we do not make any representation as to the accuracy of the information. We have not sought the consent of the sources to refer to their reports appearing or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

We were incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and a majority of our outstanding securities are owned by non-U.S. residents. Under the rules of the SEC, we currently qualify for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Until and including •, 2020 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including our financial statements and related notes, and especially the risks described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15. We note that our actual results and future events may differ significantly based upon a number of factors. The reader should not put undue reliance on the forward-looking statements in this document, which speak only as of the date on the cover page of this prospectus.

All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” or similar terms used in this prospectus refer to UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise indicates.

Our reporting currency is the Renminbi. This prospectus also contains translations of certain foreign currency amounts into U.S. dollars for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise stated, all translations of Renminbi into U.S. dollars were made at RMB6.7335 to US$1.00 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and RMB7.0729 to US$1.00 for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, the exchange rates set forth in the central parity of RMB against the U.S. dollar by the People’s Bank of China on March 29, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On March 29, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the noon buying rate for Renminbi was RMB6.7335 to US$1.00 and RMB7.0729 to US$1.00, respectively.

Please see “Glossary of Terms” for a listing of industry-related defined terms used throughout this prospectus.

In April 2020, we repurchased 7,620,000 and 239,721 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from our shareholders Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited, respectively, pursuant to a share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited on April 29, 2020. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts in this prospectus are expressed on a post-repurchase basis. Except as specifically provided otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

Overview

We are committed to providing cost-effective mobile devices to consumers globally and to helping low-income individuals from established markets, including the United States, and emerging markets, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa, have better access to updated mobile technology.

We are mainly engaged in the design, development, production, sales and brand operation of mobile phones, accessories and related consumer electronics. We also provide Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”), including Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) and Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) services, for well-known brands, such as TCL Communication Technology Holdings, Ltd., a subsidiary of TCL Corporation, Haier Electronics Group Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Haier Group Corporation, and Quality One Wireless LLC, a global leader in wireless distribution based in Orlando, Florida. Our operations are based in China whereas most of our products are sold globally, including India, Brazil, the United States, and other emerging markets in South Asia and Africa as well as Europe. We have two in-house brands, “UTime,” which is known as our middle-to-high end label and targets middle class consumers from emerging markets; and “Do”, as our low- to mid-end brand, is positioned to the majority of grassroots consumers and price-sensitive consumers in emerging markets. Our prime end user groups are segmented into regions like South America, South Asia, Southeast Asia and Africa.

1

We value systematic management and organize production with strictly high-quality standards and production technology. We continuously endeavor to improve our overall manufacturing service level, to strengthen our cost control processes, and to enhance our ability to respond rapidly to market dynamics in order to ensure a sustainable development in our EMS segment, especially in Printed Circuit Board and Assembly (“PCBA”) for consumer electronic products.

2

3

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths have contributed to, and/or will contribute to, our recent and ongoing growth:

•        Experienced management.    Our core management team members (Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Manufacturing Officer) have at least 10 years of experience within the mobile phone industry, and most of them formerly worked at well-known publicly traded companies.

•        Comprehensive global industry ecosystem.    Our integration of development, manufacturing, PCBA, Industrial Design (“ID”), Mechanic Design (“MD”), sales and after-sale services in China, India, Africa, the United States and South America, combined with our extensive industry experience, makes us a comprehensive global ecosystem for our products. In the Indian market, we have engaged over 300 active distributors and implemented over 800 after-sales outlets across the major states.

•        Strong production capacity.    Currently, our company has three high-end Surface Mounting Technology (“SMT”) production lines, three test lines, 11 assembly lines of which six lines are leased, and four leased packaging lines. Each SMT has a production capacity of 600,000 pieces per month, and our monthly assembling capacity has reached over 1 million units. Due to the seasonality of the mobile phone industry, we also cooperate with six manufacturers to fulfill our peak season orders, and we believe this strategy is cost-effective.

•        Niche market positioning.    We have accumulated extensive business resources and partners both domestic and abroad over the past 10 years, and we have laid our focus in the middle and low-end markets of developing countries, where the markets are fairly new and generally devoid of intense competition that could create new demand, ahead of our competitors in the same industry segment, such as the markets in India.

4

•        Cost-effective products.    We primarily cover two product categories: 13 types of smartphones and 11 types of feature phones. We believe our products are comparable in quality to the large brands and are also price competitive. We believe we fit the needs of low-to-mid income groups of many developing countries and we believe we avoid the vicious competition from large international brands.

Our Strategies

We intend to achieve our mission through successful execution of the key elements of our growth strategy, which include

•        Optimize the structure of OEM/ODM customers and orders.    We have accumulated business resources and experience in both domestic and overseas OEM/ODM markets for the last decade. We will seek to leverage our first mover advantage in changing markets to become an international enterprise through continuous innovation. In addition, we will seek to optimize current customer and order structure by deprioritizing small and unstable customers and eliminating low margin orders to increase our gross profit margin. Small customers typically cannot provide sustainable OEM/ODM orders when comparing to large customers, like TCL, and those small customers tend to negotiate a lower price per order that can decrease gross margin. Therefore, keeping relatively large clients will help us maintain sustainable OEM/ODM orders and a higher margin.

•        Develop our own brand and enhance brand recognition.    We have established, and will continue to develop, our brands by delivering a superior user experience to our customers in emerging markets, such as India, Southeast Asia and Africa. We will seek to offer an enhanced shopping experience by effectively managing our distribution network and upgrading our franchised stores. Our first step is to open (direct-sell) retail stores in key and high-traffic locations in India and to establish a comprehensive sales network with our distributors. Then, we intend to replicate this pattern in other emerging markets and adjust it accordingly. As a result, we intend to increase our market share and expand our brand recognition for both “UTime” and “Do”.

•        Expand our (local) sales network overseas.     We plan to further expand our sales network in India and establish a representative office in the United States. In addition, we plan to enter the African and South American markets. We will seek to continue to strengthen our efficient sales network and streamline our supply chain process to keep our products and services at a reasonable price level in order to increase our user base. We will seek to continue to provide training and support to our sales managers across the major provinces of India to expand our service portfolio and implement up to 400 after-sales outlets to improve the user experience. In addition, we will seek to provide other electronic products and accessories to OEM/ODM overseas clients through strong production capacities to strengthen cooperation. As part of our expansion strategy, we are actively evaluating the development of cooperation with carriers through our existing clients in Southern Asia, Africa, the United States and South America. We intend to expand into more markets including emerging and established markets through business with carriers.

•        Dual-brand pricing strategy.    We plan to restructure our existing product pipeline by developing the “Do” and “UTime” brands at the same time, but targeted to different segments. Through the “Do” brand, we target customers who are price-sensitive and cost-effective, and let them enjoy the latest communication technology products with an affordable price. At the same time, through the “UTime” brand, we target the newly emerging quasi-middle-class customer base in both established and emerging market countries.

•        Expand and diversify our product portfolio.    We plan to expand and diversify our product portfolio to meet the fast-changing market. More types of consumer electronics will be added and offered to our customers. We will develop a range of distinctive electronic products, including triple-proof mobile phones that are water-proof, dust-proof and puncture-, shock-, pressure- and impact-proof, portable Bluetooth speakers, and sunglasses with built-in speakers, among others.

History and Corporate Structure

We commenced our operations in June 2008 through United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime SZ”), a People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”) company established by Mr. Minfei Bao (“Mr. Bao”), Mr. Junlin

5

Zhou (“Mr. Zhou”) and Mr. Bo Tang (“Mr. Tang”). As of March 31, 2017, Mr. Bao, Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang held 52%, 28% and 20% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively. In February 2018, Mr. Bao acquired the equity interests of UTime SZ held by Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang and became UTime SZ’s sole shareholder. In August 2019, Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”) acquired equity interests of UTime SZ by investing in UTime SZ. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Bao and Mr. He held 96.95% and 3.05% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively.

Beginning in late 2018, the following transactions were undertaken to reorganize the legal structure (the “Reorganization”) of the Company. In October 2018, the Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In November 2018, UTime International Limited (“UTime HK”) was incorporated in Hong Kong and in December 2018, Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (“UTime WFOE”) was incorporated in China, respectively.

In March 2019, UTime WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with our Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”), UTime SZ, and its shareholder Mr. Bao, which were further amended and restated in August 2019 and September 2019, respectively. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company believes that these contractual arrangements enable the Company to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the UTime SZ and its subsidiaries, and (2) receive the economic benefits of UTime SZ and its subsidiaries that could be significant to UTime SZ and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company is considered the primary beneficiary of UTime SZ and is able to consolidate UTime SZ and its subsidiaries.

Do Mobile India Private Ltd. (“Do Mobile”) was incorporated on October 24, 2016 in New Delhi, India. It is an operating entity that sells cell phone products and provides after-sale services of our own in-house brand in India. Prior to the reorganization, the majority of Do Mobile’s equity interests were held by Mr. Bao through an entrustment agreement with Mr. Wukai Song through a holding company, Bridgetime Limited (“Bridgetime”). Bridgetime was incorporated on September 5, 2016 in British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) under the laws of BVI, with Mr. Wukai Song owning 70% of the equity interest of Bridgetime through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Bao, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 30% of the equity interest of Bridgetime.

On March 5, 2018, Bridgetime issued 100,000 shares to Mr. Wukai Song, changing shareholders’ structure to Mr. Wukai Song owning 90% equity interest, which were controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Wukai Song, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 10% of equity interest. On December 5, 2018, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that appointed and registered Mr. Yihuang Chen as a new director. On March 11, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred 1 share of Do Mobile to Mr. Yihuang Chen and made him nominal shareholder of Do Mobile, removed Mr. Yunchuan Li as the director of Bridgetime and authorized representative of Do Mobile, and appointed Mr. Wukai Song as the authorized representative of Do Mobile. On April 4, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that forfeited 15,000 shares held by Mr. Yunchuan Li, cancelled those shares accordingly and amended Bridgetime’s memorandum of association that changed authorized shares from 150,000 to 135,000 at a par value of US$1.00. After this, Mr. Wukai Song owned 100% of equity interest of Bridgetime, which were controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Wukai Song. On May 23, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred the 135,000 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Wukai Song to UTime Limited. As a result, Bridgetime is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Since inception, Bridgetime has only made nominal investments into Do Mobile and no substantial business operations have occurred.

On May 20, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution to transfer 12,000,000 ordinary shares then-owned by Mr. Bao to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company that was established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and 100% owned by Mr. Bao.

On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and controlled by Mr. He, one of our director nominees, pursuant to which HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregate of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution for issuance of 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 96.95% and 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively.

On April 29, 2020, the Company approved a board resolution to repurchase 7,620,000 and 239,721 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited, respectively, based on a share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited on April 29, 2020. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited,

6

and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 4,380,000 ordinary shares, representing 96.95% of equity interest and 137,793 ordinary shares, representing 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively, as of the date of this prospectus.

On February 7, 2019, UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”) was incorporated in India.

As of the date of this prospectus, details of the material subsidiaries of the Company and UTime SZ are set forth below:

Name

 

Date of Incorporation

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Percentage of beneficial ownership

 

Principal Activities

Subsidiaries

               

UTime International Limited (“UTime HK”)

 

November 1, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (“UTime WFOE”)

 

December 18, 2018

 

China

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Bridgetime Limited

 

September 5, 2016

 

British Virgin Island

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Do Mobile India Private Ltd. (“Do Mobile”)

 

October 24, 2016

 

India

 

99.99%

 

Sales of in-house brand products in India

VIE

               

United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime SZ”)

 

June 12, 2008

 

China

 

100%

 

Research and development of products, and sales

Subsidiaries of the VIE

               

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime GZ”)

 

September 23, 2016

 

China

 

UTime SZ’s subsidiary

 

Manufacturing

UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited (“UTime Trading”)

 

June 25, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

UTime SZ’s subsidiary

 

Trading

UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”)

 

February 7, 2019

 

India

 

UTime Trading’s Subsidiary

 

Trading

7

Contractual Arrangements with the VIE and its Respective Shareholders

We conduct substantially all of our business in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE, UTime SZ, and its PRC subsidiary. The VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct the Company’s business. In addition, the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the assets necessary to operate the Company’s business and generate substantially all of the Company’s revenues. We exercise effective control over our VIE through a series of contractual arrangements among the UTime WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders.

Our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its respective shareholders allow us to: (i) exercise effective control over our VIE; (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE; and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest in and/or assets of our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

As a result of our direct ownership in UTime WFOE and the contractual arrangements with our VIE, we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of our VIE, and we treat the VIE and its subsidiaries as our consolidated affiliated entities under U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements by and among the UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE and their spouses, as applicable.

Agreements that provide us with effective control over the VIE

Power of Attorney.    Pursuant to a series of powers of attorney issued by each shareholder of the VIE, each shareholder of the VIE irrevocably authorizes UTime WFOE or any natural person duly appointed by UTime WFOE to exercise on the behalf of such shareholder with respect to all matters concerning the shareholding of such shareholder in the VIE, including without limitation, attending shareholders’ meetings of the VIE, exercising all the shareholders’ rights and shareholders’ voting rights, and designating and appointing the legal representative, the chairperson, directors, supervisors, the chief executive officer and any other senior management of the VIE.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and Mr. Bao, the shareholder of the VIE, entered into the second amended and restated power of attorney, while UTime WFOE, the VIE and Mr. He, the shareholder of the VIE, entered into an amended and restated power of attorney, which contain terms substantially similar to the power of attorney executed by the shareholders of the VIE described above.

Equity Pledge Agreement.    Pursuant to the Equity Pledge Agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agreed to pledge their 100% equity interests in the VIE to UTime WFOE to secure the performance of the VIE’s obligations under the existing exclusive call option agreement, power of attorney, exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, business operation agreement and also the equity pledge agreement. If events of default defined therein occur, upon giving written notice to the shareholders, UTime WFOE may exercise the right to enforce the pledge to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE entered into the second amended and restated equity pledge agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the equity pledge agreement described above.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have completed the equity pledge registration with the relevant office of Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law.

Spouse Consent Letter.    Pursuant to a series of spousal consent letters, executed by the spouses of the shareholders of the VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. He, the signing spouses confirmed and agreed that the equity interests of the VIE are the own property of their spouses and shall not constitute the community property of the couples. The spouses also irrevocably waived any potential right or interest that may be granted by operation of applicable law in connection with the equity interests of the VIE held by their spouses.

On September 4, 2019, Mr. Bao’s spouse executed the second amended and restated spousal consent letter while Mr. He’s spouse executed an amended and restated spousal consent letter, which contains terms substantially similar to the spousal consent letter described above.

8

Business Operation Agreement.    Pursuant to the business operation agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agreed that without the prior written consent of UTime WFOE or any party designated by UTime WFOE, the VIE shall not engage in any transaction which may have a material or adverse effect on any of its assets, businesses, employees, obligations, rights or operations (except for those occurring in the due course of business or in day-to-day business operations, or those already disclosed to UTime WFOE and with the explicit prior written consent of UTime WFOE). In addition, the VIE and its shareholders jointly agreed to accept and strictly implement any proposal made by UTime WFOE from time to time regarding the employment and removal of the VIE’s employees, its day-to-day business management and the financial management system of the VIE.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE entered into the second amended and restated business operation agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the business operation agreement described above.

Agreements that allow us to receive economic benefits from our VIE

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement entered into between UTime WFOE and the VIE, dated on March 19, 2019, UTime WFOE has the exclusive right to provide or designate any entity to provide the VIE business support, technical and consulting services. The VIE agrees to pay UTime WFOE (i) the service fees equal to the sum of 100% of the net income of the VIE of that year or such other amount otherwise agreed by UTime WFOE and the VIE; and (ii) service fee otherwise confirmed by UTime WFOE and the VIE for specific technical services and consulting services provided by UTime WFOE in accordance with the VIE’s requirement from time to time. The exclusive consultation and service agreement will continue to be valid unless the written agreement is signed by all parties to terminate it or a mandatory termination is requested in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations.

Agreements that provide us with the option to purchase the equity interests in and assets of our VIE

Exclusive call option agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive call option agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, each of the shareholders has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its equity interests in the VIE, and the VIE has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its assets.

With regard to the equity transfer option, the total transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the capital contribution mirrored by the corresponding transferred equity in the registered capital of the VIE. But if the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law is lower than the above capital contribution, the transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted by the PRC Law. With regard to the asset purchase option, the transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, VIE and the shareholders of VIE entered into the second amended and restated exclusive call option agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the exclusive call option agreement described above.

In the opinion of B&D Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel has advised us that:

•        the ownership structures of our VIE in China and UTime WFOE, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, are not in violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect; and

•        the contractual arrangements between UTime WFOE, our VIE and their respective shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect.

However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or if

9

adopted, what they would provide. If we or our VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system and changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us.”

Summary of Risks Affecting Our Business

Investing in our ordinary shares involves significant risks and uncertainties. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties discussed under the section titled “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our ordinary shares. Certain of the key risks we face include, without limitation:

•        We have incurred significant losses and we may continue to experience losses in the future.

•        The outbreak of the coronavirus in China may have a material adverse effect on our business.

•        We may need to raise additional capital or obtain loans from financial institutions from time to time and our operations could be curtailed if we are unable to obtain the required additional funding when needed. We may not be able to do so when necessary, and/or the terms of any financings may not be advantageous to us.

•        We generate a significant portion of our net revenues from a small number of major customers and key projects and any loss of business from these customers or key projects could reduce our net revenues and significantly harm our business.

•        We depend on third party service providers for logistics and aftersales services.

•        We may not be able to successfully sustain our growth strategy into new geographic markets and innovative consumer electronic products. Inability to effectively manage growth, our current and planned resources and related issues could materially and adversely affect our business of and impact future financial performance.

•        We face intense competition from onshore and offshore third party software providers in the mobile phone market, and, if we are unable to compete effectively, it may lose customers and our revenues may decline. The lack of technological development and increase in competition may lead to downfall of our sustainable growth.

•        Contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our PRC VIE owes additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

•        Our business is substantially affected by prevailing economic, political and other prevailing conditions in China and India.

•        We will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company in the United States.

10

Foreign Private Issuer Status

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which we refer to as the Exchange Act). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:

•        we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;

•        for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;

•        we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;

•        we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;

•        we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and

•        we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (which we refer to as the JOBS Act), and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and financial disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies, that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, (1) presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus, (2) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), (3) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and (4) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We intend to take advantage of certain of these exemptions. As a result, investors may find investing in our ordinary shares less attractive.

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (1) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (2) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months, or (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 7th Floor, Building 5A, Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061. Our telephone number at this address is +86 755 86512266. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Puglisi & Associates, located at 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, DE 19711.

Our website is www.utimemobile.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website or any third party websites is not a part of, and shall not be incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

11

The Offering

Ordinary Shares Offered By Us:

 

3,750,000 ordinary shares on a firm commitment basis.

Initial Public Offering Price

 

We estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $4.00 and $5.00 per ordinary share.

Number of Ordinary Shares Outstanding After This Offering:

 


8,267,793 ordinary shares will be outstanding after this offering is completed.

Over-allotment Option:

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 562,500 additional ordinary shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover any over-allotments.

Representative’s Warrants:

 

We will issue to ViewTrade Securities, Inc., the representative of the underwriters, upon the closing of this offering, compensation warrants, or the representative’s warrants, entitling ViewTrade Securities, Inc. to purchase 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares issued in this offering, including any shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, at an exercise price per share equal to 120% of the initial public offering price per share. The representative’s warrants will have a term of five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and may be exercised commencing six months after the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The representative’s warrants may be exercised on a cash or cashless basis.

Use of Proceeds:

 

Although we will have broad discretion on the use of proceeds we receive from this offering, we plan to use the net proceeds of this offering for:

•   Engaging local distribution channels and establishing a representative office in United States: 15%

•   Forming local sales and distribution teams and recruiting experienced professionals globally: 10%

•   Promoting activities through online platforms: 5%

•   Launching 4G feature phones: 15%

•   Developing Bluetooth glasses: 15%

•   Working capital and general and administrative expenses: 40%

For more information on the use of proceeds, see “Use of Proceeds” on page 59.

Lock-up:

 

All of our directors, officers and existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of twelve months from the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

Indemnification Escrow:

 

Net proceeds of this offering in the amount of $600,000 shall be used to fund an escrow account for a period of eighteen months following the closing of this offering, which account shall be used in the event we have to indemnify the underwriters pursuant to the terms of an underwriting agreement with the underwriters.

12

Proposed NASDAQ Symbol:

 

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ under the symbol “UTME.” There can be no assurance that our application will be approved. The closing of this offering is contingent upon the successful listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ.

Risk Factors:

 

Investing in our ordinary shares is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. As an investor you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 15.

Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option or of the representative’s warrants and is based on 4,517,793 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019.

13

Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

The following summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) data for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 and as of September 30, 2019 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

Our historical results for any period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. You should read the following summary financial information in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Summary Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands, except share data and per share data)

Net sales

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

 

238,096

 

 

35,360

 

 

132,994

 

 

90,894

 

 

12,851

 

Cost of sales

 

682,958

 

347,864

 

 

213,098

 

 

31,647

 

 

122,408

 

 

80,675

 

 

11,406

 

Gross profit

 

54,900

 

29,038

 

 

24,998

 

 

3,713

 

 

10,586

 

 

10,219

 

 

1,445

 

Total operating expenses

 

45,386

 

59,541

 

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

 

14,937

 

 

19,035

 

 

2,691

 

Income (loss) from
operations

 

9,514

 

(30,503

)

 

(9,972

)

 

(1,481

)

 

(4,351

)

 

(8,816

)

 

(1,246

)

Interest expenses

 

1,039

 

779

 

 

1,479

 

 

220

 

 

520

 

 

728

 

 

103

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

8,475

 

(31,282

)

 

(11,451

)

 

(1,701

)

 

(4,871

)

 

(9,544

)

 

(1,349

)

Income tax expenses

 

1,946

 

106

 

 

498

 

 

74

 

 

424

 

 

247

 

 

35

 

Net income (loss)

 

6,529

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

 

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

 

(1,618

)

 

(4,552

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTime Limited, basic and diluted

 

0.76

 

(4.14

)

 

(2.49

)

 

(0.37

)

 

(1.04

)

 

(2.17

)

 

(0.31

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

 

4,380,000

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,504,165

 

 

4,504,165

 

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

 

As of March 31,

 

As of September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

7,155

 

 

7,408

 

 

1,100

 

 

3,214

 

454

Working capital

 

(21,995

)

 

(26,030

)

 

(3,867

)

 

6,299

 

890

Total assets

 

230,594

 

 

188,160

 

 

27,943

 

 

186,819

 

26,413

Total liabilities

 

199,892

 

 

170,887

 

 

25,380

 

 

135,550

 

19,164

Total shareholders’ equity

 

30,702

 

 

17,273

 

 

2,563

 

 

51,269

 

7,249

14

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our ordinary shares is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment in our ordinary shares. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In any such case, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have incurred significant losses and we may continue to experience losses in the future.

We have incurred significant losses in the past. In fiscal year 2018 and 2019, respectively, we had losses from operations of RMB30.5 million (US$4.5 million) and RMB10.0 million (US$1.5 million), and net losses of RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) and RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million). In the six months ended September 30, 2019, we had losses from operations of RMB8.8 million (US$1.2 million) and net losses of RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million). We also had cash used in operations of RMB37.5 million (US$5.6 million) in fiscal year 2018, net cash provided by operating activities of RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) in fiscal year 2019 and net cash used in operating activities of RMB8.5 million (US$1.2 million) in the six months ended September 30, 2019.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate profits or positive cash flow from operating activities in the future. Our ability to achieve profitability depends in large part on our ability to manage our costs and expenses. We intend to manage and control our costs and expenses as a proportion of our total revenues, but there can be no assurance that we will achieve this goal. We may experience losses in the future due to our continued investments in technology, talent, content and other initiatives. In addition, our ability to achieve and sustain profitability is affected by various factors, some of which are beyond our control, such as changes in macroeconomic and regulatory environment or competitive dynamics in the industry. Accordingly, you should not rely on our financial results of any prior period as an indication of our future performance.

We may need to raise additional capital or obtain loans from financial institutions from time to time and our operations could be curtailed if we are unable to obtain the required additional funding when needed. We may not be able to do so when necessary, and/or the terms of any financings may not be advantageous to us.

As of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively, we had a working capital deficit of RMB22.0 million (US$3.3 million) and RMB26.0 million (US$3.9 million). As of September 30, 2019, we had a working capital of RMB6.3 million (US$0.9 million). Due to our working capital deficit, we may need to obtain additional funding from outside sources, including from the sales of our securities, grants or other forms of financing. Our working capital deficit increases the difficulty in completing such sales or securing alternative sources of funding, and there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain such funding on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain sufficient financing from the sale of our securities or from alternative sources, we may be required to reduce, defer or discontinue certain of our research and development and operating activities or we may not be able to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a going concern, our shareholders may lose their entire investment in our ordinary shares. Future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

We generate a significant portion of our net revenues from a small number of major customers and key projects and any loss of business from these customers or key projects could reduce our net revenues and significantly harm our business.

We have derived, and believe that in the foreseeable future we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our net revenues from a small number of major customers and key projects. Our top three customers in fiscal year 2019 accounted for approximately 50.5%, 12.5% and 10.4% of our net revenues in fiscal year 2019. For the six months ended September 30, 2019, our top three customers accounted for approximately 56.3%, 9.1% and 6.5% of our net revenues.

Our ability to maintain close relationships with our major customers is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, the volume of work performed for a specific customer is likely to vary from year-to-year and project-to-project, especially since we are generally not the exclusive service solutions provider for our customers, some of our customers have in-house research and development capabilities, and we do not have long-term purchase commitments from any of our customers. A major customer in one year may not provide the same level of net revenues for us in any subsequent year. For example, only one of the top three customers for fiscal year 2019 is the same as those in fiscal year 2018. The products we provide to our customers, and the net revenues

15

and income from those products, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of products changes over time. In addition, reliance on any individual customer for a significant portion of our net revenues may give that customer a degree of pricing leverage when negotiating contracts and terms of service with us.

In addition, a number of factors not within our control could cause the loss of, or reduction in, business or revenues from any customer, and these factors are not predictable. These factors include, among others, a customer’s decision to re-negotiate the royalty payment of a contract if the volume of unit sales exceeds original expectations, pricing pressure from competitors, a change in a customer’s business strategy, or failure of a mobile chipset manufacturer or mobile device OEM to develop competitive products. Our customers may also choose to pursue alternative technologies and develop alternative products in addition to, or in lieu of, our products, either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors. The loss of any major customer or key project, or a significant decrease in the volume of customer demand or the price at which we sell our products to customers, could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The outbreak of the coronavirus in China may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the outbreak of the CoronaVirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19), or the coronavirus, in China. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and on March 10, 2020, declared it to be a pandemic. Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of the coronavirus include restrictions on travel, and quarantines in certain areas, and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses. The coronavirus and actions taken to mitigate it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economies and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which the Company operates.

Our headquarters (Shenzhen) and our factory (Guizhou) are located in China where the coronavirus originated. The World Health Organization has declared the coronavirus outbreak in China a public health emergency of international concern. As this virus is transmitted between humans, the Chinese government has imposed travel restrictions in certain parts of the country and several businesses operating in China have scaled back operations. The development of the coronavirus outbreak could materially disrupt our business and operations, slow down the overall economy, curtail consumer spending, interrupt our sources of supply, and make it difficult to adequately staff our operations. As a result, our operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.

The coronavirus is impacting several areas of the world, including Asia and the United States. Factories in China that produced our products were closed during February 2020 at the mandate of the Chinese government and reopened in March 2020. This has impacted the manufacturing productivity of our factories as well as those of our suppliers, and therefore the amount of inventory we receive and can ship to customers. We are hopeful that all operations will return to normal as soon as possible. We are doing everything we can to keep customer production running and to keep things as smooth and stable as possible. However, the coronavirus could negatively impact our sales performance, depending on the duration and severity of the coronavirus’ impact on the operations of our vendors and suppliers, as well as our ability to restore production to normal levels.

The impact of COVID-19 on our business, financial condition, and results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        We temporarily closed our offices and manufacturing facility and implemented a work from-home policy beginning in February 2020, as required by relevant PRC regulatory authorities. Our manufacturing facility in Guizhou was allowed to reopen on February 14, 2020 by the local government. Since that time, our PRC office and factory have reopened but are not yet fully operational.

•        On March 24, 2020, the Indian government ordered a 21-day nationwide lockdown, followed by another order on April 14, 2020 and which was extended until May 31, 2020 with numerous relaxations which inter alia permitted opening of businesses and offices with certain restrictions. On May 30, 2020, the Indian government further extended the lockdown in specific areas identified as “containment zones” until June 30, 2020 and permitted the re-opening of the economy in a phased manner in areas outside the containment zones. However, the respective state/ union territory governments have been empowered to prohibit activities in areas outside containment zones or impose such restrictions as deemed necessary to contain the spread of COVID-19 which has slowed down the rate of resumption of business activities. Due to the lockdown, our operations in India were halted for several weeks. However, since May 11, 2020 we have resumed our sales operations in various parts of India (except those falling under

16

containment zones). In the event the Indian government decides to extend the lockdown further or if they impose more restrictions on continuation of business activities, it may have a detrimental impact on the resumption of our business operations in India.

•        Our logistics channels have been negatively impacted by the outbreak, which may delay our products delivery. As a result, our revenue and account receivables could be negatively impacted in 2020. Some of our orders have been delayed due to nationwide lockdown in India, Europe and Africa. However, to date, none of these orders have been returned or cancelled.

•        Our customers could potentially be negatively impacted by the outbreak, which may reduce their orders in 2020. Our customers may reduce their future purchases from us if they are not able to complete the manufacture of their products due to the shortage of components from other suppliers As a result, although to date, none of our customers have terminated contracts with us, our revenue and income may be negatively impacted in 2020.

•        The situation may worsen if the COVID-19 outbreak continues. Certain of our customers have requested, and additional customers may request, additional time to pay us or fail to pay us on time, or at all, which may require us to record additional allowances. We are currently working with customers on finalizing payment schedules and have not experienced significant collection issues so far. We will continue to closely monitor our collections throughout 2020.

•        The global stock markets have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant decline from the COVID-19 outbreak. It is possible that the price of our ordinary shares will decline significantly after the consummation of this offering, in which case you may lose your investment.

We depend on third party service providers for logistics and aftersales services, and any failure of our third party service providers to perform may have a material negative impact on our business.

We outsource all of our transportation and logistics services, as well as after-sale services, for our products to third-party service providers. We rely on these outsourcing partners to bring our products to our customers and provide after sale services. While these arrangements allow us to focus on our main business, they also reduce our direct control over the logistics and aftersales services provided to our customers. Any failure of our logistics partners to perform may have a material negative impact on the timely delivery of our products and customer satisfaction. In addition, logistics in our primary locations or transit to final destinations may be disrupted for a variety of reasons including, natural and man-made disasters, information technology system failures, commercial disputes, military actions or economic, business, labor, environmental, public health, or political issues. We may also be unable to pass any increase in logistics costs to our customers. Errors that occur in product maintenance processes can compromise our products and services, adversely affect customer experience, and harm our business.

We rely on outsourcing manufacturers to produce a majority of our products. If we encounter issues with them, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on outsourcing manufacturers to produce a majority of our products. However, the volume of orders designated to a specific manufacturer is likely to vary from year-to-year and project-to-project, especially since we generally do not enter into exclusive relationship with the manufacturers and we do not have long-term or fixed-term purchase commitments with any of our outsourcing manufacturers. A major manufacturer in one year may not provide the same amount of products to us in any subsequent year. The products each manufacturer supplied us may decline or vary our customer orders change over time. Additionally, our contracts with these manufacturers can be terminated at any time. Therefore, we may not be able to maintain a long-term cooperative relationship with our outsourcing manufacturers for our existing products. We may also experience operational difficulties with our outsourcing manufacturers, including reductions in the availability of production capacity, failure to comply with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failure to meet production deadlines, increases in manufacturing costs and longer lead time. Our outsourcing manufacturers may experience disruptions in their manufacturing operations due to equipment breakdowns, labor strikes or shortages, natural disasters, component or material shortages, cost increases, violation of environmental, health or safety laws and regulations, or other problems. We may be unable to pass the cost increases to our customers. We may have disputes with our outsourcing manufacturers, which may result in litigation expenses, divert our management’s attention and cause supply shortages to us. In addition we may not be able to identify outsourcing manufacturers who are capable of producing new products we target to launch in the future.

17

Our expansion into new product categories and scenarios, and substantial increases in product lines may expose us to new challenges and more risks.

We strive to continue to expand and diversify our product offerings to cover additional scenarios in the mobile or IoT era. Expanding into new product categories and scenarios outside of the mobile phone and accessories category, such as to wearable devices, speakers and related consumer electronics and substantially increasing our product lines involve new risks and challenges. Our potential lack of familiarity with new products and scenarios and the lack of relevant customer data relating to these products may make it more difficult for us to anticipate user demand and preferences. We may misjudge market demand, resulting in inventory buildup and possible inventory write-downs. We may not be able to effectively control our costs and expenses in rolling out these new product categories and scenarios. We may have certain quality issues and experience higher return rates on new products, receive more customer complaints and face costly product liability claims, such as injury allegedly or actually caused by our products, which would harm our brand and reputation as well as our financial performance.

Furthermore, we may need to price our new products more aggressively to penetrate new markets, and gain market share or remain competitive. It may be difficult for us to achieve profitability in the new product categories and our profit margin, if any, may be lower than we anticipate, which would adversely affect our overall profitability and results of operations.

Our international expansion is subject to a variety of costs and risks and we may not be successful and could adversely affect our profitability and operating results

We intend to expand or enter into new geographic markets, such as the United States and Canada, where we have limited or no experience in marketing, selling our products and deploying our services. International expansion has required and will continue to require us to invest significant capital and other resources and our efforts may not be successful. Our expansion may be subject to risks such as: brand awareness, sales and distribution network, differences in customer preference, political and economic instability, trade restrictions, difficulties in forming and managing local staff and teams, lesser degrees of intellectual property protection.

The occurrence of any of these risks could negatively affect our international business and consequently our business and operating results. In addition, the concern over these risks may also prevent us from entering into or releasing certain of our products in certain markets.

Our use of open source software could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

Certain of our technology and our suppliers’ technology may contain or may be derived from “open source” software, which, under certain open source licenses, may offer accessibility to a portion of a product’s source code and may expose related intellectual property to adverse licensing conditions. Licensing of such technology may impose certain obligations on us if we were to distribute derivative works of the open source software. For example, these obligations may require us to make source code for derivative works available or license such derivative works under a particular type of license that is different from what we customarily use to license our technology. While we believe we have taken appropriate steps and employ adequate controls to protect our intellectual property rights, our use of open source software presents risks that, if we inappropriately use open source software, we may be required to reengineer our technology, discontinue the sale of our technology, release the source code of our proprietary technology to the public at no cost or take other remedial actions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. There is a risk that open source licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products or solutions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We operate in a rapidly evolving industry. If we fail to keep up with technological developments and changing requirements of our customers, business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The mobile industry is rapidly evolving and subject to continuous technological developments. Our success depends on our ability to keep up with these technological developments and the resulting changes in customers’ demands. There may also be changes in the industry landscape as different types of platforms compete with one another for market share. If we do not adapt our software and service platform solutions to such changes in an effective and timely manner as more mobile operating system platforms become available in the future, we may

18

suffer a loss in market share. Given that we operate in a rapidly evolving industry, we also need to continuously invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our existing products and to respond to changes in customer preference, new challenges and industry changes in a timely and effective manner. If we fail to keep up with technological developments and continue to innovate to meet the needs of our customers, our software and service platform solutions may become less attractive to customers, which in turn may adversely affect our reputation, competitiveness, results of operations and prospects.

We face intense competition from onshore and offshore third party software providers in the mobile phone market, and, if we are unable to compete effectively, it may lose customers and our revenues may decline. The lack of technological development and increase in competition may lead to downfall of our sustainable growth.

The mobile phone market is highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition to persist and intensify from both existing competitors and new market entrants. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our industry are reliability and efficiency, performance, product features and functionality, development complexity and time-to-market, price, support for multiple architectures and processors, interoperability with other systems, support for emerging industry and customer standards and protocols and levels of training, technical services and customer support.

The market in which we operate is highly competitive and is subject to frequent changes due to technological improvements and advancements, availability of new and alternative services and frequently changing client preferences and demands. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology and regulatory standards and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products successfully on a timely basis will be a significant factor in our ability to grow and to remain competitive. The development and acquisition of technology indeed requires substantial investments, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to achieve the technological advances that may be necessary for us to remain competitive and if we fail to update the technology used in their handsets, it will be challenging for us to have sustained growth in both existing and new markets and consequently, we may lose our market share and revenue.

We may undertake acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or other strategic alliances in the future, which could expose us to new operational, regulatory and market risks. In addition, such future and past undertakings may not be successful, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We intend to grow both organically by expanding our current business lines and geographic coverage and through acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or other strategic alliances if the appropriate opportunities arise. These potential business plans, acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and strategic alliances may expose us to new operational, regulatory and market risks, as well as risks associated with additional capital requirements. In addition, we may not be able to identify suitable future acquisition or investment candidates or joint venture or alliance partners. Even if we identify suitable candidates or partners, we may be unable to complete an acquisition, investment or alliance on terms commercially acceptable to us. If we fail to identify appropriate candidates or partners, or complete desired acquisitions, investments or alliances, we may not be able to implement our strategies effectively or efficiently.

In addition, our ability to successfully integrate acquired companies and their operations may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including, among others, the ability to capitalize on anticipated synergies, diversion of resources and management’s attention, difficulties in retaining personnel of the acquired companies, unanticipated problems or legal liabilities and tax and accounting issues. If we fail to integrate any acquired company efficiently, our earnings, revenues, gross margins, operating margins and business operations could be adversely affected. The integration of acquired companies is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process.

Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and harm our reputation and business.

As part of our business we may receive and process information about our employees, customers and partners, and we may store (or contract with third parties to store) our customers’ data. There are numerous laws governing privacy and the storage, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information and user data. Specifically, personally identifiable and other confidential information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous domestic and international jurisdictions. The regulatory framework for privacy protection in China and worldwide, including India and the United States, is currently evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. We could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations in China and elsewhere on the world where we have business operations are expanded to require changes in business practices or privacy policies, or if the relevant governmental authorities in China and elsewhere on the world where we have business operations interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect

19

our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in November 2016, China released the Cybersecurity Law, which took effect in June 2017. The Cybersecurity Law requires network operators to perform certain functions related to cybersecurity protection and the strengthening of network information management. For instance, under the Cybersecurity Law, network operators of key information infrastructure, including network operators of key information infrastructures in public communications and information industry, generally shall, during their operations in the PRC, store the personal information and important data collected and produced within the territory of the PRC and their purchase of network products and services that may affect national securities shall be subject to national cybersecurity review. While we take security measures relating to service platform solutions, specifically, and our operations (including MVNO business operation), generally, those measures may not prevent security breaches that could harm our business and we cannot assure you that the measures we have taken or will take are adequate under the Cybersecurity Law and other relevant laws and regulations. Advances in computer capabilities, inadequate technology or facility security measures or other factors may result in a compromise or breach of our systems and the data we store and process. Our security measures may be breached as a result of actions by third parties or employee error or malfeasance. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other things, misappropriate proprietary information (including information about our employees, customers and partners and our customers’ information), cause the loss or disclosure of some or all of this information, cause interruptions in our operations or our customers’ or expose our customers to computer viruses or other disruptions or vulnerabilities. Any compromise of our systems or the data it stores or processes could result in a loss of confidence in the security of our service platform solutions, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, a compromise of our systems could remain undetected for an extended period of time, exacerbating the impact of that compromise. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us by our customers, partners or other third parties, which could be material. While our customer agreements typically contain provisions that seek to limit our liability, there is no assurance these provisions will be enforceable and effective under applicable law. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.

We are vulnerable to technology infrastructure failures, which could harm our reputation and business.

We rely on our technology infrastructure for many functions, including selling our service platform solutions, supporting our customers and billing, collecting and making payments. We also rely on our own technology infrastructure, which is located on a third-party site, as well as the technology infrastructure of third parties, to provide some of our back-end services. This technology infrastructure may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, terrorist attacks, computer intrusions and viruses, software errors, computer denial-of-service attacks and other events. A significant number of the systems making up this infrastructure are not redundant, and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for every eventuality. This technology infrastructure is also subject to break-ins, sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism by internal employees, contractors and third parties. Despite any precautions we or our third-party partners may take, such problems could result in, among other consequences, interruptions in our services and loss of data, which could harm our reputation, business and financial condition. We do not carry business interruption insurance sufficient to protect us from all losses that may result from interruptions in our services as a result of technology infrastructure failures or to cover all contingencies. Any interruption in the availability of our websites and on-line interactions with customers and partners would create a large volume of questions and complaints that would need to be addressed by our support personnel. If our support personnel cannot meet this demand, customer and partner satisfaction levels may fall, which in turn could cause additional claims, reduced revenue, reputation damage or loss of customers.

We may not be able to continue to use or adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could harm our business reputation and competitive position.

We believe that patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyright, software registration and other intellectual property we use are important to our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, software registration and trade secret protection laws in China, the United States, the Philippines, Kenya and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property and brand name. Risks related to mis-branded counterfeit, unlawful copying can lead to security problems, loss of consumer confidence, losing out on the brand image, reputation and goodwill. Presently, “Do Mobile” is not a registered trademark in India. Any failure by us to maintain or protect our intellectual property rights, including any unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties or use of “UTime” or “Do Mobile” as a company name to conduct software or services business, may adversely affect our current and future revenues and our reputation.

20

In addition, the validity, enforceability and scope of protection available under intellectual property laws with respect to the mobile and Internet industries in China, where a significant part of our business and operations are located, are uncertain and still evolving. Implementation and enforcement of PRC intellectual property-related laws have historically been deficient, ineffective and hampered by corruption and local protectionism. Accordingly, protection of intellectual property rights in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other countries. Furthermore, policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive, and we may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend patents issued to us or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of our proprietary rights or those of others. Such litigation and an adverse determination in any such litigation, if any, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention, which could harm our business and competitive position.

We also may be required to enter into license agreements with certain third parties to use their intellectual property for our business operations. If such third parties fail to perform under these license agreements or if the agreements are terminated for any reason, our business and results of operations may be negatively impacted. Furthermore, if we are deemed to be using third parties’ intellectual property without due authorization, we may become subject to legal proceedings or sanctions, which may be time-consuming and costly to defend, divert management attention and resources or require us to enter into licensing agreements, which may not be available on commercial terms, or at all.

The international nature of our business exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct our business throughout the world in multiple locations. Our corporate structure also spans multiple jurisdictions, with our parent company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and structured as a holding company and intermediate and operating subsidiaries incorporated in China, Hong Kong and India. As a result, we are exposed to risks typically associated with conducting business internationally, many of which are beyond our control. These risks include, among others:

•        significant currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and other currencies in which we transact business;

•        difficulty in identifying appropriate mobile chipset manufacturers, mobile device OEMs, mobile operators and/or joint venture partners, and establishing and maintaining good relationships with them;

•        legal uncertainty owing to the overlap and inconsistencies of different legal regimes, problems in asserting contractual or other rights across international borders and the burden and expense of complying with the laws and regulations of various jurisdictions;

•        potentially adverse tax consequences, such as scrutiny of transfer pricing arrangements by authorities in the countries in which we operate;

•        adverse effect of inflation and increase in labor costs;

•        current and future tariffs and other trade barriers, including restrictions on technology and data transfers;

•        general global economic downturn;

•        unexpected changes in political environment and regulatory requirements; and

•        terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war.

The potential for war or terrorist attacks may also cause uncertainty and cause our business to suffer in ways that we cannot predict. Our business could also be adversely affected by the outbreaks of epidemics in China and globally, such as the coronavirus which originated in Wuhan, China at the end of 2019, Ebola virus disease, H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, avian flu, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, or other epidemics. Past occurrences of epidemics have caused different degrees of damage to the national and local economies in India. A recurrence of an outbreak of any kind of epidemic could cause a slowdown in the levels of economic activity generally, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Should major public health issues, including pandemics, arise, we could be adversely affected by more stringent employee travel restrictions, additional limitations in freight services, governmental actions limiting the movement of products between regions, delays in production ramps of new products and disruptions in the operations of our component suppliers.

The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

21

Furthermore, we are in the process of implementing policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations in various jurisdictions applicable to us, but there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors or agents will not violate such laws and regulations or our policies. Any such violations could, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Inadequacy of skilled personnel may lead to downfall in sales of mobile phones by us.

Competition in our industry for qualified employees, especially technical employees, is intense, and our competitors directly target our employees from time to time. We have also experienced employees leaving us to start competing businesses or to join the in-house research and development teams of our customers. The loss of the technical knowledge and industry expertise of any of these individuals could seriously impede our success. Moreover, the loss of these individuals, particularly to a competitor, some of which are in a position to offer greater compensation, and any resulting loss of customers or trade secrets and technological expertise could further lead to a reduction in our market share and adversely affect our business. If we are required to increase the compensation payable to our qualified employees to compete with certain competitors with greater resources than we have or to discourage employees from leaving us to start competing businesses, our operating expenses will increase which, in turn, will adversely affect our results or operations.

Moreover, our sales team plays a pivotal role in the success of the business of every organization. The unique and important role of sales is to bridge the gap between the potential customer’s needs and the products/services that the organization offers that can fulfil their needs. Every organization strives to have best sales team who possess skill set for understanding consumer behavior and consumer needs and excellent communication skill. Our growth strategy places significant dependence on the experience and the continued efforts of our sales executives. There has always been dearth of such skilled sales personnel, and we may need to incur significant expenditure for attracting skilled sales personnel and for retaining its existing sales team. We may not be able to retain our existing sales team or attract and recruit new sales executives in the future. This may result in drop in sale of mobile handsets and will consequently have an adverse effect on our revenue and sustained growth.

Our success depends substantially on the continuing efforts of our senior executives and other key personnel, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior executives and other key employees. In particular, we rely on the expertise, experience, customer relationships and reputation of Minfei Bao, our founder, chairman and chief executive officer. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the senior members of our management team or other key employees. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key employees or attract and retain new senior executive and key employees in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted, and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If any of our senior executives or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, it may lose customers, know-how and other key employees and staff members to them. Also, if any of our business development managers, who generally keep a close relationship with our customers, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose customers, and our net revenues may be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures by such employees. All of our executives and key employees have entered into employment agreements with us that contain non-competition provisions, non-solicitation and nondisclosure covenants. However, if any dispute arises between our executive officers or key employees and us, such non-competition, non-solicitation and nondisclosure provisions might not provide effective protection to us, especially in China, where most of these executive officers and key employees reside, in light of the uncertainties with China’s legal system.

We could be impacted by unfavorable results of legal proceedings, including the pending proceeding against Do Mobile, and may, from time to time, be involved in future litigation in which substantial monetary damages are sought.

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of business, from time to time, and new claims may arise in the future.

22

On September 17, 2018, Mr. Wukai Song, the majority shareholder in Bridgetime filed a complaint with India National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) against Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, the directors of Do Mobile, alleging mismanagement of corporate affairs, embezzlement of funds and absenting themselves from the management of Do Mobile. Further, Mr. Wukai Song sought the following relief from NCLT:

•        prevent Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from exercising any of their powers as directors of Do Mobile;

•        restrain Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from operating the bank account of Do Mobile and restraining DBS Bank from acting on the instructions of Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li;

•        permit the company secretary of Do Mobile to carry out the daily affairs of the company which are ordinarily carried out by the directors of a company, until a new board of directors of Do Mobile is constituted and to file an application seeking extension of the date for holding an annual general meeting beyond September 30, 2018;

•        appoint Mr. Amit Kumar and Mr. Huiyun Chen as interim directors of Do Mobile; and

•        direct Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, directors of Do Mobile, to hand over all documents and material related to Do Mobile in their possession, back to Do Mobile and sign all statutory documents and filings to be made for the time period when they were acting as directors of Do Mobile.

On November 16, 2018 and November 15, 2018, Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, respectively, filed an answer with NCLT. Further, on November 17, 2018, Mr. Wukai Song filed an application for interim relief seeking removal of Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from the board of directors of Do Mobile.

On September 30, 2019, NCLT issued its interim order which allowed Mr. Wukai Song to carry-out certain statutory compliances of Do Mobile, and NCLT has also directed Ms. Ekta Grover, director of Do Mobile, to handover the digital signature of directors to Mr. Wukai Song for carrying-out said statutory compliances and undertaking its business pending resolution of the litigation.

Since the litigation is against the directors of Do Mobile, both Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, directors of Do Mobile, do not attend to the affairs of Do Mobile. As a result, Do Mobile currently does not have an effective board and is facing significant challenges in its daily operation. For instance, Do Mobile has been unable to undertake certain corporate actions, such as: (a) convening and holding board meetings of Do Mobile as mandatorily required under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 every year; (b) convening an annual general meeting where among other things, the Do Mobile shareholders approve and adopt the financial statements of Do Mobile as required under the Companies Act, 2013; (c) reporting annual compliances with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 through various e-forms with the office of the Registrar of Companies, Ministry of Corporate Affairs; (d) submitting an annual report titled ‘Foreign Liabilities and Assets’ each year as required by companies receiving foreign direct investment and other related compliances under Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999; and (e) maintenance of statutory registers as required under various applicable laws.

The above-mentioned instances of non-compliance expose Do Mobile to potential fines and penalties. Do Mobile directors and officers may also be prosecuted for such non-compliance under the official-in-default doctrine in the Companies Act, 2013, should they fail to undertake their statutory duties to act in the best interest of Do Mobile.

As of the date of this prospectus, this litigation against Ekta Grover and Yunchuan Li is still pending before Delhi Bench of the NCLT and the further hearing on the matter was to be held on May 25, 2020, which, due to the COVID-19 lockdown in India, has been rescheduled to a date still to be determined. The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain.

Since the litigation commenced, all major decisions for Do Mobile have been made by the Company’s group headquarters in Shenzhen, China. Such decisions inter alia include decisions relating to the type and quantum of products to be released in the market. Furthermore, all sales and marketing strategy for Do Mobile is also presently being formulated from the corporate headquarter in Shenzhen, China. However, Do Mobile is making its own decisions relating to customer acquisition, recruitment of sales forces and office administration.

23

In order to avoid operational challenges in Do Mobile on account of on-going litigation at NCLT, the Company has nominated the following persons to manage the daily operations of Do Mobile:

•        Andy Liu, Vice President of Overseas Department at UTime SZ, manages daily external affairs related to clients, vendors, products, sales & purchase, marketing, business development, etc.

•        Wukai Song manages daily internal affairs related to finance, human resource, office administration, etc.

•        Do Mobile has also inducted another officer in India, Tarun Garg, to manage the banking and accounting operations of Do Mobile. He is working in close coordination with Shibin Yu, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and Wendy Long, an accountant from corporate headquarters in Shenzhen, China. In addition to this, Tarun Garg is also assisting Wukai Song and Andy Liu in relation to day-to-day operations of the Do Mobile in India.

While Do Mobile has been receiving requisite direction on significant decisions relating to its operations and management, such remote governance is not a long-term substitute for an active board of directors dedicated to manage the business and affairs of Do Mobile. For instance, in case Do Mobile requires to execute or amend any material contract, there remains certain ambiguity as to who is authorized to do so for and on behalf of Do Mobile pending resolution of the said litigation and a functional board of directors.

In this regard, Do Mobile has started taking steps to appoint a new board of directors, however, the procedure has been delayed due to the current COVID-19 lockdown in India. As a result, Do Mobile’s ability to regain the above-mentioned corporate compliance by appointing new board of directors is limited until the COVID-19 lockdown is lifted.

On August 24, 2018, UTime GZ submitted an arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu GZ”), alleging Nianfu GZ defaulted payment of RMB7,428,592.35 (US$1.1 million) under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime GZ and Nianfu GZ (No. GZNF-GZLD2017-386, the “Service Agreement”), and seeking compensation losses. On July 24, 2019, a judgment was rendered awarding that (i) Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB1,748,689.70 (US$0.2 million) for the balance for goods to UTime GZ; and (ii) Nianfu GZ shall pay UTime GZ the property preservation fees and legal fees of RMB18,728.70 (US$2,648.0) in total. This judgment has taken effect and UTime GZ has received the amount of RMB1,816,621.90 (US$0.3 million) on September 23, 2019. On August 14, 2019, UTime GZ has submitted a new arbitration against Nianfu GZ at Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (“SCIA”), mainly because our management was not satisfied with the amount of the compensation awarded by the SCIA, seeking termination of the Service Agreement and the payment of RMB5,932,637.83 (US$0.8 million) by Nianfu GZ under the Service Agreement. The new arbitration application was accepted by SCIA on September 3, 2019 and the tribunal heard the case on November 14, 2019. On March 16, 2020, a new judgment was rendered by the arbitration tribunal awarding that the Service Agreement shall be terminated and Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB5,679,902.65 (US$0.8 million) to UTime GZ.

On August 23, 2018, UTime SZ submitted an arbitration against Shenzhen Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu SZ”), alleging Nianfu SZ defaulted on payment of RMB1,913,616.60 (US$0.3 million) under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime SZ and Nianfu SZ, seeking compensation losses. On March 26, 2019, Nianfu SZ submitted an application for suspending the arbitration hearing to SCIA due to that it was going through the bankruptcy proceedings. On March 29, 2019, SCIA issued the Correspondence No. Hua Nan Guo Zhong Shen Fa [2019] D3704 stating that the arbitration tribunal decided to suspend the case (No. SHEN DX20180565) from March 29, 2019, and the time for resuming the arbitration procedure shall be notified by the arbitration tribunal separately. As of the date of this prospectus, UTime SZ has not received any notice from the tribunal to resume the arbitration process.

Regardless of the merit of particular claims, litigation may be expensive, time consuming, disruptive to our operations and distracting to management. For instance, if such litigation against Do Mobile stays pending, there will be no effective board of Do Mobile, which may lead to serious complications for Do Mobile. Continued non-compliance may impact Do Mobile’s operations negatively, which could result in the imposition of substantial penalties by the government and lead to prosecution of our management. Therefore, our business operations could be negatively impacted by unfavorable results of legal proceedings.

24

In addition, we may from time to time be involved in future litigation in which substantial monetary damages are sought. Litigation claims may relate to intellectual property, contracts, employment, securities and other matters arising out of the conduct of our current and past business activities. Any claims, whether with or without merit, could be time consuming, expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources. We may maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these potential claims, and the levels of insurance we do maintain may not be adequate to fully cover any and all losses. Nonetheless, the results of any future litigation or claims are inherently unpredictable, and such outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash from operating activities or financial condition.

Compromised product quality of our mobile products may damage our brand and reputation of and customers could stop using our mobile handsets.

Quality of any product plays a vital role towards its demand and any failure to maintain quality standards may impact sales and revenues. Much of the mobile products we sell, for instance, the mobile handsets sold by Do Mobile, are being manufactured by third party vendors. Though we conduct frequent vendor inspections in an effort to ensure that these vendors adhere to our prescribed quality standards; however, there remains an element of risk about the quality of mobile handsets as we cannot guarantee that our inspections will capture all existing or latent defects. Our inability to maintain the quality of our products, may materially impact our reputation and business.

We may not be able to successfully sustain our growth strategy into new geographic markets and innovative consumer electronic products. Inability to effectively manage growth, our current and planned resources and related issues could materially and adversely affect our business of and impact future financial performance.

We have experienced rapid growth since we commenced operations. Our rapid expansion may expose us to new challenges and risks. Currently we are not involved in any other business vertical and is solely dependent upon revenue from its mobile handset business. In the event, our mobile handset vertical becomes vulnerable due to any unforeseen circumstance or we become unable to successfully augment our existing business of sale of mobile handsets, then our business and financial condition could material adverse effect. Even if we introduce any new service or product as a part of its business operations, it may take time to establish in a highly competitive Asian market, hence, there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve its intended return on investments.

Further principal component of our growth strategy is to expand the geographical scope of its business. This growth strategy will require deployment of additional funds and resources, continued expansion and enhancement of our infrastructure and technology, improvement of our operational and financial systems and controls, and will also entail procuring additional approvals, permissions and licenses from regulatory authorities. This will put strain on our funds position and there will always be a requirement of infusion of additional capital. For example, we currently manage all of our human resources functions manually and expect that we will need to upgrade our current system as we continue to increase our headcount. We also need to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. In addition, our management will be required to obtain, maintain or expand relationships with mobile chipset manufacturers, mobile device OEMs and mobile operators, as well as other third-party business partners. We cannot assure you that our current and planned personnel, infrastructure, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support our expanding operations. As we enter new markets, such expansion may subject us to various challenges, including those relating to our lack of familiarity with the culture, legal regulations and economic conditions of the new regions, difficulties in selection and appointment of distributors, display centers, staffing and managing such operations. The risks involved in entering new geographical markets may be higher than expected, and we may face significant competition in such markets. By expanding into new markets, we may be exposed to significant liabilities and could lose some or all of its investment in such regions. If we fail to manage our expansion effectively, our business, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. Any delay or non-availability of additional capital will also impact our growth curve and may lead to stagnation and loss of business.

Continuous expansion also involves challenges relating to recruitment, training and retention of human resources of caliber. Failure to train and retain employees may result in attrition, which will put pressure on us for recruitment, which may also lead to increased human resource costs, which may also impact our financial position.

25

We are dependent on raw materials and mobile device components from off shore entities and from local markets, and an increase in their cost could have an adverse effect on our business.

The stability or variability in the prices of materials/components depends on various factors which could have an adverse effect on our business and accordingly, a major fluctuation should not be ruled out in future. Several components used in handsets sold by us are sourced from offshore companies, primarily from China. The price and availability of the materials/components depends on several factors beyond our control, including supplier’s preferability, overall economic conditions, production levels, market demand for such material, production and transportation cost, duties, taxes and trade restrictions. Any impact on supply of components for any reasons whatsoever, will have direct impact on our business.

We have engaged in transactions with related parties, and such transactions present possible conflicts of interest that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We have entered into a number of transactions with related parties, including our significant shareholder and director. For example, we have entered into several transactions with our Chief Executive Officer, Minfei Bao, where we borrowed funds from him for operation purposes. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”. We may in the future enter into additional transactions with entities in which members of our board of directors and other related parties hold ownership interests.

Transactions with related parties present potential for conflicts of interest, as the interests of related party may not align with the interests of our shareholders. Although we believe that these transactions were in our best interests, we cannot assure you that these transactions were entered into on terms as favorable to us as those that could have been obtained in an arms-length transaction. We may also engage in transactions with related parties in the future. Conflicts of interests arise when we transact business with related parties. These transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations or may result in government enforcement actions or other litigation.

We may be adversely affected by product liability exposure claims.

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that our products fail to perform to their specifications. In case of any product liability claim, we may need to incur significant expenditure in defending any such claims. We may incur losses relating to these claims or the defense of these claims.

We may also be required to participate in recalls involving our mobile products, if any prove to be defective, or we may voluntarily initiate a recall or make payments related to such claims as a result of various industry or business practices or the need to maintain good customer relationships. Such a recall would result in a diversion of resources. Where defective designs or defective components parts cause significant bodily damage or injury, our liability risks will increase.

We do not maintain product liability insurance, and to the extent we do obtain such insurance in the future, we cannot assure investors that it will be sufficient to cover all product liability claims, that such claims will not exceed our insurance coverage limits or that such insurance will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any product liability claim brought against us could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations.

Our management and auditors identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements that could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and have a negative effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Neither we nor BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP (“BDO China”), our independent registered public accounting firm, has performed a comprehensive assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, as defined by the standards of the PCAOB, for purposes of identifying and reporting material weaknesses and other control deficiencies. We are not currently required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and therefore are not required to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, BDO China has not been engaged to express, nor has it expressed, an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with its audits of our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, and for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, BDO China identified certain errors relating to accounts and disclosures, in the aggregate, material to the consolidated financial statements. The Company has reflected all proposed adjustments and disclosures in its financial statements.

26

The material weaknesses identified related to (i) our lack of sufficient qualified financial reporting and accounting personnel with an appropriate knowledge under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), and (ii) our lack of comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We are taking remedial measures to improve the effectiveness of our controls, including by hiring additional accounting and finance personnel and by seeking to engage an outside consultant. The existence of material weaknesses is an indication that there is a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected in a future period, and the process of designing and implementing effective internal controls and procedures will be a continual effort that may require us to expend significant resources to establish and maintain a system of controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. We cannot assure you that the measures we take will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses identified by BDO China or that we will implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future in order to avoid additional material weaknesses or controlled deficiencies in our internal control over financing reporting. If our remediation efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence and cause the trading price of our ordinary shares to decline. Moreover, ineffective controls could significantly hinder our ability to prevent fraud.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. We will be in a continuing process of developing, establishing, and maintaining internal controls and procedures that will allow our management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal controls over financial reporting if and when required to do so under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Although our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company and neither a large accelerated filer nor an accelerated filer, our management will be required to report on our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we would not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Moreover, our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal other material weaknesses or that the material weaknesses described above have not been fully remediated. If we do not remediate the material weaknesses described above, or if other material weaknesses are identified or we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, our reported financial results could be materially misstated or could subsequently require restatement, we could receive an adverse opinion regarding our internal controls over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm and we could be subject to investigations or sanctions by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources, and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

We are subject to various anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and PRC and Indian anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws; any determination that we have violated such laws could damage our business and reputation, limit our ability to bid for certain business opportunities, and subject us to significant criminal and civil penalties, civil litigation (such as shareholder derivative suits), and commercial liabilities.

We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in the United States, United Kingdom, China, and India that prohibit certain improper payments made directly or indirectly to government departments, agencies, and instrumentalities; officials of those government departments, agencies, and instrumentalities; political parties and their officials; candidates for political office; officials of public international organizations; persons acting on behalf of the foregoing; and commercial counterparties. These laws include the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the PRC Criminal Law, the PRC Anti-Unfair Competition Law, the Prevention of Corruption Act 1988 of India, the Indian Penal Code, 1860, the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 and anti-corruption laws in various Indian states.

27

We are engaged in business in a number of countries that are regarded as posing significant risks of corruption. Of particular note, we conduct operations, have agreements with state-controlled enterprises and other third parties and make sales in the PRC, and we have research and development activities in India, each of which may be exposed to corruption risk. It is our policy to implement safeguards and procedures to prohibit these practices by our employees, officers, directors, or by third parties acting on our behalf. However, we cannot rule out the risk that any of our employees, officers, directors, or third parties acting on our behalf may engage in breaches of our policies or anti-corruption laws, for which we might be held responsible.

Allegations of violations of these anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, and investigation into such allegations, could negatively affect our reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition. The violation of these laws may result in substantial monetary and even criminal sanctions, follow-on civil litigation (such as shareholder derivative suits), and monitoring of our compliance program by the United States or other governments, each of which could negatively affect our reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, the United States or other governments may seek to hold us liable for violations of these laws committed by companies in which we invest or acquire.

The agreements governing the loan facilities we currently have contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly affect our ability to operate our business, raise capital, as well as significantly affect our liquidity, and therefore could adversely affect our results of operations.

According to the credit agreement between the China Construction Bank (“CCB”) and UTime SZ, the CCB gives UTime SZ a certain amount line of credit and the term of validity of the loan quota is from April 23, 2019 to April 9, 2020, which we renewed on May 8, 2020 with the term of validity from May 8, 2020 to April 28, 2021 (the “term of validity”). If a single loan occurs within the term of validity, unless otherwise agreed by CCB, the performance period of the single loan shall not exceed six months after the expiration of the term of validity. Covenants governing our loan facility with CCB restrict, among other things, our ability to:

•        pay dividends or distributions, repurchase or redeem equity;

•        incur or permit to exist any additional indebtedness or liens;

•        guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to the obligations of another party or entity;

•        acquire any assets, except in the ordinary course of business, or make any investments;

•        pay any third party using the proceeds of the loan;

•        use the proceeds of the loan hereunder for investment in fixed assets or equity, or for investment in securities or futures market; and

•        complete a merger, division, transfer of equity and creditor’s rights, external investment, material increase of debt financing, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the credit agreement with CCB requires us to satisfy certain financial covenants, including periodic status reports and a debt to asset ratio of no more than seventy-five percent (75%).Our ability to comply with these provisions may be affected by events beyond our control. Such covenants and obligations are ongoing, and the breach of any such covenants or obligations not otherwise waived or cured could result in a default under the applicable debt obligations and could trigger acceleration of those obligations.

Any defaults under our credit agreement with CCB could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of operations and our ability to make payments on our debt. The ability to make payments of principal and interest on indebtedness will depend on our financial condition, which is subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. If sufficient cash flow is not generated from operations to service such debt, we may be required, among other things, to:

•        seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets;

•        delay, curtail or abandon altogether our research & development or investment plans;

•        refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness; or

•        sell selected assets.

28

Such measures might be insufficient to service the indebtedness. In addition, any such financing, refinancing or sale of assets may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, we may not be able to grow market share, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements, which could negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

Defaults under our credit agreement with CCB could result in a substantial loss of our assets.

We have mortgaged the office owned by UTime SZ and pledged accounts receivables equal to RMB22,500,000 (US$3.3 million) owned by UTime SZ under the credit agreement with CCB.

The term of our credit agreement with CCB expires on April 28, 2021, pursuant to which any outstanding loans made within the term of validity, unless otherwise agreed by CCB, the performance period of the outstanding loans shall not exceed six months after the expiration of the term of validity. A failure to repay any of the indebtedness under our agreement with CCB as it becomes due or to otherwise comply with the covenants contained in any of such agreements could result in an event of default thereunder. If not cured or waived, an event of default under any of such agreements could enable the lender thereunder to declare all borrowings outstanding on such debt, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. The lenders could also elect to foreclose on our assets securing such debt. In such an event, the Company may not be able to refinance or repay all of its indebtedness, pay dividends or have sufficient liquidity to meet operating and capital expenditure requirements. Any such acceleration could cause us to lose a substantial portion of our assets and will substantially adversely affect our ability to continue our operations.

Controversies affecting China’s trade with the United States could harm our operations.

In July 2018 and again in September 2018, the United States imposed tariffs on a wide range of products and other goods from China. In May 2019, negotiations on tariffs and other trade matters between the United States and China came to a halt, and both sides escalated the trade dispute. In June 2019, trade talks resumed between the United States and China, and the United States indicated it would not impose additional tariffs at this time. Although negotiations are to resume in the second half of 2019 between the United States and China, it is possible the United States will impose additional tariffs. Given our major manufacturing in China, the imposition of tariffs by the United States presents negative effect for us. Tariffs that have already been announced and implemented have covered certain of our products. The trade controversy between the United States and China is still evolving, and we cannot predict future trade policy. However, future tariffs could cover more or all of our products, resulting in an adverse effect on our operations, including customer demand from the United States.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

We are a holding company, and will rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs. Any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividend payments to us, or any tax implications of making dividend payments to us, could limit our ability to pay our parent company expenses or pay dividends to holders of our ordinary shares.

We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating subsidiaries, including a limited liability company established in China and in India. We will rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our operating expenses.

We rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. Under PRC laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiary, which is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise, may pay dividends only out of its accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a certain statutory reserve fund, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. Such reserve funds cannot be distributed to us as dividends. At its discretion, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to an enterprise expansion fund, or a staff welfare and bonus fund.

29

Our PRC subsidiary generates primarily all of its revenue in Renminbi, which is not freely convertible into other currencies. As result, any restriction on currency exchange may limit the ability of our PRC subsidiary to use its Renminbi revenues to pay dividends to us. The PRC government may continue to strengthen its capital controls, and more restrictions and substantial vetting process may be put forward by State Administration of Foreign Exchange (the “SAFE”) for cross-border transactions falling under both the current account and the capital account. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends or make other kinds of payments to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC resident enterprises are incorporated. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

With respect to Do Mobile, our Indian subsidiary, any limitation on declaration and payment of dividend may create a barrier for us to meet our cash and financing requirements and this could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. As per the extant provisions of Indian laws and regulations, our Indian subsidiary (being a wholly foreign owned company), may pay dividends only out of its profits of current year or previous years or its free reserves subject to the treatment and adjustment prescribed in applicable Indian law, i.e., the Companies Act, 2013. Pursuant to applicable Indian taxation law until March 31, 2020, it was necessary for our Indian subsidiary to pay tax on the dividend declared and distributed to the shareholders and, a non-resident shareholder of an Indian company is not liable to pay any tax in India on the dividends received by it. However, Finance Act, 2020 (which came into effect from March 27, 2020) amends certain provisions relating to taxation of dividends declared by Indian companies, and provides that any distribution of dividend from April 1, 2020 onwards will only be subject to tax in the hands of the recipient shareholder and the Indian companies are not required to pay any tax on the dividend declared and distributed to the shareholders. Furthermore, non-resident shareholders would now be paying tax on the dividend income as per the rate prescribed under the relevant double taxation avoidance agreements. The said amendments shall entitle foreign investors to claim credit in their country of residence of tax paid in India in respect of dividend distributed by domestic companies. The change in the tax regime by Indian Government regarding payment of taxes may increase tax burden in the hands of the parent company of our Indian Subsidiary.

Minfei Bao, our founder, chairman and chief executive officer, as well as Min He, our director nominee, will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of shareholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for a vote.

Minfei Bao is deemed to beneficially own 4,380,000 of our ordinary shares through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, of which Mr. Bao controls 100% equity interest. Min He, our director nominee, is deemed to beneficially own 137,793 of our ordinary shares through HMercury Capital Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, of which Mr. He is the controlling shareholder. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Bao is deemed to beneficially own 96.95% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares and Mr. He, is deemed to beneficially own 3.05% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Prior to this offering, Mr. Bao and Mr. He, collectively, control 100% of our outstanding ordinary shares. After this offering, they will, collectively, control approximately 54.64% of our outstanding ordinary shares. As long as Mr. Bao owns or controls a significant amount of our outstanding voting power, Mr. Bao, or Mr. Bao and Mr. He, if they act together, has the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, irrespective of how our other shareholders may vote, including:

•        the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors;

•        any amendment of our memorandum or articles of association; or

•        the approval of mergers, consolidations and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets.

30

Moreover, beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by Mr. Bao may also adversely affect the trading price for our ordinary shares to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a controlling shareholder. As a result, this concentration of ownership may not be in the best interests of our other shareholders.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules and, as a result, may rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to shareholders of other companies.

We are a “controlled company” as defined under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules because Mr. Bao holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering. For so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and may rely, on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

As a result, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules, if we utilize such exemptions. We currently do not intend to utilize the controlled company exemptions.

Change in tax regime in India will increase tax burden on us.

Bridgetime Limited holds 99.99% shareholding in Do Mobile in India. Until March 31, 2020, a non-resident shareholder of an Indian company was not liable to pay any tax in India on the dividends received by it. However, with the introduction of the Finance Act, 2020 (which came into effect from March 27, 2020), non-resident shareholders will now be paying tax on the dividend income distributed by an Indian company from April 1, 2020 onwards as per the rate prescribed under the relevant double taxation avoidance agreements, accordingly, this will increase tax burden on Bridgetime Limited. Further, there are number of taxes and other levies imposed at the level of the Central Government and State Government in India. These include: (i) income tax; (ii) goods and service tax; (iii) stamp duty charges; and (iv) other taxes and surcharges. These tax rates may increase in future creating more financial burden on Do Mobile and may affect the overall tax efficiency of Do Mobile. Additional tax exposure could adversely affect its business and results of operations.

We may become subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands which would negatively affect our results.

We have received an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, until the date falling 20 years after October 15, 2018, being the date of such undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of our company or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by our company to its members or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of our company. If we otherwise were to become subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. See “Taxation — Cayman Islands Taxation.”

We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the Securities and Exchange Commission, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

31

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability and substantially all of our assets will be located outside the United States. In addition, most of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against us or our directors or officers.

Further, mail addressed to us and received at our registered office will be forwarded unopened to the forwarding address supplied by our directors. Our directors will only receive, open or deal directly with mail which is addressed to them personally (as opposed to mail which is only addressed to us). We, our directors, officers, advisors or service providers (including the organization which provides registered office services in the Cayman Islands) will not bear any responsibility for any delay, howsoever caused, in mail reaching this forwarding address.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (2020 Revision) (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not technically binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less exhaustive body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, have more fulsome and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. As a result, there may be significantly less protection for investors than is available to investors in companies organized in the United States, particularly Delaware. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders’ derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

The Cayman Islands courts are also unlikely:

•        to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on the civil liability provisions of United States securities laws; and

•        to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, based on the civil liability provisions of United States securities laws that impose liabilities that are penal in nature.

In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Like many jurisdictions in the United States, in certain circumstances Cayman Islands law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction) and any such company may be the surviving entity for the purposes of mergers or the consolidated company for the purposes of consolidations.

32

For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must, in most instances, then be authorized by a special resolution (usually a majority of 66 2/3% in value) of the shareholders of each constituent company and such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders provided a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of each subsidiary company to be merged (unless waived by such member). For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least 90% of the votes cast at its general meeting are held by the parent company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands. The plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies who, if satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (2020 Revision) which includes certain other formalities, have been complied with, will register it. The filing must include a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent two-thirds in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

•        the company is not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question, the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class and that the meeting was properly constituted;

•        the arrangement is such that it may reasonably be approved by an intelligent and honest man of that share class acting in respect of his interest; and

•        the arrangement is not one which would be more properly sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law, or that would amount to “fraud on the minority.”

If the arrangement and reconstruction is approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

In addition, there are further statutory provisions to the effect that, when a take-over offer is made and approved by holders of 90.0% in value of the shares affected (within four months after the making of the offer), the offeror may, within two months following the expiry of such period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.

33

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a U.S. company.

Provisions of our memorandum and articles of association or Cayman Islands law could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company, even if the acquisition may be beneficial to our shareholders, could make it more difficult for you to change management, and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares.

Provisions in our memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our board of directors. Such provisions may reduce the price that investors may be willing to pay for our ordinary shares in the future, which could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares. These provisions include:

•        a prohibition on shareholder action through written consent;

•        a requirement that extraordinary general meetings of shareholders be called only by a majority of the board of directors or, in limited circumstances, by the board upon shareholder requisition;

•        an advance notice requirement for shareholder proposals and nominations to be brought before an annual general meeting;

•        the authority of our board of directors to issue preferred shares with such terms as our board of directors may determine; and

•        a requirement of approval of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote thereon in order to amend any provisions of our memorandum and articles of association.

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and our PRC subsidiary is considered foreign-invested enterprise. In December 2018, UTime International Limited established a wholly owned subsidiary in China, UTime WFOE, our WFOE. In March 2019, we obtained control over UTime SZ via our WFOE by entering into a series of contractual arrangements with UTime SZ, our VIE, and its shareholder. In August 2019, the amended and restated contractual agreements were entered into among UTime SZ, our VIE, and its shareholders, which were further amended and restated in September 2019.

Our WFOE has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders, respectively, which enable us to (i) exercise effective control over our VIE, (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE, and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests and assets in our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC law. As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have control over and are the primary beneficiary of our VIE and hence consolidate their financial results into our consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP. See “History and Corporate Structure” for further details.

In the opinion of B&D Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel, (i) the ownership structures of our VIE in China and our WFOE, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, comply with all existing PRC laws and regulations; and (ii) the contractual arrangements between our WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect. However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or

34

if adopted, what they would provide. If we or our VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including:

•        revoking the business license and/or operating licenses of our WFOE or our VIE;

•        discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations through any transactions between our WFOE and our VIE;

•        imposing fines, confiscating the income from our WFOE or our VIE, or imposing other requirements with which we or our VIE may not be able to comply;

•        requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with our VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of our VIE, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over our VIE; or

•        restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China.

The imposition of any of these penalties would result in a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. In addition, it is unclear what impact the PRC government actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of our VIE in our consolidated financial statements, if the PRC government authorities were to find our legal structure and contractual arrangements to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of our VIE or our right to receive substantially all the economic benefits and residual returns from our VIE and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of our VIE in our consolidated financial statements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on us in this event, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders for a large portion of our business operations, which may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders to conduct certain of our key businesses. These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our VIE. For example, our VIE and its shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests.

If we had direct ownership of our VIE, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of our VIE, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by our VIE and its shareholders of their obligations under the contracts to exercise control over our VIE. However, the shareholders of our consolidated VIE may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate certain portions of our business through the contractual arrangements with our VIE. If any disputes relating to these contracts remains unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC law and arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Therefore, our contractual arrangements with our VIE may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

Any failure by our VIE or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

We refer to the shareholders of our VIE as its nominee shareholders because although they remain the holders of equity interests on record in our VIE, pursuant to the terms of the relevant power of attorney, such shareholders have irrevocably authorized our WFOE or any individual duly appointed by WFOE to exercise their rights as a shareholder of the relevant VIE. However, if our VIE or its shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to

35

enforce such arrangements. We may also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure, will be effective under PRC law. For example, if the shareholders of our VIE refuse to transfer their equity interest in our VIE to us or our designee if we exercise the purchase option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they otherwise act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations.

All of the agreements under our contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. See “Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system and changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us.” Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a VIE should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In addition, under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final, parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would require additional expenses and delay. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant delays or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our VIE, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.

The shareholders of our VIE may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Mr. Bao and Mr. He hold 96.95% and 3.05% equity interest in our VIE, respectively. The shareholders of our VIE may have potential conflicts of interest with us. The shareholders may breach, or cause our VIE to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our VIE, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIE and receive economic benefits from it. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIE to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise the shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between the shareholders and our company. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

The shareholders of our VIE may be involved in personal disputes with third parties or other incidents that may have an adverse effect on their equity interests in our VIE and the validity or enforceability of our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholder. For example, in the event that one of the shareholders of our VIE divorces his spouse, the spouse may claim that the equity interest of our VIE held by such shareholder is part of their community property and should be divided between such shareholder and his spouse. If such claim is supported by the court, the relevant equity interest may be obtained by the shareholder’s spouse or any third party who is not subject to obligations under our contractual arrangements, which could result in a loss of our effective control over the VIE. Similarly, if any of the equity interests of our VIE is inherited by a third party on whom the current contractual arrangements are not binding, we could lose our control over the VIE or have to maintain such control by incurring unpredictable costs, which could cause significant disruption to our business and operations and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Although under our current contractual arrangements, the respective spouse of Mr. Bao and Mr. He have executed spousal consent letters, under which each of them agrees that she will not take any actions or raise any claims to interfere with the performance by her spouse of the obligations under these contractual arrangements, including claiming community property ownership on the equity interest, and renounce any and all right and interest related to the equity interest that she may be entitled to under applicable laws. We cannot assure you that these undertakings and arrangements will be complied with or effectively enforced. In the event that any of them is breached or becomes unenforceable and leads to legal proceedings, it could disrupt our business, distract our management’s attention and subject us to substantial uncertainties as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

36

Contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our PRC VIE owes additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We could face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the VIE contractual arrangements were not entered into on an arm’s length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust the income of our VIE in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by our VIE for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase its tax liabilities without reducing our WFOE’s tax expenses. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on our VIE for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. Our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if our VIE’s tax liabilities increase or if it is required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.

We may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by our VIE that are material to the operation of certain portion of our business if our VIE goes bankrupt or becomes subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

As part of our contractual arrangements with our VIE, our VIE and its subsidiaries hold certain assets that are material to the operation of certain portion of our business, including intellectual property and premise. If our VIE goes bankrupt and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Under the contractual arrangements, our VIE may not, in any manner, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of its assets or legal or beneficial interests in the business without our prior consent. However, in the event that the shareholders breach this obligation and voluntarily liquidate our VIE, or our VIE declares bankruptcy, or all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if our VIE or its subsidiaries undergo a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its shareholders or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of its assets, hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our current corporate structure and business operations may be affected by the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law.

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the Foreign Investment Law, which took effect on January 1, 2020. On December 26, 2019, the Regulation on the Implementation of the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China, was issued by the State Council and came into force on January 1, 2020. The Foreign Investment Law defines the “foreign investment” as the investment activities in China conducted directly or indirectly by foreign investors in the following manners: (i) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within China; (ii) a foreign investor acquires stock shares, equity shares, shares in assets, or other like rights and interests of an enterprise within China; (iii) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, invests and establishes new projects within China; and (iv) a foreign investor invests through other approaches as stipulated by laws, administrative regulations, or otherwise regulated by the State Council. Since the Foreign Investment Law is relatively new, uncertainties exist in relation to its interpretation and implementation. The Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly classify whether variable interest entities that are controlled through contractual arrangements would be deemed as foreign invested enterprises if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors. However, it has a catch-all provision under definition of “foreign investment” that includes investments made by foreign investors in China through other means as provided by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council. The Foreign Investment Law still leaves leeway for future laws, administrative regulations or provisions of the State Council to provide for contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment. Therefore, there can be no assurance that our control over our VIE through contractual arrangements will not be deemed as foreign investment in the future.

The Foreign Investment Law grants national treatment to foreign-invested entities, except for those foreign-invested entities that operate in industries specified as either “restricted” or “prohibited” from foreign investment in a “negative list”. The Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign-invested entities operating in “restricted” or “prohibited” industries will require market entry clearance and other approvals from relevant PRC

37

government authorities. On June 30, 2019, the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC (the “MOFCOM”) and the National Development and Reform Commission (the “NDRC”) jointly issued the latest version of Negative List (Edition 2019). See “Regulations — Regulations relating to Foreign Investment — The Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment”. Currently, our business related to the operation of designing, manufacturing and marketing mobile communication devices, and selling a variety of related accessories falls within the permitted category. However, we cannot assure you that our current operations or any newly-developed business in the future will still deemed to be “permitted” in the “negative list”, which may be promulgated or be amended from time to time by the MOFCOM and the NDRC. If our control over our VIE through contractual arrangements are deemed as foreign investment in the future, and any business of our VIE is “restricted” or “prohibited” from foreign investment under the “negative list” promulgated or amended in the future, we may be deemed to be in violation of the Foreign Investment Law, the contractual arrangements that allow us to have control over our VIE may be deemed as invalid and illegal, and we may be required to unwind such contractual arrangements and/or restructure our business operations, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business operation.

Furthermore, if future laws, administrative regulations or provisions mandate further actions to be taken by companies with respect to existing contractual arrangements, we may face substantial uncertainties as to whether we can complete such actions in a timely manner, or at all. Failure to take timely and appropriate measures to cope with any of these or similar regulatory compliance challenges could materially and adversely affect our current corporate structure and business operations.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Substantially most of our assets and operations are located in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and the rate of growth has been slowing since 2012. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, lead to reduction in demand for our services and adversely affect our competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustment, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system and changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us.

We conduct our business primarily through our PRC subsidiary, VIE and subsidiary of VIE in China. Our operations in China are governed by PRC laws and regulations. Our PRC subsidiary, VIE and subsidiary of VIE are subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited

38

for reference but have limited precedential value. In addition, any new or changes in PRC laws and regulations related to foreign investment in China could affect the business environment and our ability to operate our business in China.

From time to time, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. Any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory provisions and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into and could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such unpredictability towards our contractual, property and procedural rights could adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.

Changes in international trade policies, trade dispute or the emergence of a trade war, may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Political events, international trade disputes, and other business interruptions could harm or disrupt international commerce and the global economy, and could have a material adverse effect on us and our customers, service providers, network carriers and other partners.

International trade disputes could result in tariffs and other protectionist measures that could adversely affect our business. Tariffs could increase the cost of the goods and products which could affect consumers’ discretionary spending levels and therefore adversely impact our business. In addition, political uncertainty surrounding international trade disputes and the potential of the escalation to trade war and global recession could have a negative effect on consumer confidence, which could adversely affect our business.

There are significant uncertainties under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiary, and dividends payable by our PRC subsidiary to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and as such rely on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiary to satisfy part of our liquidity requirements. Pursuant to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a withholding tax rate of 10% currently applies to dividends paid by a PRC “resident enterprise” to a foreign enterprise investor, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for preferential tax treatment.

Pursuant to the Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement came into effect on December 8, 2006, and four conventions implemented as of June 11, 2008, December 20, 2010, December 29, 2015 and December 6, 2019, such withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns no less than 25% of a PRC enterprise. Under the Circular on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties issued in February 2009 by the SAT, the taxpayer needs to satisfy certain conditions to enjoy the benefits under a tax treaty. These conditions include: (i) the taxpayer must be the beneficial owner of the relevant dividends, and (ii) the corporate shareholder to receive dividends from the PRC subsidiary must have met the direct ownership thresholds during the 12 consecutive months preceding the receipt of the dividends. However, if the main purpose of an offshore arrangement is to obtain a preferential tax treatment, the PRC tax authorities have the discretion to adjust the preferential tax rate enjoyed by the relevant offshore entity. Further, the SAT promulgated the Notice on How to Understand and Recognize the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties in 2009, which limits the “beneficial owner” to individuals, enterprises or other organizations normally engaged in substantive operations, and sets forth certain detailed factors in determining “beneficial owner” status; and based on the Announcement on Certain Issues with Respect to the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, issued on February 3, 2018, and effective on April 1, 2018, that the business activities conducted by the applicant do not constitute substantive business activities is one of the factors which are not conductive to the determination of an applicant’s status as a “beneficial owner”.

39

In addition, the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Enterprises to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, or SAT Public Notice No.60, which became effective in August 2015, require non-resident enterprises to determine whether they are qualified to enjoy the preferential tax treatment under the tax treaties and file relevant report and materials with the tax authorities. In October 2019, the State Administration of Taxation (SAT) issued the Announcement of the SAT on Issuing the Measures for the Administration of Non-resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of Treaty Benefits (SAT Public Notice No.35), which took effect on January 1, 2020, while SAT Public Notice No.60 will be abolished at the same time. SAT Public Notice No.35 stipulates that non-resident taxpayers can enjoy tax treaty benefits via the “self-assessment of eligibility, claiming treaty benefits, retaining documents for inspection” mechanism. There are also other conditions for enjoying the reduced withholding tax rate according to other relevant tax rules and regulations. As of March 31, 2018, 2019 and September 30, 2019, we did not record any withholding tax on the retained earnings of our subsidiaries in the PRC as we intended to re-invest all earnings generated from our PRC subsidiary for the operation and expansion of our business in China, and we intend to continue this practice in the foreseeable future. Should our tax policy change to allow for offshore distribution of our earnings, we would be subject to a significant withholding tax. We cannot assure you that our determination regarding our qualification to enjoy the preferential tax treatment will not be challenged by the relevant tax authority or we will be able to complete the necessary filings with the relevant tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Taxation Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiary to UTime HK, our Hong Kong subsidiary.

We, or entities who provide services to us or with whom we associate, are not permitted to be subject to inspection by the U.S. federal or state regulators such as Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and therefore, investors may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

Any disclosure of documents or information located in China by foreign agencies may be subject to jurisdiction constraints and must comply with China’s state secrecy laws, which broadly define the scope of “state secrets” to include matters involving economic interests and technologies. There is no guarantee that requests from U.S. federal or state regulators or agencies to investigate or inspect our operations will be honored by us, by entities, who provide services to us or with whom we associate, without violating PRC legal requirements, especially as those entities are located in China. Furthermore, under the current PRC laws, an on-site inspection of our facilities by any of the U.S. regulators may be limited or prohibited.

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit reports included in our annual reports filed with the SEC, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. Because our auditor is located in China, a jurisdiction where PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the PRC authorities, our auditor, like other independent registered public accounting firms operating in China, is currently not inspected by PCAOB.

In May 2013, the PCAOB announced that it had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding on Enforcement Cooperation with the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, and the PRC Ministry of Finance, which establishes a cooperative framework between the parties for the production and exchange of audit documents relevant to investigations undertaken by the PCAOB, the CSRC or the PRC Ministry of Finance in the United States and the PRC, respectively. The PCAOB continues to be in discussions with the CSRC, and the PRC Ministry of Finance to permit joint inspections in the PRC of audit firms that are registered with PCAOB and audit Chinese companies that trade on U.S. exchanges. On December 7, 2018, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement highlighting continued challenges faced by the U.S. regulators in their oversight of financial statement audits of U.S.-listed companies with significant operations in China. However, it remains unclear what further actions, if any, the SEC and the PCAOB will take to address the problem.

On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China, reiterating past SEC and PCAOB statements on matters including the difficulty associated with inspecting accounting firms and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets and the difficulty of bringing and enforcing SEC, Department of Justice and other U.S. regulatory actions, including in instances of fraud, in emerging markets generally. However, it remains unclear what further actions, if any, the SEC and the PCAOB will take to address these problems. Inspections

40

of other firms that PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality.

The inability of PCAOB to conduct inspections of independent registered public accounting firms operating in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

As part of a continued regulatory focus in the United States on access to audit and other information currently protected by national law, in particular China’s, in May 2020, the U.S. Senate passed a bill, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, if also passed in the House of Representatives, prescribes increased disclosure requirements for these issuers and the delisting from U.S. national securities exchanges such as the Nasdaq if the issuer’s independent registered public accounting firm has failed to comply with PCAOB audits for three consecutive years. Enactment of this legislation or other efforts to increase U.S. regulatory access to audit information could cause investor uncertainty for affected issuers, including us, and the market price of our ordinary shares could be adversely affected.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we conduct substantially most of our operations in China and substantially most of our assets are located in China. In addition, most of our senior executive officers reside within China for a significant portion of the time and most are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who reside and whose assets are located outside the United States. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state.

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of reciprocity with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

See also “— Risks Related to our Corporate Structure — “Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited” for risks associated with investing in us as a Cayman Islands company, as well as “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

There are uncertainties under the PRC laws relating to the procedures for U.S. regulators to investigate and collect evidence from companies located in the PRC.

According to Article 177 of the newly amended PRC Securities Law which became effective in March 2020 (the “Article 177”), the securities regulatory authority of the PRC State Council may collaborate with securities regulatory authorities of other countries or regions in order to monitor and oversee cross border securities activities. Article 177 further provides that overseas securities regulatory authorities are not allowed to carry out investigation and evidence collection directly within the territory of the PRC, and that any Chinese entities and individuals are not allowed to provide documents or materials related to securities business activities to overseas agencies without prior consent of the securities regulatory authority of the PRC State Council and the competent departments of the PRC State Council.

41

Our PRC counsel has advised us of their understanding that (i) the Article 177 is applicable in the limited circumstances related to direct investigation or evidence collection conducted by overseas authorities within the territory of the PRC (in such case, the foregoing activities are required to be conducted through collaboration with or by obtaining prior consent of competent Chinese authorities); (ii) from the view of the internal logical relations of the Article 177, it seems that the Article 177 does not limit or prohibit the Company, as a company duly incorporated in Cayman Islands and to be listed on NASDAQ, from providing the required documents or information to NASDAQ or the SEC pursuant to applicable Listing Rules and U.S. securities laws; and (iii) as the Article 177 is relatively new and there is no implementing rules or regulations which have been published regarding application of the Article 177, it remains unclear how the law will be interpreted, implemented or applied by the Chinese Securities Regulatory Commission or other relevant government authorities. As of the date hereof, we are not aware of any implementing rules or regulations which have been published regarding application of Article 177. However, we cannot assure you that relevant PRC government agencies, including the securities regulatory authority of the PRC State Council, would reach the same conclusion as we do. As such, there are uncertainties as to the procedures and time requirement for the U.S. regulators to bring about investigations and evidence collection within the territory of the PRC.

Our principal business operation is conducted in the PRC. In the event that the U.S. regulators carry out investigation on us and there is a need to conduct investigation or collect evidence within the territory of the PRC, the U.S. regulators may not be able to carry out such investigation or evidence collection directly in the PRC under the PRC laws. The U.S. regulators may consider cross-border cooperation with securities regulatory authority of the PRC by way of judicial assistance, diplomatic channels or regulatory cooperation mechanism established with the securities regulatory authority of the PRC. However, there is no assurance that the U.S. regulators could succeed in establishing such cross-border cooperation in a specific case or could establish the cooperation in a timely manner. If U.S. regulators are unable to conduct such investigations, such U.S. regulators may determine to suspend and ultimately delist our ordinary shares from the Nasdaq Capital Market or choose to suspend or de-register our SEC registration.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. On November 30, 2015, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) completed the regular five-year review of the basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, or the SDR, and decided that with effect from October 1, 2016, Renminbi is determined to be a freely usable currency and will be included in the SDR basket as a fifth currency, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Renminbi has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China. This depreciation halted in 2017, and the RMB appreciated approximately 7% against the U.S. dollar during this one-year period, while the Renminbi in 2018 depreciated approximately by 5% against the U.S. dollar. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system, and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material and adverse effect on your investment. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness

42

of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert Renminbi into foreign currency.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands exempted company primarily relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiary in China may be used to pay dividends to our company. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE approval to use cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiary, VIE and subsidiary of VIE to pay off their respective debt in a currency other than Renminbi owed to entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi.

In light of the flood of capital outflows of China in 2016 due to the weakening RMB, the PRC government has imposed more restrictive foreign exchange policies and stepped up scrutiny of major outbound capital movement including overseas direct investment. More restrictions and substantial vetting process are put in place by SAFE to regulate cross-border transactions falling under the capital account. If any of our shareholders regulated by such policies fails to satisfy the applicable overseas direct investment filing or approval requirement timely or at all, it may be subject to penalties from the relevant PRC authorities. The PRC government may at its discretion further restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

China’s M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of PRC companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, and other recently adopted regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex. For example, the M&A Rules require that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that impact or may impact national economic security, or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the SCNPC effective in 2008 requires that transactions which are deemed concentrations and involve parties with specified turnover thresholds (i.e., during the previous fiscal year, (i) the total global turnover of all operators participating in the transaction exceeds RMB10 billion (US$1.5 billion) and at least two of these operators each had a turnover of more than RMB400 million (US$59 million) within China, or (ii) the total turnover within China of all the operators participating in the concentration exceeded RMB2 billion, and at least two of these operators each had a turnover of more than RMB400 million (US$59 million) within China) must be cleared by MOFCOM before they can be completed. In addition, in 2011, the General Office of the State Council promulgated a Notice on Establishing the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, also known as Circular 6, which officially established a security review system for mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises by foreign investors. Further, MOFCOM promulgated the Regulations on Implementation of Security Review System for the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, effective 2011, to implement Circular 6. Under Circular 6, a security review is required for mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors having “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions by which foreign investors may acquire the “de facto control” of domestic enterprises with “national security” concerns. Under the foregoing MOFCOM regulations, MOFCOM will focus on the substance and actual impact of the transaction

43

when deciding whether a specific merger or acquisition is subject to security review. If MOFCOM decides that a specific merger or acquisition is subject to a security review, it will submit it to the Inter-Ministerial Panel, an authority established under Circular 6 led by the NDRC, and MOFCOM under the leadership of the State Council, to carry out security review. The regulations prohibit foreign investors from bypassing the security review by structuring transactions through trusts, indirect investments, leases, loans, control through contractual arrangements or offshore transactions.

In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from MOFCOM or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions. It is unclear whether our business would be deemed to be in an industry that raises “national defense and security” or “national security” concerns. However, MOFCOM or other government agencies may publish explanations in the future determining that our business is in an industry subject to the security review, in which case our future acquisitions in China, including those by way of entering into contractual control arrangements with target entities, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited.

PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, and its implementation guidelines, to replace the Circular on Several Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Return Investments via Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75, which ceased to be effective upon the promulgation of SAFE Circular 37. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities) to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

Under SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who make, or have prior to the implementation of SAFE Circular 37 made, direct or indirect investments in offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, will be required to register such investments with SAFE or its local branches. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of a SPV, is required to update its filed registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that SPV, to reflect any material change. Moreover, any subsidiary of such SPV in China is required to urge the PRC resident shareholders to update their registration with the local branch of SAFE. If any PRC shareholder of such SPV fails to make the required registration or to update the previously filed registration, the subsidiary of such SPV in China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contributions into its subsidiary in China. On February 13, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Policies Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, which became effective on June 1, 2015. Under SAFE Circular 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE.

If our shareholders who are PRC residents or entities do not complete their registration with the local SAFE branches, our PRC subsidiary may be prohibited from distributing their profits and any proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to us, and we may be restricted in our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with SAFE registration requirements could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

Mr. Bao and Mr. He, who indirectly hold all of our shares, and who are known to us as being PRC residents have completed the initial SAFE registration in connection with our financings and will update their registration filings with SAFE under SAFE Circular 37 when any changes should be registered under SAFE Circular 37.

However, we may not at all times be fully aware or informed of the identities of all our shareholders or beneficial owners that are required to make or update such registrations, and we cannot compel our beneficial owners to comply with SAFE registration requirements. As a result, we cannot assure you that all of our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC residents or entities have complied with, and will in the future make or obtain

44

any applicable registrations or approvals required by, SAFE regulations. Failure by such shareholders or beneficial owners to comply with SAFE regulations or failure by us to amend the foreign exchange registrations of our PRC subsidiary, could subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrict our overseas or cross-border investment activities, limit our subsidiary’s ability to make distributions or pay dividends or affect our ownership structure, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.

If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavourable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or SAT, issued the Circular on Issues Concerning the Identification of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises in Accordance With the Actual Standards of Organizational Management, known as SAT Circular 82, which has been revised by the Decision of the State Administration of Taxation on Issuing the Lists of Invalid and Abolished Tax Departmental Rules and Taxation Normative Documents on December 29, 2017 and by the Decision of the State Council on Cancellation and Delegation of a Batch of Administrative Examination and Approval Items on November 8, 2013. Circular 82 has provided certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Further to SAT Circular 82, the SAT issued the Administrative Measures for Enterprise Income Tax of PRC-Controlled Offshore Incorporated Resident Enterprises (Trial), or SAT Bulletin 45, effective 2011, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. SAT Bulletin 45 clarified certain issues in the areas of resident status determination, post-determination administration and competent tax authorities’ procedures.

According to SAT Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the places where the senior management and senior management departments responsible for the daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial matters (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and human resource matters (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC. Although SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 only apply to offshore incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups and not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the determination criteria set forth therein may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the term “de facto management body” could be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises, individuals or foreigners.

In addition, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues concerning the Determination of Resident Enterprises Based on the Standards of Actual Management Institutions in January 2014 to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. This bulletin further provides that, among other things, an entity that is classified as a “resident enterprise” in accordance with the circular shall file the application for classifying its status of residential enterprise with the local tax authorities where its main domestic investors are registered. From the year in which the entity is determined to be a “resident enterprise,” any dividend, profit and other equity investment gain shall be taxed in accordance with the enterprise income tax law and its implementing rules.

We believe that none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. See “Regulation — Regulations on Tax — PRC Enterprise Income Tax.” However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” Our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there is a risk that the PRC tax authorities may deem us as a PRC resident enterprise since a substantial majority of the members of our management team are located in China. If the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we will be subject to the enterprise income tax on our global income at the rate of 25% and we will be required to comply with PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. In addition, we

45

may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, and non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends payable to our non-PRC individual shareholders and any gain realized on the transfer of ordinary shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the ordinary shares.

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

On December 10, 2009, SAT issued the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 698, with retroactive effect from January 1, 2008. Pursuant to the SAT Circular 698, where a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that: (i) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (ii) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, shall report to the competent tax authority of the PRC resident enterprise this Indirect Transfer.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Relating to Enterprise Income Tax of Transfers of Assets between Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from the previous one under former SAT Circular 698 (which was repealed by the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Matters Concerning Withholding of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises at Source by SAT). SAT Bulletin 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to not only Indirect Transfers set forth under former SAT Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than former SAT Circular 698 for assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity of a same listed foreign enterprise by a non-resident enterprise through a public securities market. SAT Bulletin 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an Indirect Transfer, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes. However, according to the aforesaid safe harbor rule, the PRC tax would not be applicable to the transfer by any non-resident enterprise of our ordinary shares acquired and sold on public securities markets.

On October 17, 2017, SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which, among others, repealed the Circular 698 on December 1, 2017. SAT Bulletin 37 further details and clarifies the tax withholding methods in respect of income of non-resident enterprises under Circular 698. And certain rules stipulated in SAT Bulletin 7 are replaced by SAT Bulletin 37. Where the non-resident enterprise fails to declare the tax payable pursuant to Article 39 of the Enterprise Income Tax Law, the tax authority may order it to pay the tax due within required time limits, and the non-resident enterprise shall declare and pay the tax payable within such time limits specified by the tax authority; however, if the non-resident enterprise voluntarily declares and pays the tax payable before the tax authority orders it to do so within required time limits, it shall be deemed that such enterprise has paid the tax in time.

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries

46

and investments. Our company may be subject to withholding obligations if our company is transferee in such transactions, under SAT Bulletin 37 and SAT Bulletin 7. For transfer of shares in our company by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiary may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 37 and SAT Bulletin 7 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies requires an overseas special purpose vehicle formed for listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. However, the application of the M&A Rules remains unclear.

Our PRC counsel, B&D Law Firm, has advised us based on their understanding of the current PRC laws, rules and regulations that the CSRC’s approval is not required for the listing and trading of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ in the context of this offering, given that: (i) our PRC subsidiary was incorporated as wholly foreign-owned enterprises by means of direct investment rather than by merger or acquisition of equity interest or assets of a PRC domestic company owned by PRC companies or individuals as defined under the M&A Rules that are our beneficial owners; and (ii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules.

However, our PRC counsel has further advised us that there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If it is determined that CSRC approval is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek CSRC approval for this offering. These sanctions may include fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limitations on our operating privileges in the PRC, delays in or restrictions on the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, restrictions on or prohibition of the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiary, or other actions that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Failure to make adequate contributions to various government-sponsored employee benefits plans as required by PRC laws and regulations may subject us to penalties.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government-sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing provident funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where the labor relations between us and our employees are based. The laws and regulations on employee benefit plans have not been enforced consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. Following local common practice, we do not pay certain social insurance or housing fund contributions for each of our employees and the amount we paid was lower than the requirements of relevant PRC regulations. Therefore, in our consolidated financial statements, we have made an estimate and accrued a provision in relation to the potential make-up of our contributions for these plans. If we are determined by local authorities to have failed to make adequate contributions to any employee benefits as required by relevant PRC laws and regulations, we may face late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Increases in labor costs and enforcement of stricter labor laws and regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our profitability.

China’s overall economy and the average wage in China have increased in recent years and are expected to continue to grow. The average wage level for our employees has also increased in recent years. We expect that our

47

labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to those who pay for our services, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, we have been subject to stricter regulatory requirements in terms of entering into labor contracts with our employees and paying various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. Pursuant to the PRC Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules, employers are subject to stricter requirements in terms of signing labor contracts, minimum wages, paying remuneration, determining the term of employee’s probation and unilaterally terminating labor contracts. In the event that we decide to terminate some of our employees or otherwise change our employment or labor practices, the PRC Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules may limit our ability to effect those changes in a desirable or cost-effective manner, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In October 2010, the SCNPC promulgated the Law on Social Insurance of the PRC, effective on July 1, 2011. On April 3, 1999, the State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund, which was amended on March 24, 2002. Companies registered and operating in China are required under the Law on Social Insurance of the PRC and the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund to apply for social insurance registration and housing fund deposit registration within 30 days of their establishment and to pay for their employees different social insurance including pension insurance, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to the extent required by law. We could be subject to orders by the competent labor authorities for rectification and failure to comply with the orders which may further subject us to administrative fines. See “Regulations — Regulations on Labor Protection.”

As the interpretation and implementation of labor-related laws and regulations are still evolving, we cannot assure you that our employment practices do not and will not violate labor-related laws and regulations in China, which may subject us to labor disputes or government investigations. We cannot assure you that we have complied or will be able to comply with all labor-related law and regulations including those relating to obligations to make social insurance payments and contribute to the housing provident funds. If we are deemed to have violated relevant labor laws and regulations, we could be required to provide additional compensation to our employees and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

If our preferential tax treatments are revoked, become unavailable or if the calculation of our tax liability is successfully challenged by the PRC tax authorities, we may be required to pay tax, interest and penalties in excess of our tax provisions, and our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The PRC government has provided tax incentives to our VIE entity — United Time Technology Co., Ltd. These incentives include reduced enterprise income tax rates. For example, under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, the statutory enterprise income tax rate is 25%. However, the income tax of an enterprise that has been determined to be a high and new technology enterprise can be reduced to a preferential rate of 15%, and the certificate of a high and new technology enterprise is valid for three years.

Our VIE entity has obtained the Certificate of High and New Technology Enterprise since November 2, 2015, which is renewed on October 16, 2018 and is thus eligible to enjoy a preferential tax rate of 15% for the periods presented, to the extent it has taxable income under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law. Any increase in the enterprise income tax rate applicable to our VIE entity in China, or any discontinuation or retroactive or future reduction of any of the preferential tax treatments currently enjoyed by our VIE entity, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to complex income tax and other tax regulations and significant judgment is required in the determination of a provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax provisions are reasonable, if the PRC tax authorities successfully challenge our position and we are required to pay tax, interest and penalties in excess of our tax provisions, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

48

Discontinuation of any of the government subsidies or imposition of any additional taxes and surcharges could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our VIE and its PRC subsidiary have received various financial subsidies from PRC local government authorities. The financial subsidies result from discretionary incentives and policies adopted by PRC local government authorities. Meanwhile, to promote our productions and operations, our VIE and its PRC subsidiary built cooperative relations with government authorities, based on which financial subsidies and a series of other governmental supports are provided for the purpose of facilitation of more tax payment to the local tax authorities. Despite so, local governments may decide to change, withdraw or discontinue such financial subsidies at any time. The discontinuation of such financial subsidies or imposition of any additional taxes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If the custodians or authorized users of controlling non-tangible assets of our company, including our corporate chops and seals, fail to fulfill their responsibilities, or misappropriate or misuse these assets, our business and operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Under PRC law, legal documents for corporate transactions are executed using the chops or seal of the signing entity or with the signature of a legal representative whose designation is registered and filed with the relevant branch of the Administration of Industry and Commerce.

Although we usually utilize chops to enter into contracts, the designated legal representatives of our PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary have the apparent authority to enter into contracts on behalf of such entities without chops and bind such entities. All designated legal representatives of our PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary are members of our senior management team who have signed employment agreements with us or our PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary under which they agree to abide by various duties they owe to us. In order to maintain the physical security of our chops and chops of our PRC entities, we generally store these items in secured locations accessible only by the authorized personnel in the legal or finance department of PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary. Although we monitor such authorized personnel, there is no assurance such procedures will prevent all instances of abuse or negligence. Accordingly, if any of our authorized personnel misuse or misappropriate our corporate chops or seals, we could encounter difficulties in maintaining control over the relevant entities and experience significant disruption to our operations. If a designated legal representative obtains control of the chops in an effort to obtain control over PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary, we or our PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary would need to pass a new shareholder or board resolution to designate a new legal representative and we would need to take legal action to seek the return of the chops, apply for new chops with the relevant authorities, or otherwise seek legal redress for the violation of the representative’s fiduciary duties to us, which could involve significant time and resources and divert management attention away from our regular business. In addition, the affected entity may not be able to recover corporate assets that are sold or transferred out of our control in the event of such a misappropriation if a transferee relies on the apparent authority of the representative and acts in good faith.

We face certain risks relating to the real properties that we lease.

We lease real properties from third parties primarily for our office and processing workshops being used in China, and most of our lease agreements for these properties have not been registered with the PRC governmental authorities as required by PRC law. Although the failure to do so does not in itself invalidate the leases, we may be ordered by the PRC government authorities to rectify such noncompliance and, if such noncompliance were not rectified within a given period of time, we may be subject to fines imposed by PRC government authorities ranging from RMB1,000 and RMB10,000 for each lease agreement that has not been registered with the relevant PRC governmental authorities.

Most of the proof of ownership or proof of right to lease in relation to our leased real properties have not been provided to us by the relevant lessors. Therefore, we cannot assure you that such lessors are entitled to lease the relevant real properties to us. If the lessors are not entitled to lease the real properties to us and the owners of such real properties decline to ratify the lease agreements between us and the respective lessors, we may not be able to enforce our rights to keep leasing such properties under the respective lease agreements against the owners. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any claim or challenge brought by any third parties concerning the use of our leased properties. If our lease agreements are claimed as null and void by third parties who are the real owners of

49

such leased real properties, we could be required to vacate the properties, in the event of which we could only initiate the claim against the lessors under relevant lease agreements for indemnities for their breach of the relevant leasing agreements.

Furthermore, the registered office of UTime SZ is 64D-403, Tian Zhan Building F2, Tian’an Che Kung Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen, while the principal executive office is located at 7th Floor, Building 5A, Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen. According to PRC laws, rules and regulations, a company shall register its main office as registered office. Where a company fails to undergo the relevant modification registration in accordance with relevant regulations for any modification of the contents of company registration, the company registration authority shall order the company to register within a prescribed time limit, and, if the company fails to do so, impose a fine of not less than RMB10,000 but not more than RMB100,000 on the company.

We cannot assure you that suitable alternative locations are readily available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and if we are unable to relocate our offices or processing workshops in a timely manner, our operations may be interrupted.

Risks Related to Doing Business in India

Our business activities in India could be subject to Indian competition laws, and any violation or alleged violation thereof may negatively impact our operations.

The Competition Commission of India (“CCI”) is the market regulator in India and the Competition Act, 2002 specifically provides that any agreement which restricts the production, supply, distribution, acquisition or control of goods or provision of services, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition (AAEC) within India, is prohibited and void. Anti-competitive agreements may include horizontal and vertical agreements. The definition of the term ‘agreement’ envisaged under the Competition Act, 2002 is wide enough to include any tacit or explicit practice, any arrangement, understanding or action in concert. Any company entering into such kind of agreements may come under the investigation by CCI, and if found violating provisions of the Competition Act, 2002, may be subjected to prosecution and penalty which may extend to 10% of the turnover of preceding 3 financial years. Therefore, any exclusive supply or exclusive distribution agreement(s) may lead to competition law concerns.

Further, any combinations, such as merger, amalgamation, acquisition or similar arrangement, which meet a certain asset/turnover threshold as prescribed in the Competition Act, 2002 mandates CCI approval which involves complex filing requirements. CCI has extra territorial jurisdiction, to investigate, order inquiry and pass order, in respect of the acts taken place outside India which has or may have appreciable adverse effect in India.

Therefore, our business activities of are also subject to the provisions of the Competition Act, 2002 and any violation or alleged violation thereof may seriously impact our operations and business and our parent companies.

Our business is substantially affected by prevailing economic, political and other prevailing conditions in India, and any downshift or perceived downshift in the Indian economy could negatively impact our business.

Do Mobile is a company incorporated in India, and the substantial portion of our assets and employees are located in India. Therefore, we are highly dependent on prevailing economic conditions in India and its operational results are significantly affected by factors influencing the Indian economy. Factors that may adversely affect the Indian economy, and hence results of our operations, may include:

a)      any increase in foreign exchange rates;

b)      any increase in interest rates or the inflation;

c)      any scarcity of credit or other financing in India, resulting in an adverse impact on economic conditions in India and scarcity of financing of our business developments and expansions;

d)      per capita income;

e)      changes in Indian tax rates and other monetary policies;

f)      political instability, terrorism or military conflict in India or in countries in the region or globally including India’s neighboring countries;

50

          g)      occurrence of natural or man-made disasters;

h)      prevailing regional or global economic conditions, including in India’s principal export markets; and

i)       other significant regulatory or economic developments in or affecting India or its telecom sector.

Any downshift or perceived downshift in the Indian economy could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Introduction of 5G compatible mobile handsets and other new technologies may be expensive, and if we are unable to provide 5G compatible mobile handsets, our business will suffer.

In the Indian market, 5th Generation (5G) cellular network technology is being unveiled and once 5G tenders are issued, mobile manufacturing companies are required to update the technology to make 5G compatible mobile handsets. Updating to 5G technology will be a costly affair for us. In order to remain in business and ahead of competition, we will need to upgrade their handsets or otherwise integrate 5G capabilities into its products and services so as to provide 5G services. If we are not able to provide 5G compatible mobile handsets, then its market share will get significantly eroded, thus having material adverse effect on its operations and revenues.

We are subject to supervision and regulation by the Reserve Bank of India (or “RBI”) and the Department of Telecommunication, and any non-compliance may adversely impact our business.

Do Mobile is a wholly owned subsidiary of a foreign company. The foreign investment in India is regulated by the Reserve Bank of India and business of telecommunication is regulated by the Department of Telecommunication. Currently, the business of Do Mobile falls within the meaning of “manufacturing sector.” Foreign investment in manufacturing sector is automatically permitted and an Indian company can sell its products, without obtaining any government permission. Any change in legislative and regulatory requirements may impact the business activity of Do Mobile and may also lead to higher cost of compliance. This may adversely impact our business.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by law and regulations to which we are subject.

We are required to comply with central, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and occupational health and safety, including laws stringent norms prescribed by Bureau of Indian Standards and Department of Telecommunication. We cannot assure you that we will at all times be in complete compliance with such laws, regulations and norms. If we violate or fail to comply with the requirements, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could be material. In addition, these requirements may become more stringent over time and we cannot assure you that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in the future. These could include new regulations that we may be unable to comply with and this will impact our business.

Moreover, there are number of taxes and other levies imposed at the level of the Central Government and State Government in India. These include: (i) income tax; (ii) goods and service tax; (iii) state duty; (iv) stamp duty charges; and (v) other taxes and surcharges. These tax rates may increase in future creating more financial burden on us and may affect our overall tax efficiency. Additional tax exposure could adversely affect its business and results of operations.

Non-compliance with the Indian labor law requirements may invite criminal and civil actions against us in India.

India has stringent labor legislation that protects the interests of workers, including legislation that govern relationships with employees, in such areas as minimum wage and maximum working hours, overtime, working conditions, and hiring and terminating of employees. Do Mobile is irregular in labor law compliances, primarily relating to maintenance of statutory records and registers. Do Mobile has not obtained any registration under applicable Shops and Establishment Act, wherever applicable. Furthermore, Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013, mandatorily requires companies to have a defined policy on Prevention of Sexual Harassment at Workplace and must set up an Internal Complaints Committee to redress grievances related to sexual harassment. Do Mobile neither has any defined written policy on Prevention of Sexual Harassment nor have constituted any Internal Complaints Committee to redress the issues relating to sexual harassment at workplace. Any non-compliance of applicable labor laws, will expose Do Mobile and its key managerial personnel to penalties and fines which may impact our operations and growth.

51

Do Mobile is subject to new certification regulations for mobile handsets introduced by the Department of Telecommunications, Government of India, which could delay the launch of our new products and negatively impact our operations.

The Department of Telecommunication, Government of India (“DOT”) is a nodal regulator to regulate the telecommunication industry in India. DOT issues several regulations and guidelines to govern the telecommunication market. Since Do Mobile is involved in marketing and selling of mobile handset, the business activity of Do Mobile falls within the ambit of telecommunication.

Recently, the Telecommunication Engineering Centre of DOT has notified the Procedure for Mandatory Testing and Certification of Telecommunication (“Certification Procedures”) vide its notification dated October 2, 2018 as per the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 and the Indian Telegraph Rules, 1951. The Certification Procedure will come into effect from August 1, 2019.

In accordance with the Certification Procedures, every original equipment manufacturer, importer and dealer of the telecom equipment (i.e., mobile phones) engaged in sale or import of any telecom equipment in India is required to mandatorily obtain a certificate from Telecommunication Engineering Centre and mark or affix the equipment with the appropriate certification label. Additionally, in order to obtain the Certification, it is mandatory that the equipment needs to be tested only from a designated Conformance Assessment Body (“CAB”) or recognized CAB of Mutual Recognition Agreement partner country. The Certification Procedure mandates the certification of mobile handsets manufactured by mobile manufacturers and mobile manufacturer cannot sell the mobile handsets without certification became effective since August 1, 2019.

Do Mobile is not engaged in manufacturing mobile handsets and outsources such manufacture to third-party manufacturers. We believe the Certification Procedure will be applicable to such third-party manufacturers. The cost of obtaining the certification will result in an increase of the cost of mobile handsets and thus, may impact sales of mobile handsets of Do Mobile. Therefore, we will be required to more carefully assess the market when launching new models of our products and the new certification regulations could delay the launch of new products, which impacts our operations and revenue negatively.

Do Mobile is non-compliant with respect to certain issuances of its share capital and may be subject to regulatory action by the Registrar of Companies and Ministry of Corporate Affairs, which could adversely affect our business operations and profitability.

Do Mobile, being an Indian company, is required to comply with certain procedures with respect to its share capital. However, there have been some lapses on the part of Do Mobile with respect to its share capital. Procedural lapses include but are not limited to:

a)      Under the extant provisions of Companies Act, 2013, an Indian company cannot issue and allot shares in excess of its authorized share capital. The board of directors of Do Mobile at their meeting dated December 15, 2017 had approved and allotted 483,940 shares of Rs. 10 to Bridgetime. The authorized share capital of Do Mobile as on December 15, 2017 was Rs. 35,000,000. Whereas, on account of the aforesaid allotment the paid-up share capital of Do Mobile increased to Rs. 35,509,150, which was in excess of its then authorized share capital of Rs. 35,000,000.

b)      There have been certain inconsistencies regarding historical increases in authorized share capital of Do Mobile from Rs. 35,000,000 to Rs. 50,000,000.

c)      In terms of Section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014, a person whose name is entered in the register of members of a company but who does not hold the beneficial interest in such shares must file a declaration to such effect with the company in the prescribed form. Further, every person holding beneficial interest in shares of a company must file with the company, a declaration disclosing such interest in the prescribed form. Such declarations are to be noted by the company in its register of members and make filings with the Registrar of Companies evidencing the same. Ms. Ekta Grover is holding 1 share of Do Mobile as a nominee of Bridgetime, parent company of Do Mobile, and her name is entered in the register of members. Thus, Ms. Ekta Grover has registered ownership and Bridgetime Limited has beneficial ownership of said 1 share. No declaration with respect to registered and beneficial ownership of 1 share has been made by Ms. Ekta Grover and Bridgetime Limited respectively, nor has Do Mobile made any filing in this regard with the Registrar of Companies.

52

Do Mobile may be subject to regulatory action by the Registrar of Companies and Ministry of Corporate Affairs on account of the aforesaid non-compliances in relation to issuance of its share capital, thus exposing it to certain fines and penalties. Directors and key management of Do Mobile are also liable for such non-compliance and may be subjected to fines and penalties.

While no penalties have been imposed on Do Mobile for the aforesaid non-compliance thus far, Do Mobile cannot assure that any regulatory authorities will not impose any penalty on Do Mobile or will not take any penal action with respect to the aforesaid non-compliance. If any adverse actions are taken against Do Mobile, results of operations and profitability of Do Mobile could be adversely affected.

Do Mobile is delayed in complying with reporting guidelines under the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (which replaced erstwhile Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or issue of security by a person resident outside India) Regulations, 2017) and may be subject to regulatory action by the Reserve Bank of India, which could adversely affect our business and operations.

Under the extant provisions of Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 read with Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, every Indian company receiving foreign direct investment for issuance of shares shall within a period of 30 days from the date of issue of shares to the foreign entity file a form FC-GPR (now part of Single Entity Master Form) with the Reserve Bank of India. There has been some delay on the part of Do Mobile in complying with aforesaid filing of form FC-GPR within the stipulated timelines. Also, in terms of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, an Indian company receiving foreign direct investment must file an annual report titled ‘Foreign Liabilities and Assets’ (“FLA”) on or before July 15 of each year. Do Mobile has not filed its FLA for the financial year 2017-18 with the Reserve Bank of India. While no penalties have been imposed on Do Mobile for the aforesaid non-compliances thus far; there cannot be any assurance that Reserve Bank of India will not impose any penalty on Do Mobile or will not take any penal action in relation aforesaid non-compliances. If any penalties or other penal measures are enforced, this could adversely affect our business and operations.

Any foreign direct investment in Do Mobile from an entity of a country, which shares a land border with India or the beneficial owner of an investment into India who is situated in or is a citizen of any such country, shall invest only with governmental approval. Any delay in obtaining such governmental approval could adversely affect business operations and cash flow position of Do Mobile.

Do Mobile liquidity and its working capital requirements are mainly met through foreign direct investment. Do Mobile’s potential investors are either based out of China, or such investments are from persons or entities whose ultimate beneficial ownership is situated in or is from a citizen of such countries which share land borders with India including China. Additionally, as per current corporate structure, Mr. Bao Minfei, who is a citizen of China, holds ultimate beneficial ownership in Do Mobile indirectly through various subsidiaries. The Government of India vide Notification S.O. 1278 (E) dated April 22, 2020 (i.e., Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Amendment Rules, 2020) introduced a crucial amendment in the provisions of the FEMA Rules and has now stipulated that any investment by an entity of a country, which shares land border with India, or where the beneficial owner of an investment into India is situated in or is a citizen of any such country, can be made only upon seeking prior approval of the Government of India. These restrictions will also apply in the case of transfer of ownership. Although Mr. Bao’s existing beneficial ownership in Do Mobile is not subject to approval, any new investment in Do Mobile by a Chinese entity or Chinese citizen or entities that are beneficially owned by Chinese entities or citizens, will be subject to prior approval of the Government of India. The Government of India will grant approval depending upon the facts and circumstances of each case. Any delay in receipt of such approvals, will adversely impact operations and cash flow position of Do Mobile and will put Do Mobile in a challenging position.

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and This Offering

There has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares, and an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop or be maintained in the United States, which could limit your ability to sell our ordinary shares.

There has been no public market for our ordinary shares in the United States. Although we have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ, an active U.S. public market for our ordinary shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active market does not develop, the value of our ordinary shares may be impaired and you may experience difficulty selling the ordinary shares that you purchase in this offering.

53

Our ordinary share price may be volatile after the offering and, as a result, you could lose a significant portion or all of your investment.

The market price of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may fluctuate after listing as a result of several factors, including the following:

•        volatility in the mobile telecommunications and IoT industry, both in China and internationally;

•        variations in our operating results;

•        risks relating to our business and industry, including those discussed above;

•        strategic actions by us or our competitors;

•        reputational damage from accidents or other adverse events related to our company or its operations;

•        investor perception of us, the technology sector in which we operate, the investment opportunity associated with the ordinary shares and our future performance;

•        addition or departure of our executive officers or directors;

•        changes in financial estimates or publication of research reports by analysts regarding our ordinary shares, other comparable companies or our industry generally;

•        trading volume of our ordinary shares;

•        future sales of our ordinary shares by us or our shareholders;

•        domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; or

•        the release or expiration of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding ordinary shares.

Furthermore, the stock markets often experience significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes may cause the market price of ordinary shares to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market by our existing shareholders could cause our share price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares. All of the ordinary shares owned by our directors, officers and existing shareholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters in this offering that restrict the shareholders’ ability to transfer our ordinary shares for at least twelve months from the date of this prospectus. Substantially all of our outstanding ordinary shares will become eligible for unrestricted sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” In addition, ordinary shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options and warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of ordinary shares by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Even if our securities are listed on the NASDAQ, there can be no assurance that our securities, including our ordinary shares, will continue to be listed or, if listed, that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Assuming that we are able to successfully list or ordinary shares on the NASDAQ, we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet NASDAQ’s continued listing requirement or maintain other listing standards. If our ordinary

54

shares are delisted by NASDAQ, and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, then, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

•        less liquid trading market for our securities;

•        more limited market quotations for our securities;

•        determination that our ordinary shares and/or warrants are a “penny stock” that requires brokers to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

•        more limited research coverage by stock analysts;

•        loss of reputation; and

•        more difficult and more expensive equity financings in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” If our ordinary shares remain listed on NASDAQ, our ordinary shares will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. If our securities were no longer listed on NASDAQ and therefore not “covered securities”, we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

If you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The assumed initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares. Investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the net tangible book value of our ordinary shares. As a result, investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $1.98 per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019. As a result of this dilution, investors purchasing shares in this offering may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering in the event of liquidation. For more information, please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.”

Future issuance of additional ordinary shares could cause dilution of ownership interests and adversely affect our stock price.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders or result in downward pressure on the price of our ordinary shares

Shares eligible for future sale may depress our stock price.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 4,517,793 ordinary shares outstanding of which all shares were held by affiliates. All of the ordinary shares of held by affiliates are restricted or control securities under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Sales of ordinary shares under Rule 144 or another exemption under the Securities Act or pursuant to a registration statement could have a material adverse effect on the price of the ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities.

We may issue shares of preferred shares with greater rights than our ordinary shares without obtaining shareholder approval.

Our memorandum and articles of association authorize our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred shares and set the terms of the preferred shares without seeking any further approval from our shareholders. Any preferred shares that is issued may rank ahead of our ordinary shares, in terms of dividends, liquidation rights and voting rights.

55

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research reports about us, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ordinary shares or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, the price of our ordinary shares could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts currently publish limited research on us. If there is limited or no securities or industry analyst coverage of our company, the market price and trading volume of our ordinary shares would likely be negatively impacted. Moreover, if any of the analysts who may cover us downgrade our ordinary shares, provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors or if our operating results or prospects do not meet their expectations, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline. If any of the analysts who may cover us were to cease coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and NASDAQ governance standards than domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares, and you may not receive corporate and company information and disclosure that you are accustomed to receiving or in a manner in which you are accustomed to receiving it.

As a foreign private issuer, the rules governing the information that we disclose differ from those governing U.S. corporations pursuant to the Exchange Act. Although we intend to report quarterly financial results and report certain material events, we are not required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or provide current reports on Form 8-K disclosing significant events within four days of their occurrence and our quarterly or current reports may contain less information than required for domestic issuers. In addition, we are exempt from the SEC’s proxy rules, and proxy statements that we distribute will not be subject to review by the SEC. Our exemption from Section 16 rules regarding sales of ordinary shares by insiders means that you will have less data in this regard than shareholders of U.S. companies that are subject to the Exchange Act. As a result, you may not have all the data that you are accustomed to having when making investment decisions with respect to U.S. public companies.

As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from complying with certain corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ applicable to a U.S. issuer. As the corporate governance standards applicable to us are different than those applicable to domestic U.S. issuers, you may not have the same protections afforded under U.S. law and the NASDAQ rules as shareholders of companies that do not have such exemptions.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We could cease to be a foreign private issuer if a majority of our outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly held of record by U.S. residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are allowed to postpone the date by which we must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in our company and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including:

•        being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements for the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting provided by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

•        not being required to comply with any requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and our financial statements;

56

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

•        not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or seek shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We intend to take advantage of certain of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

We will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company in the United States.

As a public company in the United States, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company in China, including costs associated with U.S. public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ.

If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, United States taxpayers who own our ordinary shares may have adverse United States federal income tax consequences.

A non-U.S. corporation such as ourselves will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for any taxable year if, for such year, either

•        At least 75% of our gross income for the year is passive income; or

•        The average percentage of our assets (determined at the end of each quarter) during the taxable year which produce passive income or which are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%.

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. taxpayer who holds our ordinary shares, the U.S. taxpayer may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements.

Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our 2019 taxable year or for any subsequent year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets which produce passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat our consolidated affiliated entities as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operation of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits. For purposes of the PFIC analysis, in general, a non-U.S. corporation is deemed to own its pro rata share of the gross income and assets of any entity in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the equity by value.

For a more detailed discussion of the application of the PFIC rules to us and the consequences to U.S. taxpayers if we were determined to be a PFIC, see “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

57

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events. The forward looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under “Risk Factors,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to:

•        our overall goals and strategies;

•        our anticipated financial condition and results of operations;

•        anticipated growth of the mobile telecommunications and IoT market in China, India and worldwide;

•        our expectations regarding our relationships with the governments of China, India, and our major customers;

•        relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry;

•        competition in our industry; and

•        our corporate structure and related laws, rules and regulations.

These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. Our actual results could be materially different from our expectations. Important risks and factors that could cause our actual results to be materially different from our expectations are generally set forth in “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Regulation” and other sections in this prospectus. You should thoroughly read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

58

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive from the sale of ordinary shares in this offering will be approximately $13.8 million (or approximately $16.1 million if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, which may include funding the exploration of the Indian market and other emerging markets as part of our strategy for expanding our local distribution network, performing more research and development activities to launch new products and other general and administrative matters. Specifically, we currently estimate that we will utilize the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

Description of Use of Proceeds

 

Amount ($)
(in thousands)

 

% of Net Proceeds

Engaging local distribution channels and establishing a representative office in United States

 

2,067

 

15

Forming local sales and distribution teams and recruiting experienced professionals globally

 

1,378

 

10

Promoting activities through online platforms

 

689

 

5

Launching 4G feature phones

 

2,067

 

15

Developing Bluetooth glasses

 

2,067

 

15

Working capital and general and administrative expenses

 

5,511

 

40

Total

 

13,779

 

100

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus.

We have agreed with the underwriters in this offering to establish an escrow account in the United States and to fund such account with $600,000 from this offering that may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during the 18-month period following the closing of this offering. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the applicable period expires. We will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the escrow agent.

In using the proceeds of this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations as an offshore holding company to provide funding to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China only through loans or capital contributions and to our consolidated variable interest entity only through loans via our WFOE in China, subject to the approval of government authorities and limit on the amount of capital contributions and loans. Subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements, we may extend inter-company loans to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China or make additional capital contributions to our wholly-foreign-owned subsidiary to fund its capital expenditures or working capital. For an increase of registered capital of our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary, we need to file at the MOFCOM or its local counterparts. If we provide funding to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary through loans, the total amount of such loans may not exceed the difference between the entity’s total investment as approved by the foreign investment authorities and its registered capital. Such loans must be registered with the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) or its local branches, which usually takes up to 20 working days to complete. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans to or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

59

DIVIDEND POLICY

We intend to keep any future earnings to finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or share premium amount, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts due in the ordinary course of business.

If we determine to pay dividends on any of our ordinary shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our PRC subsidiary. Pursuant to the EIT law and its implementation rules, any dividends paid by PRC subsidiary to UTime HK will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10% unless otherwise reduced to 5% by relevant tax authorities according to Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement or other applicable laws. See “Regulations Regulations on Tax PRC Dividend Withholding Tax”

Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to UTime HK only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our subsidiary and consolidated affiliates in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. These reserve funds, however, may not be distributed as cash dividends.

Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments, and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies, without prior approval of SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations in PRC may be used to pay dividends to our company.

60

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2019:

•        on an actual basis;

•        on an as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of 3,750,000 ordinary shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

As of September 30, 2019

   

Actual

 

Pro Forma
as Adjusted

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands, except for share data)

Debt:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term borrowings

 

6,180

 

 

874

 

 

6,180

 

 

874

 

Total debt

 

6,180

 

 

874

 

 

6,180

 

 

874

 

Equity:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Preferred share (par value US$0.0001; Authorized: 10,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding; pro forma as adjusted, none outstanding)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares (US$0.0001 par value, 140,000,000 shares authorized, actual, 4,517,793 shares issued and outstanding; pro forma as adjusted, 8,267,793 shares outstanding)

 

4

 

 

1

 

 

6

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

73,212

 

 

10,351

 

 

170,671

 

 

24,130

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(1,040

)

 

(147

)

 

(1,040

)

 

(147

)

Accumulated deficits

 

(20,907

)

 

(2,956

)

 

(20,907

)

 

(2,956

)

Total equity

 

51,269

 

 

7,249

 

 

148,730

 

 

21,028

 

Total capitalization

 

57,449

 

 

8,123

 

 

154,910

 

 

21,902

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $3,393,750, assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $4,072,500, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The foregoing assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option. The foregoing also excludes ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants.

61

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares, you will incur immediate dilution since the assumed initial public offering price per share you will pay in this offering is more than the net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after this offering.

The net tangible book value of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2019 was $7.0 million, or $1.56 per ordinary share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Tangible assets equal our total assets less goodwill and intangible assets.

The as adjusted net tangible book value of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2019, was $20.8 million, or $2.52 per ordinary share. The as adjusted net tangible book value gives effect to the sale of 3,750,000 ordinary shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The difference between the assumed initial public offering price and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share represents an immediate dilution of $1.98 per share to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

$

4.50

Net tangible book value per share before this offering, as of September 30, 2019

 

$

1.56

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

 

$

0.96

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after offering

 

$

2.52

Dilution in pro forma tangible book value per share to new investors

 

$

1.98

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, and based on the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be approximately $2.62 per share, and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be approximately $1.88 per share.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.41, and increase (decrease) dilution in pro forma tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.59, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2019, the difference between the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders and by new public investors before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us, using an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Cash
Consideration

 


Average Price
Per Share

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 
   

(US$ in thousands)

Existing shareholders

 

4,517,793

 

54.64

%

 

$

7,031 

 

29.41

%

 

$

1.56 

New investors from public offering

 

3,750,000

 

45.36

%

 

$

16,875 

 

70.59

%

 

$

4.50 

Total

 

8,267,793

 

100.00

%

 

$

23,906 

 

100.00

%

 

$

2.89 

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

62

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our financial data. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 and as of September 30, 2019 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Numbers in the following tables are in Renminbi and U.S. dollars and, except share and per share amounts, in thousands.

63

Exchange rate information

Our reporting currency is the Renminbi because our business is mainly conducted in China. This prospectus contains translations of Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at specific rates solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to Renminbi in this prospectus were made at a rate of RMB6.7335 to US$1.00 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and a rate of RMB7.0729 to US$1.00 for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, which are the exchange rates quoted by the central parity of RMB against the U.S. dollar by the People’s Bank of China on March 29, 2019 and September 30, 2019. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of Renminbi into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade.

Summary Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands, except share data and per share data)

Net sales

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

 

238,096

 

 

35,360

 

 

132,994

 

 

90,894

 

 

12,851

 

Cost of sales

 

682,958

 

347,864

 

 

213,098

 

 

31,647

 

 

122,408

 

 

80,675

 

 

11,406

 

Gross profit

 

54,900

 

29,038

 

 

24,998

 

 

3,713

 

 

10,586

 

 

10,219

 

 

1,445

 

Total operating expenses

 

45,386

 

59,541

 

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

 

14,937

 

 

19,035

 

 

2,691

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

9,514

 

(30,503

)

 

(9,972

)

 

(1,481

)

 

(4,351

)

 

(8,816

)

 

(1,246

)

Interest expenses

 

1,039

 

779

 

 

1,479

 

 

220

 

 

520

 

 

728

 

 

103

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

8,475

 

(31,282

)

 

(11,451

)

 

(1,701

)

 

(4,871

)

 

(9,544

)

 

(1,349

)

Income tax expenses

 

1,946

 

106

 

 

498

 

 

74

 

 

424

 

 

247

 

 

35

 

Net income (loss)

 

6,529

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

 

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

 

(1,618

)

 

(4,552

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTime Limited, basic and diluted

 

0.76

 

(4.14

)

 

(2.49

)

 

(0.37

)

 

(1.04

)

 

(2.17

)

 

(0.31

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

 

4,380,000

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,504,165

 

 

4,504,165

 

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

7,155

 

 

7,408

 

 

1,100

 

 

3,214

 

454

Working capital

 

(21,995

)

 

(26,030

)

 

(3,867

)

 

6,299

 

890

Total assets

 

230,594

 

 

188,160

 

 

27,943

 

 

186,819

 

26,413

Total liabilities

 

199,892

 

 

170,887

 

 

25,380

 

 

135,550

 

19,164

Total shareholders’ equity

 

30,702

 

 

17,273

 

 

2,563

 

 

51,269

 

7,249  

64

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy the following benefits:

•        political and economic stability;

•        an effective judicial system;

•        a favorable tax system;

•        the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and

•        the availability of professional and support services.

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and

•        Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated. Currently, substantially all of our operations are conducted outside the United States, and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. All of our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Puglisi & Associates, located at 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711, as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

Maples and Calder, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and B&D Law Firm, our counsel as to PRC law, have advised us, respectively, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands and China, respectively, would:

•        recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or

•        entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Vaish Associates Advocates, our counsel as to Indian law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of India would recognize and enforce a foreign judgment.

Recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments is provided under Section 13 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (“Civil Code”). Section 13 of the Civil Code provides that a foreign judgment shall be conclusive as to any matter directly adjudicated upon between the same parties or between parties under whom they or any of them claim litigating under the same title except: (i) where the judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) where the judgment has not been given on the merits of the case; (iii) where the judgment appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognize the law of India in cases where such law is applicable; (iv) where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice; (v) where the judgment has been obtained by fraud; or (vi) where the judgment sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India.

65

Further, Section 44A of the Civil Code provides that where a foreign judgment has been rendered by a ‘superior court’ in any country or territory outside India which the Government has by notification declared to be a ‘reciprocating territory’ for the purposes of Section 44A, it may be enforced in India by proceedings in execution as if the judgment had been rendered by the relevant court in India.

However, Section 44A of the Civil Code is applicable only to monetary decrees not being in the same nature of amounts payable in respect of taxes, other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalties. A judgment of a court of a country which is not a reciprocating territory may be enforced only by a fresh suit upon the judgment and not by proceedings in execution. Such a suit has to be filed in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India. Execution of a judgment or repatriation outside India of any amounts received is subject to the approval of the RBI. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action were to be brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments if that court were of the view that the amount of damages awarded was excessive or inconsistent with public policy. It is uncertain as to whether an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments that would contravene or violate Indian law. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in India.”

66

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. The following discussion contains “forward-looking statements” that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. We remind you that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and the differences can be material.

Please refer to the sections of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” for important information to be read in conjunction with the below discussion.

Business Overview

We are a technological company with a focus on mobile phones and other electronic accessories. Our operations are based in China whereas most of our products are sold globally, including in India, Brazil, the United States, and other emerging markets in South Asia and Africa as well as Europe, as we are committed to providing cost-effective mobile devices to consumers globally and to helping low-income individuals from established markets, including the United States, and emerging markets, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa, have better access to updated mobile technology. Led by a professional management team with extensive mobile phone and consumer electronics experience, we seek to bring forth at all times the best of our expertise to ensure the sustainable development of a profitable and integrated mobile phone and other devices business model.

We are an electronics manufacturing services (EMS) provider, specializing in Printed Circuit Board and Assembly (PCBA) for consumer electronics, network communications and other electronic products, and provides complete services such as process technology development, process design, procurement management, production control, warehousing and logistics.

Alongside our extensive industry experience, we have a comprehensive global ecosystem covering development, manufacturing, sales and after-sales services for our products. We also sell mobile phones under our own brand and , to get more people connected. We will continue to grow and seek to popularize up-to-date telecommunication technology in established markets, including the United States, and emerging markets, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa.

We commenced operations through United Time Technology Co., Ltd. or UTime SZ, to develop, manufacture and sell mobile phones. In June 2015, we incorporated UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited or UTime Trading, to be our platform for import and export business. In September 2016, we incorporated Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. or UTime GZ, to be our own manufacturing plant. In October 2016, we incorporated Do Mobile India Private Ltd., or Do Mobile, to expand our business under the brand and , in India.

Coronavirus (COVID-19) Update

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported in Wuhan, China. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization categorized it as a pandemic. The COVID-19 outbreak is causing lockdowns, travel restrictions, and closures of businesses and schools worldwide. The potential impact which may be caused by the outbreak is uncertain; however, it may result in a material adverse impact on our financial position, operations and cash flows.

The Company’s operating results from January 1, 2020 through the date of this filing have been significantly affected by the outbreak of COVID-19. Total revenue is lower than previously expected. Since March 2020 the Company has participated in efforts to stem the spread of the epidemic, namely, by serving as a temporary

67

distributor of face masks to an existing overseas client. The Company’s subsidiaries have obtained necessary certificates issued by Chinese government to distribute surgical and non-surgical face masks. These unsolicited purchase orders, which aggregated approximately US$7.1 million as of June 2, 2020, have helped the Company to maintain revenue and cash flow to a certain extent. However, the Company does not intend for this revenue stream to become part of its long-term business strategy.

The full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our operational results and financial condition will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and impact on our customers, all of which are uncertain but could include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        We temporarily closed our offices and manufacturing facility and implemented a work from-home policy beginning in February 2020, as required by relevant PRC regulatory authorities. Our manufacturing facility in Guizhou was allowed to reopen on February 14, 2020 by the local government. Since that time, our PRC office and factory have reopened but are not yet fully operational.

•        On March 24, 2020, the Indian government ordered a 21-day nationwide lockdown, followed by another order on April 14, 2020 and which was extended until May 31, 2020 with numerous relaxations which inter alia permitted opening of businesses and offices with certain restrictions. On May 30, 2020, the Indian government further extended the lockdown in containment zone until June 30, 2020 and permitted the re-opening of the economy in a phased manner in areas outside the containment zones. However, the respective state/ union territory governments have been empowered to prohibit activities in areas outside containment zones or impose such restrictions as deemed necessary to contain the spread of COVID-19, which has slowed down the rate of resumption of business activities. Due to the lockdown, our operations in India were halted for several weeks, however, since May 11, 2020 we have resumed our sales operations in various parts of India (except those falling under areas identified as “containment zones”, where the lockdown continues to be strictly enforced). The Indian government, if required, may further expand or extend the scope of the lockdown.

•        Our logistics channels have been negatively impacted by the outbreak, which may delay our products delivery. As a result, our revenue and account receivables could be negatively impacted in 2020. Some of our orders have been delayed due to nationwide lockdown in India, Europe and Africa. However, to date, none of these orders have been returned or cancelled.

•        Our customers could potentially be negatively impacted by the outbreak, which may reduce their orders in 2020. Our customers may reduce their future purchases from us if they are not able to complete the manufacture of their products due to the shortage of components from other suppliers As a result, although to date, none of our customers have terminated contracts with us, our revenue and income may be negatively impacted in 2020.

•        The situation may worsen if the COVID-19 outbreak continues. Certain of our customers have requested, and additional customers may request, additional time to pay us or fail to pay us on time, or at all, which may require us to record additional allowances. We are currently working with customers on finalizing payment schedules and have not experienced significant collection issues so far. We will continue to closely monitor our collections throughout 2020.

Products and performance

We design, manufacture, and distribute mobile phones and other consumer electronics through our operation plants in China. Our products are categorized into three major categories: Feature phone, Smartphone and Mobile phone accessories. Most of our products are produced due to OEM/ODM orders received from our long-term clients and sold globally, including India, Brazil, the United States, and other emerging markets in South Asia and Africa as well as Europe. The following charts display our products contribution for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019.

68

The following table sets forth our revenues by type of contract and as a percentage of revenue for the years and the six months indicated:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

Category

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

OEM/ODM

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

351,264

 

52,167

 

93.2

 

204,034

 

30,301

 

85.7

 

111,781

 

15,804

 

84.0

 

81,008

 

11,453

 

89.1

In-house brand

 

 

 

 

25,638

 

3,807

 

6.8

 

34,062

 

5,059

 

14.3

 

21,213

 

2,999

 

16.0

 

9,886

 

1,398

 

10.9

Total

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

376,902

 

55,974

 

100.0

 

238,096

 

35,360

 

100.0

 

132,994

 

18,803

 

100.0

 

90,894

 

12,851

 

100.0

The following table sets forth our revenues by product lines and as a percentage of revenue for the years and the six months indicated:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

Category

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Feature phone

 

325,576

 

48,352

 

44.1

 

259,564

 

38,548

 

68.9

 

175,432

 

26,054

 

73.7

 

113,008

 

15,978

 

85.0

 

81,729

 

11,555

 

89.8

Smartphone

 

381,725

 

56,690

 

51.7

 

94,467

 

14,029

 

25.1

 

57,056

 

8,473

 

24.0

 

16,236

 

2,296

 

12.2

 

8,758

 

1,238

 

9.6

Others

 

30,557

 

4,538

 

4.2

 

22,871

 

3,397

 

6.0

 

5,608

 

833

 

2.3

 

3,750

 

530

 

2.8

 

407

 

58

 

0.6

Total

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

376,902

 

55,974

 

100.0

 

238,096

 

35,360

 

100.0

 

132,994

 

18,804

 

100.0

 

90,894

 

12,851

 

100.0

The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic region and as a percentage of revenue for the years and the six months indicated:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

Category

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

PRC

 

334,671

 

49,702

 

45.4

 

124,937

 

18,555

 

33.1

 

86,754

 

12,884

 

36.4

 

47,840

 

6,764

 

36.0

 

33,641

 

4,756

 

37.0

Hong Kong

 

291,891

 

43,349

 

39.6

 

168,186

 

24,978

 

44.6

 

69,839

 

10,372

 

29.3

 

36,290

 

5,131

 

27.3

 

26,811

 

3,791

 

29.4

India

 

24,001

 

3,564

 

3.3

 

29,070

 

4,317

 

7.7

 

34,063

 

5,059

 

14.3

 

21,215

 

2,999

 

15.9

 

9,969

 

1,409

 

11.1

Africa

 

 

 

 

2,565

 

381

 

0.7

 

4,538

 

674

 

1.9

 

2,420

 

342

 

1.8

 

9,693

 

1,370

 

10.7

The United
States

 

23,802

 

3,535

 

3.2

 

24,242

 

3,600

 

6.4

 

36,349

 

5,398

 

15.3

 

19,954

 

2,821

 

15.0

 

10,131

 

1,432

 

11.1

South America

 

56,012

 

8,319

 

7.5

 

12,539

 

1,862

 

3.4

 

4,065

 

604

 

1.7

 

3,991

 

564

 

3.0

 

 

 

Others

 

7,481

 

1,111

 

1.0

 

15,363

 

2,281

 

4.1

 

2,488

 

369

 

1.1

 

1,284

 

182

 

1.0

 

649

 

93

 

0.7

Total

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

376,902

 

55,974

 

100.0

 

238,096

 

35,360

 

100.0

 

132,994

 

18,803

 

100.0

 

90,894

 

12,851

 

100.0

Selected Key Financial Results

Overview

The table below sets forth certain line items from our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands)

 

(in thousands)

Revenues

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

376,902

 

 

55,974

 

 

238,096

 

 

35,360

 

 

132,994

 

 

18,803

 

 

90,894

 

 

12,851

 

Costs of sales

 

682,958

 

101,427

 

347,864

 

 

51,662

 

 

213,098

 

 

31,647

 

 

122,408

 

 

17,307

 

 

80,675

 

 

11,406

 

Gross profit

 

54,900

 

8,153

 

29,038

 

 

4,312

 

 

24,998

 

 

3,713

 

 

10,586

 

 

1,496

 

 

10,219

 

 

1,445

 

Operating expenses

 

45,386

 

6,740

 

59,541

 

 

8,842

 

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

 

14,937

 

 

2,112

 

 

19,035

 

 

2,691

 

Interest expenses

 

1,039

 

154

 

779

 

 

116

 

 

1,479

 

 

220

 

 

520

 

 

74

 

 

728

 

 

103

 

Profit (loss) before tax

 

8,475

 

1,259

 

(31,282

)

 

(4,646

)

 

(11,451

)

 

(1,701

)

 

(4,871

)

 

(690

)

 

(9,544

)

 

(1,349

)

Income tax expenses

 

1,946

 

289

 

106

 

 

16

 

 

498

 

 

74

 

 

424

 

 

60

 

 

247

 

 

35

 

Net Income (loss)

 

6,529

 

970

 

(31,388

)

 

(4,662

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

 

(5,295

)

 

(750

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

69

•        We incurred net income of RMB6.5 million (US$1.0 million) and net loss of RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) and RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million) for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, mainly due to decrease in revenue. For the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, we incurred net loss of RMB5.3 million (US$0.8 million) and RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million), mainly due to a mix of decrease in revenue, especially the weak performance in North and South American regions, and increase in operating expense.

•        Although we lost some OEM/ODM orders due to market shrinkage, we developed our own in-house brand and had continuous growth in sales. As a result, the gross margin represents continuous improvements in years ended March 31, 2018 (0.3 percentage higher than that of fiscal year 2017) and 2019 (2.8 percentage higher than that of fiscal year 2018). OEM/ODM revenue decreased from RMB111.8 million (US$15.8 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018 to RMB81.0 million (US$11.5 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019, a 28% decrease due to the poor market performance. Gross margin kept improving from 7.96% for the six months ended September 30, 2018 to 11.24% for the same period in 2019.

•        We kept exploiting our in-house brand products in Indian market and revenue generated for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were RMB0 (US$0), RMB25.6 million (US$3.8 million) and RMB34.1 million (US$5.1 million), which account for 0%, 6.8% and 14.3% of the total revenue, respectively. In-house brand products generated RMB21.2 million (US$3.0 million) and RMB9.9 million (US$1.4 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, a 53% decrease due to our switch of strategy in India. Our adjusted strategy in India led to a revenue drop mainly because we disposed a number of small distributors and tried to switch to wholesale distributors.

•        Operating expenses consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, R&D expenses and other (income) expense. The year by year decline of R&D related expenses is mainly attributed to decrease of materials expenses and design fees, net of the fluctuation of other (income) expenses, net due to the changes of the exchange (gain) loss of RMB against US$.

•        Exchange rate between RMB and US$ considerably affected the financial result as more than 50% of our products were sold to customers outside of mainland China. We incurred RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million) exchange gain for year ended March 31, 2017, RMB7.9 million (US$1.2 million) exchange loss for year ended March 31, 2018 and RMB4.5 million (US$0.7 million) exchange gain for year ended March 31, 2019 due to fluctuations of exchange rates of RMB against US$. For the six months ended September 30, 2019, we incurred an exchange loss of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million) compared to net exchange gain of RMB5.3 million (US$0.7 million) for the same period of 2018 as a result of depreciation of India Rupee against the U.S. Dollar.

•        We provided impairment reserve of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million), RMB1.4 million (US$0.2 million) and RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) on obsolete inventory for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We also provided allowances of RMB0.7 million (US$0.1 million), RMB9.1 million (US$1.4 million) and RMB0.1 million (US$0.0 million) on doubtful receivables for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, we provided impairment reserve on obsolete inventory of RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million), and wrote off of RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million), respectively.

Comparison of the six months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

Revenue

Revenue for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB90.9 million (US$12.9 million), a decrease of RMB42.1 million (US$5.9 million), or 31.66%, from RMB133.0 million (US$18.8 million) for the same period of 2018. The decrease was attributable to the continued trend of reduction of OEM/ODM orders from our major customers and decreasing sales of in-house brand products. We expect the downward trend of revenue will continue but that the percentage of decrease for fiscal year 2020 may be smaller compared with decreases in fiscal year 2018 and 2019 due to increased competition in the smartphone market.

70

Cost of sales

Cost of sales for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB80.7 million (US$11.4 million), a decrease of RMB41.7 million (US$5.9 million), or 34.10%, from RMB122.4 million (US$17.3 million) for the same period of 2018. The decrease was attributable by the decrease in sales volume.

Our cost of sales mainly consists of cost of raw materials, third party processing fees and rental of building and machinery.

We import mother boards from overseas and purchase screens, camera, battery and electronic components from domestic markets for mobile phone processing and assembling.

We provided impairment reserve on obsolete inventory of RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million), which are recorded in cost of sales for the six months ended September 30, 2018. During the six months ended September 30, 2019, we wrote off impairment reserve of RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million) for obsolete inventories disposed.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB10.2 million (US$1.44 million), representing a decrease of RMB0.4 million (US$0.06 million), or 3.47%, from the gross profit of RMB10.6 million (US$1.50 million) for the same period of 2018, primarily as a result of factors mentioned above.

Overall gross profit margin for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was 11.24%, or 3.28 percentage points higher, as compared to gross profit margin of 7.96% for the same period of 2018. The increase was mainly attributable to sales of higher margin feature phones in the six months ended September 30, 2019.

Operating expenses

 

Six months ended

   

September 30,
2018

 

September 30,
2019

 

Fluctuation

   

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Selling expenses

 

7,375

 

 

1,043

 

 

5,270

 

745

 

(2,105

)

 

(298

)

 

(28.6

)

General and administrative expenses(1)

 

7,764

 

 

1,098

 

 

8,198

 

1,159

 

434

 

 

61

 

 

5.6

 

R&D related expenses(1)

 

6,132

 

 

867

 

 

5,024

 

710

 

(1,108

)

 

(157

)

 

(18.1

)

Other (income) expenses, net

 

(6,334

)

 

(896

)

 

543

 

77

 

6,877

 

 

973

 

 

(108.6

)

Total

 

14,937

 

 

2,112

 

 

19,035

 

2,691

 

4,098

 

 

579

 

 

27.4

 

____________

(1)      These expenses are combined as general and administrative expenses in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Our operating expenses consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, R&D expenses and other (income) expenses. Operating expenses increased by RMB4.1 million (US$0.6 million), or 27.4%, from RMB14.9 million (US$2.1 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018 to RMB19.0 million (US$2.7 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in our operating expenses was due to increase in net other expenses, partially offset by decrease in R&D expenses, and selling expenses.

Selling expenses consist of salary and benefits, business travel, shipping expenses, entertainment, market promotion and other expenses relating to our sales and marketing activities. The decrease in selling expense was mainly due to i) reduction in staff costs in India and ii) decrease in shipping expenses, which is in line with the decrease in overseas sales.

General and administrative expenses consist of salary and benefits to our accounting, human resources, design and executive office staff, rental expenses, property management and utilities, and office supplies, among others. The increase is mainly due to the increase in expenditure for warehousing and logistics in Huizhou Branch.

71

R&D related expenses mainly consist of salary and benefits, material and consumables and other expenses to carry out R&D activities. The decrease in R&D expenses was mainly due to decrease in expenses on moulds and consumables for R&D activities. R&D related expenses are included in general and administrative expenses in the income statement.

Other expenses (income) for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was net expense of RMB0.5 million (US$0.07 million), as compared to net income of RMB6.3 million (US$0.9 million) for the same period of 2018. The increase in expenses was mainly attributed to the net exchange loss of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019 compared to net exchange gain of RMB5.3 million (US$0.7 million) for the same period of 2018 as a result of depreciation of India Rupee against the U.S. Dollar.

Income tax expenses

During the six months ended September 30, 2019, an income tax provision of about RMB0.2 million (US$0.03 million) was recorded as compared to RMB0.4 million (US$0.06 million) for the comparable period in 2018. For the six months ended September 30, 2019, the income tax expenses was mainly attributed to under provision of income taxes of UTime GZ in prior year. No subsidiary had taxable profits during the six months ended September 30, 2019.

Net loss

As a result of the above, net loss was RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase in net loss of RMB4.5 million (US$0.6 million), or 85.0%, from RMB5.3 million (US$0.8 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018.

Comparison of the year ended March 31, 2019 and 2018

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB238.1 million (US$35.4 million), a decrease of RMB138.8 million (US$20.6 million), or 36.8%, from RMB376.9 million (US$56.0 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The decrease was attributable to the reduction of OEM/ODM orders from our major customers as these customers have launched a fewer new models of their feature phones and intensive competition in smartphone market reduced the sales of our OEM/ODM customers, which reduced orders from these customers, partially offset by increase in in-house brand sales.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB213.1 million (US$31.6 million), a decrease of RMB134.8 million (US$20.0 million), or 38.7%, from RMB347.9 million (US$51.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The decrease was attributable by the decrease in sales volume and decrease in cost of materials of feature phones and smartphones, partially offset by additional reserve of obsolete inventory.

Our cost of sales mainly consists of cost of raw materials, third party processing fees and rental of building and machinery.

We import screens and mother boards from overseas and purchase camera, battery and electronic components from domestic markets for mobile phone processing and assembling. The decrease in material costs was mainly attributable by the decrease in purchase price of screens and electronic components.

We provided impairment reserve of RMB1.4 million (US$0.2 million) and RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) on obsolete inventory, which are recorded in cost of sales for the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB25.0 million (US$3.7 million), representing a decrease of RMB4.0 million (US$0.6 million), or 13.9%, from the gross profit of RMB29.0 million (US$4.3 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018 as a result of factors mentioned above.

72

Overall gross profit margin for the year ended March 31, 2019 was 10.5%, or 2.8 percentage points higher, as compared to gross profit margin of 7.7% for the year ended March 31, 2018. The increase was mainly due to reduction of low margin OEM/ODM orders.

Operating expenses

 

For the Years Ended

   

March 31,
2018

 

March 31,
2019

 

Fluctuation

   

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Selling expenses

 

16,276

 

2,417

 

14,447

 

 

2,146

 

 

(1,829

)

 

(271

)

 

(11.2

)

General and administrative expenses(1)

 

14,565

 

2,163

 

16,926

 

 

2,514

 

 

2,361

 

 

351

 

 

16.2

 

R&D related expenses(1)

 

14,520

 

2,156

 

10,508

 

 

1,560

 

 

(4,012

)

 

(596

)

 

(27.6

)

Other expenses (income), net

 

14,180

 

2,106

 

(6,911

)

 

(1,026

)

 

(21,091

)

 

(3,132

)

 

(148.7

)

Total

 

59,541

 

8,842

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

 

(24,571

)

 

(3,648

)

 

(41.3

)

____________

(1)      These expenses are combined as general and administrative expenses in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Our operating expenses consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, R&D expenses and other expenses (income). Operating expenses decreased by RMB24.6 million (US$3.6 million), or 41.3%, from RMB59.5 million (US$8.8 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018 to RMB35.0 million (US$5.2 million) for the year ended March 31, 2019. The decrease in our operating expenses was due to decrease in R&D expenses, selling expenses and other expenses (income), partially offset by increase in general and administrative expenses.

Selling expenses consist of salary and benefits, business travel, shipping expenses, entertainment, market promotion and other expenses relating to our sales and marketing activities. The decrease in selling expense was mainly due to i) reduction in overhead costs in Shenzhen as a result of streamline and optimization of sales manpower resources and ii) decrease in shipping expenses, which is in line with the decrease in overseas sales, iii) partially offset by increase in overhead costs in India as a result of business expansion.

General and administrative expenses consist of salary and benefits to our accounting, human resources, design and executive office staff, rental expenses, property management and utilities, and office supplies, among others. The increase in in general and administrative expenses was mainly due to the increase of expenditures of UTime GZ. UTime GZ commenced full operation in September 2017 and expenses incurred for the year ended March 31, 2018 represents seven months of business operations.

R&D related expenses mainly consist of salary and benefits, material and consumables and other expenses to carry out R&D activities. The decrease in R&D expenses was mainly due to decrease in expenses on moulds and consumables for R&D activities. R&D related expenses are included in general and administrative expenses in the income statement.

Other expenses (income) for the year ended March 31, 2019 was net income of RMB6.9 million (US$1.0 million), as compared to net expense of RMB14.2 million (US$2.1 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The increase was mainly attributed to i) net exchange gains of RMB4.5 million (US$0.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2019 compared to net exchange losses of RMB7.9 million (US$1.2 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018 as a result of depreciation of RMB against the U.S. Dollar; and ii) RMB0.15 million (US$0.02 million) of doubtful receivable was provided in 2019 compared to RMB9.1 million (US$1.4 million) in 2018.

Income tax expenses

During the year ended March 31, 2019, an income tax provision of about RMB0.50 million (US$0.1 million) was recorded as compared to RMB0.1 million (US$0.02 million) for the comparable period in 2018. The income tax expenses mainly was attributed to the profit before taxes of one of our subsidiaries, UTime GZ, while the Company’s other subsidiaries had no taxable profits in fiscal year 2019.

73

Net loss

As a result of the above, net loss was RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million) for the year ended March 31, 2019, representing a decrease of 19.4 million (US$2.9 million), or 61.9%, from RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) for year ended March 31, 2018.

Comparison of the year ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

Revenue

Total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2018 was RMB376.9 million (US$56.0 million) compared to RMB737.9 million (US$109.6 million) for the year ended March 31, 2017. A decrease of RMB361.0 million (US$53.6 million), or 48.9%, occurred due to a decrease of OEM/ODM orders from our major customers as these customers have launched few new models of feature phones, intensive competition in the smartphone market, and our in-house brand was still in the promotion stage, so our in-house brand efforts had yet to flow through to our financial results.

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales decreased by RMB335.1 million (US$49.8 million) or 49.1% to approximately RMB347.9 million (US$51.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018 from approximately RMB683.0 million (US$101.4 million) for the year ended March 31, 2017, which was mainly attributable to a decline in the revenue.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 was RMB29.0 million (US$4.3 million), or 7.7% of revenues and RMB54.9 million (US$8.2 million), or 7.4% of revenue, respectively.

Operating expenses

 

For the Years Ended

   

March 31,
2017

 

March 31,
2018

 

Fluctuation

   

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Selling expenses

 

14,783

 

 

2,195

 

 

16,276

 

2,417

 

1,493

 

 

222

 

 

10.1

 

General and administrative expenses(1)

 

12,489

 

 

1,855

 

 

14,565

 

2,163

 

2,076

 

 

308

 

 

16.6

 

R&D related expenses(1)

 

21,228

 

 

3,153

 

 

14,520

 

2,156

 

(6,708

)

 

(997

)

 

(31.6

)

Other expenses (income), net

 

(3,114

)

 

(463

)

 

14,180

 

2,106

 

17,294

 

 

2,569

 

 

(555.5

)

Total

 

45,386

 

 

6,740

 

 

59,541

 

8,842

 

14,155

 

 

2,102

 

 

31.2

 

____________

(1)      These expenses are combined as general and administrative expenses in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Our operating expenses consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, R&D related expenses and other expenses (income). Operating expenses increased by approximately RMB14.2 million (US$2.1 million), or 31.2%, from approximately RMB45.4 million (US$6.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2017 to RMB59.5 million (US$8.8 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The increase in our operating expenses was primarily due to the net other expenses of RMB14.2 million (US$2.1 million), which mainly consisted of impairment provision of receivables and exchange losses in fiscal year 2018, compared to net other income of RMB3.1 million (US$0.5 million) in fiscal year 2017, partially offset by RMB6.7 million (US$1.0 million) decrease in R&D related expenses.

Selling expenses primarily consisted of salary and compensation relating to our sales and marketing staff, and include business travel, freight, entertainment, clearance, and other expenses relating to our sales and marketing activities. Selling expenses increased by RMB1.5 million (US$0.2 million), or 10.1% in fiscal year 2018, compared to fiscal year 2017 mainly because of the net effect of increase of the salary by about RMB3.6 million (US$0.5 million) and decrease of the exporting expenses and advertisement expenses by around RMB1.9 million (US$0.3 million).

74

General and administrative expenses primarily consisted of salary and compensation expenses relating to our accounting, human resources, design and executive office staffs, and include property management and utilities, office overhead, employee benefits and social security, entertainment expenses. Total general and administrative expenses increased by about RMB2.1 million (US$0.3 million), or 16.6% in fiscal year 2018 when compared to fiscal year 2017 which was mainly due to the increase of employee benefits and social security, traveling expenses and rental expenses about RMB1.2 million (US$0.2 million), RMB0.2 million (US$0.03 million) and RMB0.2 million (US$0.03 million), respectively.

R&D expenses primarily consisted of materials expenses, salary and depreciation. R&D related affairs decreased by about RMB6.7 million (US$1.0 million), or 31.6% in fiscal year 2018, compared to fiscal year 2017. The decrease was primarily attributed to the reduction of materials expenses and design fees about RMB2.5 million (US$0.4 million) and RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million), respectively.

Other expenses (income) primarily consists of government subsidy income, foreign exchange loss (gain) and provision for doubtful accounts. Our net other expenses were approximately RMB14.2 million (US$2.1 million) in fiscal year 2018 as compared to approximately net other income of RMB3.1 million (US$0.4 million) in fiscal year 2017. The changes were mainly attributed to the net effect of: (i) net exchange losses of RMB7.9 million (US$1.2 million) in fiscal year 2018 as compared to net exchange gains of RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million) in fiscal year 2017; (ii) provision for doubtful accounts increased by RMB8.4 million (US$1.3 million) from RMB0.7 million (US$0.1 million) in fiscal year 2017 to RMB9.1 million (US$1.4 million) in fiscal year 2018; and (iii) RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) increase in subsidy income during fiscal year 2018. With respect to (ii), provision for doubtful accounts on advance to suppliers of RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million) was mainly due to cancellation of abundant purchase orders caused by termination of cooperation with certain OEM/ODM customers. Provision for doubtful accounts on receivables from supply chain service providers of RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) was mainly due to the collectability of the Value Added Tax recoverable from certain supply chain companies which were either suffering from liquidity issues or prolonged delay in Value Added Tax refund from tax authorities. Provision for doubtful accounts on accounts receivable of RMB1.6 million (US$0.2 million) was mainly due to financial difficulties experienced by our customers. We expect the provision for doubtful accounts to reduce in next year and beyond, as we have tightened our credit assessment when selecting supply chain companies and our management team has become increasingly attentive to the collectability from doubtful accounts.

Income tax expenses

During the year ended March 31, 2018, an income tax provision of about RMB0.1 million (US$0.02 million) was recorded as compared to RMB2.0 million (US$0.3 million) in fiscal year 2017. For the year ended March 31, 2018, the income tax expenses mainly was attributed to the profit before taxes of one of our subsidiaries, UTime GZ, while the Company’s other subsidiaries had no taxable profits in fiscal year 2019.

Net income (loss)

The net loss for the year ended March 31, 2018 was RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) compared to net income of RMB6.5 million (US$1.0 million) for the year ended March 31, 2017 due to the combination of the above factors discussed.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2019, the Company had current assets of RMB133.3 million (US$18.84 million) and current liabilities of RMB127.0 million (US$17.95 million), resulting in a working capital of approximately RMB6.3 million (US$0.89 million). As of March 31, 2019, the Company had current assets of RMB137.1 million (US$20.4 million) and current liabilities of RMB163.1 million (US$24.2 million), resulting in a working capital deficit of approximately RMB26.0 million (US$3.8 million).

75

On June 3, 2019, the Company issued 377,514 ordinary shares to HMercury Capital Limited, and its controlling shareholder, Mr. He, agreed to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21.4 million (US$3.0 million). On September 2, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to Mr. Bao to invest consideration of RMB23.9 million (US$3.4 million) as UTime SZ’s equity interest. As a result, the Company has working capital of RMB6.3 million (US$0.9 million) as of September 30, 2019.

We finance our daily operations mainly by cash flows generated from our business operations and loans from banking institutions and our shareholder and related parties. Although we incurred a net loss of RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million) for year ended March 31, 2019, we managed to maintain a net cash inflow of RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) from operations compared to the net cash outflow of RMB37.5 million (US$5.6 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. For the six months ended September 30, 2019, we incurred a net loss of RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million). Our net cash outflow was RMB8.5 million (US$1.2 million) from operations, a decrease of RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) compared to the net cash outflow of RMB11.7 million (US$1.7 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018. We continue to focus on improving operational efficiency and cost reductions, developing core cash-generating business and enhancing efficiency. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining the necessary financing or negotiating the terms of the existing short-term liabilities to meet our current and future liquidity needs.

The following table sets forth certain historical information with respect to our statements of cash flows:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(In thousands)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

45,094

 

 

6,697

 

 

(37,469

)

 

(5,565

)

 

2,185

 

 

326

 

 

(11,719

)

 

(1,657

)

 

(8,453

)

 

(1,195

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activity

 

(4,146

)

 

(616

)

 

(1,548

)

 

(230

)

 

(7,638

)

 

(1,134

)

 

3,682

 

 

521

 

 

(2,233

)

 

(316

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(7,396

)

 

(1,098

)

 

6,334

 

 

941

 

 

6,230

 

 

925

 

 

7,620

 

 

1,077

 

 

6,450

 

 

913

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

1,013

 

 

150

 

 

(2,055

)

 

(305

)

 

(24

)

 

(6

)

 

385

 

 

54

 

 

42

 

 

5

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

34,565

 

 

5,133

 

 

(34,738

)

 

(5,159

)

 

753

 

 

111

 

 

(32

)

 

(5

)

 

(4,194

)

 

(593

)

We had cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash of approximate RMB41.9 million (US$6.2 million), RMB7.2 million (US$1.1 million), RMB7.9 million (US$1.2 million) and RMB3.7 million (US$0.5 million) as of March 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) for the year ended March 31, 2019 as compared with cash used in operating activities of RMB37.5 million (US$5.6 million) used for the year ended March 31, 2018. Net loss for the year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million), representing a decrease in loss of RMB19.5 million (US$2.9 million), from a net loss of RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The difference between net loss and the net cash provided by operating activities are attributed to the changes in various asset and liability account balances throughout the year ended March 31, 2019. Major changes are i) decrease of accounts receivable in the amount of RMB7.7 million (US$1.2 million, an increase to net cash) resulted from a decline in sales, ii) decrease of accounts payable in the amount of RMB3.2 million (US$0.5 million, a decrease to net cash) iii) decrease of RMB9.2 million in the ending inventory balance as of March 31, 2019 (US$1.4 million, an increase to net cash) resulted from a decline in sales, iv) decrease of RMB3.0 million in prepayment and other current assets (US$0.5 million, an increase to net cash) v) decrease of RMB10.4 million in other payables and accrued liabilities (US$1.5 million, a decrease to net cash) and vi) increase of RMB1.2 million in net amount due to related parties (US$0.2 million, an increase to net cash) during the year ended March 31, 2019. In addition, the Company had non-cash expenses relating to depreciation and amortization in the amount of RMB3.2 million (US$0.5 million), and provision for obsolete inventory of RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) and provision for doubtful account of RMB0.1 million (approximately US$0.02 million).

76

Net cash used in operating activities was RMB8.5 million (US$1.2 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019 as compared with RMB11.7 million (US$1.7 million) used for the same period of 2018. Net loss for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million), representing an increase in loss of RMB4.5 million (US$0.6 million), from a net loss of RMB5.3 million (US$0.8 million) for the same period of 2018. The difference between net loss and the net cash used in operating activities are attributed to the changes in various asset and liability account balances throughout the six months ended September 30, 2019. Major changes are i) decrease of accounts receivable in the amount of RMB14.8 million (US$2.1 million, an increase to net cash) resulted from a decline in sales, ii) decrease of accounts payable in the amount of RMB10.1 million (US$1.4 million, a decrease to net cash) iii) decrease of RMB1.6 million in the ending gross inventory balance as of September 30, 2019 (US$0.2 million, an increase to net cash), iv) decrease of RMB1.1 million in prepayment and other current assets (US$0.2 million, an increase to net cash) and v) decrease of RMB4.1 million in other payables and accrued liabilities (US$0.6 million, a decrease to net cash) during the six months ended September 30, 2019. In addition, the Company had non-cash expenses relating to depreciation and amortization in the amount of RMB2.0 million (US$0.3 million), and reversal of provision for obsolete inventory of RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million).

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB7.6 million (US$1.1 million) as compared to RMB1.6 million (US$0.2 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. Cash used in the year ended March 31, 2019 were for payment of property and equipment of RMB22.6 million (US$3.4 million), net of proceeds of RMB15.0 million (US$2.2 million) received from the disposal of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) as compared to net cash provided by investing activities of RMB3.7 million (US$0.5 million) for the same period of 2018. Cash used in the six months ended September 30, 2019 were for payment of property and equipment of RMB4.8 million (US$0.7 million), net of proceeds of RMB2.6 million (US$0.4 million) received from the disposal of property and equipment.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB6.2 million (US$0.9 million) as compared to RMB6.3 million (US$1.0 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The cash inflow was mainly attributable to proceeds from Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank loan.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB6.5 million (US$0.9 million) as compared to RMB7.6 million (US$1.1 million) for the same period of 2018. The cash inflow was mainly attributable to capital contribution from shareholder.

On November 15, 2017, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB16.0 million (US$2.4 million) as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.7%. The loan is secured by UTime SZ’s accounts receivable and office real estate. As of March 31, 2018, the carrying amount of the office real estate and accounts receivable were RMB19.1 million (US$2.8 million) and RMB24.0 million (US$2.8 million), respectively. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao, Mr. Tang and Mr. Zhou. On October 30, 2018, UTime SZ repaid RMB16.0 million (US$2.4 million). On October 31, 2018, UTime SZ borrowed RMB16.0 million (US$2.4 million) as working capital for six months at an annual effective interest rate of 6.1% under the same credit agreement. The loan was repaid in full on April 30, 2019. The balance was RMB16 million (US$2.4 million) and RMB0 (US$0) as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB2.0 million (US$0.3 million) at an annual effective interest rate of 8.64% for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB40,000 (approximately US$6,000) from August 21, 2018 to August 8, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan was secured by the pledge of 30% of equity share of UTime SZ owned by Mr. Bao and is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao. The pledged was released on March 19, 2019 and replaced by deposit RMB500,000 (approximately US$74,000) as restricted cash with the bank to secure the loan. RMB320,000 (approximately US$47,000) in total was repaid and RMB93,686 (approximately US$14,000) interest was paid by UTime SZ during the year ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the balance of the loan was RMB0 (US$0) and RMB1.68 million (approximately US$0.25 million), respectively. Out of the total

77

outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB0 (US$0) and RMB480,000 (approximately US$71,000) as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB0 (US$0) and RMB1.2 million (US$0.18 million) are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, the balance of the loan was RMB1.4 million (approximately US$0.2 million). Out of the total outstanding loan balance, the current portion was RMB480,000 (approximately US$67,800) as of September 30, 2019, which is presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB960,000 (approximately US$135,700) is presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019.

On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB6.0 million (US$0.9 million) for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB60,000 (US$8,910) from September 21, 2019 to August 20, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan is secured by real estate owned by Mr. Bao and guaranteed by Mr. Bao. RMB218,400 (approximately US$32,000) interest was paid by UTime SZ during the year ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the balance for this loan is RMB0 (US$0) and RMB6.0 million (US$0.9 million), respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB0 and RMB420,000 (approximately US$62,000) as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB0 (US$0) and RMB5.6 million (US$0.8 million) are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, the balance for this loan is RMB5.9 million (approximately US$0.8 million). Out of the total outstanding loan balance, the current portion was RMB720,000 (approximately US$101,800) as of September 30, 2019, which is presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB5.2 million (approximately US$0.7 million) is presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019.

On April 23, 2019, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB15.0 million (US$2.2 million) as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.805% which is secured by the office real estate and accounts receivables equal to RMB22.5 million (US$3.3 million) owned by UTime SZ and guaranteed by Mr. Bao and his spouse. As of September 30, 2019, the outstanding balance was RMB15.0 million (US$2.2 million). UTime SZ renewed this loan on May 8, 2020, to extend the term of validity until April 28, 2021. The loan continues to be secured by the office real estate and accounts receivables equal to RMB22.5 million (US$3.3 million) owned by UTime SZ and guaranteed by UTime GZ, Mr. Bao and his spouse.

Contractual Obligations

In December 2017, UTime SZ signed a property sale contract with BuTa Entertainment for selling office real estate in Nanshan District, Shenzhen, China for a cash price of RMB20.1 million (US$3.0 million). BuTa Entertainment agreed to lease the office estate back to the Company for a term of up to 3 years, with an annual rental payment of approximately RMB1.0 million (US$0.1 million). According the lease agreement, the eleven months from February 2018 to December 2018 is free of rental charge.

On September 1, 2017, the Company entered a lease agreement with Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. (“Jietongda”). Jietongda agreed to lease the factory building located in Xinpu District of Guizhou, China to the Company, for a term of up to 4.5 years, with an annual rental payment of approximately RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million).

Subsequent to the year ended March 31, 2019, the Company entered into supplementary agreement with Jietongda and modified the original warehouse lease contract effective since September 1, 2017. Total lease amount reduced from RMB18.9 million (US$2.7 million) to RMB7.5 million (US$1.1 million) for the 4 years and 6 months’ lease period.

On September 1, 2017, the Company entered a lease agreement with Jietongda. Jietongda agreed to lease the equipment for processing mobile phones to the Company, for a term of up to 5 years, with an annual rental payment of approximately RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million).

78

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2019, which included the lease and loan arrangement described above:

 

Payments due by period (in thousands)

Contractual obligations

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 2 years

 

2 – 3 years

 

More than
3 years

Short term borrowings

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

1,200

 

1,200

 

 

 

Long term borrowings

 

6,180

 

 

6,180

 

 

Operating lease payments

 

2,942

 

1,100

 

1,100

 

742

 

Total

 

25,322

 

17,300

 

7,280

 

742

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on the changes in financial condition and the results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

Trends Affecting Future Operations

The factors that will most significantly affect results of operations will be (i) the industry outlook of cell phone and consumer electronics, (ii) the sustainability of our client source, (iii) the development and penetration of existing market and new market, (iv) the ability of our R&D capacity, and (v) the outbreak of coronavirus. Our revenues will be significantly impacted by the combination of the above factors discussed.

The coronavirus is impacting several areas of the world, including Asia and the United States. Factories in China that produced our products were closed during February 2020 at the mandate of the Chinese government and reopened in March 2020. Our manufacturing facility in Guizhou was allowed to reopen on February 14, 2020 by the local government. This impacts the manufacturing productivity of the factories, and therefore the amount of inventory we receive and can ship to customers. We are hopeful that all operations will return to normal as soon as possible. We are doing everything we can to keep customer production running and to keep things as smooth and stable as possible. We expect that the coronavirus could have a negative impact on our sales until production is fully running as normal. Furthermore, our customers in China and elsewhere may reduce their future purchases from us if they are not able to complete the manufacture of their products due to the shortage of components from other suppliers. The coronavirus will potentially impact our sales performance in a negative way, depending on the duration and severity of the coronavirus’ impact on the operations of our vendors and suppliers.

The global consumer electronics, network communication and other products have a shorter update cycle, which has brought huge market demand and is expected to maintain rapid development in the future. However, the shorter product update cycle and increasing market demand also strengthen the competition. Overall, demand of feature phones is decreasing and being replaced by smartphones while smartphones are upgraded faster and demand of them becomes more unstable.

OEM/ODM orders were our principal source of revenue, in the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, which contributed 100.0%, 93.2%, 85.7%, 84.0% and 89.1% to our revenue, respectively. Revenue from customer A accounted for 29.7%, 39.1% and 50.5% of total revenue, respectively during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. Customer B contributed 48.5%, 16.2% and 2.8% of total revenue, respectively during the same period. Revenue from customer A accounted for 51.0%, and 56.4% of total revenue, respectively during the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019. Customer E contributed 11.1% and 6.3% of total revenue, respectively during the same period. To sustain the customer source may help us secure the OEM/ODM orders.

To respond to the rapid change of global cell phone and consumer electronics industry, we decide to implement the in-house brand strategy and develop new markets. Revenue generated from in-house brand products for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 were RMB0 (US$0), RMB25.6 million (US$3.8 million), RMB34.1 million (US$5.1 million), RMB21.2 million (US$3.0 million) and RMB9.9 million (US$1.4 million), which account for 0.0%, 6.8%, 14.3%, 16.0% and 10.9% of the total revenue, respectively.

79

The implementation of our strategy in new markets depends on our R&D capacity in feature phones, smartphones and other consumer electronics considerably. If we had sufficient R&D capacity, we might have the opportunity to penetrate the existing market faster, retain more market shares and be able to develop another replicable market.

Although we intend to grow our in-house brands, it is expected that in the near term, both OEM/ODM orders and sale of our own in-house brand sales will be our principal sources of cash flow over the next two years. Cash flow from the OEM/ODM orders depends on the quantity and the price of the order, whereas cash flow from sale of in-house brand cell phone product depends on the quality of production and the profit obtained by the production. An increase in OEM/ODM orders or sale of in-house brand cell phone products will enable us to expanding our operations with the increasing internally-generated funds and may allow us to obtain equity and debt financing more easily or on better terms, lessening the difficulty of obtaining financing.

A decline in sales (i) will reduce our internally-generated cash flow, which in turn will reduce the available funds for securing clients and developing existing markets, (ii) will increase the difficulty of obtaining equity and debt financing and worsen the terms on which such financing may be obtained, and (iii) will affect the activities of R&D which considerably determines our development in new products and new markets.

The outbreak of the coronavirus in China and globally (i) could affect our production utilization and logistics, which could directly affect our timely delivery of our products and collection of cash flow, (ii) if the outbreak of the coronavirus continues to spread worldwide, the entire industry could be negatively affected, leading to a certain extent of shortages in supply that could eventually raise key components price overall. As a consequence, our production cost could increase whereas our profit could decrease.

Other than the foregoing, the management is unaware of any trends, events or uncertainties that will have, or are reasonably expected to have, a material impact on sales, revenues or expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during the reporting period.

We have identified the accounting principles which are most critical to the reported financial status by considering accounting policies that involve the most complex and subjective decisions or assessment.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the consolidated financial statements include but are not limited to estimates and judgments applied in the allowance for receivables, write down of other assets, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, impairment on inventory, sales return, product warranties, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and income tax, provision for employee benefits, going concern. Actual results could differ from those estimates and judgments.

Accounts receivable and other receivables

Accounts receivable and other receivables are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets at their estimated collectible amounts. A substantial majority of our accounts receivable are derived from sales to well-known technological clients. We follow the allowance method of recognizing uncollectible accounts receivable and other receivables, pursuant to which we regularly assess our ability to collect outstanding customer invoices and make estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable and other receivables. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts when we determine that the collection of an outstanding customer receivable is not probable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on a timely basis to assess the adequacy of the allowance. We take into consideration (a) historical bad debts experience, (b) any circumstances of which we are aware of a customer’s or debtor’s inability to meet its financial obligations,

80

(c) changes in our customer or debtor payment history, and (d) our judgments as to prevailing economic conditions in the industry and the impact of those conditions on our customers and debtors. If circumstances change, such that the financial conditions of our customers or debtors are adversely affected and they are unable to meet their financial obligations to us, we may need to record additional allowances, which would result in a reduction of our net income.

Inventories

Inventories of the Company consist of raw materials, finished goods and work in process. Inventories are stated at lower of cost or net realizable value with cost being determined on the weighted average method. Elements of cost in inventories include raw materials, direct labor costs, other direct costs, consignment manufacturing cost and manufacturing overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of inventory and periodically writes down the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon the product life-cycle.

Impairment of long-lived assets

We review the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used when events and circumstances warrants such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flow from such asset is separately identifiable and is less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset. Fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed are determined in a similar manner, except that fair market values are reduced for the cost to dispose.

Revenue recognition

We adopted ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” for all periods presented. We derive revenue principally from the sale of mobile phones and accessories. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the following five steps:

1.      Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

2.      Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

3.      Determine the transaction price;

4.      Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

5.      Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

A contract contains a promise (or promises) to transfer goods or services to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise (or a group of promises) that is distinct. The transaction price is the amount of consideration a company expects to be entitled from a customer in exchange for providing the goods or services.

The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation (a good or service). A contract may contain one or more performance obligations. Performance obligations are accounted for separately if they are distinct. A good or service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and the good or service is distinct in the context of the contract. Otherwise performance obligations are combined with other promised goods or services until the Company identifies a bundle of goods or services that is distinct. Promises in contracts which do not result in the transfer of a good or service are not performance obligations, as well as those promises that are administrative in nature, or are immaterial in the context of the contract. The Company has addressed whether various goods and services promised to the customer represent distinct performance obligations. The Company applied the guidance of ASC Topic 606-10-25-16 through 18 in order to verify which promises should be assessed for classification as distinct performance obligations.

Cooperation with OEM/ODM customers

Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Company generates our revenue through product sales, and shipping terms generally indicate when we have fulfilled our performance obligations

81

and passed control of products to our customer, when the goods have been shipped to the customer’s specific location (delivery). Following delivery, the customer has full discretion over the manner of distribution and price to sell the goods, has the primary responsibility when selling the goods and bears the risks of obsolescence and loss in relation to the goods but has no right to return the products (other than for defective products). A receivable is recognized by the Company when the goods are delivered to the customer as this represents the point in time at which the right to consideration becomes unconditional, as only the passage of time is required before payment is due. Revenue from OEM/ODM customers does not meet the criteria to be recognized over time since 1) we do not have the right of payment for the performance completed to date, 2) our work neither create or enhance an assets controlled by customers until goods are delivered to the customer, 3) customers do not receive and consume benefits simultaneously provided by our performance.

Sales of products for in-house brands

For revenue realized in Indian market, additional term of goods return may apply. Under Do Mobile’s standard contract terms, end users have a right of return for defective devices within 7 days. At the point of sale, a refund liability and a corresponding adjustment to revenue is recognized for those products expected to be returned. At the same time, Do Mobile has a right to recover the product when customers exercise their right of return so consequently recognizes a right to returned goods asset and a corresponding adjustment to cost of sales. Do Mobile uses its accumulated historical experience to estimate the number of returns on a portfolio level using the expected value method, taking into consideration of the type of products.

Contract Assets and Liabilities

Contract assets, such as costs to obtain or fulfill contracts, are an insignificant component of the Company’s revenue recognition process. The majority of the Company’s cost of fulfillment as a manufacturer of products is classified as inventories and property and equipment, which are accounted for under the respective guidance for those asset types. Other costs of contract fulfillment are immaterial due to the nature of the Company’s products and their respective manufacturing processes. Contract liabilities are mainly advance from customers.

Warranty

The Company offers a standard product warranty that the product will operate under normal use. For products sold to OEM/ODM customers, the warranty period generally ranging from one to two years from the time final acceptance. In general, the Company shipped free spare parts as product warranty to these customers while the products were sold. For products sold to end users through retailers in India, the warranty period include a 1 year warranty to end users. The Company has the obligation, at its option, to either repair or replace the defective product. The customers cannot separately purchase the warranty and the warranty doesn’t provide the customer with additional service other than assurance that the product will function as expected. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of revenues. The reserves established are regularly monitored based upon historical experience and any actual claims charged against the reserve.

Income taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method as prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance would be provided for those deferred tax assets for which if it is more likely than not that the related benefit will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit,

82

including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized and recorded as necessary in the provision for income taxes. We are subject to taxation in China and other foreign jurisdictions. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100. In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is ten years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. The Company did not recognize any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for all periods presented in accordance with ASC 740. As of all periods presented, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

Foreign currency translation and transactions

The reporting currency of the Company is the RMB. The Company’s subsidiaries, consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries with operations in the PRC, Hong Kong, and other jurisdictions generally use their respective local currencies as their functional currencies, except for UTime Trading use US United States dollar (“US$”) as functional currency. The financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries, other than the consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary with the functional currency in RMB, are translated into RMB using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities, historical exchange rate for equity amounts and the average rate during the reporting period for income and expense items. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a component of shareholders’ equity.

In the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries and consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary, transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are measured and recorded in the functional currency using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. All gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are recorded in other expenses (income) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Lease

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). The amendments in ASU 2016-02 create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous lease guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP.

Effective April 1, 2019, we adopted the ASU 2016-02, Leases, which requires the recognition of lease assets and these liabilities by leases for those leases classified as an operating lease under previous guidance. The original guidance required application on a modified retrospective basis with the earliest period presented. In August, 2018, the FASB issues ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to ASC 842, which included an option to not restate comparative periods in transition and elect to use the effective date of ASC 842, Leases, as the date of initial application of transition which we elected. As a result of the adoption of ASC 842 on April 1, 2019, we recorded both operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets of RMB3.0 million (US$0.4 million) and lease liability of RMB3.0 million (US$0.4 million). The adoption of ASC 842 had no impact on our profit or loss and cash flows for the six-month period ended September 30, 2019. In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard which allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification.

83

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2019, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, and other control deficiencies, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses identified related to (i) our lack of accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and (ii) our lack of comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Though neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor we undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for purposes of identifying and reporting weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be required to do once we become a public company and our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to do once we cease to be an emerging growth company (“EGC”) under applicable SEC rules. Had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.

Following the identification of the material weaknesses, we have taken certain steps and plan to and will continue to take measures to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting including: (i) we are in the process of hiring additional qualified finance and accounting staff with working experience in U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements; (ii) we will appoint three independent directors as of the commencement of this offering and we are in the process of establishing an audit committee. Furthermore, we plan to implement the following measures: (i) establishing a separate department which will be responsible for the reporting process; (ii) further streamlining our reporting process to support our business development as necessary; and (iii) engaging professional financial advisory firms if necessary, to provide ongoing training to our finance and accounting personnel as well as to strengthen our financial reporting expertise and system. We expect to complete the measures discussed above as soon as practicable and will continue to implement measures to remediate these material weaknesses. We expect that we will incur significant costs in the implementation of such measures.

However, the implementation of those measures may not fully address the material weakness identified in our internal control over financial reporting. We have disclosed the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in “Risk Factors” — Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering. If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.”

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion of revenue for last financial year, we qualified as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of an emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We discuss recently adopted and issued accounting standards in Note 2, “SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Recently issued accounting standards” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

84

BUSINESS

Overview

We are committed to providing cost-effective mobile devices to consumers globally and to helping low-income individuals from established markets, including the United States, and emerging markets, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa, have better access to updated mobile technology.

We are mainly engaged in the design, development, production, sales and brand operation of mobile phones, accessories and related consumer electronics. We also provide Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”), including Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”), which we manufacture products solely pursuant to customers’ orders, and Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) services, which we not only manufacture but also design products based on clients’ demand, for well-known brands, such as TCL Communication Technology Holdings, Ltd., a subsidiary of TCL Corporation, Haier Electronics Group Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Haier Group Corporation and Quality One Wireless LLC, a global leader in wireless distribution based in Orlando, Florida. Our operations are based in China but most of our products are sold overseas, including India, Brazil, the United States, and other emerging markets countries in South Asia and Africa as well as Europe. We have two in-house brands, “UTime,” which is known as our middle-to-high end label and targets middle class consumers from emerging markets; and “Do”, as our low- to mid-end brand, is positioned to the majority of grassroots consumers and price-sensitive consumers in emerging markets. Our prime end user groups are segmented into regions like South America, South Asia, Southeast Asia and Africa.

We value systematic management and organize production with strictly high-quality standards and production technology. We continuously endeavor to improve our overall manufacturing service level, to strengthen our cost control processes, and to enhance our ability to respond rapidly to market dynamics in order to ensure a sustainable development in our EMS segment, especially in Printed Circuit Board and Assembly (“PCBA”) for consumer electronic products.

History and Corporate Structure

We commenced our operations in June 2008 through UTime SZ, a PRC company established by Mr. Bao, Mr. Junlin Zhou and Mr. Bo Tang. As of March 31, 2017, Mr. Bao, Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang held 52%, 28% and 20% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively. In February 2018, Mr. Bao acquired the equity interests of UTime SZ held by Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang and became UTime SZ’s sole shareholder. In August 2019, Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”) acquired equity interests of UTime SZ by investing in UTime SZ. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Bao and Mr. He held 96.95% and 3.05% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively.

Beginning in late 2018, the following transactions were undertaken to reorganize the legal structure (the “Reorganization”) of the Company. In October 2018, the Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In November 2018, UTime HK was incorporated in Hong Kong and in December 2018, UTime WFOE was incorporated in China, respectively.

In March 2019, UTime WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with VIE and Mr. Bao, which were further amended and restated in August and September of 2019, respectively, and were entered into among UTime WFOE, VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. He. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company believes that these contractual arrangements enable the Company to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the UTime SZ and its subsidiaries, and (2) receive the economic benefits of UTime SZ and its subsidiaries that could be significant to UTime SZ and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company is considered the primary beneficiary of UTime SZ and is able to consolidate UTime SZ and its subsidiaries.

Do Mobile was incorporated on October 24, 2016 in New Delhi, India. It is an operating entity that sells cell phone products and provides after-sale services of our own in-house brand in India. Prior to the reorganization, the majority of Do Mobile’s equity interests were held by Mr. Bao through an entrustment agreement with Mr. Wukai Song through a holding company, Bridgetime. Bridgetime was incorporated on September 5, 2016 in British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) under the laws of BVI, with Mr. Wukai Song owning 70% of the equity interest of Bridgetime through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Bao, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 30% of the equity interest of Bridgetime.

On March 5, 2018, Bridgetime issued 100,000 shares to Mr. Wukai Song, changing shareholders’ structure to Mr. Wukai Song owning 90% equity interest, which were controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Wukai Song, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 10% of equity interest. On December 5, 2018,

85

Bridgetime approved a board resolution that appointed and registered Mr. Yihuang Chen a new director. On March 11, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred 1 share of Do Mobile to Mr. Yihuang Chen and made him nominal shareholder of Do Mobile, removed Mr. Yunchuan Li as the director of Bridgetime and authorized representative of Do Mobile, and appointed Mr. Wukai Song as the authorized representative of Do Mobile. On April 4, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that forfeited 15,000 shares held by Mr. Yunchuan Li, cancelled those shares accordingly and amended Bridgetime’s memorandum of association that changed authorized shares from 150,000 to 135,000 at a par value of US$1.00. After this, Mr. WuKai Song owned 100% of equity interest of Bridgetime through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Bao. On May 23, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred the 135,000 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Wukai Song to UTime Limited. As a result, Bridgetime is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Since inception, Bridgetime has only made nominal investments into Do Mobile and no substantial business operations have occurred.

On May 20, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to transfer 12,000,000 ordinary shares then owned by Mr. Bao to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company that was established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and 100% owned by Mr. Bao.

On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and controlled by Mr. He, one of our director nominees, pursuant to which HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregate of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution for issuance of 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited based on the share subscription agreement. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 96.95% and 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively.

On April 29, 2020, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to repurchase 7,620,000 and 239,721 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited, respectively, pursuant to a share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited on April 29, 2020. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 4,380,000 ordinary shares, representing 96.95% of equity interest and 137,793 ordinary shares, representing 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively, as of the date of this prospectus.

On February 7, 2019, UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”) was incorporated in India.

86

As of the date of this prospectus, details of the material subsidiaries of the Company and UTime SZ are set forth below:

Name

 

Date of Incorporation

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Percentage of beneficial ownership

 

Principal Activities

Subsidiaries

               

UTime International Limited

 

November 1, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

December 18, 2018

 

China

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Bridgetime Limited

 

September 5, 2016

 

British Virgin Island

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Do Mobile India Private Ltd.

 

October 24, 2016

 

India

 

99.99%

 

Sales of in-house brand products in India

VIE

               

United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

June 12, 2008

 

China

 

100%

 

Research and development of products, and sales

Subsidiaries of the VIE

               

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime GZ”)

 

September 23, 2016

 

China

 

UTime SZ’s subsidiary

 

Manufacturing

UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited (“UTime Trading”)

 

June 25, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

UTime SZ’s subsidiary

 

Trading

UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”)

 

February 7, 2019

 

India

 

UTime Trading’s Subsidiary

 

Trading

Contractual Arrangements with the VIE and its Respective Shareholders

We conduct substantially all of our business in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE, UTime SZ, and its PRC subsidiary. The VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct the Company’s business. In addition, the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the assets necessary to operate the Company’s business and generate substantially all of the Company’s revenues. We exercise effective control over our VIE through a series of contractual arrangements among the UTime WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders.

Our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its respective shareholders allow us to: (i) exercise effective control over our VIE; (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE; and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest in and/or assets of our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

As a result of our direct ownership in UTime WFOE and the contractual arrangements with our VIE, we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of our VIE, and we treat the VIE and its subsidiaries as our consolidated affiliated entities under U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements by and among the UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE and their spouses, as applicable.

Agreements that provide us with effective control over the VIE

Power of Attorney.    Pursuant to a series of powers of attorney issued by each shareholder of the VIE, each shareholder of the VIE irrevocably authorizes UTime WFOE or any natural person duly appointed by UTime WFOE to exercise on the behalf of such shareholder with respect to all matters concerning the shareholding of such shareholder in the VIE, including without limitation, attending shareholders’ meetings of the VIE, exercising all the shareholders’ rights and shareholders’ voting rights, and designating and appointing the legal representative, the chairperson, directors, supervisors, the chief executive officer and any other senior management of the VIE.

87

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and Mr. Bao, the shareholder of the VIE, entered into the second amended and restated power of attorney, while UTime WFOE, the VIE and Mr. He, the shareholder of the VIE, entered into an amended and restated power of attorney, which contain terms substantially similar to the power of attorney executed by the shareholders of the VIE described above.

Equity Pledge Agreement.    Pursuant to the Equity Pledge Agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agreed to pledge their 100% equity interests in the VIE to UTime WFOE to secure the performance of the VIE’s obligations under the existing exclusive call option agreement, power of attorney, exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, business operation agreement and also the equity pledge agreement. If events of default defined therein occur, upon giving written notice to the shareholders, UTime WFOE may exercise the right to enforce the pledge to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE entered into the second amended and restated equity pledge agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the equity pledge agreement described above.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have completed the equity pledge registration with the relevant office of Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law.

Spouse Consent Letter.    Pursuant to a series of spousal consent letters, executed by the spouses of the shareholders of the VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. He, the signing spouses confirmed and agreed that the equity interests of the VIE are the own property of their spouses and shall not constitute the community property of the couples. The spouses also irrevocably waived any potential right or interest that may be granted by operation of applicable law in connection with the equity interests of the VIE held by their spouses.

On September 4, 2019, Mr. Bao’s spouse executed the second amended and restated spousal consent letter while Mr. He’s spouse executed an amended and restated spousal consent letter, which contains terms substantially similar to the spousal consent letter described above.

Business Operation Agreement.    Pursuant to the business operation agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agreed that without the prior written consent of UTime WFOE or any party designated by UTime WFOE, the VIE shall not engage in any transaction which may have a material or adverse effect on any of its assets, businesses, employees, obligations, rights or operations (except for those occurring in the due course of business or in day-to-day business operations, or those already disclosed to UTime WFOE and with the explicit prior written consent of UTime WFOE). In addition, the VIE and its shareholders jointly agreed to accept and strictly implement any proposal made by UTime WFOE from time to time regarding the employment and removal of the VIE’s employees, its day-to-day business management and the financial management system of the VIE.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE entered into the second amended and restated business operation agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the business operation agreement described above.

Agreements that allow us to receive economic benefits from our VIE

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement entered into between UTime WFOE and the VIE, dated on March 19, 2019, UTime WFOE has the exclusive right to provide or designate any entity to provide the VIE business support, technical and consulting services. The VIE agrees to pay UTime WFOE (i) the service fees equal to the sum of 100% of the net income of the VIE of that year or such other amount otherwise agreed by UTime WFOE and the VIE; and (ii) service fee otherwise confirmed by UTime WFOE and the VIE for specific technical services and consulting services provided by UTime WFOE in accordance with the VIE’s requirement from time to time. The exclusive consultation and service agreement will continue to be valid unless the written agreement is signed by all parties to terminate it or a mandatory termination is requested in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations.

88

Agreements that provide us with the option to purchase the equity interests in and assets of our VIE

Exclusive call option agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive call option agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, each of the shareholders has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its equity interests in the VIE, and the VIE has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its assets.

With regard to the equity transfer option, the total transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the capital contribution mirrored by the corresponding transferred equity in the registered capital of the VIE. But if the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law is lower than the above capital contribution, the transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted by the PRC Law. With regard to the asset purchase option, the transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, VIE and the shareholders of VIE entered into the second amended and restated exclusive call option agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the exclusive call option agreement described above.

In the opinion of B&D Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel has advised us that:

•        the ownership structures of our VIE in China and UTime WFOE, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, are not in violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect; and

•        the contractual arrangements among UTime WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect.

However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If we or our VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system and changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us.”

Market Opportunities

Global Mobile Phone Market Overview

The global mobile phone market has huge capacity and broad development prospects

Benefiting from the continuous upgrading of communication technologies and mobile phone parts, we believe that the global mobile phone market is currently maintaining a steady growth trend. With the advent of the Fifth-Generation (“5G”) era, we estimate that the average annual shipments value of mobile phones worldwide are expected to increase steadily from 2019 to 2022.

89

Due to a fast increase in population of Fourth-Generation (“4G”) mobile phones from 2013 to 2015, we believe the global mobile phone shipments volume reached its peak and the speed has tended to slow down because of the saturated market of 4G mobile phones. However, we estimate the mobile phone manufacturing industry, especially in China, will continue to grow and we expect the mobile phone shipments value will increase mainly driven by the growing demand for 5G mobile phones.

The industry is in a transitional period and product performance continues to evolve.

The strong demand for new products triggered by technology upgrades and functional innovations has driven the mobile phone industry to achieve rapid penetration rate. However, as the industry matures and enters the transition period from 4G to 5G, we believe that the industry growth rate will slow down along with product homogenization. At the same time, we believe that the gradual increase driven by the demand of 5G will make the relevant manufacturers in the mobile phone industry pay more attention to the sales growth brought by higher quality products, which may also encourage the users to increase their frequency in changing models.

Emerging Markets Mobile Phone Markets Overview

The market starts late and has great potential to grow.

Consumer electronics, for instance, mobile phones, focus more on emerging markets, where disposable income is growing fast and the market is far less penetrated. Emerging markets are typically referred to as areas in Asia, South America, Eastern Europe and Africa. The populations in those areas are large and the increasing household income makes consumer electronics, like mobile phones, more affordable. We believe that predicted rapid economic development, the release of demographic dividends (in the form of an accelerated economic growth and improved productivity from youth) and the construction of communication technology facilities will drive rapid growth in sales in emerging markets.

The proportion of smartphones has increased with a stronger demand.

Currently, we believe the proportion of feature phones is still higher than that of smartphones. However, with the gradual maturity of emerging markets, the smartphones market continues to expand. The market share of smartphones in this market has increased, and we anticipate there will be a large structural improvement. Combining the factors of great growth potential in emerging markets and the demand for smartphones due to the development of 5G infrastructure, we believe that the smartphone shipment volume is expected to increase over from 2019 to 2022.

Why We are Focusing on Emerging Markets

We estimate that from 2019 to 2022, the average annual growth rate of smartphone shipments in the world’s major emerging markets, represented by Africa, India, and other South Asia countries, among others., will be significantly higher than the annual growth of smartphone shipments in global established markets. Therefore, we believe that emerging markets will be the main sources of growth in global mobile phone sales for many years to come.

As far as emerging markets are concerned, feature phones still retain a large market share. On one hand, due to the differences in the level of economic development in various countries, a certain proportion of the population in emerging markets has not obtained got access to mobile phones, and the upgrade of telecommunication infrastructures from Second-Generation (“2G”) to Third-Generation (“3G”) and Forth-Generation (“4G”) is constrained due to a shortage of foundational funding in emerging markets. Meanwhile, emerging markets can be affected by factors like shortage of power supply and lagging telecommunication infrastructure, extending the life cycle of feature phones in the market to a certain extent. In summary, feature phones still have a large market and structural demand in major emerging markets around the world.

On the other hand, emerging markets generally have a relatively younger population structure in terms of age. Millions of young people rush into labor market every year, forming a rigid demand for mobile phone consumption.

90

Reinforce our Focus in Established Markets

We have developed a partnership with Quality One Wireless LLC, our client in the United States, through ODM orders since 2015, and those orders contributed a significant portion, over 10%, of our entire revenue stream. To align our corporate strategy with the global trend of consumer electronics, especially mobile phones, we believe that expanding our business in established markets, like the United States and European countries, is vital to our future. Compared to emerging markets, established markets are well developed in terms of telecommunication infrastructure and more saturated.

We are transforming from an EMS provider to a comprehensive technology company engaging in the design, development, production, sales and brand operation of mobile phones, accessories and related consumer electronics. We intend to bring our own products to established markets, including the United States, Canada and European countries. Our Amazon stores have been established in Europe, and we believe that our recently launched products like triple-proof mobile phones and sunglasses with built-in speakers will be competitive in those markets. We are actively evaluating the feasibility of business opportunities with wireless carriers, such as Verizon, AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile, in the United States.

Our Strategies

We intend to achieve our mission through successful execution of the key elements of our growth strategy, which include:

Optimize the structure of OEM/ODM customers and orders.

We have accumulated business resources and experience in both domestic and overseas OEM/ODM markets for the last decade. We will seek to leverage our first mover advantage in changing markets to become an international enterprise through continuous innovation. In addition, we will seek to optimize current customer and order structure by deprioritizing small and unstable customers and eliminating low margin orders to increase our gross profit margin. Small customers typically cannot provide sustainable OEM/ODM orders when comparing to large customers, like TCL, and those small customers tend to negotiate a lower price per order that can decrease gross margin. Therefore, keeping relatively large clients will help us maintain sustainable OEM/ODM orders and a higher margin.

Develop our own brand and enhance brand recognition.

We have established, and will continue to develop, our brands by delivering a superior user experience to our customers in emerging markets, such as India, Southeast Asia and Africa. We will seek to offer an enhanced shopping experience by effectively managing our distribution network and upgrading our franchised stores. Our first step is to open (direct-sell) retail stores in key and high-traffic locations in India and to establish a comprehensive sales network with our distributors. Then, we intend to replicate this pattern in other emerging markets and adjust it accordingly. As a result, we intend to increase our market share and expand our brand recognition for both “UTime” and “Do”.

Expand our (local) sales network overseas.

We plan to further expand our sales network in India and establish a representative office in the United States. In addition, we plan to enter the African and South American markets. The representative office will help us strengthen our business network and marketing channels in the United States and other North American regions, for instance, through participating in telecom and technology exhibitions. We will seek to continue to strengthen our efficient sales network and streamline our supply chain process to keep our products and services at a reasonable price level in order to increase our user base. We will seek to continue to provide training and support to our sales managers across the major provinces of India to expand our service portfolio and implement up to 400 after-sales outlets to improve the user experience. In addition, we will seek to provide other electronic products and accessories to OEM/ODM overseas clients through strong production capacities to strengthen cooperation.

As part of our expansion strategy, we are actively evaluating the development of cooperation with carriers through our existing clients in Southern Asia, Africa, the United States and South America. We intend to expand into more markets including emerging and established markets through business with carriers.

91

Dual-brand pricing strategy.

We plan to restructure our existing product pipeline by developing the “Do” and “UTime” brands at the same time, but targeted to different segments. Through the “Do” brand, we target customers who are price-sensitive and cost-effective, and let them enjoy the latest communication technology products with an affordable price. At the same time, through the “UTime” brand, we target the newly emerging quasi-middle-class customer base in both established and emerging market countries.

Expand and diversify our product portfolio.

We plan to expand and diversify our product portfolio to meet the fast-changing market. More types of consumer electronics will be added and offered to our customers. We will develop a range of distinctive electronic products, including triple-proof mobile phones that are water-proof, dust-proof and puncture-, shock-, pressure- and impact-proof, portable Bluetooth speakers, and sunglasses with built-in speakers, among others.

Our Products and Services

We design, manufacture, and distribute mobile phones and other consumer electronics through our operation plants in and outside China. Our products are categorized into three major categories:

Feature phones

Feature phones do not have an independent operating system nor adapted third party software applications. Feature phones have tangible keyboards, smaller screen size that is usually below 3 inches, and integrate basic functions, such as cellular call and cellular message. Camera, FM radio and Bluetooth are typically optional functions.

Smartphones

Smartphones have an independent operating system and allow for installation of software applications developed by third parties. Compared with feature phones, smartphones tend to have a full view display without tangible keyboards. Screen size is usually over 5 inches. Our smartphone products are Android-based and certified as Android Enterprise Recommended by Google.

Others

Others mainly consist of cell phone accessories, parts of mobile phone and molds for mobile phones, as well as other consumer electronic accessories. Our mobile phone accessories contain two categories, one is for our OEM/ODM clients, mainly including spare parts and supplemental components that we sell to our clients. The other is for our in-house brand including consumer electronics, such as, power bank, Bluetooth speaker, and spare parts like batteries, chargers, and cell phone shells.

92

Most of our products are produced through OEM/ODM orders received from our long-term clients and sold overseas. The following charts display our product contribution for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

Category

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Feature phone

 

325,576

 

48,352

 

44.1

 

259,564

 

38,548

 

69

 

175,432

 

26,054

 

73.7

 

113,008

 

15,978

 

85.0

 

81,729

 

11,555

 

89.8

Smartphone

 

381,725

 

56,690

 

51.7

 

94,467

 

14,029

 

25

 

57,056

 

8,473

 

24.0

 

16,236

 

2,296

 

12.2

 

8,758

 

1,238

 

9.6

Others

 

30,557

 

4,538

 

4.2

 

22,871

 

3,397

 

6

 

5,608

 

833

 

2.3

 

3,750

 

530

 

2.8

 

407

 

58

 

0.6

Total

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

376,902

 

55,974

 

100

 

238,096

 

35,360

 

100

 

132,994

 

18,804

 

100

 

90,894

 

12,851

 

100.0

Feature Phone Product

93

Do Feature Phones

Do Feature Phones are a feature phones with dual-SIM function that offer our customers a cost-effective product by implementing call features like Speed Dial, Auto-Call Recording with folder and Blacklist. Built with 1.77 to 2.4 inches bright display, batteries sized from 800 to 1450 mAh, a physical numeric keyboard and a loud front-facing speaker, Do Feature Phones offer reliable voice experience to customers and enrich leisure experience by attaching Bluetooth and FM radio function inside. Do Feature Phones also enable end users an expandable memory card slot up to 32 GB.

Smartphone Product

94

Do Smartphones

The Smartphones are Android-based 4G VoLTE smartphone that is certified as Android Enterprise Recommended by Google. The Do Mate 1 equips with a 5.7-inch durable full display, 2000 to 3000 mAh batteries, a set of 5 to 13 plus 0.3 MP dual rear camera and 8 MP front camera with flash. Do Smartphones have Mode SC 9832E, a product of Spreadtrum Communications, Inc. or MT 6580, a product of MediaTek.Inc., processor, 1 to 2GB RAM and 8 to 16GM ROM and light, proximity and gravity sensors inside. Do Smartphones also enable end users to experience Dual-SIM with Micro and Nano SIM card.

Others

95

Others

The Bluetooth speaker has a 400 mAh capacity battery and 4 Omega/3W speaker power. Play mode contains: Micro card, Line-in and Bluetooth connection. The Bluetooth Box uses Bluetooth 5.0 profiles and has 12-meter connection distance. Output power is 15W with two batteries of 2500 mAh. Its frequency range is from 2.4 to 2.480 GHz. The Bluetooth glasses apply Bluetooth 5.0 profile and True Wireless Stereo, the battery size is 70 mAh.

Our Operations

Order Placement and Fulfillment Process

Procurement

We adopt an order-oriented procurement model. Specifically, according to our forecasts towards the market and customer orders, we estimate the total demand and actual demand of materials through Material Requirements Planning (MRP) — plus a certain level of inventory, and finally place the procurement order to our suppliers. Material

96

requirements planning (MRP) is a production planning, scheduling, and inventory control system used to manage manufacturing processes. Most MRP systems are software-based, but it is possible to conduct MRP by hand as well.

The main raw materials purchased by us can be classified into electronic components, optical components, electronic components and packaging materials, and structural devices. According to the different procurement areas, the Company’s procurement activities can be divided into domestic procurement and overseas procurement. The raw materials from overseas mainly include baseband chips and memory which originally produced outside of China, and we purchase other raw materials primarily in mainland China.

Production

Our production schedule department is responsible for coordinating all the materials planning, production planning and shipping planning, arranging the production of our own factories, outsourcing factories and other ODMs. We also focus on improving production efficiency and cost control while meeting customer needs. We determine the applicable production method based on our sales prospects, capacity utilization, cost control requirements and other factors. Our production cycle takes on average 75 days, which was calculated from receiving orders to completing production, for each new launched OEM/ODM order or own brand product. Usually, we will spend about 40 days in preparation including material procurement, prototyping, testing and obtaining certifications. Then, it takes approximately 30 days for mass production and fulfill the OEM/ODM order.

Our Factory

We established our own factory in Guizhou, China through UTime GZ. We have built a diversified flexible manufacturing system that adopts multi-order, small-batch production methods to meet market differentiation needs under a global strategy. With the continuous growth of business and the entry into the emerging markets, we are always striving to meet the needs of customers, taking into account the factors such as sales forecast and orders, capacity utilization, cost control requirements and product positioning. Our factory takes almost all the production assignments including our orders from OEM/ODM clients and our own brand products. However, before assigning the order to our factory, the production management department will evaluate the overall cost and production schedule, if the order failed to meet our cost budget, we will outsource the order to our collaborating factories.

Outsourcing Factories

Our production management department is responsible for the resource development and management of the outsourcing factories. We manage the outsourcing manufacturers including process requirements, labor costs, quality control and other special requirements. We signed an entrusted production agreement with the outsourcing manufacturers. We are responsible for the product design and development as well as the raw materials procurement. The outsourcing manufacturer is responsible for processing and assembling products according to our requirements. We provide design and production plans to the outsourcing manufacturers and guide them to finish qualified products.

97

For the feature phones offering to our American clients, we cooperate with other ODMs. We provide bill of materials (“BOM”) requirements to other ODMs, and they participate in design, raw materials procurement, manufacturing and finally sell finished products to us. We often assist other ODMs in managing the production process and offer critical structural components referring to PCBA, mobile screen and batteries, to ensure production yield and product quality, as well as “Just-in-time” delivery rates.

For our own brand, “Do”, we cooperate with outsource factory in India due to cost consideration. Indian government will impose higher import tax on finished goods than Semi-Knocked Down (“SKD”) for consumer electronics, therefore, we ship SKD from our factory to Do Mobile, our Indian subsidiary and finish final assembling process in our cooperated outsource factory in India.

Quality Control Management

We believe that the quality of our products is crucial to our continued growth. We place great emphasis on quality control and have implemented Total Quality Management (“TQM”) to manage our operations. Before entering our production flow, the raw materials must be certified for quality. We also perform inspections on raw materials in the mass production flow.

Our quality control system covers each stage of our production process. When we establish or adapt an assembly line for a new product or model, we trial-run the assembly line to produce a sample for quality examination. The assembly line can start mass production only if the produced sample is of adequate quality. When the in-progress product moves from one section to another along the assembly line, it must be checked for quality by the responsible assembly specialists in both sections. A product may be shipped out of manufacturing facility only after it passes all quality control examinations and is properly documented as such. By logging and breaking down the pass rates along our products in the production process, we are able to identify our quality control weak spots, and improve our operation accordingly.

Supply Chain Management

Supply Chain Management Process

Materials, Products and Other Suppliers

We purchase key components from our suppliers, such as chips, batteries, mainboard, screens, battery chargers and controllers. We strategically select our suppliers to minimize over-concentration, control our cost and maintain a good relationship with our suppliers.

To reduce over-concentration of supply, to manage costs and to control product quality, we generally engage at least two (2) suppliers for each of our key components. We select our suppliers based on a variety of criteria, including, among others, production capacity, technological sophistication, quality assurance, professional certification, manpower adequacy, financial position and environmental compliance. In addition, we review the performance of our suppliers quarterly, and make necessary adjustments to our supply chain, including termination of under-performing suppliers. Although we have been able to maintain good and long-lasting relationships with our suppliers, we do not formally engage them under long-term contracts or on an exclusive basis, so we retain considerable pricing power in the meantime.

98

Distribution and Logistics

We deliver our products to overseas end customers through the services provided by the third-party supply chain companies. The third-party supply chain companies provide import and export customs declaration, customs clearance, logistics and other services, so that we can operate more efficiently. In order to reduce the concentration of third-party supply chain companies, we usually have more than three supply chain companies to provide services at the same time.

Our Technology

We are an EMS service provider, mainly offering OEM/ODM services to our engaged clients. We continue investing in technology to improve our ability in design, production, testing and software application. Our subsidiary, UTime SZ, is a national certified high technology enterprise that has certain benefits in tax deduction and government grants.

Our technology focuses on process optimization, which can contribute to improved accuracy or efficiency during production, and industrial design as well as mechanical design, which enables us to meet requirements from our OEM/ODM clients and fulfill the orders.

Major technologies applied in our operations are listed below:

Number

 

Category

 

Name

 

Description

 

Source

1

 

Production

 

SMT Production line

 

The length of each SMT production line is 28 meters with antistatic function attached.

 

Purchased

2

 

Production

 

Assembly line

 

The assembly line has a capacity of 45 operators worker together

 

Purchased

3

 

Testing

 

Testing line

     

Purchased

4

 

Design

 

Mobile phone Industrial Design Patent

 

An exterior used for smartphones

 

Self-developed

5

 

Production

 

PCBA Calibration Fixture Tools

 

A clip that improves the accuracy for assembly activities

 

Self-developed

6

 

Design

 

Flex Print Circuit Board (FPCB) for Smartphone

 

Circuit board used in smartphones with enhanced function

 

Self-developed

7

 

Testing

 

Application for Water proof Test

 

Application used to test water damage of electronic components

 

Self-developed

8

 

Design

 

Application for Access to Public Warning System

 

Application installed in mobile phones to enhance signal

 

Self-developed

9

 

Design

 

Call Filter

 

Application installed in mobile phones to filter harmful incoming messages

 

Self-developed

Research and Development

Our research and development activities include two major sections, which are our EMS section and our own brand section. EMS section’s purpose is to allocate a significant amount of resources and funds to developing cost-effective and reliable products for the OEM/ODM clients and ensuring that these products meet their exacting requirements for functionality and reliability. Own brand section’s purpose is to launch new products to obtain more market shares. Our research and development initiatives are led by our internal teams and are supported by third parties as needed. Our product management team and our sales and marketing team spend their time interacting with a combination of end users, distributors in our target markets, and wireless carriers to better understand the market requirements for our products. Once defined, our design and manufacturing team develops and tests the products against these requirements to be delivered to our clients and to be sold to the end users.

Customers

The majority of our selling items are the feature phones and the smartphones as mentioned above. Our sales depend heavily on our major clients, TCL Communication Limited, Quality One Wireless LLC and T2 Mobile International Limited, representing 50.5%, 12.5% and 10.4% of the total revenue for fiscal year 2019, respectively. We regularly provide OEM and ODM business for them. In addition, we export our in-house brand products to emerging markets.

99

The following is a list of our main customers representing 10% or more of our revenue for the fiscal year 2019:

Country/Area

 

Customer

 

Brand

 

Percentage of total revenue

Asia

 

TCL Communication Limited

 

ODM

 

50.5%

United States

 

Quality One Wireless LLC

 

ODM

 

12.5%

Asia

 

T2 Mobile International Limited

 

ODM

 

10.4%

Customer Services

To meet the requirements of our OEM and ODM customers, we support customized services for them. We assist our customers in research and development while launching new mobile products based on our industry experience. To date, we have maintained long-term cooperation with our main customers listed above. We have also built nearly 800 service centers for our in-house brand customer in India. During the one-year warranty period that we provide on our phone products, customers can phone returned or repaired according to the actual situation.

Global Operations

Most of our OEM and ODM customers come from established markets, including the United States, and emerging economies, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa, which contribute considerably to our revenue. In line with our vision to expand globally, we started to use our new brand name “Do” in India in 2017 to develop in-house brand business. Emerging markets are the main consideration for our in-house brand sales and marketing, and India is our primary focus because of its large population. We also plan to establish a representative office in the United States to further strengthen our business network in established markets.

Sales and Marketing

China and other markets

We directly provide OEM and ODM business for our customers in China and overseas. In order to maintain close relationships with these customers, we have built a strong marketing team consisting of 16 sales force members, including a domestic client division, overseas client division and key accounts division. Our marketing efforts consist of product marketing and orders partner marketing. Product marketing focuses on ensuring OEM/ODM requirements related to products. Order partner marketing focuses on engaging sustainable clients, participating in telecom and technology exhibitions, as well as developing supplemental sales tools, industry trade show materials and brand awareness.

India

We have launched 7 mobile phone models in the Indian market, including 5 smartphones and 2 feature phones. We strive to launch products that serve users of different demographics, and 3 to 4 additional mobile phones are currently being designed and are in development. Additionally, we plan to offer wireless speakers, power banks, car chargers and fit bands in the future. Due to the strong market demand, we intend to increase our marketing budget, which was 2% to 3% of operating expense per month in 2019.

100

Warehousing and Distributor

We have 11 warehouses in India. Logistic transportation costs average between approximately US$7,640 to US$8,335 per month. Our self-branded products are sold only through offline retail distributors. For our offline network, we work with local distributors. There are no installment or other credit strategies between our distributors and us. Our Indian sales team is comprised of approximately 30 experienced sale force members managing over 300 active distributors.

After-sales service

An excellent user experience is one of our major goals. We provide customers with a one-year warranty on our phone products. Customers can get their phones repaired during the maintenance period, usually within one year, by taking their receipts and goods to any one of the nearly 800 service centers that has cooperated with us. Based on historical collection records, product return rate is about 0.4%. We believe our after-sales service creates a satisfying user experience. Our after-sales team consists of 12 professionals that perform active after-sale services to our end users throughout India.

United States and Europe

We cooperate with our clients in the United States through ODM orders. We intend to strengthen our business connections by establishing a representative office in the United States. This office will help us increase our marketing efforts, such as by participating in conferences and events that focus on the United States and other regions in North America. We are also preparing our online store on Amazon in Europe to launch our newly developed products.

101

Africa

We entered the African market through ODM orders, including smartphones and feature phones, in 2018. To expand our business in Africa, we formed an independence team, including three account managers, a product manager and two marketing specialists, as having a local distribution network is our main focus in the African market. Meanwhile, we also put our efforts into marketing on online channels, such as Jumia, an online marketplace in Africa. Our cooperation with local wireless carriers is also considered as part of our marketing strategy in Africa.

Seasonality

Our business has historically been subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may be caused by product launches and various promotional events hosted by us and our distributors. Although we have generally experienced higher sales during the fourth quarter since our customers usually launch new products during the fourth quarter, this pattern does not repeat itself every year. We typically experience our lowest sales volume in the first quarter of each year.

Competition

Overall Competition Landscape

We operate in a highly competitive environment serving industrial enterprises and end customers. Competition in our market is high and tends to increase. Price is a major source of competition, while product quality, differentiation, service, research, development and commercialization capacity, and distribution channels are also critical factors. Competition in our industry is intense and has been characterized by technology levels, production scale and economies of scale, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and rapid changes in end user requirements.

We face competition from manufacturers that also provide EMS, such as Wentai and XiaoMi, to the extent industrial enterprises decide to engage and outsource production. We also face competition from mobile phone manufacturers that have a portfolio of products covering low-end feature phones and high-end smartphones, such as Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. We also face competition from mobile phone companies who also target emerging markets, such as, Shenzhen Transsion Holding Limited. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to the factors described above.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths have contributed to, or will contribute to, our recent and ongoing growth:

•        Experienced management.    Our core management team members (Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Manufacturing Officer) have at least 10 years of experience within the mobile phone industry, and most of them formerly worked at well-known publicly traded companies.

•        Comprehensive global industry ecosystem.    Our integration of development, manufacturing, PCBA, Industrial Design (“ID”), Mechanic Design (“MD”), sales and after-sale services in China, India, Africa, the United States and South America, combined with our extensive industry experience, makes us a comprehensive global ecosystem for our products. In the Indian market, we have engaged over 300 active distributors and implemented over 800 after-sales outlets across the major states.

•        Strong production capacity.    Currently, our company has three high-end Surface Mounting Technology (“SMT”) production lines, three test lines, 11 assembly lines of which six lines are leased, and four leased packaging lines. Each SMT has a production capacity of 600,000 pieces per month, and our monthly assembling capacity has reached over 1 million units. Due to the seasonality of the mobile phone industry, we also cooperate with six manufacturers to fulfill our peak season orders, and we believe this strategy is cost-effective.

•        Niche market positioning.    We have accumulated extensive business resources and partners both domestic and abroad over the past 10 years, and we have laid our focus in the middle and low-end markets of developing countries, where the markets are fairly new and generally devoid of intense competition that could create new demands, ahead of our competitors in the same industry segment, such as the markets in India.

102

•        Cost-effective products.    We primarily cover two product categories: 13 types of smartphones and 11 types of feature phones. We believe our products are comparable in quality to the large brands and are price competitive. We believe we fit the needs of low-to-mid income groups of many developing countries and we believe we avoid the vicious competition from large international brands.

Intellectual Property

Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Except for certain licenses for the off-the-shelf software used in connection with our day-to-day operations, we generally do not rely on third-party licenses of intellectual property for use in our business.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had obtained 23 patents and 30 registered software copyrights, submitted 4 pending patent applications, registered 43 trademarks inside and outside of China, and submitted 11 additional trademark applications.

Patents:    We had 23 registered patents in China, which cover technologies for PCAB processing, Industrial Design and testing process. All registered patents in China are currently registered under the name of UTime SZ and UTime GZ. 15 registered patents were granted as utility model patents while 8 registered patents were granted as design patents. We also have 4 pending design patents with the PRC National Intellectual Property Administration.

Software copyrights.    We maintain a portfolio of copyright-protected software. We had 30 registered software copyrights in China.

Trademarks.    We had 21 registered trademarks in China and 22 registered trademarks outside of China in Africa, Asia, America and Europe. We also have 3 pending trademark applications with the Trademark Office of State Intellectual Property Administration, PRC and 8 pending trademark applications outside of China in the Philippines, Kenya and other jurisdictions.

Domain names.    We had 7 registered domain names in China and 7 global domain names.

In addition to the foregoing protections, we generally control access to and use of our proprietary and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, such as use of confidentiality agreement with our employees and outside consultants.

Employees

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 251 full-time employees and no part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by a labor organization or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe we maintain good relationships with our employees. The table below sets forth the breakdown of our employees by function as of the date of this prospectus:

Function

 

Number of Employees

 

% of Total

Administration and Human Resources

 

22

 

9

%

Finance and Accounting

 

12

 

5

%

Production

 

71

 

28

%

Procurement

 

8

 

3

%

Sales and Marketing

 

48

 

19

%

Customer Services

 

8

 

3

%

Research and Development

 

45

 

18

%

Quality Control

 

26

 

10

%

Project and Scheduling

 

11

 

5

%

Total

 

251

 

100

%

103

Properties

Our headquarters are located in Shenzhen, where we own the office building with an aggregate floor area of approximately 640 square meters. Our operations facilities, including those for accounting, supply chain management, quality assurance and customer services, are located at our headquarters. We have supply chain management, sales and marketing, communication and business development personnel at our office in Shenzhen. Our manufacturing facilities, including those for engineering and assembling, are located at our leased factory in Guizhou.

We currently lease and occupy approximately 17,478 square meters of office and factory space in Guizhou, and approximately 279 square meters of office space in India. These leases vary in duration from 1 year to 5 years. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future.

Insurance

We do not maintain property insurance policies covering potential damage to our property. We also do not maintain business interruption insurance or general third-party liability insurance, nor do we maintain product liability insurance or key-man insurance.

Material Contracts

In addition to the series of variable interest entity agreements discussed under “History and Corporate Structure — Contractual Arrangements” we have entered into the following material agreements. Below is a summary of all material contracts to which we are a party dated within the preceding two years from the date of this prospectus:

Title of Contract

 

Party A

 

Party B

 

Signing Date

 

Term of Contract

Bank Credit Agreements*

               

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

China Construction Bank

 

November 15, 2017

 

1 year

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank

 

August 1,
2018

 

3 years

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank

 

August 1,
2018

 

3 years

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

China Construction Bank

 

April 23,
2019

 

351 days

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

China Construction Bank

 

May 8,
2020

 

355 days

____________

*        For more information regarding these credit agreements, see information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Selected Key Financial Results

Purchase Agreements (Production line purchase agreements)

Mechanical Equipment Purchase Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

 

March 2,
2018

 

N/A

On March 2, 2018, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire three SMT testing assembly lines for a total price of RMB27,772,815 (US$4.12 million) inclusive of value added tax (the “Purchase Price”) from Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. Pursuant to this agreement, we had to pay (i) 10% of the Purchase Price within 15 days after the contract was executed by both parties, (ii) 80% of the Purchase Price within 90 days after our inspection and acceptance of the assembly lines upon their arrival at our designated place, and (iii) the remaining 10% of the Purchase Price when the installation and testing of the assembly lines was completed. Pursuant to this agreement, we agreed not to re-sell the assembly lines to any areas other than the mainland China.

Lease Agreements (Factory lease agreements)

Factory Lease Agreement

 

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

 

N/A

 

4 years and
6 months

Supplemental Agreement to Factory Lease Agreement

 

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

 

October 10,
2019

 

N/A

104

In September 2017, we entered into a Factory Lease Agreement (No.JTDLD2017090102) to lease plant for production from Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd, which was executed in September 2017. Pursuant to this agreement, (i) the lease term is from September 1, 2017 to February 28, 2022, (ii) the rent for the first three years shall be RMB 20 (US$2.80)/m² per month in principle and can be adjusted according to the market price in the later period, (iii) the rent shall be paid quarterly and shall be paid before the fifteenth day of the month following each quarter, and (iv) we shall be liable for a 5% late fee per day for any overdue payment. Furthermore, on October 10, 2019, we entered into a Supplemental Agreement to the Factory Lease Agreement with Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd, pursuant to which both parties agreed to reduce the rent from RMB 20 (US$2.80)/m² per month to RMB 8 (US$1.10)/m² per month; and the total amount of rent shall be RMB 7,550,496 (US$1.1 million) inclusive of tax.

Regulations

China

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China.

Regulations relating to Foreign Investment

The Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment

Investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors are subject to the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industry, or the Catalogue, which was promulgated and is amended from time to time by the MOFCOM and the NDRC. The Foreign Investment Catalogue which was promulgated jointly by MOFCOM and the NDRC, on June 28, 2017 and became effective on July 28, 2017, classifies industries into three categories with regard to foreign investment: (1) “encouraged”, (2) “restricted”, and (3) “prohibited”. The latter two categories are included in a negative list, which was first introduced into the Foreign Investment Catalog in 2017 and specified the restrictive measures for the entry of foreign investment.

On June 28, 2018, MOFCOM and NDRC jointly promulgated the Special Administrative Measures (Negative List) for Foreign Investment Access, or the Negative List (Edition 2018), which replaced the negative list attached to the Foreign Investment Catalogue in 2017. On June 30, 2019, MOFCOM and NDRC jointly issued the Special Administrative Measures (Negative List) for Foreign Investment Access, or the Negative List (Edition 2019), which replaced the Negative List (Edition 2018), and the Catalogue of Industries for Encouraging Foreign Investment (Edition 2019), or the Encouraging Catalogue (Edition 2019), which replaced the encouraged list attached to the Foreign Investment Catalogue in 2017.

Pursuant to the Negative List (Edition 2019) effective on July 30, 2019, any industry that is not listed in any of the restricted or prohibited categories is classified as a permitted industry for foreign investment. Establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises is generally allowed for industries outside of the Negative List. For the restricted industries within the Negative List, some are limited to equity or contractual joint ventures, while in some cases Chinese partners are required to hold the majority interests in such joint ventures. In addition, restricted category projects are subject to higher-level government approvals and certain special requirements. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries in the prohibited category. Industries not listed in the Negative List are generally open to foreign investment unless specifically restricted by other PRC regulations.

The Encouraging Catalogue (Edition 2019) effective on July 30, 2019, is divided into two parts, namely the Nationwide Catalogue of Encouraged Industries for Foreign Investment and the Catalogue of Priority Industries for Foreign Investment in Central and Western China. The Nationwide Catalogue of Encouraged Industries for Foreign Investment lists a total of 415 industry sectors that encourage foreign investments; the Catalogue of Priority Industries for Foreign Investment in Central and Western China lists industry sectors that each province and city wish to introduce.

In October 2016, the MOFCOM issued the Interim Measures for Record-filing Administration of the Establishment and Change of Foreign-invested Enterprises or FIE Record-filing Interim Measures, which was revised in June 2018. Pursuant to FIE Record-filing Interim Measures, the establishment and change of FIE are subject to record-filing procedures, instead of prior approval requirements, provided that the establishment or change does not involve special entry administration measures. If the establishment or change of FIE matters involves

105

the special entry administration measures, the approval of the MOFCOM or its local counterparts is still required. Pursuant to the Announcement [2016] No. 22 of the NDRC and the MOFCOM dated October 8, 2016, the special entry administration measures for foreign investment apply to restricted and prohibited categories specified in the Catalogue, and the encouraged categories are subject to certain requirements relating to equity ownership and senior management under the special entry administration measures.

Currently, our business related to the operation of designing, manufacturing and marketing mobile communication devices, and selling a variety of related accessories falls within the permitted category.

The Foreign Investment Law

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the Foreign Investment Law, which took effect on January 1, 2020 and replaced three existing laws on foreign investments in China, namely, the PRC Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Law, the PRC Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Law and the PRC Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. On December 26, 2019, the Regulation on the Implementation of the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China, was issued by the State Council and came into force on January 1, 2020. The organization form, organization and activities of foreign-invested enterprises shall be governed, among others, by the PRC Company Law and the PRC Partnership Enterprise Law. Foreign-invested enterprises established before the implementation of this Law may retain the original business organization and so on within five years after the implementation of this Law. The Foreign Investment Law embodies an expected PRC regulatory trend to rationalize its foreign investment regulatory regime in line with prevailing international practice and the legislative efforts to unify the corporate legal requirements for both foreign and domestic invested enterprises in China. The Foreign Investment Law establishes the basic framework for the access to, and the promotion, protection and administration of foreign investments in view of investment protection and fair competition.

According to the Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investment” refers to investment activities directly or indirectly conducted by one or more natural persons, business entities, or otherwise organizations of a foreign country (collectively referred to as “foreign investor”) within China, and the investment activities include the following situations: (i) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within China; (ii) a foreign investor acquires stock shares, equity shares, shares in assets, or other like rights and interests of an enterprise within China; (iii) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, invests and establishes new projects within China; and (iv) a foreign investor invests through other approaches as stipulated by laws, administrative regulations, or otherwise regulated by the State Council.

According to the Foreign Investment Law, the State Council will publish or approve to publish the “negative list” for special administrative measures concerning foreign investment. The Foreign Investment Law grants national treatment to foreign-invested entities, or FIEs, except for those FIEs that operate in industries deemed to be either “restricted” or “prohibited” in the “negative list”. The Foreign Investment Law provides that FIEs operating in foreign restricted or prohibited industries will require market entry clearance and other approvals from relevant PRC governmental authorities. If a foreign investor is found to invest in any prohibited industry in the “negative list”, such foreign investor may be required to, among other aspects, cease its investment activities, dispose of its equity interests or assets within a prescribed time limit and have its income confiscated. If the investment activity of a foreign investor is in breach of any special administrative measure for restrictive access provided for in the “negative list”, the relevant competent department shall order the foreign investor to make corrections and take necessary measures to meet the requirements of the special administrative measure for restrictive access. On June 30, 2019, MOFCOM and NDRC jointly issued the latest version of Negative List (Edition 2019). See “Regulations — Regulations relating to Foreign Investment — The Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment”.

Besides, the PRC government will establish a foreign investment information reporting system, according to which foreign investors or foreign-invested enterprises shall submit investment information to the competent department for commerce concerned through the enterprise registration system and the enterprise credit information publicity system, and a security review system under which the security review shall be conducted for foreign investment affecting or likely affecting the state security.

Furthermore, the Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign invested enterprises established according to the existing laws regulating foreign investment may maintain their structure and corporate governance within five years after the implementing of the Foreign Investment Law.

106

In addition, the Foreign Investment Law also provides several protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including, among others, that a foreign investor may freely transfer into or out of China, in Renminbi or a foreign currency, its contributions, profits, capital gains, income from disposition of assets, royalties of intellectual property rights, indemnity or compensation lawfully acquired, and income from liquidation, among others, within China; local governments shall abide by their commitments to the foreign investors; governments at all levels and their departments shall enact local normative documents concerning foreign investment in compliance with laws and regulations and shall not impair legitimate rights and interests, impose additional obligations onto FIEs, set market access restrictions and exit conditions, or intervene with the normal production and operation activities of FIEs; except for special circumstances, in which case statutory procedures shall be followed and fair and reasonable compensation shall be made in a timely manner, expropriation or requisition of the investment of foreign investors is prohibited; and mandatory technology transfer is prohibited.

Company Law

Pursuant to the PRC Company Law, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress (the “SCNPC”) on December, 29 1993, effective as of July 1, 1994, and as revised on December 25, 1999, August 28, 2004, October 27, 2005, December 28, 2013 and October 26, 2018, the establishment, operation and management of corporate entities in the PRC are governed by the PRC Company Law. The PRC Company Law defines two types of companies: limited liability companies and companies limited by shares.

Our PRC subsidiary is a limited liability company. Unless otherwise stipulated in the related laws on foreign investment, foreign invested companies are also required to comply with the provisions of the PRC Company Law.

Regulations Relating to Overseas Investment

On December 26, 2017, the NDRC issued the Management Rules for Overseas Investment by Enterprises, or the NDRC Order 11. As defined in the NDRC Order 11, “overseas investment” refers to the investment activities conducted by an enterprise located in the territory of China, either directly or through an offshore enterprise under its control, by making investment with assets and equities or providing financing or a guarantee in order to acquire overseas ownership, control, management rights and other related interests. Furthermore, overseas investment by a Chinese individual through overseas enterprises under his/her control is also subject to the NDRC Order 11. According to the NDRC Order 11, (i) direct overseas investment by Chinese enterprises or indirect overseas investment by Chinese enterprises or individuals in sensitive industries or sensitive countries and regions requires prior approval by the NDRC; (ii) direct overseas investment by Chinese enterprises in non-sensitive industries and non-sensitive countries and regions requires prior filing with the NDRC; and (iii) indirect overseas investment of over US$300 million by Chinese enterprises or individuals in non-sensitive industries and non-sensitive countries and regions requires reporting with the NDRC. Uncertainties remain with respect to the application of the NDRC Order 11, there are very few interpretations, implementation guidance or precedents to follow in practice. We are not sure if UTime Limited was to use a portion of the proceeds raised from this offering to fund investments in and acquisitions of complementary business and assets outside of China, such use of U.S. dollars funds held outside of China would be subject to the NDRC Order 11. We will continue to monitor any new rules, interpretation and guidance promulgated by the NDRC and communicate with the NDRC and its local branches to seek their opinions, when necessary.

Regulations Relating to Manufacture and Sell of Mobile Phones

General Administration of Manufacturing and Selling Mobile Phones

According to the Administrative Regulations for Compulsory Product Certification, which was promulgated by the General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine PRC (the “AQSIQ”) (which has merged into the State Administration for Market Regulation) on July 3, 2009, products specified by the state shall not be delivered, sold, imported or used in other business activities until they are certified (the “Compulsory Product Certification”) and labeled with China Compulsory Certification mark. For products that are subject to Compulsory Product Certification, the state implements unified product catalogs (the “3C Catalog”), unified compulsory requirements, standards and compliance assessment procedures in technical specification, unified certification marks and unified charging standards. Pursuant to the First Batch Compulsory Product Certification Product Catalog (the “First Batch 3C Product Catalog”) by the AQSIQ and the Certification and Accreditation Administration of the People’s Republic of China (the “CNCA”) on December 3, 2001, mobile user terminals and CDMA digital cellular mobile station are required to obtain the Compulsory Product Certification in order to be delivered, sold, imported or used.

107

The Regulations on Radio Administration of the PRC jointly issued by the State Council and the Central Military Commission on November 11, 2016 and became effective on December 1, 2016, provide requirements concerning verification and approval of the models of radio transmission equipment. Pursuant to this law, except for micro-power short-range radio transmission equipment, whoever manufactures or imports other radio transmission equipment for sales or use on the domestic market shall apply to the State Radio Administration for model verification and approval. Whoever manufactures or imports radio transmission equipment that has not obtained model verification and approval for sales or use on the domestic market shall be ordered by the relevant radio administration to make correction and subject to fines.

In addition, the Administrative Measures for the Network Access of Telecommunications Equipment, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry on May 10, 2001 and revised by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (the “MIIT”) on September 23, 2014 provide that the State applies the network access permit system to the telecommunications terminal equipment, radio communications equipment, and equipment relating to network interconnection that is connected to public telecommunications networks. The telecommunications equipment subject to the network access permit system shall obtain the Telecommunications Equipment Network Access Permit issued by the MIIT (the “Network Access Permit”). Without the Network Access Permit, no telecommunications equipment is allowed to be connected to the public telecommunications networks for use nor sold on the domestic market. In the event of an application for the Network Access Permit, a production enterprise shall submit a testing report issued by a telecommunications equipment testing institution or a Compulsory Product Certification. In the event of an application for the network access permit for radio transmission equipment, a Radio Transmission Equipment Type Approval Certificate issued by the MIIT shall also be submitted.

Regulations on Production Safety

Pursuant to the Production Safety Law of the PRC, or the Production Safety Law, which took effect on November 1, 2002 and was amended on August 31, 2014, the entities that are engaged in production and business operation activities must implement national industrial standards which guarantee the production safety and comply with production safety requirements provided by the laws, administrative regulations and national or industrial standards. An entity must take effective measures for safety production, maintain safety facilities, examine the safety production procedures, educate and train employees and take any other measures to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. An entity or its relevant persons-in-charge which has failed to perform such safety production liabilities will be required to make amends within a time limit or face administrative penalties. If it fails to amend within the prescribed time limit, the production and business operation entity may be ordered to suspend business for rectification, and serious violations may result in criminal liabilities.

Regulations on Product Quality

The PRC Product Quality Law, or the Product Quality Law, which was promulgated by the MOFCOM in February 1993 and most recently amended in December 2018, applies to all production and sale activities in China. Pursuant to this law, products offered for sale must satisfy the relevant quality and safety standards. Enterprises may not produce or sell counterfeit products in any fashion, including forging brand labels or giving false information regarding a product’s manufacturer. Any producer or seller producing or selling products that do not conform to the national standards or trade standards for ensuring human health and the personal or property safety shall be ordered to stop production or sale of the products; the products illegally produced or sold shall be confiscated; a fine no less than the equivalent of, but not more than three times, the value of the products illegally produced or sold (including those already sold and those not yet sold, hereinafter the same) shall be imposed concurrently; if there are illegal proceeds, such proceeds shall be confiscated concurrently; if the circumstances are serious, the business license shall be revoked. If the case constitutes a crime, criminal liability shall be investigated. Where a defective product causes physical injury to a person or damage to another person’s property, the victim may claim compensation from the manufacturer or from the seller of the product. If the seller pays compensation and it is the manufacturer that should bear the liability, the seller has a right of recourse against the manufacturer and may seek full reimbursement from the manufacturer. Similarly, if the manufacturer pays compensation and it is the seller that should bear the liability, the manufacturer has a right of recourse against the seller and may seek full reimbursement from the seller.

108

Regulations on Consumer Protection

The PRC Consumer Protection Law, as amended on October 25, 2013 and effective on March 15, 2014, sets out the obligations of business operators and the rights and interests of the consumers. Pursuant to this law, business operators must guarantee that the commodities they sell satisfy the requirements for personal or property safety, provide consumers with authentic information about the commodities, and guarantee the quality, function, usage and term of validity of the commodities. Failure to comply with the Consumer Protection Law may subject business operators to civil liabilities such as refunding purchase prices, exchange of commodities, repairing, ceasing damages, compensation, and restoring reputation, and even subject the business operators or the responsible individuals to criminal penalties if business operators commit crimes by infringing the legitimate rights and interests of consumers. The amended PRC Consumer Protection Law further strengthens the protection of consumers and imposes more stringent requirements and obligations on business operators, especially on the business operators through the Internet. For example, the consumers are entitled to return the goods (except for certain specific goods) within seven days upon receipt without any reasons when they purchase the goods from business operators via the Internet. The consumers whose interests have been damaged due to their purchase of goods or acceptance of services on online marketplace platforms may claim damages from sellers or service providers.

Where business operators use internet, television, telephone, mail or other means to provide goods or services, or provide securities, insurance, banking or other financial services, they shall provide consumers with information in regard to themselves and the goods or services provided such as business address, contact information, quantity and quality, price or fees, term and method of performance, safety precautions, risk warnings, after-sale services, and civil liabilities. Consumers whose legitimate rights and interests are infringed while purchasing goods or receiving services via an online trading platform shall have the right to claim compensation from the vendor of the goods or the provider of the services. If the goods or services a business operator provide have caused personal injuries to consumers or other victims, the business operator shall compensate for the medical expenses, nursing expenses, transportation expenses and other reasonable fees for treatment and rehabilitation as well as the reduced income for loss of working time.

Under the Tort Law of the PRC, which became effective on July 1, 2010, producers shall bear tortious liability for damage caused to others by their defective products. If damages to other persons are caused by defective products due to the fault of a third party, such as the parties providing transportation or warehousing, the producers and the sellers of the products have the right to recover their respective losses from such third parties. If defective products are identified after they have been put into circulation, the producers or the sellers shall take remedial measures such as issuance of a warning or recall of products in a timely manner. The producers or the sellers shall be liable under tort if they fail to take remedial measures in a timely manner or have not made efforts to take remedial measures, thus causing damages. If the products are produced or sold with known defects, causing deaths or severe adverse health issues, the infringed party has the right to claim punitive damages in addition to compensatory damages.

Registrations for Import and Export Goods

Pursuant to the Customs Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by the SCNPC on January 22, 1987 and amended on July 8, 2000, June 29, 2013, December 28, 2013, November 7, 2016 and November 4, 2017 unless otherwise stipulated, the declaration of import and export goods may be made by consignees and consignors themselves, and such formalities may also be completed by their entrusted customs brokers that have registered with the Customs. The consignees and consignors for import or export of goods and the customs brokers engaged in customs declaration shall register with the Customs in accordance with the laws.

Pursuant to the Administrative Provisions of the Customs of the People’s Republic of China on the Registration of Customs Declaration Entities promulgated by the General Administration of Customs on March 13, 2014 and amended on May 29, 2018, coming into force on July 1, 2018, the registration of customs declaration entities comprises the registration of the customs declaration enterprise and the registration of the consignor or consignee of imported and exported goods. The consignor or consignee of imported and exported goods shall register with local customs in accordance with the laws.

Regulation on Information Security

The SCNPC promulgated the Cyber Security Law of the PRC, or the Cyber Security Law, which became effective on June 1, 2017, to protect cyberspace security and order. Pursuant to the Cyber Security Law, any individual or organization using the network must comply with the constitution and the applicable laws, follow

109

the public order and respect social moralities, and must not endanger cyber security, or engage in activities by making use of the network that endanger the national security, honor and interests, or infringe on the fame, privacy, intellectual property and other legitimate rights and interests of others. The Cyber Security Law sets forth various security protection obligations for network operators, which are defined as “owners and administrators of networks and network service providers”, including, among others, complying with a series of requirements of tiered cyber protection systems; verifying users’ real identity; localizing the personal information and important data gathered and produced by key information infrastructure operators during operations within the PRC; and providing assistance and support to government authorities where necessary for protecting national security and investigating crimes. To comply with these laws and regulations, we have adopted security policies and measures to protect our cyber system and user information.

Regulations Relating to Operation of Medical Devices

According to the Regulation on the Supervision and Administration of Medical Devices promulgated by the State Council, which was amended on May 4, 2017 and effective on the same date, the medical devices shall be classified into three categories based on the degree of risk. Class I medical devices shall refer to those devices with low risk and whose safety and effectiveness can be ensured through routine administration. Class II medical devices shall refer to those devices with medium risk and whose safety and effectiveness should be strictly controlled. Class III medical devices shall refer to those devices with high risk and whose safety and effectiveness must be strictly controlled with special measures.

Pursuant to the Measures for the Supervision and Administration of Medical Devices Operation promulgated by the China Food and Drug Administration on July 30, 2014 and amended on November 7, 2017, an enterprise engaging in the operation of medical devices shall have business premises and storage conditions suitable for the operation scale and scope, and shall have a quality control department or personnel suitable for the medical devices it operates. An enterprise engaged in the operation of Class II medical devices shall file with the municipal level food and drug supervision and administration department and provide proofing materials for satisfying the relevant conditions of engaging in the operation of medical devices, while an enterprise engaged in the operation of Class III medical devices shall apply for an operation permit to the municipal level food and drug supervision and administration department and provide proofing materials for satisfying the relevant conditions of engaging in the operation of such medical devices. The food and drug supervision and administration department which receives operation permit application shall grant the operation permit if the enterprise meets the prescribed requirements. An operation permit is valid for five years and may be renewed pursuant to the relevant regulations. An enterprise engaging in medical devices operation shall not operate or use any medical device that has not been legally registered, without qualification certificate, out-dated, invalid or disqualified.

We currently have obtained the Class II record-filing certificate for medical device business operations, which is within the validity term and enables us to distribute surgical and non-surgical face masks. Since March 2020 the Company has participated in efforts to stem the spread of the COVID-19 epidemic, namely, by serving as a temporary distributor of face masks to an existing overseas client. These unsolicited purchase orders, which aggregated approximately US$7.1 million as of June 2, 2020, have helped the Company to maintain revenue and cash flow to a certain extent. However, the Company does not intend for this revenue stream to become part of its long-term business strategy.

Regulations on Intellectual Property Rights

The PRC has adopted comprehensive legislation governing intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and domain names.

Patents

Pursuant to the PRC Patent Law, most recently amended on December 27, 2008, and its implementation rules, most recently amended on January 9, 2010, patents in China fall into three categories: invention, utility model and design. An invention patent is granted to a new technical solution proposed in respect of a product or method or an improvement of a product or method. A utility model is granted to a new technical solution that is practicable for application and proposed in respect of the shape, structure or a combination of both of a product. A design patent is granted to the new design of a certain product in shape, pattern or a combination of both and in color, shape and pattern combinations aesthetically suitable for industrial application. Under the PRC Patent Law, the term of patent

110

protection starts from the date of application. Patents relating to invention are effective for twenty years, and utility models and designs are effective for ten years from the date of application. The PRC Patent Law adopts the principle of “first-to-file” system, which provides that where more than one person files a patent application for the same invention, a patent will be granted to the person who files the application first.

Existing patents can become narrowed, invalid or unenforceable due to a variety of grounds, including lack of novelty, creativity, and deficiencies in patent application. In China, a patent must have novelty, creativity and practical applicability. Under the PRC Patent Law, novelty means that before a patent application is filed, no identical invention or utility model has been publicly disclosed in any publication in China or overseas or has been publicly used or made known to the public by any other means, whether in or outside of China, nor has any other person filed with the patent authority an application that describes an identical invention or utility model and is recorded in patent application documents or patent documents published after the filing date. Creativity means that, compared with existing technology, an invention has prominent substantial features and represents notable progress, and a utility model has substantial features and represents any progress. Practical applicability means an invention or utility model can be manufactured or used and may produce positive results. Patents in China are filed with the State Intellectual Property Office, or SIPO. Normally, the SIPO publishes an application for an invention patent within 18 months after the filing date, which may be shortened at the request of applicant. The applicant must apply to the SIPO for a substantive examination within three years from the date of application.

Article 20 of the PRC Patent Law provides that, for an invention or utility model completed in China, any applicant (not just Chinese companies and individuals), before filing a patent application outside of China, must first submit it to the SIPO for a confidential examination. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in the denial of any Chinese patent for the relevant invention. This added requirement of confidential examination by the SIPO has raised concerns by foreign companies who conduct research and development activities in China or outsource research and development activities to service providers in China.

Patent Enforcement

Unauthorized use of patents without consent from owners of patents, forgery of the patents belonging to other persons, or engagement in other patent infringement acts, will subject the infringers to infringement liability. Serious offences such as forgery of patents may be subject to criminal penalties.

When a dispute arises out of infringement of the patent owner’s patent right, Chinese law requires that the parties first attempt to settle the dispute through mutual consultation. However, if the dispute cannot be settled through mutual consultation, the patent owner, or an interested party who believes the patent is being infringed, may either file a civil legal suit or file an administrative complaint with the relevant patent administration authority. A Chinese court may issue a preliminary injunction upon the patent owner’s or an interested party’s request before instituting any legal proceedings or during the proceedings. Damages for infringement are calculated as the loss suffered by the patent holder arising from the infringement, and if the loss suffered by the patent holder arising from the infringement cannot be determined, the damages for infringement shall be calculated as the benefit gained by the infringer from the infringement. If it is difficult to ascertain damages in this manner, damages may be determined by using a reasonable multiple of the license fee under a contractual license. Statutory damages may be awarded in the circumstances where the damages cannot be determined by the above mentioned calculation standards. The damage calculation methods shall be applied in the aforementioned order. Generally, the patent owner has the burden of proving that the patent is being infringed. However, if the owner of an invention patent for manufacturing process of a new product alleges infringement of its patent, the alleged infringer has the burden of proof.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 23 patents granted in China.

Trademark Law

The PRC Trademark Law and its implementation rules protect registered trademarks. The PRC Trademark Office of State Administration of Industry and Commerce is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks throughout the PRC. The Trademark Law has adopted a “first-to-file” principle with respect to trademark registration. The validity period of registered trademarks is ten years from the date of approval of trademark application, and may be renewed for another ten years provided relevant application procedures have been completed within twelve months before the end of the validity period. As of the date of this prospectus, we owned 21 registered trademarks in different applicable trademark categories in China and were in the process of applying to register

111

3 trademarks in China, and we owned 22 registered trademarks in different applicable trademark categories outside of China and were in the process of applying to register 8 trademarks outside of China.

In addition, pursuant to the PRC Trademark Law, counterfeit or unauthorized production of the label of another person’s registered trademark, or sale of any label that is counterfeited or produced without authorization will be deemed as an infringement to the exclusive right to use a registered trademark. The infringing party will be ordered to stop the infringement immediately, a fine may be imposed and the counterfeit goods will be confiscated. The infringing party may also be held liable for the right holder’s damages, which will be equal to the gains obtained by the infringing party or the losses suffered by the right holder as a result of the infringement, including reasonable expenses incurred by the right holder for stopping the infringement. If the gains or losses are difficult to determine, the court may render a judgment awarding damages of no more than RMB3 million (approximately US$0.45 million).

Software Copyright Law

The Copyright Law of the People’s Republic of China (Revised in 2010), or the Copyright Law, provides that Chinese citizens, legal persons, or other organizations shall, whether published or not, enjoy copyright in their works, which include, among others, works of literature, art, natural science, social science, engineering technology and computer software. The purpose of the Copyright Law aims to encourage the creation and dissemination of works that are beneficial for the construction of socialist spiritual civilization and material civilization and promote the development and prosperity of Chinese culture. The term of protection for copyrighted software of legal persons is fifty years and ends on December 31 of the 50th year from the date of first publishing of the software.

In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations promulgated by the State Council in 2001, and amended subsequently, the State Copyright Bureau issued the Computer Software Copyright Registration Procedures in 2002, which apply to software copyright registration, license contract registration and transfer contract registration.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had registered 30 software copyrights in China.

Regulation on Domain Name

The domain names are protected under the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names of China promulgated by MIIT on November 5, 2004 and effective on December 20, 2004, and will be replaced by the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names promulgated by MIIT on August 24, 2017, which will become effective on November 1, 2017. MIIT is the major regulatory body responsible for the administration of the PRC Internet domain names, under supervision of which China Internet Network Information Center, or CNNIC, is responsible for the daily administration of CN domain names and Chinese domain names. On September 25, 2002, CNNIC promulgated the Implementation Rules of Registration of Domain Name, or the CNNIC Rules, which was renewed on June 5, 2009 and May 29, 2012, respectively. Pursuant to the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names and the CNNIC Rules, the registration of domain names adopts the “first to file” principle and the registrant shall complete the registration via the domain name registration service institutions. In the event of a domain name dispute, the disputed parties may lodge a complaint to the designated domain name dispute resolution institution to trigger the domain name dispute resolution procedure in accordance with the CNNIC Measures on Resolution of the Top Level Domains Disputes, file a suit to the People’s Court or initiate an arbitration procedure.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had registered 14 domain names.

Regulations on Labor Protection

The principal laws that govern employment include: (i) the Labor Law of the PRC, or the Labor Law, promulgated by the SCNPC on July 5, 1994, which has been effective since January 1, 1995 and most recently amended on December 29, 2018; and (ii) the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, or the Labor Contract Law, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on June 29, 2007, came into effect on January 1, 2008, and was amended on December 28, 2012 and became effective as of July 1, 2013, and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law, which was promulgated on September 18, 2008, and became effective since the same day.

112

According to the Labor Law, an employer shall develop and improve its rules and regulations to safeguard the rights of its workers. An employer shall develop and improve its labor safety and health system, stringently implement national protocols and standards on labor safety and health, conduct labor safety and health education for workers, guard against labor accidents and reduce occupational hazards. Labor safety and health facilities must comply with relevant national standards. An employer must provide workers with the necessary labor protection gear that complies with labor safety and health conditions stipulated under national regulations, as well as provide regular health checks for workers that are engaged in operations with occupational hazards. Laborers engaged in special operations shall have received specialized training and have obtained the pertinent qualifications. An employer shall develop a vocational training system. Vocational training funds shall be set aside and used in accordance with national regulations and vocational training for workers shall be carried out systematically based on the actual conditions of the company.

The Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules regulate both parties through a labor contract, namely the employer and the employee, and contain specific provisions involving the terms of the labor contract. It is stipulated under the Labor Contract Law and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law that a labor contract must be made in writing. If an employer fails to enter into a written employment contract with an employee within one year from the date on which the employment relationship is established, the employer must rectify the situation by entering into a written employment contract with the employee and pay the employee twice the employee’s salary for the period from the day following the lapse of one month from the date of establishment of the employment relationship to the day prior to the execution of the written employment contract. In addition, an employer is obligated to sign an indefinite term labor contract with an employee if the employer continues to employ the employee after two consecutive fixed term labor contracts. The Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules also require compensation to be paid upon certain terminations, which significantly affects the cost of reducing workforce for employers. In addition, if an employer intends to enforce a non-compete provision in an employment contract or non-competition agreement with an employee, it has to compensate the employee on a monthly basis during the term of the restriction period after the termination or expiry of the labor contract. Employers in most cases are also required to provide severance payment to their employees after their employment relationships are terminated.

Enterprises in China are required by PRC laws and regulations to participate in certain employee benefit plans, including social insurance funds, namely a pension plan, a medical insurance plan, an unemployment insurance plan, a work-related injury insurance plan and a maternity insurance plan, and a housing provident fund, and contribute to the plans or funds in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of the employees as specified by the local government from time to time at locations where they operate their businesses or where they are located.

According to the Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, the Regulations on Work Injury Insurance, the Regulations on Unemployment Insurance and the Trial Measures on Employee Maternity Insurance of Enterprises, enterprises in the PRC shall provide benefit plans for their employees, which include basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance. An enterprise must provide social insurance by processing social insurance registration with local social insurance agencies, and shall pay or withhold relevant social insurance premiums for or on behalf of employees. The Law on Social Insurance of the PRC, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on October 28, 2010, became effective on July 1, 2011, and was most recently updated on December 29, 2018, has consolidated pertinent provisions for basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance, and has elaborated in detail the legal obligations and liabilities of employers who do not comply with relevant laws and regulations on social insurance. Without force majeure reasons, employers must not suspend or reduce their payment of social insurance for employees, otherwise, competent governmental authorities will have the power to enforce employers to pay up social insurance within a prescribed time limit, and a fine of 0.05% of the unpaid social insurance can be charged on the part of the employers per day commencing from the first day of default. Provided that the employers still fail to make the payment within the prescribed time limit, a fine of over one time and up to three times of the unpaid sum of social insurance can be charged.

According to the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund, which was promulgated by the State Counsel and became effective on April 3, 1999, and was amended on March 24, 2002 and was partially revised on March 24, 2019 by Decision of the State Council on Revising Some Administrative Regulations (Decree No. 710 of the State Council), housing provident fund contributions by an individual employee and housing provident fund contributions by his or her employer shall belong to the individual employee. Registration by PRC

113

companies at the applicable housing provident fund management center is compulsory and a special housing provident fund account for each of the employees shall be opened at an entrusted bank.

The employer shall timely pay up and deposit housing provident fund contributions in full amount and late or insufficient payments shall be prohibited. The employer shall process housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations with the housing provident fund administration center. Under the circumstances where financial difficulties do exist due to which an employer is unable to pay or pay up housing provident funds, permission of labor union of the employer and approval of the local housing provident funds commission must first be obtained before the employer can suspend or reduce their payment of housing provident funds. With respect to companies who violate the above regulations and fail to process housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations or open housing provident fund accounts for their employees, such companies shall be ordered by the housing provident fund administration center to complete such procedures within a designated period. Those who fail to process their registrations within the designated period shall be subject to a fine ranging from RMB10,000 to RMB50,000. When companies breach these regulations and fail to pay up housing provident fund contributions in full amount as due, the housing provident fund administration center shall order such companies to pay up within a designated period, and may further apply to the People’s Court for mandatory enforcement against those who still fail to comply after the expiry of such period.

Regulations on Tax

PRC Enterprise Income Tax

The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or EIT Law, which was promulgated on March 16, 2007 and took effect on January 1, 2008, and further amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018, imposes a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% on all PRC resident enterprises, including foreign-invested enterprises, unless they qualify certain exceptions. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the PRC resident enterprise’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards. Under the PRC EIT Law, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. If a non-resident enterprise sets up an organization or establishment in the PRC, it will be subject to enterprise income tax for the income derived from such organization or establishment in the PRC and for the income derived from outside the PRC but with an actual connection with such organization or establishment in the PRC. However, if non-resident enterprises have not formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC, or if they have formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC but their relevant income derived in the PRC is not related to those establishments, then their enterprise income tax would be set at a rate of 10% for their income sourced from inside the PRC.

The PRC EIT Law and its implementation rules, which was promulgated on December 6, 2007 and took effect on January 1, 2008 and partly amended on April 23, 2019 and became effective on the same date, permit certain “high and new technology enterprises strongly supported by the state” that independently own core intellectual property and meet statutory criteria, to enjoy a reduced 15% enterprise income tax rate. On January 29, 2016, the State Administration for Taxation, or SAT, the Ministry of Science and Technology and the Ministry of Finance jointly issued the Administrative Rules for the Certification of High and New Technology Enterprises specifying the criteria and procedures for the certification of High and New Technology Enterprises, and the certificate of a high and new technology enterprise, is valid for three years.

Pursuant to Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on Printing and Distributing the Implementing Measures for Special Tax Adjustments (for Trial Implementation), effective on January 1, 2008, enterprises shall adopt a reasonable transfer pricing method when conducting transactions with their affiliates. Tax authorities have the power to assess whether related transactions conform to the principle of equity and make adjustments accordingly. Therefore, the invested enterprise should faithfully report relevant information of its related transactions. Pursuant to the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issuing the Administrative Measures for Special Tax Adjustment and Investigation and Mutual Consultation Procedures, effective on May 1, 2017, an enterprise may adjust and pay taxes at its own discretion when it receives a special tax adjustment risk

114

warning or identifies its own special tax adjustment risks, and the tax authorities may also carry out special tax investigation and adjustment in accordance with the relevant provisions in regard to enterprises that adjust and pay taxes at their own discretion.

In January 2009, the SAT promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, or the Non-resident Enterprises Measures, which was repealed by Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises in December 2017. According to the new announcement, it shall apply to handling of matters relating to withholding at source of income tax of non-resident enterprises pursuant to the provisions of Article 37, Article 39 and Article 40 of the Enterprise Income Tax Law. According to Article 37, Article 39 of the Enterprise Income Tax Law, income tax over non-resident enterprise income pursuant to the provisions of the third paragraph of Article 3 shall be subject to withholding at the source, where the payer shall act as the withholding agent. The tax amount for each payment made or due shall be withheld by the withholding agent from the amount paid or payable. Where a withholding agent fails to withhold tax or perform tax withholding obligations pursuant to the provisions of Article 37, the taxpayer shall pay tax at the place where the income is derived. Where the taxpayer fails to pay tax pursuant to law, the tax authorities may demand payment of the tax amount payable, from a payer of the taxpayer with payable tax amounts from other taxable income items in China.

On April 30, 2009, the MOFCOM and the SAT jointly issued the Circular on Issues Concerning Treatment of Enterprise Income Tax in Enterprise Restructuring Business, or Circular 59, which became effective retroactively as of January 1, 2008 and was partially revised on January 1, 2014. By promulgating and implementing this circular, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a Non-resident Enterprise.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Relating to Enterprise Income Tax of Transfers of Assets between Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7, which was partially abolished on December 29, 2017. SAT Bulletin 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to transactions involving transfer of immovable property in China and assets held under the establishment, and placement in China, of a foreign company through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. SAT Bulletin 7 also addresses transfer of the equity interest in a foreign intermediate holding company broadly. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 introduces safe harbor scenarios applicable to internal group restructurings. However, it also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee of the Indirect Transfer as they have to assess whether the transaction should be subject to PRC tax and to file or withhold the PRC tax accordingly.

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017 and was revised on June 15, 2018. The SAT Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of withholding of non-resident enterprise income tax.

If non-resident investors were involved in our private equity financing, if such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack reasonable commercial purpose, we and our non-resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and be taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 or to establish that we should not be held liable for any obligations under SAT Bulletin 7.

PRC Value Added Tax

According to the Temporary Regulations on Value-added Tax, which was most recently amended on November 19, 2017, and the Detailed Implementing Rules of the Temporary Regulations on Value-added Tax, which was amended on October 28, 2011, and became effective on November 1, 2011, all taxpayers selling goods, providing processing, repair or replacement services or importing goods within the PRC shall pay Value-Added Tax. The tax rate of 17% shall be levied on general taxpayers selling or importing various goods; the tax rate of 17% shall be levied on the taxpayers providing processing, repairing or replacement service; the applicable rate for the export of goods by taxpayers shall be zero, unless otherwise stipulated

On January 1, 2012, the State Council officially launched a pilot value-added tax reform program, or the Pilot Program, applicable to businesses in selected industries. Businesses in the Pilot Program would pay value added tax, or VAT, instead of business tax. The Pilot Program initially applied only to transportation industry and “modern service industries” in Shanghai and would be expanded to eight trial regions (including Beijing and Guangdong

115

province) and nationwide if conditions permit. The pilot industries in Shanghai included industries involving the leasing of tangible movable property, transportation services, research and development and technical services, information technology services, cultural and creative services, logistics and ancillary services, certification and consulting services. Revenues generated by advertising services, a type of “cultural and creative services”, are subject to the VAT tax rate of 6%. According to official announcements made by competent authorities in Beijing and Guangdong province, Beijing launched the same Pilot Program on September 1, 2012, and Guangdong province launched it on November 1, 2012.

On May 24, 2013, the MOFCOM and the SAT issued the Circular on Tax Policies in the Nationwide Pilot Collection of Value Added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax in the Transportation Industry and Certain Modern Services Industries, or the Pilot Collection Circular. The scope of certain modern services industries under the Pilot Collection Circular extends to the inclusion of radio and television services.

On March 23, 2016, the MOFCOM and the SAT jointly issued the Circular on the Pilot Program for Overall Implementation of the Collection of Value Added Tax Instead of Business Tax, or Circular 36, which took effect on May 1, 2016. Pursuant to the Circular 36, all of the companies operating in construction, real estate, finance, modern service or other sectors which were required to pay business tax are required to pay VAT, in lieu of business tax. The VAT rate is 6%, except for rate of 11% for real estate sale, land use right transferring and providing service of transportation, postal sector, basic telecommunications, construction, real estate lease; rate of 17% for providing lease service of tangible property; and rate of zero for specific cross-bond activities.

At the State Council executive meeting on March 28, 2018, China’s State Council has announced the VAT rate on manufacturing is to be cut by one percent to 16% which took effect on May 1, 2018. On April 4, 2018, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT promulgated the Notice on Adjusting Value-added Tax Rates, which reduced the tax rates for sale, import and export of goods, as well as the deduction rate for taxpayer’s purchaser of agricultural products. According to the Announcement on Relevant Policies for Deepening the Value-Added Tax Reform, which is jointly issued by Ministry of Finance, SAT and the General Administration of Customs on March 20, 2019 and took effect on April 1, 2019, The tax rate of 16% applicable to the VAT taxable sale or import of goods by a general VAT taxpayer shall be adjusted to 13%.

According to the Circular of the SAT on Printing and Distributing the Administrative Measures for Tax Refund (Exemption) for Exported Goods (for Trial Implementation), effective on May 1, 2005, unless otherwise provided by law, for the goods as exported via an export agency, the exporter may, after the export declaration and the conclusion of financial settlement for sales, file a report to competent State Taxation Bureau for the approval of refund or exemption of VAT or consumption tax on the strength or the relevant certificates.

PRC Dividend Withholding Tax

Under the PRC tax laws effective prior to January 1, 2008, dividends paid to foreign investors by foreign-invested enterprises were exempt from PRC withholding tax. Pursuant to the EIT Law and the Implementation Rules, dividends generated after January 1, 2008 and payable by a foreign-invested enterprise in China to its foreign enterprise investors are subject to a 10% withholding tax, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a different withholding arrangement.

Pursuant to an Arrangement Between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement came into effect on December 8, 2006, and other applicable PRC laws and regulations, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under such Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws and regulations, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5%. According to the Announcement of the SAT on Issuing the Measures for the Administration of Non-resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of Treaty Benefits effective on January 1, 2020, non-resident taxpayers can enjoy tax treaty benefits via the “self-assessment of eligibility, claiming treaty benefits, retaining documents for inspection” mechanism. Non-resident taxpayers who have self-assessed that they are eligible for the treaty benefits can claim such tax treaty benefits accordingly provided that they have collected and retained relevant supporting documents for inspection by the tax authorities in their post-filing administration process. Pursuant to the Announcement on Certain Issues with Respect to the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, issued by the SAT on February 3, 2018, and effective on April 1, 2018, when determining an applicant’s “beneficial owner” status regarding tax treatments in connection with dividends, interests

116

or royalties in tax treaties, several factors set forth below will be taken into account, although the actual analysis will be fact-specific: (i) whether the applicant is obligated to pay more than 50% of his or her income in 12 months to residents in a third country or region; (ii) whether the business operated by the applicant constitutes a substantial business operation; and (iii) whether the counterparty country or region to the tax treaties does not levy any tax or grant tax exemption on relevant incomes or levy tax at an extremely low rate. The applicant must submit relevant documents to the competent tax authorities to prove his or her “beneficial owner” status. Although our WFOE is currently wholly owned by UTime International Limited, we cannot assure you that we will be able to enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the China-HK Taxation Arrangement.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the PRC Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, which were promulgated by the State Council on January 29, 1996 and last amended on August 5, 2008. Under the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans.

On August 29, 2008, SAFE issued the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 142, regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested enterprise of foreign currency-registered capital into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. SAFE Circular 142 provides that the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable government authority and may not be used for equity investments within China. SAFE also strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of foreign-invested enterprises. The use of such RMB capital may not be changed without SAFE’s approval, and such RMB capital may not in any case be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been used. On March 30, 2015, SAFE issued SAFE Circular 19, which took effective and replaced SAFE Circular 142 on June 1, 2015. Although SAFE Circular 19 allows for the use of RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital for equity investments in China, the restrictions continue to apply as to foreign-invested enterprises’ use of the converted RMB for purposes beyond the business scope, for entrusted loans or for inter-company RMB loans. SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Foreign Exchange Settlement Management Policy of Capital Account, or SAFE Circular 16, effective on June 9, 2016, which reiterates some of the rules set forth in SAFE Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company to issue RMB entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to issue loans to non-associated enterprises. Violations of SAFE Circular 19 or SAFE Circular 16 could result in administrative penalties.

On November 19, 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment which substantially amends and simplifies the current foreign exchange procedure. Pursuant to this circular, the opening of various special purpose foreign exchange accounts (e.g., pre-establishment expenses accounts, foreign exchange capital accounts and guarantee accounts), the reinvestment of lawful incomes derived by foreign investors in China (e.g. profit, proceeds of equity transfer, capital reduction, liquidation and early repatriation of investment), and purchase and remittance of foreign exchange as a result of capital reduction, liquidation, early repatriation or share transfer in a foreign-invested enterprise no longer require SAFE approval, and multiple capital accounts for the same entity may be opened in different provinces, which was not possible before. In addition, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration over Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and the Supporting Documents in May 2013, which specifies that the administration by SAFE or its local branches over direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC shall be conducted by way of registration and banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in China based on the registration information provided by SAFE and its branches.

On February 13, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Policies Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, which took effect on June 1,

117

2015. SAFE Circular 13 delegates the authority to enforce the foreign exchange registration in connection with the inbound and outbound direct investment under relevant SAFE rules to certain banks and therefore further simplifies the foreign exchange registration procedures for inbound and outbound direct investment.

Regulations on loans to and direct investment in the PRC entities by offshore holding companies

According to the Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the MOFCOM and effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which accordingly are FIEs, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be registered with the local branches of the SAFE. Under the provisions, the total amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a FIE is limited to the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the foreign-invested enterprise.

On January 12, 2017, the People’s Bank of China promulgated the Circular of the People’s Bank of China on Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Comprehensive Cross-border Financing, or PBOC Circular 9, which took effect on the same date. The PBOC Circular 9 established a capital or net assets-based constraint mechanism for cross-border financing. Under such mechanism, a company may carry out cross-border financing in Renminbi or foreign currencies at their own discretion. The total cross-border financing of a company shall be calculated using a risk-weighted approach and shall not exceed an upper limit. The upper limit is calculated as capital or assets multiplied by a cross-border financing leverage ratio and multiplied by a macro-prudential regulation parameter.

In addition, according to PBOC Circular 9, as of the date of the promulgation of PBOC Circular 9, a transition period of one year is set for foreign-invested enterprises and during such transition period, FIEs may apply either the current cross-border financing management mode, namely the mode provided by Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the mode in this PBOC Circular 9 at its sole discretion. After the end of the transition period, the cross-border financing management mode for FIEs will be determined by the People’s Bank of China and SAFE after assessment based on the overall implementation of this PBOC Circular 9.

According to applicable PRC regulations on FIEs, capital contributions from a foreign holding company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered FIEs, may only be made when approval by or registration with the MOFCOM or its local counterpart is obtained.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange Registration of Offshore Investment by PRC Residents

On July 4, 2014, SAFE issued the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, and its implementation guidelines, which abolished and superseded the Circular on Several Issues concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Financing and in Return Investments via Overseas Special Purpose Companies, SAFE Circular 75. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 37 and its implementation guidelines, PRC residents (including PRC institutions and individuals) must register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment in an overseas special purpose vehicle, or SPV, directly established or indirectly controlled by PRC residents for the purposes of offshore investment and financing with their legally owned assets or interests in domestic enterprises, or their legally owned offshore assets or interests. Such PRC residents are also required to amend their registrations with SAFE when there is a change to the basic information of the SPV, such as changes of a PRC resident individual shareholder, the name or operating period of the SPV, or when there is a significant change to the SPV, such as changes of the PRC individual resident’s increase or decrease of its capital contribution in the SPV, or any share transfer or exchange, merger, division of the SPV. Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in the Circular 37 may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliate, the capital inflow from the offshore entities and settlement of foreign exchange capital, and may also subject relevant onshore company or PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations.

Mr. Bao and Mr. He, our PRC resident shareholders, have completed the required registrations with the local counterpart of SAFE in relation to our financing and restructuring to our shareholding structure.

118

Regulations on Dividend Distributions

The principal regulations governing distribution of dividends paid by wholly foreign-owned enterprises include:

•        Company Law of the PRC (1993), as amended in 1999, 2004, 2005, 2013 and 2018;

•        Foreign Investment Enterprise Law of the PRC (1986), as amended in 2000 and 2016; and

•        Administrative Rules under the Foreign Investment Enterprise Law (1990), as amended in 2001 and 2014.

Under these laws and regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profit based on PRC accounting standards each year to its general reserves until the accumulative amount of such reserves reach 50% of its registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. The foreign-invested enterprise has the discretion to allocate a portion of its after-tax profits to staff welfare and bonus funds. A PRC company is not permitted to distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset. Profits retained from prior fiscal years may be distributed together with distributable profits from the current fiscal year.

Regulations on Overseas Listings

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, SAT, SAIC, China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules purport, among other things, to require that offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, that are controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that have been formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic interest held by such PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published a notice on its official website specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by SPVs seeking CSRC approval of their overseas listings. While the application of the M&A Rules remains unclear, our PRC legal counsel has advised us that based on its understanding of the current PRC laws, rules and regulations and the M&A Rules, prior approval from the CSRC is not required under the M&A Rules for the listing and trading of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ given that (i) our PRC subsidiary was directly established by us as a wholly foreign-owned enterprise, and we have not acquired any equity interest or assets of a PRC domestic company owned by PRC companies or individuals as defined under the M&A Rules that are our beneficial owners after the effective date of the M&A Rules, and (ii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies the contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules.

However, our PRC legal counsel has further advised us uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. If CSRC or another PRC regulatory agency subsequently determines that prior CSRC approval was required for our initial public offering, we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies.

These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations, limit our operating privileges, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from our initial public offering into the PRC or payment or distribution of dividends by our PRC subsidiary, or take other actions that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares. In addition, if CSRC later requires that we obtain its approval for our initial public offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of CSRC approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties or negative publicity regarding CSRC approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.”

119

India

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant laws, rules and regulations that affect our business activities in India.

Regulations relating to Foreign Investment under Foreign Exchange and Management Act, 1999

Foreign Investment in India and Regulatory Approvals

Investment by person resident outside India in an Indian entity is regulated by the provisions laid down in the Foreign Exchange and Management Act, 1999 (“FEMA”), as amended from time to time by the Foreign Exchange Department of the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”).

Foreign Direct Investment (“FDI”) is freely permitted in almost all sectors. Under the FDI Policy, investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares; fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures; or fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares, partly paid equity shares and warrants of an Indian company, through two routes: (a) the Automatic Route; and (b) the Government Route. Under the automatic route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from the Reserve Bank or Government of India for the investment. An Indian company, not engaged in any activity/sectors where FDI is prohibited, can issue shares or convertible debentures to a person resident outside India, subject to entry routes and sectoral caps prescribed in the FDI Policy. FDI in activities covered under the approval route requires prior approval of the Government which are considered by respective ministry/ department of the Government of India, as the case may be. In few sectors, there is prohibition on FDI in any form. It is pertinent to note that 100% FDI through automatic route is allowed in all activities/ sectors which are neither covered in automatic route, approval route nor in prohibited sector.

RBI has issued the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (“FEMA Rules, 2019”), vide Notification No. S.O. 3732(E) dated October 17, 2019 (which replaced erstwhile Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or issue of security by a person resident outside India) Regulations, 2017), which is a principal regulation governing foreign investment in an Indian entity by any person resident outside India.

FEMA Rules, 2019 stipulates that any investment in an Indian entity by a person resident outside India (which also includes a body corporate incorporated outside India) shall always remain subject to the entry routes, sectoral caps and other conditions laid down therein. Therefore, in order to subscribe, purchase or sell equity instruments (including equity shares) of an Indian company, a person resident outside India must adhere to terms and conditions given in Schedule 1 of FEMA Rules, 2019.

Since Do Mobile operates in the manufacturing sector, it is permitted to receive 100% FDI under the automatic route as per the provisions of FEMA Rules, 2019.

Important Compliances pertaining to FDI under FEMA Rules, 2019

Pricing Guidelines on Issuance of Shares and Filing of Form FC-GPR for Allotment of Shares

Pricing: Any Indian company intending to issue equity instruments including equity shares to a person resident outside India must ensure that the price of such equity instruments shall not be less than: (a) the price worked out on the basis of Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) guidelines in case of listed companies; and (b) the valuation of such equity instruments arrived at as per any internationally accepted pricing methodology on arm’s length basis duly certified by a SEBI registered Merchant Banker or a Chartered Accountant or a practicing Cost Accountant, in case of an unlisted Indian Company.

Filing Requirements: Allotment of shares by an Indian entity to a person resident outside India (including a body corporate incorporated outside India) will require an Indian entity to file form FC-GPR (Foreign Currency-Gross Provisional Return) within 30 days from the date of allotment of shares, in the manner prescribed by the RBI, along with a certificate from the company secretary of the Indian company certifying the eligibility to issue shares in terms of FEMA Rules, 2019 and a certificate from SEBI registered Merchant Banker or Chartered Accountant indicating the manner of arriving at the price of the shares issued to the persons resident outside India. Such certificates along with the Form FC-GPR must be submitted to the Foreign Exchange Department of RBI.

120

Do Mobile is also required to adhere to the aforesaid compliances regarding allotment of shares to its parent company Bridgetime Limited and or to its prospective investors.

Compliance of Pricing Guidelines on Transfer of Shares and Filing of Form FC-TRS for Transfer of Shares

Pricing: Any transfer of the equity instruments (including shares) of an Indian entity from a resident Indian to a person resident outside India or vice-versa, will be subject to the pricing guidelines and reporting requirements prescribed under the FEMA Rules, 2019.

In the case of transfer of equity instruments (including shares) from a person resident in India to a person resident outside India, price of such equity instruments transferred shall not be less than:

a)      the price worked out in accordance with the relevant SEBI guidelines in case of a listed Indian company;

b)      the price at which a preferential allotment of shares can be made under the SEBI guidelines, as applicable, in case of a listed Indian company or in case of a company going through a delisting process as per the SEBI (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009.

c)      in case of an unlisted Indian Company, the valuation of equity instruments done as per any internationally accepted pricing methodology for valuation on an arm’s length basis duly certified by a Chartered Accountant or a SEBI registered Merchant Banker or a practicing Cost Accountant.

In the case of transfer of equity instruments (including shares) by a person resident outside India to a person resident in India, the price of equity instruments (including shares) transferred shall not exceed:

a)      The price worked out in accordance with the relevant SEBI guidelines in case of a listed Indian company;

b)      The price at which a preferential allotment of shares can be made under the SEBI guidelines, as applicable, in case of a listed Indian company or in case of a company going through a delisting process as per the SEBI (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009. The price is determined for such duration as specified in the SEBI guidelines, preceding the relevant date, which shall be the date of purchase or sale of shares;

c)      The valuation of equity instruments done as per any internationally accepted pricing methodology for valuation on an arm’s length basis duly certified by a Chartered Accountant or a Securities and Exchange Board of India registered Merchant Banker or a practicing Cost Accountant, in case of an unlisted Indian Company.

The principal intent of the government is that the person resident outside India is not guaranteed any assured exit price at the time of making such investment/ agreement and shall exit at the price prevailing at the time of exit. The above pricing guidelines are also applicable for issue of shares/preference shares against payment of lump sum technical know-how fee/royalty due for payment/repayment or conversion of external commercial borrowings in convertible foreign currency into equity shares/fully compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares or capitalization of pre incorporation expenses/import payables (with prior approval of Government).

Filing Requirements: Any transfer of shares of Indian entity from a person resident outside India to a person resident in India or vice-versa will also require the filing of form FC-TRS (Foreign Currency — Transfer of Shares) with the RBI within 60 days of transfer of equity instruments or receipt/remittance of funds, whichever is earlier.

In the case of buy-back of shares pursuant to a scheme of merger /de-merger/ amalgamation of Indian companies approved by National Company Law Tribunal, the filing of form FC-TRS is mandatory by Indian companies.

Reporting under Single Master Form

RBI has issued guidelines on ‘Foreign Investment in India — Reporting in Single Master Form’ vide A.P (DIR Series) Circular No. 30 dated June 07, 2018 to integrate the extant reporting structures of various types of foreign investment in India in a Single Master Form (“SMF”), which is required to be filed online. With effect from September 1, 2018, the reporting requirements for foreign investment in India, irrespective of the instrument through

121

which foreign investment is made, has been integrated into a SMF. SMF subsumes filing of form FC-GPR, FC-TRS, Form ESOP, Form DRR, Form DI and other forms into one single form.

Filing of Foreign Liabilities and Assets Annual Return

An Indian Company which has received FDI in the previous year including the current year, should submit Foreign Liabilities and Assets Annual Return in form FLA to RBI on or before the 15th day of July of each year. Year for this purpose shall be reckoned as April to March.

Repatriation of Dividend

Dividends declared by Indian companies are freely repatriable without any restrictions (net after Tax deduction at source or Dividend Distribution Tax, if any, as the case may be). The repatriation is governed by the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act (Current Account Transactions) Rules, 2000.

Repatriation of Interest

Interest on fully, mandatorily and compulsorily convertible debentures is also freely repatriable without any restrictions (net of applicable taxes). The repatriation is governed by the provisions of the FEMA (Current Account Transactions) Rules, 2000.

Regulations relating to Overseas Investment under FEMA

Investment in Joint Venture or Wholly Owned Subsidiary

RBI has issued the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of any Foreign Security) Regulations, 2004 (“ODI Regulations”) pursuant to the provisions of FEMA to govern the investment in a foreign entity by an Indian party, including an Indian company. The foreign entities in which such overseas investment is made are referred to as joint venture (“JV”) or wholly owned subsidiary. An Indian company is allowed to make overseas investment in JV or WOS either by way of contribution towards capital or subscription to the memorandum of association of JV or WOS. Further, overseas direct investment is also permitted by way of purchase of existing shares of JV or WOS through market or stock exchange, excluding the portfolio investment.

Like FDI, Indian companies can make overseas investment under automatic route and approval route.

An Indian company may make overseas direct investment in JV or its wholly owned subsidiary up to 400% of its net worth (as per its last audited balance sheet) without any prior regulatory approval. However, if this limit is breached, then prior approval from RBI is required.

The eligible ceiling limit under prior approval of RBI is also required if financial commitment by an Indian party becomes equal or exceeds US$1 billion in a financial year (April to March), even when the total financial commitment of an Indian party is within the eligible limit of automatic route. Further, an Indian party is eligible to extend loan/guarantee as a part of financial commitment only to JV or WOS in which it has equity participation. However, if an Indian party wants to extend loan/ guarantee as a part of financial commitment without equity contribution in JV or WOS, it may apply to RBI under the approval route. It may be note that term ‘financial commitment’ as used in above paragraphs means amount of direct investment by way of contribution to equity, loan and 100% of the amount of guarantees and 50% of the performance guarantees issued by an Indian party to or on behalf of its JV or WOS.

Reporting of Overseas Investment

An Indian company undertaking FC should approach an authorized dealer category — I bank (“AD Bank”) with an application in Form ODI (Master Document on Reporting) and prescribed enclosures / documents in Form ODI for effecting FC, such as, certified copy of the board resolution, statutory auditors certificate and valuation report, along with Form A2. Additionally, all transactions relating to a JV / WOS should be routed through one branch of an AD Bank to be designated by the Indian Party.

122

Pricing of Overseas Investment

While subscribing any shares by an India company in JV or WOS, it is relevant to consider that if such financial commitment is more than US$5 million, valuation of the shares should be made by a Category I Merchant Banker registered with SEBI or an Investment Banker / Merchant Banker outside India registered with the appropriate regulatory authority in the foreign country. In all other cases the valuation should be carried out by a Chartered Accountant or a Certified Public Accountant.

Regulatory compliances under Companies Act, 2013

The Companies Act, 2013 (“Companies Act, 2013”) is a principal law regulating the rights and duties of a company incorporated in India. Do Mobile being an Indian company is under an obligation to undertake several compliances mentioned under the Companies Act.

Board of Directors

A private limited company is required to have minimum 2 directors and maximum 15 directors on its board of directors (“Board”). However, a private limited company may appoint more than 15 directors after passing a special resolution by its members in general meeting. Further, in terms of the Companies Act it is mandatory to have at least one director who stays in India for a total period of not less than 182 days during a financial year (April to March).

Dividends

As per the Companies Act, a company may if authorized by its articles of association (“Articles”), pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid-up on each share. A company in its general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board of a company. The shareholders do not have any power to declare any dividend, however, the same shall be approved by the shareholders in the annual general meeting of the company. Similarly, under the Companies Act, the dividend shall be declared or paid only out of profits of the company of that year after providing depreciation or out of the profits of the company for any previous financial year or years after providing for depreciation remaining undistributed, or out of both. Dividends are generally declared as a percentage of the par value of a company’s equity shares.

Bonus Shares

In addition to permitting dividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings as described above, the Companies Act permits a company to distribute an amount transferred from the reserve or surplus in the company’s profit and loss account to its shareholders in the form of fully paid-up bonus shares. The Companies Act permits issue of bonus shares when authorized by its Articles and shall not be issued in lieu of dividend. Bonus shares are distributed to shareholders in the proportion recommended by the Board of the company which has been authorized in annual general meeting.

Pre-emptive Rights and Issue of Additional Shares

The Companies Act gives equity shareholders a right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their respective existing shareholdings, unless otherwise determined by a special resolution passed by a general meeting of the shareholders. Under the Companies Act, in the event of an issuance of securities, subject to the limitations set forth above, a company must first offer the new shares to the shareholders on a fixed record date through “letter of offer”. The Companies Act permits any other person authorized by special resolution passed in a general meeting of the shareholders to subscribe new share of the company either for cash or consideration and company shall comply with the provisions of private placement for such issue to other person.

Meetings of Shareholders

A company must convene an annual general meeting of its shareholders each year within 15 months from the previous annual general meeting or within 6 months of the end of the previous fiscal year, whichever is earlier. In certain circumstances a 3 months extension may be granted by the Registrar of Companies to hold the annual general meeting. In addition, the board may convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders when necessary or

123

at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of the paid up capital carrying voting rights. Written notice setting out the agenda of any meeting must be given at least 21 days prior to the date of the general meeting to the shareholders of record, excluding the days of mailing and date of the meeting.

Register of Shareholders; Record Dates; Transfer of Shares

A company is required to maintain a register of shareholders either in physical form or held in electronic form. For the purpose of determining the shares entitled to annual dividends, the register is closed for a specified period prior to the annual general meeting. The date on which this period begins is the record date.

Audit and Annual Report

Under the Companies Act, a company must file its annual report with the Registrar of Companies within 30 days from the date of the annual general meeting. At least 21 days before the annual general meeting of shareholders, a company must distribute a detailed version of the company’s audited balance sheet and profit and loss account and the reports of the board of directors and the auditors thereon. A company must also file an annual return containing a list of the company’s shareholders and other company information, within 60 days of the conclusion of the annual general meeting.

Compliances on Employment or Labor Laws

In India, labor laws are considered as social-welfare legislation to govern the conditions of employment, with an aim to provide social security and to safeguard interests of both the employer and the employees. Labor law defines the rights and obligations as workers/employees and employers with respect to the workplace health and safety, employment standards including adequate wages, and limited hours of work.

An Indian company is governed by several labor laws, pursuant to which it has to mandatorily provide the employment benefits to its employees which include equal remuneration, gratuity, bonus, pension, provident funds (social security), employees’ insurance, maternity benefits and all other benefits to which an Indian company is mandatorily required to comply with.

Besides that, an Indian company must comply with the filing of periodical filings requirements and maintenance of registers under different labor statutes. The Shops and Establishment Act, Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 and Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 are some of the important labor laws which are applicable to an Indian company. Moreover, an Indian company is under an obligation to get the registration done under the Shops and Establishment Act and any other statute which obliges an Indian company to get itself registered mandatorily. An Indian company has exposure to various sanctions, fines, and penalties under the relevant laws upon non-compliance or violations of the provisions.

There are numerous Central and State labor legislations in India. The important ones and to the relevant in relation to Do Mobile are described herein below:

1.      Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 (“EPF Act”):    The EPF Act provides for the institution of provident funds, pension funds, and deposit linked insurance funds for employees. It applies to all factories and establishments employing 20 or more persons or class of persons. An establishment to which the EPF Act applies shall continue to be governed by the EPF Act, notwithstanding that the number of persons employed therein at any time falls below 20. Once an establishment gets covered under the EPF Act, branches of such establishment situated at any other place shall also be treated as parts of the same establishment. Employees drawing wages exceeding Rs. 15,000/- per month are excluded from the provisions of the EPF Act.

2.      Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 (“ESI Act”):    The ESI Act is a social welfare legislation enacted with the objective of providing certain benefits to employees in case of sickness, maternity and employment injury. It is applicable to all factories and establishment employing 10 or more persons with respect to the employees, including casual, temporary or contract employees drawing wages less than Rs. 21,000/- per month. The existing total employee state insurance contribution is 4% of wages, where the employer contribution is 3.25% and employees’ contribution is 0.75% of wages.

124

3.      Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 (“Gratuity Act”):    Under the Gratuity Act, employee needs to provide continuous service of 5 years to be eligible to receive gratuity. Gratuity becomes payable to an employee on retirement, resignation or termination of employment due to death/disablement on account of accident/disease. Condition of providing minimum 5 years of continuous service is not applicable in case of death/disablement. The Gratuity Act is applicable to every establishment in which 10 or more persons are employed or were employed on any day of the preceding 12 months. The gratuity is payable at the rate of 15 days wages based on the wages last drawn, for every year of completed service or part thereof in excess of 6 months, subject to an aggregate amount of Rs. 20,00,000/-. However, if an employee has the right to receive higher gratuity under a contract or under an award, then the employee is entitled to get higher gratuity.

4.      The Shops and Commercial Establishments Act (“Shops Act”):    The Shops Act of the respective States in India generally contain provisions relating to registration of an establishment, working hours, overtime, leave, notice pay, working conditions for women employees, etc. Certain industries like IT and IT-enabled services have been given relaxations by various State Governments in respect of the observance of certain provisions of their respective Shops Act.

5.      Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 (“POSH Act”):    The POSH Act was enacted by the Indian Parliament to provide protection against sexual harassment of women at workplace and prevention and redressal of complaints of sexual harassment and for matters connected therewith. The POSH Act makes it mandatory for every organisation to frame an anti-sexual harassment policy. Further an organisation having 10 or more employees is required to constitute an Internal Complaints Committee to entertain complaints that may be made by an aggrieved woman.

Applicability of Social Security Schemes i.e. Employees Provident Fund and Employees Pension Scheme to Expatriates working in India

The Government of India (Ministry of Labor and Employment) has extended the applicability of the Employees’ Provident Fund Scheme (EPFS) and the Employees’ Pension Scheme (EPS), notified under the EPF Act, to international workers through its notification Nos. G.S.R. 705(E) and 706(E), both dated October 01, 2008.

“International Worker” means:

a)       an Indian employee having worked or going to work in a foreign country with which India has entered into a social security agreement and being eligible to avail the benefits under a social security programme of that country, by virtue of the eligibility gained or going to gain, under the said agreement; or

b)      an employee other than an Indian employee, holding other than an Indian passport, working for an establishment in India to which the Act applies.

The aforesaid notifications further define the term “excluded employee” with reference to an international worker to mean “an international worker, who is contributing to a social security program of his/her country of origin, either as a citizen or resident, with whom India has entered into a social security agreement on a reciprocity basis and enjoying the status of a detached worker for the period and terms, as specified in such an agreement”.

Pursuant to the above notifications, every international worker employed with an establishment in India to whom the EPF Act applies (the EPF Act applies to an establishment employing 20 or more employees) would be required to become a member of the Employees Provident Fund, unless he/she qualifies as an excluded employee. International workers working in India with an establishment to which the EPF Act applies are required to contribute 12% of their salary (which includes basic pay, dearness allowance, retaining allowance and cash value of food concessions) under the EPF Act. However, in case the expatriates are from such countries with which India has entered into Social Security Agreements and are making contributions towards social security in their home countries, such expatriates would not be required to make contribution under the EPF Act. An International Worker may withdraw the full amount of accumulations in the fund on retirement from services at any time after the attainment of 58 years or on retirement on account of permanent or total incapacity to work due to bodily or mental infirmity.

125

Regulations related to Consumer Protection

With changing times, the economic and business environment of India also went through a change. India has now become a global trading partner with the world. This indeed exposed customers not only to new products but also new problems. The increase in usage of mobile handsets in India required protecting the interests of the consumers against deficiency in services and harassment by way of unfair trade practices and poor quality products. The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 (“CPA”) is a law of the Parliament of India which addresses the aforementioned concerns of the consumers in India. This statute also casts obligation on the traders, service providers and person to provide customer satisfaction through guarantee of quality, function, usage and after sales-services.

Forums for Redressal under CPA

With the aim to redress the consumer disputes, CPA provides for establishment of different consumer forums i.e. District Consumer Redressal Forum, State Consumer Redressal Forum and National Consumer Redressal Forum. CPA lays down the pecuniary jurisdiction in relation to each of the aforesaid forum for the purpose of entertaining the dispute arose in relation of value of particular goods or service. Accordingly, in case the consumer finds deficiency in goods or services, then he can file a complaint against the person before appropriate forum having pecuniary jurisdiction to entertain the dispute for such deficiency.

Regulations governing the Intellectual Property Rights

Intellectual Property Right (“IPR”) is a legal right governing the use of creations of the human mind. In India, there are several legislations which protects different IPRs, like trademark, patent, copyright, and domain name.

Trademark under Trade Marks Act, 1999

With the globalization of trade, brand names, trade names and marks have attained an immense value that require uniform minimum standards of protection and efficient procedures. India being a member nation to World Trade Organization has ratified the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights along with other member nations of WTO. In view of the same, India has amended and repealed its old Indian Trade and Merchandise Marks Act, 1958 and enacted new Trade Marks Act, 1999 (“TM Act”), to align with the international systems and practices.

The TM Act envisages the recognition and protection of the well-known trademark. The TM Act also provides for registration of trademarks, duration, removal, renewal and revocation of the trade mark. The Indian judiciary has been proactive in the protection of trademarks, and it has extended the protection to domain names under the TM Act. The trademark is initially registered for a period of 10 years, which is calculated from the date of filing of the application and in case of convention application from the date of priority.

Further, the registration of the trademark may be renewed for a period of 10 years from the date of expiration of the original registration or of the last renewal of registration. Such renewal application should be made at least 6 months prior to expiry of registration of the trademark. However, if such renewal application not is made within the said period, it can be filed within 6 months after the expiry of registration or the renewal as the case may be along with a late filing fee. Additionally, if such late filing fee is not paid, upon expiry of one year from the date of expiry of registration or the renewal as the case may be, such trademark will automatically be removed from the register of trademarks of concerned authority.

Regulations governing Import and Export of Goods

In India, the import and export of goods is governed by the Foreign Trade (Development & Regulation) Act, 1992 and India’s Export Import (EXIM) Policy. India’s Directorate General of Foreign Trade (“DGFT”) is the nodal authority to regulate all matters related to EXIM Policy. Importers are required to register with DGFT to obtain an Importer Exporter Code Number (“IE Code”) for undertaking import activities. Moreover, an exporter is not allowed to take benefits of exports from DGFT without having IE Code. After an IEC has been obtained, the source of items for import must be identified and declared by an importer.

The Indian Trade Classification — Harmonized System (ITC-HS) allows for the free import of most goods without a special import license. Majority of import items fall within the scope of India’s EXIM Policy regulation

126

of Open General License (OGL) which means that they are deemed to be freely importable without restrictions and without a license, except to the extent that they are regulated by the provisions of the EXIM Policy or any other law. Imports of items not covered by OGL are regulated.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that have not been fully resolved and that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. Except as described below, there was not at least a reasonable possibility the Company may have incurred a material loss, or a material loss in excess of a recorded accrual, with respect to loss contingencies for asserted legal and other claims.

On September 17, 2018, Mr. Wukai Song, the majority shareholder in Bridgetime filed a complaint with India National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) against Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, the directors of Do Mobile, alleging mismanagement of corporate affairs, embezzlement of funds and absenting themselves from the management of Do Mobile. Further, Mr. Wukai Song sought the following relief from NCLT:

•        prevent Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from exercising any of their powers as directors of Do Mobile;

•        restrain Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from operating the bank account of Do Mobile and restraining DBS Bank from acting on the instructions of Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li;

•        permit the company secretary of Do Mobile to carry out the daily affairs of the company which are ordinarily carried out by the directors of a company, until a new board of directors of Do Mobile is constituted and to file an application seeking extension of the date for holding an annual general meeting beyond September 30, 2018;

•        appoint Mr. Amit Kumar and Mr. Chen Huiyun as interim directors of Do Mobile; and

•        direct Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, directors of Do Mobile, to hand over all documents and material related to Do Mobile in their possession, back to Do Mobile and sign all statutory documents and filings to be made for the time period when they were acting as directors of Do Mobile.

On November 16, 2018 and November 15, 2018, Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, respectively, filed an answer with NCLT. Further, on November 17, 2018, Mr. Wukai Song filed an application for interim relief seeking removal of Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from the board of directors of Do Mobile.

On September 30, 2019, NCLT issued its interim order which allowed Mr. Wukai Song to carry-out certain statutory compliances of Do Mobile, and NCLT has also directed Ms. Ekta Grover, director of Do Mobile, to handover the digital signature of directors to Mr. Wukai Song for carrying-out said statutory compliances and undertaking its business pending resolution of the litigation.

Since the litigation is against the directors of Do Mobile, both Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, directors of Do Mobile, do not attend to the affairs of Do Mobile. As a result, Do Mobile currently does not have an effective board and is facing significant challenges in its daily operation. For instance, Do Mobile has been unable to undertake certain corporate actions, such as: (a) convening and holding board meetings of Do Mobile as mandatorily required under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 every year; (b) convening an annual general meeting where among other things, the Do Mobile shareholders approve and adopt the financial statements of Do Mobile as required under the Companies Act, 2013; (c) reporting annual compliances with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 through various e-forms with the office of the Registrar of Companies, Ministry of Corporate Affairs; (d) submitting an annual report titled ‘Foreign Liabilities and Assets’ each year as required by companies receiving foreign direct investment and other related compliances under Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999; and (e) maintenance of statutory registers as required under various applicable laws.

The above-mentioned instances of non-compliance expose Do Mobile to potential fines and penalties. Do Mobile directors and officers may also be prosecuted for such non-compliance under the official-in-default doctrine in the Companies Act, 2013, should they fail to undertake their statutory duties to act in the best interest of Do Mobile.

As of the date of this prospectus, this litigation against Ekta Grover and Yunchuan Li is still pending before Delhi Bench of the NCLT and the further hearing on the matter was to be held on May 25, 2020, which, due to the COVID-19 lockdown in India, has been rescheduled to a date still to be determined. The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain.

127

Since the litigation commenced, all major decisions for Do Mobile have been made by the Company’s group headquarters in Shenzhen, China. Such decisions inter alia include decisions relating to the type and quantum of products to be released in the market. Furthermore, all sales and marketing strategy for Do Mobile is also presently being formulated from the corporate headquarter in Shenzhen, China. However, Do Mobile is making its own decisions relating to customer acquisition, recruitment of sales forces and office administration.

In order to avoid operational challenges in Do Mobile on account of on-going litigation at NCLT, the Company has nominated the following persons to manage the daily operations of Do Mobile:

•        Andy Liu, Vice President of Overseas Department at UTime SZ, manages daily external affairs related to clients, vendors, products, sales & purchase, marketing, business development, etc.

•        Wukai Song manages daily internal affairs related to finance, human resource, office administration, etc.

•        Do Mobile has also inducted another officer in India, Tarun Garg, to manage the banking and accounting operations of Do Mobile. He is working in close coordination with Shibin Yu, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and Wendy Long, an accountant from corporate headquarters in Shenzhen, China. In addition to this, Tarun Garg is also assisting Wukai Song and Andy Liu in relation to day-to-day operations of the Do Mobile in India.

While Do Mobile has been receiving requisite direction on significant decisions relating to its operations and management, such remote governance is not a long-term substitute for an active board of directors dedicated to manage the business and affairs of Do Mobile. For instance, in case Do Mobile requires to execute or amend any material contract, there remains certain ambiguity as to who is authorized to do so for and on behalf of Do Mobile pending resolution of the said litigation and a functional board of directors.

In this regard, Do Mobile has started taking steps to appoint a new board of directors, however, the procedure has been delayed due to the current COVID-19 lockdown in India. As a result, Do Mobile’s ability to regain the above-mentioned corporate compliance by appointing new board of directors is limited until the COVID-19 lockdown is lifted.

On August 24, 2018, UTime GZ submitted an arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu GZ”) at Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (“SCIA”), alleging Nianfu GZ defaulted on payment of RMB7,428,592.35 (US$1.1 million) under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime GZ and Nianfu GZ (No. GZNF-GZLD2017-386, the “Service Agreement”), and seeking compensation losses. The arbitration application filed by UTime GZ was accepted by SCIA at the same date. On July 24, 2019, the SCIA rendered a judgment awarding that (i) Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB1,748,689.70 (US$0.2 million) for the balance for goods to UTime GZ; (ii) Nianfu GZ shall pay UTime GZ the property preservation fees and legal fees of RMB18,728.70 (US$2,648.0) in total. This judgment has taken effect and UTime GZ has received the amount of RMB1,816,621.90 (US$0.3 million) on September 23, 2019. On August 14, 2019, UTime GZ has submitted a new arbitration against Nianfu GZ at SCIA, mainly because our management was not satisfied with the amount of the compensation awarded by the SCIA, seeking termination of the Service Agreement and the payment of RMB5,932,637.83 (US$0.8 million) by Nianfu GZ under the Service Agreement. The new arbitration application was accepted by SCIA on September 3, 2019 and the tribunal heard the case on November 14, 2019. On March 16, 2020, a new judgment was rendered by the arbitration tribunal awarding that the Service Agreement shall be terminated and Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB5,679,902.65 (US$0.8 million) to UTime GZ.

On August 23, 2018, UTime SZ submitted an arbitration against Shenzhen Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu SZ”) at SCIA, alleging Nianfu SZ defaulted on payment of RMB1,913,616.60 (US$0.3 million) under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime SZ and Nianfu SZ, seeking compensation losses. On August 24, 2018, SCIA has accepted the arbitration application filed by UTime SZ. On March 26, 2019, Nianfu SZ submitted an application for suspending the arbitration hearing to SCIA due to that it was going through the bankruptcy proceedings. On March 29, 2019, SCIA issued the Correspondence No. Hua Nan Guo Zhong Shen Fa [2019] D3704 stating that the arbitration tribunal decided to suspend the case (No. SHEN DX20180565) from March 29, 2019, and the time for resuming the arbitration procedure shall be notified by the arbitration tribunal separately. As of the date of this prospectus, UTime SZ has not received any notice from the tribunal to resume the arbitration process.

The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain. If one or more legal matters were resolved against us in a reporting period for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our financial condition and operating results for that reporting period could be materially adversely affected. Refer to the risk factor “We could be impacted by unfavorable results of legal proceedings, and may, from time to time, be involved in future litigation in which substantial monetary damages are sought.”

128

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Minfei Bao

 

47

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Yihuang Chen

 

41

 

Chief Operating Officer

Honggang Cao

 

39

 

Chief Manufacturing Officer

Shibin Yu

 

36

 

Chief Financial Officer

Min He

 

34

 

Director Nominee

David Bolocan

 

55

 

Independent Director Nominee

Lawrence G. Eckles

 

61

 

Independent Director Nominee

Mo Zou

 

31

 

Independent Director Nominee

Minfei Bao, our founder, has served as our Chief Executive Officer since December 2019 and our Chairman of the Board of Directors since October 2018. Mr. Bao has also served as the Chief Executive Officer of UTime SZ since June 2008. From March 2006 to March 2008, Mr. Bao served as the general manager at United Creation Technology Co., Ltd., a mobile phone manufacturer (currently publicly traded on Chinese National Equities Exchange And Quotations Co., Ltd., or NEEQ). From March 1999 to March 2006, Mr. Bao served as Vice President at TCL Communication Technology Holdings Limited, a global mobile terminal manufacturer and internet service provider. From May 1997 to March 1999, Mr. Bao served as a manager in wireless technology application department at UTStarcom Incorporated, a global telecom infrastructure provider (NASDAQ: UTSI). Mr. Bao received a B.A. from the University of Electronic Science and Technology of China (UESTC). We believe Mr. Bao’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Yihuang Chen has served as our Chief Operating Officer since December 2019 and has been the Senior Vice President of Product of UTime SZ since March 2015. From July 2011 to August 2015, Mr. Chen served as a Vice President of Product at Shenzhen Hongyu Technology Co., Ltd, an optical and optoelectronic materials provider. From April 2009 to June 2011, Mr. Chen served as a Vice President at Shenzhen Suopuxunda Technology Co., Ltd, a mobile terminal provider. From July 2008 to March 2009, Mr. Chen served as a Director of Product at Beijing Songliankate Co., Ltd. From July 2003 to June 2008, Mr. Chen served as a Senior Project Manager and Senior Structural Engineer at Amoi Technology Co., Ltd, a mobile terminal manufacturer and service provider (currently publicly traded on Shanghai Stock Exchange). Mr. Chen received a B.A. from the Guilin University of Technology.

Honggang Cao has served as our Chief Manufacturing Officer since December 2019 and has been the Senior Vice President of Manufacture of UTime SZ since December 2010. From December 2009 to 2010, Mr. Cao served as the Head of Quality Control and Procurement Manager at Shenzhen Geli Telecommunication Technology Co., Ltd. From September 2006 to August 2008, Mr. Cao served as the Head of Quality Control at United Creation Technology Co., Ltd, a mobile phone manufacturer (currently publicly traded on NEEQ). From July 2004 to August 2006, Mr. Cao served as a Quality Engineer at TCL Communication Technology Holdings Limited, a global mobile terminal manufacturer and internet service provider. Mr. Cao received a B.A. from the North University of China.

Shibin Yu has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2019 and has been the financial manager and controller of UTime SZ since March 2019. From June 2017 to March 2019, Mr. Yu served as a senior associate at BDO Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP. From November 2013 to April 2017, Mr. Yu served as the Taxation Supervisor at Edan Instruments, Inc, a Medical Electronic Equipment manufacturer (currently publicly traded on SZSE: 300326). From February 2012 to September 2013, Mr. Yu served as the Accounting Head at Shenzhen Dazu Photovoltaic Technology Co., Ltd, a photovoltaic equipment provider. Mr. Yu received a B.A. from Dezhou University. Mr. Yu is also qualified as a Certified Public Accountants in China and is a CFA Charterholder.

Min He will serve as our director as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. From January 2014 to present, Mr. He has served as Chairman at Dongyang Changhe Industry Co., Ltd. From August 2011 to December 2013, Mr. He served as Chairman at Hengdian Group Zhejiang DMEGC Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. From December 2010 to July 2011, Mr. He served as Chairman at Kaifeng DMEGC

129

Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. Mr. He received his B.S. from Kingston University, London. We believe Mr. He’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

David Bolocan will serve as our independent director as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Bolocan has over 25 years of experience in retail banking and payments, with extensive expertise in deposit product development, pricing, marketing, advertising, distribution, customer segmentation, lifecycle management, and portfolio management. He became the Executive Director for Deposits and Consumer Segments at BBVA USA, a commercial bank with $80 Billion in assets, in August 2018. In this role he is the CEO of a business line with $2 Billion in revenue, and sets the direction for consumer deposit products design, pricing, marketing, fulfillment and servicing. In addition, Mr. Bolocan is responsible for marketing, sales incentives and analytics, engineering prioritization, specialty programs and strategic initiatives for the Retail Line of Business. Prior to BBVA, Mr. Bolocan was a senior managing director and Head of Retail Banking Solutions at Argus Information, which is owned by Verisk, from June 2013 to 2018. In this role Bolocan provided consulting services and managed benchmarking and scoring products for 25 retail banks in the US and Canada. Mr. Bolocan served on the board of Cellular Biomedicine Group, Inc., a NASDAQ listed company from 2012 to 2016, and he was the compensation committee chair and a member of the audit committee. Mr. Bolocan received an MS/MBA from the MIT Sloan School of Management and a BA from Harvard University in Computer Science and Economics. We believe Mr. Bolocan’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Lawrence G. Eckles will serve as our independent director as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. From July 2010 to September 2016, Mr. Eckles served in Rate Forecasting & Indirect Budget Management as the Lead of the Spacecraft Overhead Pool, at The Boeing Company Satellite Division (currently publicly traded on NYSE: BA). From 2006 to 2010, Mr. Eckles served as an Overhead Rate Manager & Administrator at The Boeing Company Directed Energy Systems (DES) Division. From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Eckles served as the Lead Overhead focal for Laser and Electro-Optic Systems (L&EOS) Engineering at The Boeing Company Rocketdyne Division. Prior to that, Mr. Eckles served as a Lead Engineering Program Planner on the Expendable Launch Vehicle (ELV) program and the Peacekeeper Missile program at Rockwell International Corporation, formerly North American Rockwell Corporation, one of the country’s leading aerospace contractors, making launch vehicles and spacecraft for the U.S. space program. Mr. Eckles received his B.S. from The Ohio State University (OSU). We believe Mr. Eckles’ extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Mo Zou will serve as our independent director as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. From December 2016 to July 2019, Mr. Zou served as the Head of Logistics, Marketing Management Department at Chengdu CEC Panda Co., Ltd. From February 2015 to November 2016, Mr. Zou served as Co-Chairman at Convoy Financial Holdings Limited Sichuan Branch (currently publicly traded on HKEx: 1019). From October 2012 to January 2015, Mr. Zou served as manager of Investment Development Head Office, G108 Project manager of Project Bidding Office, manager of Economic Department, The First Research Institute of Head Office at The IT Electronics Eleventh Design & Research Institute Scientific and Technological Engineering Co., Ltd. Mr. Zou received his B.S. from University of Manchester and M.S. from Aston University. Mr. Zou is also qualified as a Financial Risks Manager (FRM) and is a CFA Charterholder. We believe Mr. Zou’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period — typically for one year. We may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties. We may also terminate an executive officer’s employment without cause upon thirty days’ advance written notice. In such case of termination by us, we will provide severance payments to the executive officer as expressly required by applicable law of the jurisdiction where the executive officer is based. The executive officer may resign at any time with a thirty days’ advance written notice.

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, at all times during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential information, or the

130

confidential or proprietary information disclosed to the executive officer by or obtained by the executive officer from us either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential.

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and typically for one year following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (i) approach our suppliers, clients, customers or contacts or other persons or entities introduced to the executive officer in his or her capacity as a representative of us for the purpose of doing business with such persons or entities that will harm our business relationships with these persons or entities; (ii) assume employment with or provide services to any of our competitors, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of our competitors, without our express consent; or (iii) seek directly or indirectly, to solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by us on or after the date of the executive officer’s termination, or in the year preceding such termination, without our express consent.

We have also entered into agreements with all director nominees whose service will begin upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the agreements, each director nominee agreed to attend and participate in such number of meetings of the Board and of the committees of which he or she may become a member as regularly or specially called, and will agree to serve as a director for a year and be up for re-election each year at our annual shareholder meeting. The directors’ services will be compensated by cash under the agreement in an amount determined by the Board.

Board of Directors and Committees

Our board of directors will consist of five directors upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company to qualify to serve as a director. A director may vote with respect to any contract, proposed contract, or arrangement in which he or she is materially interested. A director may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its business, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Immediately upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part, we will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee under the board of directors. We have adopted a charter for each of the three committees prior to the completion of this offering. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee.    Our audit committee will consist of Messrs. David Bolocan, Lawrence G. Eckles and Mo Zou and will be chaired by David Bolocan. We have determined that each of these three director nominees satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have determined that Mr. David Bolocan qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of the Company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        selecting the independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm;

•        reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

•        reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

•        discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

•        reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any special steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

131

•        annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

•        meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

•        monitoring compliance with our code of ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance; and

•        reporting regularly to the board.

Compensation Committee.    Our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. David Bolocan, Lawrence G. Eckles and Mo Zou, and will be chaired by Mr. Mo Zou. We have determined that each of these directors satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which their compensation is deliberated upon. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

•        reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;

•        reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or other similar arrangements; and

•        selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.    Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. David Bolocan, Lawrence G. Eckles and Mo Zou, and will be chaired by Mr. Lawrence G. Eckles. We have determined that each of these directors satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        recommending nominees to the board for election or re-election to the board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy on the board;

•        reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience, expertise, diversity and availability of service to us;

•        selecting and recommending to the board the names of directors to serve as members of the audit committee and the compensation committee, as well as of the nominating and corporate governance committee itself;

•        developing and reviewing the corporate governance principles adopted by the board and advising the board with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance and our compliance with such laws and practices; and

•        evaluating the performance and effectiveness of the board as a whole.

Code of Ethics

We currently do not have a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. However, we intend to adopt one upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us.

132

Controlled Company

We are a “controlled company” as defined under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules because Mr. Bao holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering. For so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and may rely, on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We currently do not intend to utilize these exemptions. However, in the event we decide to utilize these exemptions in the future. In any case, these exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships, or other arrangements or understandings between or among any of the directors, executive officers or other person pursuant to which such person was selected to serve as a director or officer.

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

(i)     duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

(ii)    duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

(iii)   directors should not properly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

(iv)   duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

(v)    duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

(vi)   duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

133

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the afore-mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Furthermore, each of our officers and directors has pre-existing fiduciary obligations to other businesses of which they are officers or directors.

Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. A shareholder may in certain limited exceptional circumstances have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by our directors is breached. You should refer to “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our standard of corporate governance under Cayman Islands law.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors and the shareholders voting by ordinary resolution. Our directors are not subject to a set term of office and hold office until the next general meeting called for the election of directors and until their successor is duly appointed or such time as they die, resign or are removed from office by a shareholders’ ordinary resolution. The office of a director will be vacated automatically if, among other things, the director resigns in writing, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his/her creditors generally or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, we paid an aggregate of RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million) in cash to our executive officers, and we did not pay any cash compensation to our non-executive directors. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers. Our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated variable interest entity are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

Equity Awards

We have not granted any equity awards to our directors or executive officers during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020.

Incentive Compensation

We do not maintain any cash incentive or bonus programs and did not maintain any such programs during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020.

134

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than the executive and director compensation and indemnification arrangements discussed in “Management,” and the transactions described below, we have not entered into any transactions to which we have been or are a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Revenue from related parties and amounts due from/to Philectronics Inc. (“Philectronics”)

We recorded net amount of RMB12.0 million (US$1.8 million), RMB0.8 million (US$0.1 million) and RMB0 (US$0) in revenues from Philectronics, an equity method investee of the Company, in fiscal years 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2019, the amount due from Philectronics was RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million), RMB0.5 million (US$0.1 million) and RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million), respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2019, the amount due to Philectronics was RMB0 (US$0), RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million) and RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million), respectively.

Due from Related Parties

Amounts due from related parties are those non-trade receivables arising from transactions between the Company and its certain related parties, such as advances to these related parties.

 


As of March 31,

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

2018

 

2019

 
   

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

Mr. Bo Tang(i)

 

711

 

181

 

Mr. Bao(ii)

 

4,748

 

 

1,786

Mr. Yunchuan Li(iii)

 

94

 

101

 

Mr. Min He(iv)

 

 

 

11,429

   

6,878

 

807

 

13,766

____________

(i)       In fiscal year 2018, Mr. Bo Tang, who held non-controlling interests of UTime SZ before February 2018, obtained an advance from the Company of RMB0.5 million (US$0.1 million). The advance was fully settled in July 2019. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus, no amount was due from Mr. Tang.

(ii)     In December 2019, Mr. Bao repaid RMB0.7 million to the Company. It is expected that the remaining RMB1.1 million due from Mr. Bao will be offset as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part by the outstanding loan balance of RMB1.4 million due to Mr. Bao from the Company. For more information, see “— Loans from Mr. Bao” below.

(iii)    Mr. Yunchuan Li is a former director and shareholder of Bridgetime. Amounts due from Mr. Li represent the share subscription fee for 15,000 shares of Bridgetime at par value of US$1.00 per share. On April 4, 2019, Mr. Li’s shares were forfeited. Please refer to “History and Corporate Structure” section above. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus, no amount was due from Mr. Li.

(iv)    On April 19, 2019, UTime SZ approved a board resolution that approved Mr. He, the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited, to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21.4 million (US$3.2 million) of which RMB10.0 million (US$1.4 million) was received during the six months ended September 30, 2019. On November 12, 2019, Mr. He paid RMB5.0 million (US$0.7 million) to the Company. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus, the amount due from Mr. He was RMB11.4 million (US$1.6 million) and RMB6.4 million (US$0.9 million), respectively. The Company expects to receive the remaining balance of RMB6.4 million after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

135

Due to Related Parties

Amounts due to related parties are nontrade payables arising from transactions between the Company and its certain related parties, such as advances and loans made by the related party on behalf of the Company.

 

As of March 31,

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

2018

 

2019

 
   

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

 

RMB’000

Shenzhen Kaiweixin Technology Co., Ltd. (“Kaiweixin”)(i)

 

23,884

 

23,035

 

Mr. Bao(ii)

 

8,006

 

1,828

 

327

   

31,890

 

24,863

 

327

____________

(i)      Kaiweixin is a company wholly owned by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement with Mr. Wukai Song. On September 2, 2019, UTime SZ approved a shareholder resolution to allow Mr. Bao to invest RMB23.9 million (US$3.5 million) as UTime SZ’s equity interest. The consideration primarily consisted of the amounts due to Kaiweixin. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus, no amount was due to Kaiweixin.

(ii)     Amounts due to Mr. Bao consist of a combination of advances and loans. See “— Loans from Mr. Bao” for more information regarding loans payable to Mr. Bao.

Loans from Mr. Bao

From 2017 to 2019, UTime SZ, as borrower, entered into loan agreements with Mr. Bao for business operational purposes. These borrowings were non-interest bearing and carry 10-year terms. From January 2020 to May 2020, UTime SZ borrowed an aggregate of RMB4.6 million (US$0.7 million) from Mr. Bao for additional working capital demand arisen in connection with the COVID-19 outbreak. Such loans are non-interest bearing and carry 10-year terms. Transaction details are listed below:

 

RMB’000

Balance as of March 31, 2017

 

 

Addition

   

 

October 2017

 

5,000

 

Repayment

   

 

February 2018

 

(1,300

)

Balance as of March 31, 2018(i)

 

3,700

 

Addition

   

 

June 2018

 

1,300

 

Repayment

   

 

April 2018

 

(600

)

July 2018

 

(1,000

)

November 2018

 

(500

)

December 2018

 

(500

)

January 2019

 

(150

)

Balance as of March 31, 2019(ii)

 

2,250

 

Repayment

   

 

May 2019

 

(1,300

)

June 2019

 

(950

)

Balance as of September 30, 2019

 

 

Addition

   

 

January 2020

 

1,700

 

March 2020

 

2,000

 

April 2020

 

500

 

May 2020

 

400

 

Repayment

   

 

January 2020

 

(1,000

)

February 2020

 

(700

)

April 2020

 

(1,000

)

May 2020

 

(500

)

Balance as of the date of this prospectus(iii)

 

1,400

 

____________

(i)      As of March 31, 2018, a loan balance of RMB3.7 million was included in the total amounts due to Mr. Bao. See “— Amounts Due to Related Parties” above.

136

(ii)     As of March 31, 2019, a loan balance of RMB2.3 million was offset by a balance receivable from Mr. Bao of RMB0.5 million, resulting in the net balance of RMB1.8 million recorded as total amounts due to Mr. Bao. See “— Amounts Due to Related Parties” above.

(iii)    The balance of RMB1.4 million will be used to offset any remaining balance due from Mr. Bao as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Variable Interest Entity Arrangements

See “Contractual Arrangements with the VIE and its Respective Shareholders.”

Share Issuances

On October 9, 2018, we issued 12,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, to Mr. Bao, our founder, chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors, in connection with our incorporation, for consideration of $1,200. In May 2019, these shares were transferred to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands that is wholly owned by Mr. Bao.

On June 3, 2019, we issued 377,514 ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, to HMercury Capital Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Island that is wholly owned by Mr. He, our director nominee, pursuant to a certain share subscription agreement, for consideration of $37.75.

In April 2020, we repurchased 7,620,000 and 239,721 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from our shareholders Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited, respectively, pursuant to a share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited on April 29, 2020. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 4,380,000 ordinary shares, representing 96.95% of equity interest and 137,793 ordinary shares, representing 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively, as of the date of this prospectus.

137

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by our officers, directors, and 5% or greater beneficial owners of ordinary shares. There is no other person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. The person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any security of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, the person identified in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by him, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise noted, the business address for each of our directors and executive officers is c/o UTime Limited, 7th Floor, Building 5A, Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China, 518061.

Name of Beneficial Owners

 

Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering

 

Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned After This Offering

Number

 

%(1)

 

Number

 

%(2)

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers:

       

 

       

 

Minfei Bao(3)

 

4,380,000

 

96.95

%

 

4,380,000

 

52.98

%

Yihuang Chen

 

 

 

 

 

 

Honggang Cao

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shibin Yu

 

 

 

 

 

 

Min He(4)

 

137,793

 

3.05

%

 

137,793

 

1.67%

 

David Bolocan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lawrence G. Eckles

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mo Zou

 

 

 

 

 

 

5% or Greater Shareholders:

       

 

       

 

Grandsky Phoenix Limited(3)

 

4,380,000

 

96.95

%

 

4,380,000

 

52.98

%

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (eight individuals)

 

4,517,793

 

100

%

 

4,517,793

 

54.64

%

____________

(1)      Based on 4,517,793 shares issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

(2)      Based on 8,267,793 shares issued and outstanding following this offering.

(3)      The business address of Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, is OMC Chambers, Wickams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. As sole director and holder of all of the equity interest in Grandsky Phoenix Limited, Minfei Bao, our chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors, has voting and dispositive power with respect to all of our ordinary shares held by Grandsky Phoenix Limited.

(4)      Represents the 137,793 shares held by HMercury Capital Limited, a British Virgins Islands company. The business address of HMercury Capital Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Min He, our director nominee, is the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited and has voting and dispositive power with respect to all of our ordinary shares held by HMercury Capital Limited.

138

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

Incorporation

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability incorporated on October 9, 2018. Our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the Companies Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to below as the Companies Law.

Share Capital

Our share capital is $15,000 divided into 140,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each. As of the date of this prospectus, 4,517,793 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our memorandum and articles of association are subject to provisions of the Companies Law (see “— Differences in Corporate Law” below) and will include provisions to the following effects:

Share Rights

Without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing ordinary shares or class of shares, any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or subject to such restrictions as our board of directors shall determine. We may issue redeemable shares.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to Cayman law, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Voting Rights

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of two or more holders of shares together holding (or representing by proxy) not less than an aggregate of a majority of the total voting power of all shares in issue and entitled to vote present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative. Voting at meetings takes place by show of hands or by a poll of shares represented at the meeting. Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to a class of shares, a shareholder present in person (or if an entity, present by a duly authorized representative, which is deemed equivalent to being present in person and is referred to as such hereafter) or by proxy is entitled to one vote on a show of hands regardless of the number of shares held, provided that where more than one proxy is appointed by a shareholder that is a clearing house or central depository house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. On a poll every shareholder present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every fully paid share held.

Voting will be by show of hands unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded by: the chairman of the meeting or a shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting.

An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires a simple majority of votes cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires no less than two-thirds of the votes cast. A special resolution is required for important matters such as a change of name. Our shareholders may effect certain changes by ordinary resolution, including increasing the amount of our authorized share capital, consolidating and dividing all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amounts than our existing shares and cancelling any shares. As described below, some types of corporate actions may be approved only by special resolution.

139

Dividends and Other Distributions; Liquidation Rights

Subject to the capital maintenance provisions of the Companies Law, which, inter alia, permit distributions to be made only out of profits available for the purpose or from share premium, the directors may declare and pay dividends and other distributions out of the funds of the Company available therefor. The Companies Law prohibits the payment of any dividend if payment would cause us to be unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Only our board of directors may declare dividends and, except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to a particular class of shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the ordinary shares on which the dividend is paid.

Except as provided by the rights and restrictions attached to any class of ordinary shares, under general law, the holders of our shares will be entitled to participate in any surplus assets in a winding up in proportion to their shareholdings. A liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of our assets and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members.

Variation of Rights

Rights attached to any class of shares may be varied or abrogated by a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class.

Pre-Emption Rights

There are no pre-emption rights applicable to the issue of new shares under either Cayman Islands law or our memorandum and articles of association.

Alteration of Share Capital

We may by ordinary resolution increase, consolidate or sub-divide our share capital.

Purchase of Own Ordinary Shares

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, our board of directors may authorize the purchase of any of our own shares of any class in any way and at any price (whether at par or above or below par) out of our distributable profits, share premium capital, capital and/or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of financing the purchase, in accordance with the Companies Law.

Shareholder Meetings

Meetings of shareholders are known as general meetings and comprise of an annual general meeting and any other general meetings, known as extraordinary general meetings, that may be called and held from time to time. We may but are not obliged by our memorandum and articles of association to hold an annual general meeting in each year, other than the year in which these articles are adopted. General meetings may be held at such times and places as may be determined by our board of directors.

Extraordinary general meetings may be called only:

•        by a majority of our board of directors; or

•        on the requisition of shareholders holding not less than one third of the votes attributable to the issued shares giving the right to attend and vote thereat.

A general meeting must be called by not less than 5 clear days’ notice (meaning calendar days excluding the date the notice is given or deemed given and the date of the meeting), unless shorter notice is agreed.

No business, except for the appointment of a chairman for the meeting, shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of shareholders is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Other than a meeting or action regarding the modification of the rights of any class of shares, two shareholders present at a meeting in person or by proxy, entitled to vote shall be a quorum.

140

Directors

Our board of directors must consist of at least one director who can be appointed by ordinary resolution of shareholders or, in the case of vacancies and newly created directorships, by our board of directors. Our directors are not required to hold any ordinary shares in the capital of the Company to qualify.

Our directors may receive such compensation as they may from time to time determine. A director may be entitled to be repaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred by him or her in attending meetings of the board of directors or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director.

Our board of directors may provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or otherwise, for any past or present director or employee of our Company or any of its subsidiaries or any corporate body associated with, or any business acquired by, any of them, and for any member of his family or any person who is or was dependent on him.

Borrowing Powers

Our board of directors may exercise all the powers of our Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of our Company, and to issue debentures, debenture shares and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of our Company or of any third-party.

Indemnity of Directors and Officers

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that our current and former directors and officers will be indemnified out of our assets against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or willful default. In addition, our memorandum and articles of association provide that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless their liability arises out of actual fraud or willful default.

We intend to enter into agreements with our directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided in our memorandum and articles of association. We intend to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers.

These provisions may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Change of Control

Provisions in our memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our board of directors. Such provisions may reduce the price that investors may be willing to pay for our ordinary shares in the future, which could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares.

141

These provisions include:

•        a requirement that extraordinary general meetings of shareholders be called only by a majority of the board of directors or, in limited circumstances, by the board upon shareholder requisition; and

•        the authority of our board of directors to issue preferred shares with such terms as our board of directors may determine.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of the Company. As described below in “— Differences in Corporate Law — Mergers and Similar Arrangements” the Companies Law provides for arrangements or compromises between a company and its shareholders, creditors, any class of its shareholders, or any class of its creditors that are used for certain types of reconstructions, amalgamations, capital reorganizations or takeovers.

The Companies Law includes provisions relating to takeovers and provides that where a takeover offer is made for the shares of a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and, within four months after the making of the offer the offeror has been approved by the holders of not less than 90 percent in value of the shares affected, the offeror may, within two months, by notice require shareholders who do not accept the offer to transfer their shares to the offeror on the terms of the offer.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In order to increase the number of authorized shares, we are required to obtain the approval of a majority of our shareholders.

Our board of directors is empowered to authorize and issue, out of our authorized but unissued shares, one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by Cayman law. The resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series. The existence of authorized but unissued shares and our board of directors’ authority to issue new classes of shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exempted Company

We are a Cayman Islands exempt company incorporated with limited liability. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands (other than incidental business) may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

•        an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

•        an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

•        an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

•        an exempted company may issue shares with no par value;

•        an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

142

•        an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

•        an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

•        an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Law. The Companies Law is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware in the United States and their shareholders.

We believe that the differences with respect to our being a Cayman Islands exempted company as opposed to a Delaware corporation do not pose additional material risks to investors, other than the risks described under “Risk Factors — As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and NASDAQ governance standards than domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares, and you may not receive corporate and company information and disclosure that you are accustomed to receiving or in a manner in which you are accustomed to receiving it, “— We may become subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands which would negatively affect our results,” “— There may be a risk of us being subject to tax in jurisdictions in which we do not currently consider ourselves to have any tax resident subsidiaries or permanent establishments” and “— Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.”

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

In certain circumstances, the Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies (provided that is facilitated by the laws of the other jurisdiction) and any such company may be the surviving entity for the purposes of mergers or the consolidated company for the purposes of consolidations. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must, in most instances, then be authorized by a special resolution (usually a majority of 66 2/3% in value) of the shareholders of each constituent company and such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders, provided a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of each subsidiary company to be merged (unless waived by such members). For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least 90% of the votes cast at its general meeting are held by the parent company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands. The plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies who, if satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (2020 Revision) which includes certain other formalities, have been complied with, will register it. The filing must include a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent two-thirds in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either

143

in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

•        the company is not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question, the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class and that the meeting was properly constituted;

•        the arrangement is such that it may reasonably be approved by an intelligent and honest man of that share class acting in respect of his interest; and

•        the arrangement is not one which would be more properly sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law, or that would amount to ‘fraud on the minority’.

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may after the expiration of such four months, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

If the arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholder Suits

In general, we will be the proper plaintiff in any action to protect and enforce our rights and such an action cannot be brought by a minority shareholder on behalf of our company. However, this does not prevent a shareholder bringing proceedings to protect its individual rights. In addition, in some circumstances, a minority shareholder may be able to bring a derivative action on behalf of our company where:

•        Those who control our company are perpetrating a ‘fraud on the minority’;

•        We are acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

•        The act complained of, although not beyond the scope of our company’s authority, could be effected only if duly authorized by more than a simple majority vote, which has not been obtained.

Protection of Minority Shareholders

In the case of a company (not being a bank) having its share capital divided into shares, the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may, on the application of members holding not less than one fifth of the shares of the company in issue, appoint an inspector to examine the affairs of the company and to report thereon in such manner as the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands shall direct.

Any of our shareholders may petition the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands which may make a winding up order if the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that we should be wound up or, as an alternative to a winding up order, (a) an order regulating the conduct of our affairs in the future, (b) an order requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing an act complained of by the shareholder petitioner or to do an act which the shareholder petitioner has complained we have omitted to do, (c) an order authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in our name and on our behalf by the shareholder petitioner on such terms as the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may direct, or (d) an order providing for the purchase of the shares of any of our shareholders by other shareholders or us and, in the case of a purchase by us, a reduction of our capital accordingly.

Generally, claims against us must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or individual rights as shareholders as established by our memorandum and articles of association.

144

Fiduciary Duties of Directors

Our directors owe a duty of loyalty, honesty and good faith to our Company. A director must act bona fide in what he or she considers is in the best interest of our Company. A director also owes a duty to act with diligence, skill and care. A director must exercise the powers that are vested in them for the purpose for which they are conferred and not for a collateral purpose. A director must not place themselves in a position which there is a conflict between their duty to our Company and their personal interests. However, by contrast to Delaware law, the fiduciary duties of directors are not as clearly established under Cayman Islands law.

Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”). Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

(a)     the subscriber makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the subscriber’s name at a recognized financial institution; or

(b)    the subscriber is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or

(c)     the application is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (1) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Law (2019 Revision) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering or (2) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

145

Data Protection — Cayman Islands

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Law, 2017 of the Cayman Islands (the “DPL”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

Privacy Notice

Introduction

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the Company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPL (“personal data”).

In the following discussion, the “Company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

Investor Data

We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPL, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPL, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPL or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

Who this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The Company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:

(i)     where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;

(ii)    where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or

(iii)   where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

146

Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.

Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.

We anticipates disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the US, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.

The Data Protection Measures We Take

Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPL.

We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

Written Consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent through amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law enables, and our memorandum and articles of association provide, that any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meeting may be taken only upon the vote of shareholders at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly and may not be taken by written resolution of shareholders without a meeting.

Shareholder Proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the shareholders at the annual meeting, provided that such shareholder complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. In general terms, Cayman Islands’ law does not provide shareholders with an express right to put any proposal before a general meeting of shareholders. Depending on the provision of the relevant Cayman Islands company’s articles of association, a shareholder may put a proposal before the shareholders at any general meeting if it is set out in the notice calling the meeting. There is no automatic right to introduce new business at any meeting. A general meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the articles of association, but shareholders may be precluded from calling general meetings, except in certain circumstances.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation is required to set a minimum quorum of one-third of the issued and outstanding shares for a shareholders’ meeting. Cayman Islands law permits a company’s articles to have any quorum. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that a quorum consists of two qualifying persons, other than for a meeting or action regarding the modification of the rights of any class of shares, present at a meeting and entitled to vote on the business to be dealt with.

Election of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors and vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by resolution of the board. Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, directors are appointed by the board of directors or, if provided for in the articles of association, by shareholders pursuant to an ordinary

147

resolution. Our amended and restated articles of association provide that directors nominated for election be elected by the shareholders pursuant to an ordinary resolution at a general meeting and that a vacancy on our board of directors or any additions to the existing board of directors will be filled by the resolution of directors or by ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits a minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which such shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases such shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands, but our memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our memorandum and articles of association, a director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the shareholders at any time before the expiration of his period of office.

Actions by the Board of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of a Delaware corporation provide otherwise, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but in no case shall a quorum be less than one-third of the total number of directors unless the authorized number of directors is one, and an action of the board at a meeting with a quorum present requires at least a majority vote of those directors present. Directors of a Delaware corporation may also act by unanimous written consent unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws otherwise provide. Our memorandum and articles of association provide for action by majority vote at a meeting or by unanimous written consent; however, the required quorum for a directors’ meeting is two directors unless our board of directors fixes a different number.

Dissolution; Winding up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the Companies Law and our memorandum and articles of association, our Company may be liquidated or wound up and subsequently dissolved by special resolution of our shareholders on the basis that we are unable to pay our debts as they fall due.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our memorandum and articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the vote at a separate class meeting of holders of two-thirds of the shares of such class.

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides

148

otherwise. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, except for certain amendments to the capital structure not affecting a shareholder’s economic rights, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with a special resolution at a general meeting.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ under the symbol “UTME”. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ. However, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

Transfer Agent and Registrar of Shares

The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is VStock Transfer, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598.

149

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no established public trading market for our ordinary shares.  We cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our ordinary shares will develop on NASDAQ or be sustained after this offering.  Future sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.  Further, since a large number of our ordinary shares will not be available for sale shortly after this offering because of the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering and assuming the issuance of 3,750,000 ordinary shares offered hereby, but no exercise of the over-allotment option, we will have an aggregate of 8,267,793 ordinary shares outstanding. The shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

As of the date of this prospectus, 4,517,793 ordinary shares held by existing shareholders are deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 and may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an applicable exemption from registration, including Rule 144. All of our currently outstanding ordinary shares, 4,517,793 ordinary shares, will be subject to “lock-up” agreements described below on the effective date of this offering. Upon expiration of the lock-up period of twelve months from the date of this prospectus, such outstanding shares may become eligible for sale, subject in most cases to the limitations of Rule 144.

Days After Date of this Prospectus

 

Shares Eligible
for Sale

 

Comment

Upon Effectiveness

 

3,750,000

 

Freely tradable shares sold in this offering.

Twelve months

 

8,267,793

 

Shares saleable after expiration of the lock-up (3,750,000 freely tradable shares sold in this offering and 4,517,793 shares held by existing shareholders).

Regulation S

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides an exemption from registration requirements in the United States for offers and sales of securities that occur outside the United States. Rule 903 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a sale by an issuer, a distributor, their respective affiliates or anyone acting on their behalf, while Rule 904 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a resale by persons other than those covered by Rule 903. In each case, any sale must be completed in an offshore transaction, as that term is defined in Regulation S, and no directed selling efforts, as that term is defined in Regulation S, may be made in the United States.

We are a foreign issuer as defined in Regulation S. As a foreign issuer, securities that we sell outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S are not considered to be restricted securities under the Securities Act, and are freely tradable without registration or restrictions under the Securities Act, unless the securities are held by our affiliates. Generally, subject to certain limitations, holders of our restricted shares who are not our affiliates or who are our affiliates solely by virtue of their status as an officer or director of us may, under Regulation S, resell their restricted shares in an “offshore transaction” if none of the seller, its affiliate nor any person acting on their behalf engages in directed selling efforts in the United States and, in the case of a sale of our restricted shares by an officer or director who is an affiliate of us solely by virtue of holding such position, no selling commission, fee or other remuneration is paid in connection with the offer or sale other than the usual and customary broker’s commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent. Additional restrictions are applicable to a holder of our restricted shares who will be an affiliate of us other than by virtue of his or her status as an officer or director of us.

We are not claiming the potential exemption offered by Regulation S in connection with the offering of newly issued shares outside the United States and will register all of the newly issued shares under the Securities Act.

150

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning ninety days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any ordinary shares that such person has held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our ordinary shares by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were held by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our ordinary shares acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

•        the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

•        the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning ninety days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned our ordinary shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than another of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period those shares and any other shares they have acquired that are not restricted securities, provided that the aggregate number of shares sold does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 82,677 ordinary shares immediately after this offering; or

•        the average weekly trading volume in our ordinary shares on the listing exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are generally subject to the availability of current public information about us, as well as certain “manner of sale” and notice requirements.

Lock-up Agreements

Our directors, officers and existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of twelve months from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of ViewTrade Securities, Inc., as representative of the underwriters of this offering. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. In addition, we have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of six months from the date of this prospectus.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

151

TAXATION

The following discussion of material Cayman Islands, PRC, India and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it represents the opinion of Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of PRC tax law, it represents the opinion of B&D Law Firm, our PRC counsel.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on the issue of shares by, or any transfers of shares of, Cayman Islands companies (except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands). The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties which are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of dividends or capital to any holder of our shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

Pursuant to Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, we have obtained an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands:

(1)    that no law which is hereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits or income or gains or appreciation shall apply to us or our operations; and

(2)    in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

(i)     on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of our company; or

(ii)    by way of the withholding in whole or in part of any “relevant payment” as defined in section 6(3) of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision).

The undertaking is for a period of twenty years from October 15, 2018.

People’s Republic of China Taxation

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall and substantial management of the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Circular on Issues Concerning the Identification of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises in Accordance With the Actual Standards of Organizational Management, known as Circular 82, which has been revised by the Decision of the State Administration of Taxation on Issuing the Lists of Invalid and Abolished Tax Departmental Rules and Taxation Normative Documents on December 29, 2017 and by the Decision of the State Council on Cancellation and Delegation of a Batch of Administrative Examination and Approval Items on November 8, 2013. Circular 82 has provided certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the places where the senior management and senior management departments responsible for the daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory

152

of the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial matters (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and human resource matters (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

We believe that UTime Limited is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. UTime Limited is not controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group and we do not believe that UTime Limited meets all of the conditions above. UTime Limited is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside of China are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with us.

Our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there is a risk that the PRC tax authorities may deem us as a PRC resident enterprise since a substantial majority of the members of our management team are located in China. If the PRC tax authorities determine that UTime Limited is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of our ordinary shares. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. It is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of UTime Limited would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that UTime Limited is treated as a PRC resident enterprise. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavourable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.”

In January 2009, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, pursuant to which the entities that have the direct obligation to make certain payments to a non-resident enterprise should be the relevant tax withholders for the non-resident enterprise, and such payments include: income from equity investments (including dividends and other return on investment), interest, rents, royalties and income from assignment of property as well as other income subject to enterprise income tax received by non-resident enterprises in China. Further, the measures provide that in case of an equity transfer between two non-resident enterprises which occurs outside China, the non-resident enterprise which receives the equity transfer payment must, by itself or engage an agent to, file tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at place of the PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred should assist the tax authorities to collect taxes from the relevant non-resident enterprise.

The State Administration of Taxation issued SAT Circular 59 together with the Ministry of Finance in April 2009 and SAT Circular 698 in December 2009. On February 28, 2011, the SAT issued the Notice on Several Issues Regarding the Income Tax of Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 24, which became effective on April 1, 2011. By promulgating and implementing these circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a non-resident enterprise. Under SAT Circular 698, where a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC “resident enterprise” indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, and the overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that: (1) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (2) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, must report to the relevant tax authority of the PRC “resident enterprise” the indirect transfer. On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 7 supersedes the rules with respect to the indirect transfer under SAT Circular 698, but does not touch upon the other provisions of SAT Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from the previous one under SAT Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to not only indirect transfers set forth under SAT Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than SAT Circular 698 for assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe

153

harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. SAT Bulletin 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37. SAT Bulletin 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017, superseded the Non-resident Enterprises Measures and SAT Circular 698 as a whole and partially amended some provisions in SAT Circular 24 and SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 37 purports to clarify certain issues in the implementation of the above regime, by providing, among others, the definition of equity transfer income and tax basis, the foreign exchange rate to be used in the calculation of withholding amount, and the date of occurrence of the withholding obligation. Specifically, SAT Bulletin 37 provides that where the transfer income subject to withholding at source is derived by a non-PRC resident enterprise in instalments, the instalments may first be treated as recovery of costs of previous investments. Upon recovery of all costs, the tax amount to be withheld must then be computed and withheld.

Provided that our Cayman Islands exempted company, UTime Limited, is not deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our ordinary shares who are not PRC residents will not be subject to PRC income tax on dividends distributed by us or gains realized from the sale or other disposition of our shares. However, under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring taxable assets, including, in particular, equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee or the PRC entity which directly owned such taxable assets may report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. We and our non-PRC resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and being taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, or to establish that we should not be taxed under these circulars. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.”

India Taxation

The following is a general overview about Indian tax laws for corporates under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (“IT Act”) which inter alia governs the income tax on different categories of income accrued in the hands of an Indian company.

Corporate Taxes

As per the provisions of the IT Act, the corporate tax is paid by the companies registered in India on the net profit that it makes from businesses. It is taxed at a specific rate as prescribed by IT Act, subject to the changes in the rates announced every year by the Income Tax Department, Government of India. Both domestic as well as foreign companies are liable to pay corporate tax under IT Act in India. A domestic company is taxed on its universal income, while a foreign company is only taxed on the income earned within India.

The rates applicable to the domestic companies and foreign companies for assessment year 2019-20 based on their turnover is:

Particulars

 

Tax Rate

DOMESTIC COMPANIES

   

 

Gross Turnover up to Rs. 250 crore*

 

25

%

Gross Turnover exceeding Rs. 250 crore*

 

30

%

FOREIGN COMPANIES

   

 

Where royalty and technical fees is effectively connected to Permanent Establishment (PE) in India

 

40

%

Where PE is absent but the case is covered by section 115A(1)

 

10

%

Any other income

 

40

%

____________

*        Since assessment year 2020-21, gross turnover threshold will increase to Rs. 400 crore subject to certain conditions under the IT Act.

154

Note: One Crore is equivalent to Ten million

In addition to above rates, the following surcharge is added:

Particulars

 

Tax Rate

DOMESTIC COMPANIES

   

If total income exceeds Rs. 1 crore but less than Rs. 10 crore

 

7% of tax calculated

If total income exceeds Rs. 10 crore

 

12% of tax calculated

FOREIGN COMPANIES

   

If total income exceeds Rs. 1 crore but less than Rs. 10 crore

 

2% of tax calculated

If total income exceeds Rs. 10 crore

 

5% of tax calculated

The Indian finance minister recently has brought in certain key amendments in the IT Act through “The Taxation laws (Amendment) Act, 2019” (“Amendment Act”) on September 20, 2019. The Amendment Act provides domestic companies with an option to opt for lower tax rates, provided they do not claim certain deductions. As mentioned hereinabove, currently, domestic Indian companies with annual turnover of up to Rs. 400 crore pay income tax at the rate of 25%, and for other domestic companies, the tax rate is 30%. The Amendment Act provides domestic companies with an option to pay income tax at the rate of 22%, provided they do not claim certain deductions under the Income Tax Act. The Indian company can choose to opt for the new tax rate 22% starting the financial year 2019-20 (i.e. assessment year 2020-21). Once an Indian company has exercised this option, the chosen provision will apply for all the subsequent years.

Further, currently, Indian companies with income between Rs. 1crore to Rs. 10 crore are required to pay a 7% surcharge on tax. Those with an income of more than Rs 10 crore are required to pay a 12% surcharge on tax. The Amendment Act provides that companies opting for the new tax rates of 22% are required to pay a 10% surcharge on the tax payable by them under the respective provisions.

Thus, in order to comply with the provisions of the IT Act, it is mandatory for both Indian company and foreign company to pay corporate tax on the business income earned in India at the prescribed rates. Both companies have to file their income tax return on or before September 30 with respect to its preceding financial year (April to March). The Finance Act, 2020 (which came into effect from March 27, 2020) through an amendment has extended the said due date for filing of income tax return from September 30 to October 31. Further, the Government of India, with respect to financial year 2019-20, on May 13, 2020 has announced the extension of due date for filing income tax return from October 30, 2020 to November 30, 2020.

Health and Education Cess

In all the cases, the amount of income tax and surcharge would be charged and increased by a health and education cess of 4%.

Taxation on Dividends

As per Section 115-O of the IT Act, any amount declared, distributed or paid by a domestic company by way of dividend shall be chargeable to dividend distribution tax (“DDT”). This provision is only applicable on domestic company (not a foreign company). DDT is in addition to income tax chargeable in respect of total income. It is applicable whether the dividend is interim or otherwise and whether such dividend is paid out of the current profits or accumulated profits. An Indian company is under the obligation to pay DDT at the rate of 15% plus surcharge and education cess on DDT. As per applicable Indian taxation law until March 31, 2020, a non-resident shareholder of an Indian company was not liable to pay any tax on the dividends received by it. However, the Finance Act, 2020 (which came into effect from March 27, 2020) amended certain provisions relating to taxation of dividends declared by Indian companies, and provides that any distribution of dividend from April 1, 2020 onwards will only be subject to tax in the hands of the recipient shareholder and the Indian companies are not required to pay any tax on the dividend declared and distributed to the shareholders. Furthermore, non-resident shareholders would now be paying tax on the dividend income as per the rate prescribed under the relevant double taxation avoidance agreements. The said amendments shall entitle foreign investors to claim credit in their country of residence of tax paid in India in respect of dividend distributed by domestic companies. The change in the tax regime by Indian Government regarding payment of taxes may increase tax burden in the hands of the parent company of our Indian Subsidiary.

155

Aforesaid legal provisions under the IT Act are applicable to Do Mobile, thus, Do Mobile is under an obligation to mandatory follow the provisions under the IT Act.

Taxation on Sale of Shares

Transfer of shares of a private limited company will attract capital gains tax which will be either long-term or short-term capital gains tax, on the basis of the time period for which shares of Indian company are held. Capital gains realised in respect of shares held by a shareholder for more than 24 months are treated as long-term capital gains, while capital gains realised in respect of shares held for 24 months or less are treated as short-term capital gains.

Remittance on Sale Proceeds

The Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 and the FEMA (Remittance of Assets) Regulations, 2016 govern the remittance of sale proceeds of an Indian security held by a person resident outside India.

Return of Income

As per IT Act, a person having income liable to tax in India is required to file a return of its income with the Income Tax Department, Government of India. The return of income must be filed before specific due dates prescribed for various kinds of entities for each financial year. Every company, including a foreign company, deriving income from India, is required to file such return in India.

Tax Treaties

The tax levied upon foreign company shall be subject to any benefits available to it by virtue of any double taxation avoidance agreement (“DTAA”) entered into by the Government of India with the government of that country where that foreign company has been incorporated. As per DTAA, a subsidiary company should have a permanent establishment (PE) in India, then only income generated in India by the subsidiary company can be taxed by Indian Government. Where there is no DTAA treaty signed between India and another foreign country, the subsidiary company would be taxed both from the source country (India) as well as the residence (foreign) country. Article 5(1) of most of DTAA signed between India and other countries defines “Permanent Establishment” as a fixed place of business through which the business of the enterprise is wholly or partly carried on. In computation of the income of a non-resident, the provisions of DTAA between India and the country of residence of the non-resident are required to be examined, since the IT Act provides that its provisions shall be applicable only insofar as they are more beneficial to the taxpayer.

Transfer Pricing

Section 92 of the IT Act provides that income arising from an ‘international transaction’ shall be computed having regard to the arm’s length price. The expression ‘international transaction’ has been defined to mean a transaction between two or more ‘associated enterprises’, either or both of whom are non-residents, in the nature of purchase, sale or lease of tangible or intangible property, or provision of services, or lending or borrowing money, or any other transaction having a bearing on the profits, income, losses or assets of such enterprises. Further, two enterprises shall be treated as associated enterprises if any of the criteria as enumerated in Section 92A of the IT Act is being satisfied.

Taxation on Buyback

Sections 115-QA to 115-QC of the IT Act laid down that tax shall be payable by the company (whose shares are not listed on a recognised stock exchange) on buy back of its own shares at the rate 20% of the ‘distributed income’ (plus 12% surcharge and 4% health cess). The effective rate of buyback tax is 23.296% of the distributed income. The distributed income here refers to the amount computed by reducing the amount received by the company on issuance of shares from the consideration paid on buyback. Such income tax paid by the company shall be the final tax liability and consequently, the amount/ consideration received by the shareholder(s) would be exempt from tax in their respective hands.

Withholding Tax

A person (except individuals in certain cases) is required to withhold tax from certain specified payments. Separate provisions exist in respect of tax to be deducted on specific transactions with residents and non-residents. The IT Act provides for withholding of taxes from payments made to non-residents, which are chargeable to tax

156

under the IT Act. Any person, whether resident or non-resident, making payment to a non-resident would be liable to withhold tax from such payment and deposit the same with the Government of India within the prescribed time. Moreover, prescribed returns are also required to be filed periodically with the tax authorities. The payee is entitled to adjust the taxes so withheld against his tax liability in India on production of a (tax credit) certificate to be issued by the person withholding the tax.

Compliances under Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Goods and Services Act, 2017 (“GST Act”) prescribes the applicability of indirect taxes in India, which is applicable on supplying of goods and services by business enterprises in India. Therefore, a business enterprise in India dealing in goods and services has to comply with certain obligations under the GST Act:

•        GST Registration: An Indian company requires registration under GST Act, which will be used for the future correspondences of the business of the company.

•        Filing of Returns: An Indian company is required to file the periodical (monthly & annually) returns as prescribed under the GST Act on the prescribed due dates to provide detail regarding sale and purchase of goods & services and for claiming the input credit also.

GST Compliances on Import of Goods

As understood generally, import of goods means bringing goods into the territory of India. Import of goods under GST Act is treated as inter-State supplies and hence, is subject to Integrated GST in addition to the applicable customs duties. However, in such a case, since the service provider is situated outside India, it is the responsibility of the service recipient to deposit Integrated GST under reverse charge mechanism and undertake related compliances.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

Subject to the limitations described below, the following are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares to a “U.S. Holder.” Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares to them. For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions;

•        an estate, whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•        a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

A “non-U.S. Holder” is any individual, corporation, trust or estate that is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and is not a U.S. Holder or a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, and any change could affect the continuing accuracy of this discussion.

This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to each person’s decision to purchase ordinary shares. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular U.S. Holder based on such holder’s particular circumstances, including Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income. In particular, this discussion considers only U.S. Holders that will own ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code and does not address the potential application of U.S. federal alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment, including:

157

•        broker dealers or insurance companies;

•        U.S. Holders who have elected mark-to-market accounting;

•        tax-exempt organizations or pension funds;

•        regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, insurance companies, financial institutions or “financial services entities”;

•        U.S. Holders who hold ordinary shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “constructive sale” or “conversion transaction” or other integrated investment;

•        U.S. Holders who own or owned, directly, indirectly or by attribution, at least 10% of the voting power of our ordinary shares;

•        U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar;

•        U.S. Holders who received ordinary shares as compensation;

•        persons holding ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business outside of the United States; and

•        certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of holders that are entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities or persons who hold ordinary shares through a partnership or other pass-through entity. In addition, this discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, or the possible application of U.S. federal gift or estate tax.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEXITY OF THE TAX LAWS AND BECAUSE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER OF ORDINARY SHARES MAY BE AFFECTED BY MATTERS NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN, EACH HOLDER OF ORDINARY SHARES IS URGED TO CONSULT WITH ITS TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION AND THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Taxation of Dividends Paid on Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us with respect to our ordinary shares generally will be includable in the gross income of U.S. Holders as dividend income. Because we do not determine our earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder will be required to treat any distribution paid on ordinary shares, including the amount of non-U.S. taxes, if any, withheld from the amount paid, as a dividend on the date the distribution is received. Such distribution generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

Cash distributions paid in a non-U.S. currency will be included in the income of U.S. Holders at a U.S. Dollar amount equal to the spot rate of exchange in effect on the date the dividends are includible in the income of the U.S. Holders, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. Dollars, and U.S. Holders will have a tax basis in such non-U.S. currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to such U.S. Dollar value. If a U.S. Holder converts a distribution paid in non-U.S. currency into U.S. Dollars on the day the dividend is includible in the income of the U.S. Holder, the U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize gain or loss arising from exchange rate fluctuations. If a U.S. Holder subsequently converts the non-U.S. currency, any subsequent gain or loss in respect of such non-U.S. currency arising from exchange rate fluctuations will be U.S.-source ordinary income or loss.

Dividends we pay with respect to our ordinary shares to non-corporate U.S. Holders may be “qualified dividend income,” which is currently taxable at a reduced rate; provided that (i) our ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (ii) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) with respect to the U.S. Holder for either our taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year, (iii) the U.S. Holder has held our ordinary shares for at least 61 days of the

158

121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the ex-dividend date, and (v) the U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments on substantially similar or related property. We believe our ordinary shares, which are expected to be listed on the NASDAQ, will be considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, although there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future. Any days during which a U.S. Holder has diminished its risk of loss on our ordinary shares are not counted towards meeting the 61-day holding period. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors on their eligibility for reduced rates of taxation with respect to any dividends paid by us.

Distributions paid on ordinary shares generally will be foreign-source passive category income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, non-U.S. taxes, if any, withheld from a distribution may be eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. In addition, if 50 percent or more of the voting power or value of our shares is owned, or is treated as owned, by U.S. persons (whether or not we are a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes), the portion of our dividends attributable to income which we derive from sources within the United States (whether or not in connection with a trade or business) would generally be U.S.-source income. U.S. Holders would not be able directly to utilize foreign tax credits arising from non U.S. taxes considered to be imposed upon U.S.-source income.

Taxation of the Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital gain or loss on the taxable sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Dollar amount realized on such sale or other disposition (determined in the case of consideration in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of the sale or other disposition or, if the ordinary shares are treated as traded on an established securities market and the U.S. Holder is a cash basis taxpayer or an electing accrual basis taxpayer, the spot exchange rate in effect on the settlement date) and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares determined in U.S. Dollars. The initial tax basis of ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder will be the U.S. Holder’s U.S. Dollar cost for ordinary shares (determined in the case of consideration in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of the purchase or, if the ordinary shares are treated as traded on an established securities market and the U.S. Holder is a cash basis taxpayer or an electing accrual basis taxpayer, the spot exchange rate in effect on the settlement date).

Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares held more than one year generally will be treated as long-term capital gain and is eligible for a reduced rate of taxation for non-corporate holders. Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares generally will be treated as U.S.-source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of a capital loss recognized on the sale or exchange of ordinary shares is subject to limitations. A U.S. Holder that receives currencies other than U.S. Dollars upon disposition of the ordinary shares and converts such currencies into U.S. Dollars subsequent to receipt will have foreign exchange gain or loss based on any appreciation or depreciation in the value of such currencies against the U.S. Dollar, which generally will be U.S.-source ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for any taxable year if at least (i) 75% of its gross income is classified as “passive income” or (ii) 50% of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) produce or are held for the production of passive income. For these purposes, cash is generally considered a passive asset. In making this determination, the non-U.S. corporation is treated as earning its proportionate share of any income and owning its proportionate share of any assets of any corporation in which it holds 25% or more (by value) of the stock. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat our consolidated affiliated entities as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operation of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits.

Based on our current composition of assets and income, we believe that we are not currently a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, the determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually, after the close of the relevant taxable year. Therefore, it is possible that we could be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable

159

year or in future years due to changes in the composition of our assets (including as a result of the cash we raise in this offering) or income, as well as changes to our market capitalization. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, which may fluctuate.

Under the PFIC rules, if we were considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds our shares, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such holder’s investment unless (i) we cease to be a PFIC and (ii) the U.S. Holder has made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules.

If we are considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds our shares, and unless such U.S. Holder makes a valid and timely “mark to market” election as described below, any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of the shares, as well as the amount of an “excess distribution” (defined below) received by such holder, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. For purposes of these rules, an excess distribution is the amount by which any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter.

If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder for any taxable year, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to own shares in any of our subsidiaries that are also PFICs. However, an election for mark-to-market treatment would likely not be available with respect to any such subsidiaries. If we are considered a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will also be subject to information reporting requirements on an annual basis. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors about the potential application of the PFIC rules to an investment in our shares.

If we were classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our ordinary shares (but not with respect to the shares of any lower-tier PFICs) if the ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange”. In general, our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. However, the Company can make no assurance that the ordinary shares will be listed on a “qualified exchange” or that there will be sufficient trading activity for the ordinary shares to be treated as “regularly traded”. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers as to whether their ordinary shares would qualify for the mark-to-market election.

If a U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year that such U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares and as to which the Company is classified as a PFIC, the holder will generally include as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in our ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income, and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss to the extent of any prior mark-to-market gains.

If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

If we were classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders would not be eligible to make an election to treat us as a “qualified electing fund,” or a QEF election, because we do not anticipate providing U.S. Holders with the information required to permit a QEF election to be made.

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A U.S. Holder is generally subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends paid in the United States on ordinary shares and proceeds paid from the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder is subject to backup withholding (currently at 24%) on dividends paid in the United States on ordinary shares and proceeds paid from the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of our ordinary shares unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation, provides an IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes a basis for exemption.

160

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund from the IRS of any excess amount withheld under the backup withholding rules, provided that certain information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedures for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

Certain Reporting Obligations

If a U.S. Holder (together with persons considered to be related to the U.S. Holder) subscribes for ordinary shares for a total initial public offering price in excess of $100,000 (or the equivalent in a foreign currency), such holder may be required to file IRS Form 926 for the holder’s taxable year in which the initial public offering price is paid. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any Form 926 filing requirements.

Individuals that own “specified foreign financial assets” may be required to file an information report with respect to such assets with their tax returns. Subject to certain exceptions, “specified foreign financial assets” include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non U.S. persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non U.S. issuers or counterparties, and (iii) interests in foreign entities. The ordinary shares may be subject to these rules. Persons required to file U.S. tax returns that are individuals are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the application of this legislation to their ownership of the ordinary shares.

161

UNDERWRITING

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with ViewTrade Securities, Inc. to act as the representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of our ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as indicated below:

Name

 

Number of Shares

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

 

3,750,000

Total

 

3,750,000

The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 562,500 ordinary shares at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised in whole or in part, and may be exercised more than once, during the 45-day option period. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The underwriters will offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $             per share to certain brokers and dealers. After this offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representative. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Commissions and Expenses

The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to 7.5% of the initial public offering price.

The following table shows the price per share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. The total amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Per Share

 

Total

No Exercise of Over-allotment Option

 

Full Exercise of Over-allotment Option

Initial public offering price

 

$

     

 

$

     

 

$

     

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

 

$

     

 

$

     

 

$

     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

     

 

$

     

 

$

     

We have agreed to reimburse the representative up to a maximum of $175,000 for out-of-pocket accountable expenses (including the legal fees and other disbursements as disclosed below) and up to a maximum of $8,000 for the costs associated with “tombstone” advertisements. We will pay expense deposits of $70,000 to the

162

representative for its anticipated out-of-pocket expenses. Any expense deposits will be returned to us to the extent the representative’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

We have agreed to pay all expenses relating to the offering, including, but not limited to, (i) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the shares to be sold in this offering with the SEC and the filing of the offering materials with FINRA; (ii) up to $175,000 towards accountable expenses of the representative, including, but not limited to, (a) legal fees incurred by the representative, (b) all reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by the representative or its counsel in connection with visits to, and examinations of, our company, (c) due diligence expenses, and (d) reasonable costs for road show meetings, including the costs of informational meetings at the offices of the representative (iv) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the shares under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of Representative’s counsel); (v) the costs of all preparing, printing and filing of the registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the representative may reasonably deem necessary; and (vi) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the shares and the fees and expenses of the transfer agent for such shares.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1.8 million, including a maximum aggregate reimbursement of $175,000 of the representative’s accountable expenses and the maximum reimbursement of $8,000 for the costs associated with “tombstone” advertisements.

We have agreed that for a period of 18 months from the closing of this offering, the representative will have a right of first refusal to act as manager with respect to any public or private sale of any of our securities or any of our subsidiaries’ securities or other financings, excluding issuances in connection with an equity incentive plan for our employees; provided, however, that such right shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2). In connection with such right, we have agreed to furnish the representative with the terms and conditions of any financing and/or bona fide proposed private or public sale of securities to be made by us and/or any of our subsidiaries, and the name and address of such person, entity, or representative.

In addition, we have agreed, until the effectiveness of the registration statement in connection with this offering, not to negotiate with any other broker-dealer relating to a possible private and/or public offering of our securities without the written consent of the representative. If we do not complete the offering and listing of the securities on a national securities exchange and enter into discussions regarding a letter of intent or similar agreement with a third party broker-dealer and enter into a new engagement letter, and/or effect a private and/or public offering of the securities with another broker-dealer or any other person without the written consent of the representative, prior to the 12 month period following the effective date of our letter of intent with the representative, we will be liable to the representative for the accountable expenses of the representative and $175,000; provided, however, that such fees shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2) and shall not apply if and to the extent the representative has advised us of the representative’s inability or unwillingness to proceed with this offering.

For a period of one year from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the representative shall have the right to send a representative to observe each meeting of our board of directors; provided, that (i) such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the representative and its counsel; and (ii) upon written notice to the representative, we may exclude such representative from meetings where, upon the written opinion of our counsel, such representative’s presence would compromise an attorney-client privilege.

The address of the representative 7280 W. Palmetto Park Road, Suite 310, Boca Raton, Florida 33433.

Representative’s Warrants

In addition, we have agreed to issue the representative’s warrants to the representative to purchase up to an aggregate number of ordinary shares equal to 10% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this offering, including any shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Such warrants shall have an exercise price equal to 120% of the initial public offering price of the ordinary shares sold in this

163

offering. The representative’s warrants may be purchased in cash or via cashless exercise, will be exercisable for five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The representative’s warrants and the underlying shares will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), and except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, neither the representative’s warrants nor any of our shares issued upon exercise of the representative’s warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, although the representative’s warrants and the underlying ordinary shares will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the representative’s warrants will provide for registration rights in certain cases. These registration rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants. The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v).

We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants, other than any underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the warrant holders. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Indemnification; Indemnification Escrow

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

We have agreed with the underwriters to establish an escrow account with a third-party escrow agent in the United States and to fund such account with $600,000 from the net proceeds of this offering. Such account may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during the eighteen-month period following the closing of this offering. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the applicable period expires. We will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the escrow agent.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our officers, directors and existing shareholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to a twelve month “lock-up” period from the date of this prospectus with respect to the ordinary shares that they beneficially own, including the issuance of shares upon the exercise of convertible securities and options that are currently outstanding or which may be issued. This means that, for a period of twelve months following the date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative.

The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lock-up agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ under the symbol “UTME”. We make no representation that such application will be approved or that our ordinary shares will trade on such market either now or at any time in the future. However, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

164

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, or by their affiliates, and the underwriters may distribute prospectus electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on, or that can be accessed through, these websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by these entities is not part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Passive Market Making

Any underwriter who is a qualified market maker on NASDAQ may engage in passive market making transactions on NASDAQ, in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as a passive market maker. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security. If all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.

Pricing of this Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the representative believe to be comparable to us, estimate of our business potential and earning prospects, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant. The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares in this offering does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to the assets, operations, book or other established criteria of value of our company.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. 

No Sales of Similar Securities

We have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

165

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action may be taken, and no action has been taken, by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the ordinary shares offered by, or the possession, circulation or distribution of, this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The ordinary shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such shares be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any ordinary shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

In addition to the offering of the ordinary shares in the United States, the underwriters may, subject to applicable foreign laws, also offer the ordinary shares in certain countries.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase ordinary shares offered by this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus is completed, rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for and to purchase our ordinary shares. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters may engage in transactions effected in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act that are intended to stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our ordinary shares. The underwriters may engage in over-allotment sales, syndicate covering transactions, stabilizing transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M.

•        Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the managing underwriter for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.

•        Short sales and over-allotments occur when the managing underwriter, on behalf of the underwriting syndicate, sells more of our shares than they purchase from us in this offering. In order to cover the resulting short position, the managing underwriter may exercise the over-allotment option described above and/or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The underwriters will deliver a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the underwriters are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of units covered by the registration statement.

•        Syndicate covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters in order to reduce a short position incurred by the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters.

•        A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the managing underwriter to reclaim the selling concession that would otherwise accrue to an underwriter if the ordinary shares originally sold by the underwriter were later repurchased by the managing underwriter and therefore were not effectively sold to the public by such underwriter.

Stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or delaying a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of our ordinary shares. These transactions may occur on NASDAQ or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

166

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (i) our shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to “professional investors” within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (ii) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the People’s Republic of China

This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws, rules and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph only, the PRC does not include Taiwan or the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

167

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

US$

SEC registration fee

 

3,135

NASDAQ listing fee

 

50,000

FINRA filing fee

 

4,123

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

3,000

Printing and engraving expenses

 

8,500

Legal fees and expenses

 

527,482

Accounting fees and expenses

 

1,045,808

Miscellaneous

 

188,000

Total

 

1,830,048

These expenses will be borne by us. Underwriting discounts and commissions will be borne by us in proportion to the numbers of ordinary shares sold in this offering.

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York, with respect to legal matters of United States federal securities law. The validity of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus and legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Maples and Calder.  Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by B&D Law Firm. Legal matters as to Indian law will be passed upon for us by Vaish Associates Advocates. Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP may rely upon such Cayman Islands, PRC and India counsel with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands, PRC and Indian law, respectively. K&L Gates LLP, Miami, Florida, is acting as counsel for the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The registered business address of BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP is located in Shanghai, China.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares described herein. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

We also anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website at www.utimemobile.com as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and is not a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

168

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The following is a glossary of the electronics industry and the PRC and Indian legal systems used in this prospectus. Other defined terms may be found in the body of this prospectus.

AQSIQ

 

Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine

BIS

 

Bureau of Indian Standards

BOM

 

bill of materials

CAB

 

Conformance Assessment Body

CCB

 

China Construction Bank

CCI

 

Competition Commission of India

CNCA

 

Certification and Accreditation Administration of China

CPA

 

Consumer Protection Act, 1986

CSRC

 

China Securities Regulatory Commission

DGFT

 

Directorate General of Foreign Trade

DOT

 

The Department of Telecommunication, Government of India

EMS

 

Electronics Manufacturing Services

EPF Act

 

Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952

ESI Act

 

Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948

FDI

 

Foreign Direct Investment

FEMA

 

Foreign Exchange and Management Act, 1999

FEMA Rules, 2019

 

Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019

FLA

 

Foreign Liabilities and Assets

Gratuity Act

 

Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972

ID

 

Industrial Design

IE Code

 

Importer Exporter Code Number

IMF

 

International Monetary Fund

IoT

 

Internet of Things

IPR

 

Intellectual Property Right

JV

 

joint venture

mAh

 

Milliamp hour

MD

 

Mechanic Design

MIIT

 

Ministry of Industry and Information Technology

MOFCOM

 

Ministry of Commerce of the PRC

MRP

 

Material Requirements Planning

NCLT

 

National Company Law Tribunal

NDRC

 

National Development and Reform Commission

ODM

 

Original Design Manufacturer

OEM

 

Original Equipment Manufacturer

OGL

 

Open General License

PCBA

 

Printed circuit board and assembly

PFIC

 

passive foreign investment company

POSH Act

 

Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013

RBI

 

Reserve Bank of India

Rs.

 

Indian Rupee

SAFE

 

State Administration of Foreign Exchange

SCNPC

 

Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress

SEBI

 

Securities and Exchange Board of India

Shops Act

 

Shops and Commercial Establishments Act

SMF

 

Single Master Form

SMT

 

Surface Mounting Technology

TM Act

 

Trade Marks Act, 1999

TQM

 

Total Quality Management

WOS

 

wholly owned subsidiary

169

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UTime Limited

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of UTime Limited, its subsidiaries, variable interest entity (“VIE”) and subsidiaries of the VIE (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at March 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Shenzhen, The People’s Republic of China

September 30, 2019, except for Notes 14 and 18, as to which the date is June 2, 2020

F-2

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

     

As of March 31,

   

Note

 

2018

 

2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

Assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

7,155

 

 

7,408

 

 

1,100

 

Restricted cash

     

 

 

500

 

 

74

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

3

 

59,899

 

 

54,853

 

 

8,146

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

4

 

60,359

 

 

44,023

 

 

6,538

 

Due from related parties

 

13

 

6,878

 

 

807

 

 

120

 

Inventories

 

5

 

42,006

 

 

29,486

 

 

4,379

 

Total current assets

     

176,297

 

 

137,077

 

 

20,357

 

Non-current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

 

6

 

45,322

 

 

42,228

 

 

6,271

 

Equity method investment

 

7

 

975

 

 

855

 

 

127

 

Other non-current assets

 

8

 

8,000

 

 

8,000

 

 

1,188

 

Total non-current assets

     

54,297

 

 

51,083

 

 

7,586

 

Total assets

     

230,594

 

 

188,160

 

 

27,943

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

       

 

   

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts payable

     

76,019

 

 

77,978

 

 

11,581

 

Short-term borrowings

 

9

 

16,000

 

 

16,000

 

 

2,376

 

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

9

 

 

 

900

 

 

134

 

Due to related parties

 

13

 

31,890

 

 

25,460

 

 

3,781

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

10

 

74,260

 

 

42,178

 

 

6,264

 

Income taxes payable

     

123

 

 

591

 

 

88

 

Total current liabilities

     

198,292

 

 

163,107

 

 

24,224

 

Non-current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term borrowings

 

9

 

 

 

6,780

 

 

1,007

 

Deferred revenue

     

1,600

 

 

1,000

 

 

149

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

1,600

 

 

7,780

 

 

1,156

 

Total liabilities

     

199,892

 

 

170,887

 

 

25,380

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

15

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Shareholders’ equity

       

 

   

 

   

 

Preferred share, par value US$0.0001; Authorized:10,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001; Authorized:140,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 4,380,000 shares as at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

 

14

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

     

27,235

 

 

27,235

 

 

4,045

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     

1,975

 

 

(8,920

)

 

(1,325

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     

1,792

 

 

370

 

 

53

 

Total UTime Limited shareholders’ equity

     

31,005

 

 

18,688

 

 

2,773

 

Non-controlling interests

     

(303

)

 

(1,415

)

 

(210

)

Total shareholders’ equity

     

30,702

 

 

17,273

 

 

2,563

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

230,594

 

 

188,160

 

 

27,943

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

     

Year ended March 31,

   

Note

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

Net sales

 

16

 

737,858

 

 

376,902

 

 

238,096

 

 

35,360

 

Cost of sales

     

682,958

 

 

347,864

 

 

213,098

 

 

31,647

 

Gross profit

     

54,900

 

 

29,038

 

 

24,998

 

 

3,713

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Operating expenses:

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Selling expenses

     

14,783

 

 

16,276

 

 

14,447

 

 

2,146

 

General and administrative expenses

     

33,717

 

 

29,085

 

 

27,434

 

 

4,074

 

Other expenses (income), net

 

11

 

(3,114

)

 

14,180

 

 

(6,911

)

 

(1,026

)

Total operating expenses

     

45,386

 

 

59,541

 

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

Income (loss) from operations

     

9,514

 

 

(30,503

)

 

(9,972

)

 

(1,481

)

Interest expenses

     

1,039

 

 

779

 

 

1,479

 

 

220

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     

8,475

 

 

(31,282

)

 

(11,451

)

 

(1,701

)

Income tax expenses

 

12

 

1,946

 

 

106

 

 

498

 

 

74

 

Net income (loss)

     

6,529

 

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     

3,185

 

 

(13,250

)

 

(1,054

)

 

(157

)

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited

     

3,344

 

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

 

(1,618

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income (loss)

     

6,529

 

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     

448

 

 

1,438

 

 

(1,480

)

 

(220

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

     

6,977

 

 

(29,950

)

 

(13,429

)

 

(1,995

)

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     

3,398

 

 

(12,388

)

 

(1,112

)

 

(165

)

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited

     

3,579

 

 

(17,562

)

 

(12,317

)

 

(1,830

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTime Limited

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

     

0.76

 

 

(4.14

)

 

(2.49

)

 

(0.37

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

     

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands, except share data, or otherwise noted)

 

Equity attributable to UTime Limited

       
   

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Non-controlling Interests

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   

Number of Shares

 

Amount

 
       

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Balance as of April 1, 2016

 

4,380,000

 

3

 

10,392

 

16,769

 

 

(41

)

 

25,041

 

 

52,164

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

3,344

 

 

 

 

3,185

 

 

6,529

 

Capital contribution

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

334

 

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

235

 

 

213

 

 

448

 

Balance as of March 31,
2017

 

4,380,000

 

3

 

10,626

 

20,113

 

 

194

 

 

28,539

 

 

59,475

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(18,138

)

 

 

 

(13,250

)

 

(31,388

)

Capital contribution

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

634

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

15,432

 

 

 

1,022

 

 

(16,454

)

 

 

Deemed contribution from non-controlling interests

 

 

 

543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

543

 

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

576

 

 

862

 

 

1,438

 

Balance as of March 31,
2018

 

4,380,000

 

3

 

27,235

 

1,975

 

 

1,792

 

 

(303

)

 

30,702

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(10,895

)

 

 

 

(1,054

)

 

(11,949

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,422

)

 

(58

)

 

(1,480

)

Balance as of March 31,
2019

 

4,380,000

 

3

 

27,235

 

(8,920

)

 

370

 

 

(1,415

)

 

17,273

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands or otherwise noted)

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income (loss)

 

6,529

 

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,588

 

 

1,578

 

 

3,192

 

 

474

 

Allowances for obsolete inventories, net

 

1,302

 

 

1,350

 

 

3,325

 

 

494

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

658

 

 

9,139

 

 

149

 

 

22

 

Gain on disposal of plant and equipment

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

 

 

Loss on equity method investment

 

 

 

450

 

 

120

 

 

18

 

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivable

 

13,768

 

 

(18,343

)

 

7,720

 

 

1,147

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(8,839

)

 

1,181

 

 

3,021

 

 

449

 

Inventories

 

50,771

 

 

(6,791

)

 

9,162

 

 

1,361

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

(4,047

)

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

(20,524

)

 

(18,681

)

 

(3,229

)

 

(480

)

Income taxes payable

 

821

 

 

(1,328

)

 

468

 

 

70

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

(329

)

 

20,431

 

 

(10,357

)

 

(1,538

)

Related parties

 

(51

)

 

9,637

 

 

1,163

 

 

173

 

Deferred revenue

 

(600

)

 

(600

)

 

(600

)

 

(89

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

45,094

 

 

(37,469

)

 

2,185

 

 

326

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Investing activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Payment for property and equipment

 

(4,146

)

 

(2,623

)

 

(22,638

)

 

(3,362

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

2,500

 

 

15,000

 

 

2,228

 

Purchase of equity method investment

 

 

 

(1,425

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(4,146

)

 

(1,548

)

 

(7,638

)

 

(1,134

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Financing activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

 

 

 

16,000

 

 

16,000

 

 

2,376

 

Loan received from shareholder

 

2,500

 

 

5,000

 

 

1,300

 

 

193

 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

1,188

 

Repayment of loan from shareholder and non-controlling shareholders

 

(8,130

)

 

(1,300

)

 

(2,750

)

 

(408

)

Repayment of short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

(16,000

)

 

(2,376

)

Repayments of long-term borrowings

 

(2,000

)

 

(14,000

)

 

(320

)

 

(48

)

Contribution in a subsidiary by shareholder and non-controlling shareholders

 

234

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(7,396

)

 

6,334

 

 

6,230

 

 

925

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

1,013

 

 

(2,055

)

 

(24

)

 

(6

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

34,565

 

 

(34,738

)

 

753

 

 

111

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

 

7,328

 

 

41,893

 

 

7,155

 

 

1,063

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

 

41,893

 

 

7,155

 

 

7,908

 

 

1,174

 

F-6

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands or otherwise noted)

 

As of March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

       

 

       

Income taxes paid

 

1,124

 

1,434

 

 

30

 

4

Interest paid

 

1,039

 

779

 

 

1,479

 

220

         

 

       

Non-cash financing activities:

       

 

       

Acquisition of non-controlling interest paid by Mr. Bao – note 1(a)

 

 

(9,600

)

 

 

         

 

       

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in consolidated statements of cash flows

       

 

       

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

500

 

74

Cash and cash equivalents

 

41,893

 

7,155

 

 

7,408

 

1,100

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

41,893

 

7,155

 

 

7,908

 

1,174

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

UTime Limited was incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands on October 9, 2018. UTime Limited does not conduct any substantive operations on its own but instead conducts its business operations through its subsidiaries, variable interest entity (“VIE”) and subsidiaries of the VIE. UTime Limited, its subsidiaries, VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE (together, the “Company”) is primarily engaged in the operation of designing, manufacturing and marketing mobile communication devices, and selling a variety of related accessories.

(a) History and Reorganization

The Company commenced its operations in June 2008 through United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime SZ” or “VIE”), a People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”) company established by Mr. Minfei Bao (“Mr. Bao” or the “Founder”), Mr. Junlin Zhou (“Mr. Zhou”) and Mr. Bo Tang (“Mr. Tang”). As of March 31, 2017, Mr. Bao, Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang held 52%, 28% and 20% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively. In February 2018, Mr. Bao acquired 28% and 20% equity interests of UTime SZ from Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang, respectively, with the total consideration of RMB9,600 in cash through his private fund. As of the acquisition date, such non-controlling interests amounted to RMB17,153 and were transferred to equity attributable to UTime Limited, of which RMB995 relating to foreign currency translation was transferred to the accumulated other comprehensive income, and remaining balance of RMB16,158 was transferred to additional paid-in capital. After the acquisition, Mr. Bao became the sole shareholder of UTime SZ. Prior to the reorganization, UTime SZ’s equity interests were held by Mr. Bao.

For the purpose of an initial public offering in the United States (“IPO”), the following transactions were undertaken to reorganize the legal structure (the “Reorganization”) of the Company. In October 2018, UTime Limited was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In November and December 2018, UTime International Limited (“UTime HK”) was incorporated in Hong Kong and Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (“UTime WFOE”) was incorporated in China, respectively.

In March 2019, UTime WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with VIE and Mr. Bao, which were further amended and restated in August and September of 2019, respectively, and were entered into among UTime WFOE, VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”). Pursuant to these agreements as detailed in note 1(b), the Company believes that these contractual arrangements would enable the Company to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the VIE and its subsidiaries, and (2) receive the economic benefits of the VIE and its subsidiaries that could be significant to the VIE and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company is considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE and is able to consolidate the VIE and its subsidiaries.

Do Mobile India Private Ltd. (“Do Mobile”) was incorporated on October 24, 2016 in New Delhi, India. It is an operating entity that sells cell phone products and provides after-sale services for the Company’s own in-house brand products in India. Prior to the reorganization, the majority of Do Mobile’s equity interests were held by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement with Mr. Wukai Song through a holding company, Bridgetime Limited (“Bridgetime”). Bridgetime was incorporated on September 5, 2016 in British Virgin Island (“BVI”) under the laws of BVI, with Mr. Wukai Song owning 70% through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Bao, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 30% of equity interest.

On March 5, 2018, Bridgetime issued 100,000 shares to Mr. Wukai Song, changing shareholders’ structure to Mr. Wukai Song owning 90% equity interest, which are controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between Mr. Bao and Mr. Wukai Song, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 10% of equity interest. On December 5, 2018, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that appointed and registered Mr. Yihuang Chen as a new director. On March 11, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred 1 share of Do Mobile to Mr. Yihuang Chen and made him nominal shareholder of Do Mobile, removed Mr. Yunchuan Li as the director of Bridgetime and authorized representative of Do Mobile, and appointed Mr. Wukai Song as the authorized representative of Do Mobile. On April 4, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that forfeited 15,000 shares held by Mr. Yunchuan Li, cancelled those shares accordingly and amended Bridgetime’s memorandum of association that changed

F-8

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

authorized shares from 150,000 to 135,000 at a par value of US$1.00. After this, Mr. WuKai Song owned 100% of equity interest of Bridgetime, which are controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between Mr. Bao and Mr. Wukai Song. On May 23, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred 135,000 ordinary shares owning by Mr. Wukai Song to UTime Limited. Since inception, Bridgetime has only made nominal investments into Do Mobile and no substantial business operations have occurred.

On May 20, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to transfer 12,000,000 ordinary shares being owned by Mr. Bao to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company that was established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and 100% owned by Mr. Bao.

As all the entities involved in the process of the Reorganization are under common control before and after the Reorganization, the Reorganization is accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interest with the assets and liabilities of the parties to the Reorganization carried over at their historical amounts.

On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregation of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution for issuance of 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited based on the share subscription agreement. As a result, Mr. Bao and HMercury Capital Limited own 96.95% and 3.05% of equity interest of the Company.

As of March 31, 2019, details of the subsidiaries and VIE of the Company are set out below:

Name

 

Date of
Incorporation

 

Place of
Incorporation

 

Percentage of
beneficial
ownership

 

Principal
Activities

Subsidiaries

               

UTime HK

 

November 1, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

UTime WFOE

 

December 18, 2018

 

China

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

Bridgetime

 

September 5, 2016

 

British Virgin Island

 

90%

 

Investment Holding

Do Mobile

 

October 24, 2016

 

India

 

89.99%

 

Sales of in-house brand products in India

VIE

               

UTime SZ

 

June 12, 2008

 

China

 

100%

 

Research and development of products, and sales

Subsidiaries of the VIE

               

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime GZ”)

 

September 23, 2016

 

China

 

VIE’s subsidiary

 

Manufacturing

UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited (“UTime Trading”)

 

June 25, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

VIE’s subsidiary

 

Trading

UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”)

 

February 7, 2019

 

India

 

UTime Trading’s Subsidiary

 

Trading

(b) VIE Arrangements between the VIE and the Company’s PRC subsidiary

The Company conducts substantially all of business in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE, UTime SZ, and its PRC subsidiary. The VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the requisite licenses

F-9

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

and permits necessary to conduct the Company’s business. In addition, the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the assets necessary to operate the Company’s business and generate substantially all of the Company’s revenues. We exercise effective control over our VIE through a series of contractual arrangements among the UTime WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders.

Our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its respective shareholders allow us to (i) exercise effective control over our VIE; (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE; and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest in and/or assets of our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC laws. As a result of our direct ownership in UTime WFOE and the contractual arrangements with our VIE, we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of our VIE, and we treat the VIE and its subsidiaries as our consolidated affiliated entities under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). We have consolidated the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP.

The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements by and among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE and their spouses, as applicable.

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement entered into between UTime WFOE and the VIE, dated on March 19, 2019, UTime WFOE has the exclusive right to provide or designate any entity to provide the VIE business support, technical and consulting services. The VIE agrees to pay UTime WFOE (i) the service fees equal to the sum of 100% of the net income of the VIE of that year or such other amount otherwise agreed by UTime WFOE and the VIE; and (ii) service fee otherwise confirmed by UTime WFOE and the VIE for specific technical services and consulting services provided by UTime WFOE in accordance with the VIE’s requirement from time to time. The exclusive consultation and service agreement will continue to be valid unless the written agreement is signed by all parties to terminate it or a mandatory termination is requested in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations.

Equity Pledge Agreement.    Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019 among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agree to pledge their 100% equity interests in the VIE to UTime WFOE to secure the performance of the VIE’s obligations under the existing exclusive call option agreement, power of attorney, exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, business operation agreement and also the equity pledge agreement. If events of default defined therein occur, upon giving written notice to the shareholders, UTime WFOE may exercise the right to enforce the pledge to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

Exclusive Call Option Agreements.    Pursuant to the exclusive call option agreement dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019 among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, each of the shareholders has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its equity interests in the VIE, and the VIE has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its assets. With regard to the equity transfer option, the total transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the capital contribution mirrored by the corresponding transferred equity in the registered capital of the VIE. But if the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law is lower than the above capital contribution, the transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted by the PRC Law. With regard to the asset purchase option, the transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law.

Power of Attorney.    Pursuant to a series of powers of attorney dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019 issued by each shareholder of the VIE, each shareholder of the VIE irrevocably authorizes UTime WFOE or any natural person duly appointed by UTime WFOE to exercise on the behalf of such shareholder with respect to all matters concerning the shareholding of such shareholder in the VIE, including without limitation, attending shareholders’ meetings of the VIE, exercising all the shareholders’ rights and shareholders’ voting rights, and designating and appointing the legal representative, the chairperson, directors, supervisors, the chief executive officer and any other senior management of the VIE.

F-10

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

Business Operation Agreement.    Pursuant to the business operation agreement dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019 among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE hereby acknowledge, agree and jointly and severally warrant that without the prior written consent of UTime WFOE or any party designated by UTime WFOE, the VIE shall not engage in any transaction which may have a material or adverse effect on any of its assets, businesses, employees, obligations, rights or operations (except for those occurring in the due course of business or in day-to-day business operations, or those already disclosed to UTime WFOE and with the explicit prior written consent of UTime WFOE). In addition, the VIE and its shareholders hereby jointly agree to accept and strictly implement any proposal made by UTime WFOE from time to time regarding the employment and removal of the VIE’s employees, its day-to-day business management and the financial management system of the VIE.

Spouse Consent Letter.    Pursuant to a series of spousal consent letters dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019, executed by the spouses of the shareholders of the VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. He, the signing spouses confirmed and agreed that the equity interests of the VIE are the own property of their spouses and shall not constitute the community property of the couples. The spouses also irrevocably waived any potential right or interest that may be granted by operation of applicable law in connection with the equity interests of the VIE held by their spouses.

Risks in relation to VIE structure

The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with its VIEs and their respective shareholders are in compliance with PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce the contractual arrangements. If we or our VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including:

•        revoke the business and operating licenses of the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIE;

•        discontinue or restrict the operations of any related-party transactions between the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIE;

•        limit the Company’s business expansion in China by way of entering into contractual arrangements;

•        imposing fines, confiscating the income from the Company’s PRC subsidiary or our VIE, or imposing other requirements with which we or our VIE may not be able to comply;

•        requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with our VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of our VIE, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over our VIE; or

•        restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China. 

The Company’s ability to conduct its business may be negatively affected if the PRC government were to carry out any of the aforementioned actions. As a result, the Company may not be able to consolidate its VIE in its consolidated financial statements as it may lose the ability to exert effective control over the VIE and their respective shareholders and it may lose the ability to receive economic benefits from the VIE. The Company, however, does not believe such actions would result in the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, its PRC subsidiary or VIE.

Mr. Bao and Mr. He hold 96.95% and 3.05% equity interest in our VIE, respectively. The shareholders of our VIE may have potential conflicts of interest with us. The shareholders may breach, or cause our VIE to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our VIE, which would have a

F-11

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIE and receive economic benefits from it. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIE to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise the shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between the shareholders and our company. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of assets and liabilities of VIE and its subsidiaries (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Assets

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

 

5,550

 

6,279

Restricted cash

 

 

500

Accounts receivable, net

 

59,858

 

53,202

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

58,440

 

42,018

Due from related parties

 

6,784

 

706

Inventories

 

26,000

 

20,471

Total current assets

 

156,632

 

123,176

Non-current assets

       

Property and equipment, net

 

45,121

 

42,026

Equity method investment

 

975

 

855

Other non-current assets

 

8,000

 

8,000

Total non-current assets

 

54,096

 

50,881

Total assets

 

210,728

 

174,057

         

Liabilities

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable

 

75,781

 

77,642

Short-term borrowings

 

16,000

 

16,000

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

 

900

Due to related parties

 

27,584

 

24,551

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

72,467

 

39,831

Income taxes payable

 

123

 

591

Total current liabilities

 

191,955

 

159,515

Non-current liabilities

       

Long-term borrowings

 

 

6,780

Deferred revenue

 

1,600

 

1,000

Total non-current liabilities

 

1,600

 

7,780

Total liabilities

 

193,555

 

167,295

F-12

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

The table sets forth the revenue, net income and cash flows of the VIE and subsidiaries of VIE in the table below.

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Revenue

 

737,858

 

 

351,264

 

 

204,034

 

Net income (loss)

 

6,811

 

 

(27,437

)

 

(1,478

)

Net cash provided (used in) by operating activities

 

44,747

 

 

(38,332

)

 

4,343

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(4,105

)

 

(1,347

)

 

(7,556

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(7,630

)

 

5,700

 

 

6,230

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP.

Working capital deficit and management’s plan

The Company incurred net losses of RMB31,388 and RMB11,949 in the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2019. Working capital deficits were RMB21,995 and RMB26,030 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Company intends to meet the cash requirements for the next 12 months from the issuance date of this financial statement through operations and financial support from Mr. Bao, financial institution and investors. The Company is continuing to focus on improving operational efficiency and cost reductions, developing its core cash-generating business and enhancing efficiency. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining the necessary financing or negotiating the terms of the existing short-term liabilities to meet our current and future liquidity needs.

On April 23, 2019, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB15,000 as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.805%. The loan is secured by the office real estate owned by UTime SZ and accounts receivable equal to RMB22,500 owned by UTime SZ. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao and his spouse.

On April 19, 2019, UTime SZ approved a board resolution that agreed Mr. He, the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited, to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21,429 of which RMB10,000 was received. On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregated of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution to issue 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited based on the share subscription agreement, changing shareholders’ structure to Mr. Bao owning 96.95% of equity interest and HMercury Capital Limited owing 3.05% of equity interest.

As of March 31, 2019, the amounts due to Shenzhen Kaiweixin Technology Co., Ltd, (“Kaiweixin”) an entity controlled by Mr. Bao, through an entrust agreement with Mr. Wukai Song, who owns 100% equity interest of Kaiweixin and Mr. Bao amounted to RMB23,035 and RMB1,823, respectively. These related parties agreed that they shall not request the Company to repay outstanding balances until the Company possesses sufficient financial resources to meet the Company’s liabilities.

As management believes it can secure financial resources to satisfy the Company’s current liabilities and the capital expenditure needs in the next 12 months, our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern.

F-13

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant inter-company balances and transactions between the Company, its subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries are eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Management evaluates these estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include but are not limited to estimates and judgments applied in the allowance for receivables, write down of other assets, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, impairment on inventory, sales return, product warranties, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and income tax, provision for employee benefits, and going concern. Actual results could differ from those estimates and judgments.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank deposits and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase, that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and have insignificant risk of changes in value related to changes in interest rates. 

Restricted cash

Restricted cash consisted of collateral representing cash deposits for long-term borrowings.

Receivables

Accounts receivable and other receivables are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets at their estimated collectible amounts. A substantial majority of our accounts receivable are derived from sales to well-known technological clients. We follow the allowance method of recognizing uncollectible accounts receivable and other receivables, pursuant to which we regularly assess our ability to collect outstanding customer invoices and make estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable and other receivables. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts when we determine that the collection of an outstanding customer receivable is not probable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on a timely basis to assess the adequacy of the allowance. We take into consideration (a) historical bad debts experience, (b) any circumstances of which we are aware of a customer’s or debtor’s inability to meet its financial obligations, (c) changes in our customer or debtor payment history, and (d) our judgments as to prevailing economic conditions in the industry and the impact of those conditions on our customers and debtors. If circumstances change, such that the financial conditions of our customers or debtors are adversely affected and they are unable to meet their financial obligations to us, we may need to record additional allowances, which would result in a reduction of our net income.

Notes receivable represent banks’ acceptances that have been arranged with third-party financial institutions by certain customers to settle their purchases from us. These banks’ acceptances are non-interest bearing and are collectible within six months. Its balance is combined under accounts receivable.

Concentration of credit risk and major customers

Assets that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable and other current assets. The maximum exposure of such assets to credit

F-14

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

risk is their carrying amounts as at the balance sheet dates. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalent, and restricted cash of RMB7,155 and RMB7,908, respectively, were held at major financial institutions in PRC, where there currently is no rule or regulation requiring the financial institutions to maintain insurance to cover bank deposits in the event of bank failure. To limit exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily place cash deposits with large financial institutions in PRC. The Company conducts credit evaluations of its customers, and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. The Company establishes an accounting policy for allowance for doubtful accounts on the individual customer’s financial condition, credit history, and the current economic conditions. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded RMB1,565 and RMB1,815 of allowances for accounts receivable, respectively.

Major customers and accounts receivable — During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company had two customers that accounted over 10% of revenues, and revenue from these customers amounted to RMB218,887 and RMB357,947, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company had two customers that accounted for 10% of revenues, and revenue from these customers amounted to RMB147,346 and RMB61,087, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2019, the Company had three customers that accounted over 10% of revenues, and revenue from these customers amounted to RMB120,243, RMB29,651 and RMB24,820, respectively. Sales from the above customers relate to Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”)/Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) services segment.

Major suppliers — During year ended March 31, 2017, the Company had one supplier accounted over 10% of total purchases, and purchase from the supplier amounted to RMB76,899. No supplier accounted for more than over 10% of total purchase during the year ended March 31, 2018. During year ended March 31, 2019, the Company had one supplier accounted over 10% of total purchases, and purchase from the supplier amounted to RMB22,775.

Inventories, net

Inventories of the Company consist of raw materials, finished goods and work in process. Inventories are stated at lower of cost or net realizable value with cost being determined on the weighted average method. Elements of cost in inventories include raw materials, direct labor costs, other direct costs, consignment manufacturing cost and manufacturing overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of inventory and periodically writes down the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon the product life-cycle.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Cost represents the purchase price of the asset and other costs incurred to bring the asset into its existing use. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expenses as incurred. Depreciation of property and equipment are provided using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Useful life

Office real estate

 

48 years

Furniture and equipment

 

3 – 6 years

Production and other machineries

 

5 – 10 years

Upon retirement or sale of an asset, the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to other expenses (income).

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used when events and circumstances warrants such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flow from such asset is separately identifiable and is less than its carrying value. In

F-15

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset. Fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed are determined in a similar manner, except that fair market values are reduced for the cost to dispose. No impairment charge was recognized for either of the periods presented.

Equity method investment

The Company’s long-term investments consist of equity method investment. Investment in entities in which the Company can exercise significant influence and holds an investment in voting common stock or in-substance common stock (or both) of the investee but does not own a majority equity interest or control are accounted for using the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC topic 323 (“ASC 323”), Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Under the equity method, the Company initially records its investment at cost. The Company subsequently adjusts the carrying amount of the investments to recognize the Company’s proportionate share of each equity investee’s net income or loss into earnings after the date of investment. The Company evaluates the equity method investment for impairment under ASC 323. An impairment loss on the equity method investment is recognized in earnings when the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company recorded no impairment losses on its investment during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

Fair value of financial instruments

Under the FASB’s authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining the fair value, the Company uses various methods including market, income and cost approaches. Based on these approaches, the Company often utilizes certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable inputs. The Company uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company is required to provide the following information according to the fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values.

Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1       Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2       Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

Level 3       Valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other valuation methodologies, including option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, and not based on market exchange, dealer or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain unobservable assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets.

All transfers between fair value hierarchy levels are recognized by the Company at the end of each reporting period. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investment in those instruments.

F-16

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Fair Value Measured or Disclosed on a Recurring Basis

Borrowings — Interest rates under the borrowing agreements with the lending parties were determined based on the prevailing interest rates in the market. The Company classifies the valuation techniques that use these inputs as Level 2 fair value measurement.

Other financial items for disclosure purpose — The fair value of other financial items of the Company for disclosure purpose, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, other receivables, other current assets, accounts payable, other payables and accrued liabilities, approximate their carrying value due to their short-term nature.

Government Grants

Government grants are recognized in the balance sheet initially when there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and that the enterprise will comply with the conditions attached to them. When the Company received the government grants but the conditions attached to the grants have not been fulfilled, such government grants are deferred and recorded as deferred income. The classification of short-term or long-term liabilities is depended on the management’s expectation of when the conditions attached to the grant can be fulfilled. Grants that compensate the Company for expenses incurred are recognized as other income in statement of income on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the expenses are incurred. Government subsidies recognized as other income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were RMB1,036 and RMB3,231 and RMB2,816, respectively.

Leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Rental expense is recognized from the date of initial possession of the leased property on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Rental expenses incurred by the Company were RMB66, RMB3,124 and RMB5,664 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Company has no capital leases for any of the periods presented.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of the business that relate to a wide range of matters. The Company recognizes a liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Company may consider many factors in making these assessments including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

Revenue recognition

The Company adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and all subsequent ASUs that modified ASC 606 on April 1, 2017 using the full retrospective method which requires the Company to present the financial statements for all periods as if Topic 606 had been applied to all prior periods. The Company derives revenue principally from the sale of mobile phones and accessories. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the following five steps:

1.      Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

2.      Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

3.      Determine the transaction price;

F-17

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

4.      Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

5.      Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

A contract contains a promise (or promises) to transfer goods or services to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise (or a group of promises) that is distinct. The transaction price is the amount of consideration a company expects to be entitled from a customer in exchange for providing the goods or services.

The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation (a good or service). A contract may contain one or more performance obligations. Performance obligations are accounted for separately if they are distinct. A good or service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and the good or service is distinct in the context of the contract. Otherwise performance obligations are combined with other promised goods or services until the Company identifies a bundle of goods or services that is distinct. Promises in contracts which do not result in the transfer of a good or service are not performance obligations, as well as those promises that are administrative in nature, or are immaterial in the context of the contract. The Company has addressed whether various goods and services promised to the customer represent distinct performance obligations. The Company applied the guidance of ASC Topic 606-10-25-16 through 18 in order to verify which promises should be assessed for classification as distinct performance obligations.

The Company’s revenue is primary derived from (i) OEM and ODM services for well-known brands; (2) our own in-house brands, positioned in the emerging middle class consumer groups and price-sensitive consumers in emerging markets. Refer to Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for disaggregation of the Company’s revenue by type of product and geography information for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue by type of contract for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

OEM/ODM

 

737,858

 

351,264

 

204,034

In-house brand

 

 

25,638

 

34,062

Total

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

238,096

1)      Cooperation with OEM/ODM customers

Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Company generates our revenue through product sales, and shipping terms generally indicate when we have fulfilled our performance obligations and passed control of products to our customer, when the goods have been shipped to the customer’s specific location (delivery). Following delivery, the customer has full discretion over the manner of distribution and price to sell the goods, has the primary responsibility when selling the goods and bears the risks of obsolescence and loss in relation to the goods but has no right to return the products (other than for defective products). A receivable is recognized by the Company when the goods are delivered to the customer as this represents the point in time at which the right to consideration becomes unconditional, as only the passage of time is required before payment is due. Revenue from OEM/ODM customers does not meet the criteria to be recognized over time since 1) we do not have the right of payment for the performance completed to date, 2) our work neither create or enhance an assets controlled by customers until goods are delivered to the customer, 3) customers do not receive and consume benefits simultaneously provided by our performance.

F-18

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

2)      Sales of products for in-house brands

For revenue realized in Indian market, additional term of goods return may apply. Under Do Mobile’s standard contract terms, end users have a right of return for defective devices within 7 days. At the point of sale, a refund liability and a corresponding adjustment to revenue is recognized for those products expected to be returned. At the same time, Do Mobile has a right to recover the product when customers exercise their right of return so consequently recognizes a right to returned goods asset and a corresponding adjustment to cost of sales. Do Mobile uses its accumulated historical experience to estimate the number of returns on a portfolio level using the expected value method, taking into consideration of the type of products.

Contract assets and liabilities

Contract assets, such as costs to obtain or fulfill contracts, are an insignificant component of the Company’s revenue recognition process. The majority of the Company’s cost of fulfillment as a manufacturer of products is classified as inventories and property and equipment, which are accounted for under the respective guidance for those asset types. Other costs of contract fulfillment are immaterial due to the nature of the Company’s products and their respective manufacturing processes.

Contract liabilities are mainly advance from customers.

Warranty

The Company offers a standard product warranty that the product will operate under normal use. For products sold to OEM/ODM customers, the warranty period generally ranges from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. In general, the Company ships free spare parts as product warranty to these customers while the products are sold. For products sold directly to end users in India, the warranty period include a 1 year warranty to end users. The Company has the obligation, at its option, to either repair or replace the defective product. The customers cannot separately purchase the warranty and the warranty doesn’t provide the customer with additional service other than assurance that the product will function as expected. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of revenues. The reserves established are regularly monitored based upon historical experience and any actual claims charged against the reserve.

Value added Tax

In the PRC, value added tax (the “VAT”) of 17% (before May 1, 2018), 16% (after May 1, 2018) and 13% (after April 1, 2019) on invoice amount is collected in respect of the sales of goods on behalf of tax authorities. The Company reports revenue net of VAT. Subsidiaries and VIEs that are VAT general tax payers are allowed to offset qualified VAT paid against their output VAT liabilities.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists primarily of material costs, direct labor costs, other direct costs, consignment manufacturing cost and manufacturing overhead, which are directly attributable to the production of products. Write-down of inventories to lower of cost or net realizable value is also recorded in cost of sales.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of (i) advertising and market promotion expenses, (ii) shipping expenses and (iii) salaries and welfare for sales and marketing personnel. The advertising and market promotion expenses amounted to RMB1,561, RMB518 and RMB586 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The shipping and handling fees amounted to RMB3,044, RMB3,241 and RMB2,472 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-19

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Employee social security and welfare benefits

The employees of the Company are entitled to social benefits in accordance with the relevant regulations of the countries in which these companies are incorporated. The social benefits of the employees of the Company in the PRC include medical care, welfare subsidies, unemployment insurance, employment housing fund and pension benefits. The Company’s subsidiary in India are also required to pay for employee social benefits based upon certain percentages of employees’ salaries in accordance with the relevant local regulation. The Company has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amounts of such employee benefit expenses, which were expensed as incurred, were approximately RMB1,682, RMB2,408 and RMB2,308 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Borrowing cost

Borrowing costs attributable directly to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets which require a substantial period of time to be ready for their intended use or sale, are capitalized as part of the cost of those assets. Income earned on temporary investments of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on those assets is deducted from borrowing costs capitalized. All other borrowing costs are recognized in interest expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) in the period in which they are incurred.

Income taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method as prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance would be provided for those deferred tax assets for which if it is more likely than not that the related benefit will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized and recorded as necessary in the provision for income taxes. We are subject to taxation in China and other foreign jurisdictions. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100. In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is ten years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. The Company did not recognize any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 in accordance with ASC 740. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions. The Company does not expect any significant change in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months from March 31, 2019.

Statutory reserves

Pursuant to the laws applicable to the PRC, domestic PRC entities must make appropriations from after-tax profit to non-distributable reserves funds. Subject to the limits of 50% of the entity’s registered capital, the statutory

F-20

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

surplus reserve fund requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profit (as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC (“PRC GAAP”) at each year-end). These reserve funds can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. Appropriation has been made to these statutory reserve funds of RMB2,317, RMB0 and RMB301 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. There were after-tax profit of RMB0 and RMB6,156 recorded in the PRC statutory accounts for calendar years of 2017 and 2018. As of March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the amount set aside were RMB6,067, RMB6,067 and RMB6,368.

Non-controlling interest

 A non-controlling interest in a subsidiary of the Company represents the portion of the equity (net assets) in the subsidiary not directly or indirectly attributable to the Company. Non-controlling interests are presented as a separate component of equity on the consolidated balance sheets and net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss) are attributed to controlling and non-controlling interests.

Foreign currency translation and transactions

The reporting currency of the Company is the RMB. The Company’s subsidiaries, consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries with operations in the PRC, Hong Kong, and other jurisdictions generally use their respective local currencies as their functional currencies, except for UTime Trading use United States dollar (“US$”) as functional currency. The financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries, other than the consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary with the functional currency in RMB, are translated into RMB using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities, historical exchange rate for equity amounts and the average rate during the reporting period for income and expense items. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a component of shareholders’ equity.

In the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries and consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary, transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are measured and recorded in the functional currency using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. All gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are recorded in other expenses (income) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Convenience translation

Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statements of cash flows from RMB into US$ as of and for the year ended March 31, 2019 are solely for the convenience of the reader and has been made at the exchange rate quoted by the central parity of RMB against the US$ by the People’s Bank of China on March 29, 2019 of US$1.00 = RMB6.7335. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on March 31, 2019, or at any other rate.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of the Company’s net income and other comprehensive income. The component of other comprehensive income or loss is consisted solely of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Related parties

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

F-21

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Segment reporting

FASB ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” establishes standards for reporting information about reportable segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

Management views the business as consisting of revenue streams; however they do not produce reports for, assess the performance of, or allocate resources to these revenue streams based upon any asset-based metrics, or based upon income or expenses, operating income or net income. Therefore, the Company believes that it operates in one business segment. Substantively all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

Income (loss) per share

Basic net income (loss) per share is the amount of net income (loss) available to each share of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net (loss) income per share is the amount of net (loss) income available to each share of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period adjusted to include the effect of potentially dilutive ordinary shares, if any. Basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the periods presented are calculated as follows:

 

Year Ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Numerator:

       

 

   

 

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited, basic and diluted

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

Denominator:

       

 

   

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

4,380,000

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,380,000

 

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited per ordinary share:

       

 

   

 

Basic

 

0.76

 

(4.14

)

 

(2.49

)

Diluted

 

0.76

 

(4.14

)

 

(2.49

)

Recently issued accounting standards

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). The amendments in ASU 2016-02 create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous lease guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years for public business entities. Early application of the amendments in ASU No. 2016-02 is permitted. We will adopt Topic 842 effective April 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective method and will not restate comparative periods. As permitted under the transition guidance, we will carry forward the assessment of whether our contracts contain or are leases, classification of our leases and remaining lease

F-22

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

terms. Based on our portfolio of leases as of March 31, 2019, approximately RMB15,201 of right of use assets and corresponding liabilities will be recognized on our balance sheet upon adoption, primarily relating to real estate and equipment. We are substantially complete with our implementation efforts.

In June 2016, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) amends guidelines on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available-for-sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, Topic 326 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. For available-for-sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP, however Topic 326 will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. ASU 2016-13 affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this standard will remove, modify and add certain disclosures under ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, with the objective of improving disclosure effectiveness. ASU 2018-13 will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning April 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The transition requirements are dependent upon each amendment within this update and will be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect ASU 2018-13 to have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Accounts receivable

 

60,931

 

 

56,668

 

Notes receivable

 

533

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(1,565

)

 

(1,815

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

59,899

 

 

54,853

 

The Company analyzed the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical collection and the customers’ intention of payment. As a result of such analysis, the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

1,565

Additions for the year

 

1,565

 

250

Balance at the end of year

 

1,565

 

1,815

As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to RMB1,565 and RMB1,815, respectively. The Company determined that the collection of these customers’ receivable are not probable due to financial difficulties experienced by related customers.

F-23

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 4 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS, NET

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Advance to suppliers

 

23,179

 

 

26,654

 

Input GST (India)

 

1,237

 

 

1,088

 

Receivables from supply chain service providers

 

22,108

 

 

14,885

 

Expected return assets

 

1,462

 

 

576

 

Deferred IPO expenses

 

 

 

3,044

 

Other receivables

 

20,605

 

 

5,907

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(8,232

)

 

(8,131

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

60,359

 

 

44,023

 

As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, other receivables primarily consisted of uncollected consideration of selling property to Shenzhen BuTa Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd. (“BuTa Entertainment”), a company controlled by Mr. Zhou, which amounted to RMB17,613 and RMB2,613, respectively.

The Company analyzed the collectability of other current assets based on historical collection. As a result of such analysis, the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Balance at beginning of year

 

658

 

8,232

 

Additions (reversal) for the year

 

7,574

 

(101

)

Balance at the end of year

 

8,232

 

8,131

 

As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts on advance to suppliers of RMB4,231 and RMB4,590, respectively, primarily consisted of unrecoverable prepayment related to cancellation of abundant purchase orders caused by termination of cooperation with certain OEM/ODM customers. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts on receivables from supply chain service providers of RMB4,001 and RMB3,541, respectively, primarily consisted of VAT recoverable from certain supply chain companies for which the Company determined that the collection was not probable because they were either suffering from liquidity issues or prolonged delay in VAT refund from tax authorities.

NOTE 5 — INVENTORIES

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Raw materials

 

26,127

 

 

20,045

 

Work in progress

 

5,706

 

 

6,554

 

Finished goods

 

13,299

 

 

9,344

 

Total inventory, gross

 

45,132

 

 

35,943

 

Inventory reserve

 

(3,126

)

 

(6,457

)

Total inventory, net

 

42,006

 

 

29,486

 

For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded write-down of RMB1,302, RMB1,350 and RMB3,325 for obsolete inventories, respectively.

F-24

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Office real estate

 

20,995

 

20,995

Furniture and equipment

 

5,232

 

5,330

Production and other machineries

 

23,863

 

23,863

Total

 

50,090

 

50,188

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

4,768

 

7,960

Property and equipment, net

 

45,322

 

42,228

Included in furniture, fixtures and equipment is computer software with net values of RMB145 and RMB158 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Depreciation charged to expense amounted to RMB1,588, RMB1,578 and RMB3,192 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

No impairment for property and equipment was recorded for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

Details of production and other machineries on lease out under operating lease are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Cost

 

23,737

 

23,737

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

2,255

Net book value

 

23,737

 

21,482

NOTE 7 — EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT

During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company invested an aggregate amount of RMB1,425 (approximately US$210) in exchange for 35% of the equity interest of Philectronics Inc. (“Philectronics”), which was recorded under the equity method. For the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded its pro-rata share of losses in Philectronics of RMB450 and RMB120, respectively.

NOTE 8 — OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Deposits for leased equipment and factory

 

7,500

 

7,500

Deposits for utility

 

500

 

500

Total other non-current assets

 

8,000

 

8,000

F-25

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 9 — BORROWINGS

     

As of March 31,

   

Note

 

2018

 

2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

Short-term borrowings

           

China Construction Bank – Loan 1

 

(a)

 

16,000

 

China Construction Bank – Loan 2

 

(b)

 

 

16,000

       

16,000

 

16,000

Long-term borrowings

           

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank – Loan 1

 

(c)

 

 

1,680

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank – Loan 2

 

(d)

 

 

6,000

       

 

7,680

Long-term borrowing representing by:

           

Current portion of long-term borrowings

     

 

900

Non-current portion of long-term borrowings

     

 

6,780

(a)     On November 15, 2017, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB16,000 as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.65%. The loan is secured by the UTime SZ’s accounts receivable and office real estate. As of March 31, 2018, the carrying amount of the office real estate and accounts receivable were RMB19,055 and RMB24,000, respectively. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao, Mr. Tang and Mr. Zhou. The loan was repaid during the year ended March 31, 2019.

(b)    On October 31, 2018, UTime SZ borrowed RMB16,000 as working capital for six months at an annual effective interest rate of 6.09% under the same credit agreement signed on November 15, 2017. The loan is secured by UTime SZ’s accounts receivable and the same office real estate as mentioned in Note 9(a). As of March 31, 2019, the carrying amount of the office real estate and accounts receivable were RMB18,987 and RMB24,000, respectively. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao, Mr. Tang and Mr. Zhou.

(c)     On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB2,000 for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB40 from August 21, 2018 to August 8, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan was pledged by 30% of equity interests of UTime SZ owned by Mr. Bao and is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao. On March 19, 2019, the pledged equity interests of UTime SZ was released and replaced by deposit of RMB500 as restricted cash with the bank to secure the loan. RMB320 in total was repaid by UTime SZ during the year ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the balance of the loan are RMB0 and RMB1,680, respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB0 and RMB480 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB0 and RMB1,200 are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(d)    On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB6,000 for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB60 from September 21, 2019 to August 20, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan is secured by real estate owned by Mr. Bao and guaranteed by Mr. Bao. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the balance for this loan is RMB0 and RMB6,000, respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB0 and RMB420 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB0 and RMB5,580 are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-26

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 10 — OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Advance from customers

 

8,965

 

11,889

Accrued payroll

 

7,051

 

7,797

VAT payable

 

9,298

 

7,014

Refund liabilities

 

2,966

 

624

Product warranty

 

1,738

 

838

Other payables

 

44,242

 

14,016

Total

 

74,260

 

42,178

As of March 31, 2018, other payables mainly included RMB13,000 advance from supply chain service provider and RMB25,123 payable for purchasing manufacturing equipment. As of March 31, 2019, other payables mainly included RMB9,000 advance from supply chain service provider and RMB2,783 payable for purchasing manufacturing equipment.

NOTE 11 — OTHER EXPENSES (INCOME), NET

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Exchange losses (gains)

 

(2,663

)

 

7,947

 

 

(4,540

)

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

 

658

 

 

9,139

 

 

149

 

Government grants

 

(1,036

)

 

(3,231

)

 

(2,816

)

Others

 

(73

)

 

325

 

 

296

 

Total

 

(3,114

)

 

14,180

 

 

(6,911

)

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES

Net income (loss) before taxes of RMB8,475, RMB(31,282) and RMB(11,451) were solely attributed by non-U.S. entities for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Cayman Islands

UTime Limited is incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands.

British Virgin Islands

Bridgetime is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under current British Virgin Islands law. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in British Virgin Islands.

Hong Kong

UTime HK and UTime Trading, which were incorporated in Hong Kong, are subject to a two-tiered income tax rates for taxable income earned in Hong Kong with effect from April 1, 2018. The first HK$2,000 of profits earned will be taxed at 8.25%, while the remaining profits will continue to be taxed at the existing 16.5% tax rate. Additionally, payments of dividends by the subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong to the Company are not subject to any Hong Kong withholding tax.

F-27

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

India

Do Mobile, which was incorporated in India, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 25% to 30% on the assessable profits, plus any surcharge if required.

PRC

In accordance with the Enterprise Income Tax Law (“EIT Law”), Foreign Investment Enterprises (“FIEs”) and domestic companies are subject to Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) at a uniform rate of 25%. The subsidiary, VIE and subsidiary of VIE in the PRC are subject to a uniform income tax rate of 25% for the years presented. UTime SZ is regarded as a Certified High and New Technology Enterprise (“HNTE”) and entitled to a favorable statutory tax rate of 15%. Preferential tax treatment of UTime SZ as HNTE from November 2, 2015 to October 16, 2021 has been granted by the relevant tax authorities. UTime SZ is entitled to a preferential tax rate of 15% which is subject to review by every three years. As a result of these preferential tax treatments, the reduced tax rates applicable to UTime SZ for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 are 15%.

Had all the above tax holidays and concessions not been available, the tax charges would have been increased by RMB1,274, RMB0 and RMB0 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The basic and diluted net loss per share would have been decreased by RMB0.11, RMB0 and RMB0 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

According to a policy promulgated by the State Tax Bureau of the PRC and effective from 2008 onwards, enterprises engaged in research and development activities are entitled to claim an additional tax deduction amounting to 50% of the qualified research and development expenses incurred in determining its tax assessable profits for that year. The additional tax deduction has been increased from 50% of the qualified research and development expenses to 75%, effective from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020, according to a new tax incentives policy promulgated by the State Tax Bureau of the PRC in September 2018 (“Super Deduction”).

In general, the PRC tax authority has up to five years to conduct examinations of the Company’s tax filings. In addition, under applicable PRC tax laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities within ten years after the taxable year when the arrangements or transactions are conducted. The Company is subject to the applicable transfer pricing rules in the PRC in connection to the transactions between its subsidiaries, VIE and subsidiaries of VIE located inside and outside PRC.

Withholding tax on undistributed dividends

Under the EIT Law and its implementation rules, the profits of a foreign-invested enterprise arising in 2008 and thereafter that are distributed to its immediate holding company outside the PRC are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10%. A lower withholding tax rate will be applied if there is a beneficial tax treaty between the PRC and the jurisdiction of the foreign holding company. A holding company in Hong Kong, for example, will be eligible, with approval of the PRC local tax authority, to be subject to a 5% withholding tax rate under Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, if such holding company is considered to be a non-PRC resident enterprise and holds at least 25% of the equity interests in the PRC foreign-invested enterprise distributing the dividends. However, if the Hong Kong holding company is not considered to be the beneficial owner of such dividends under applicable PRC tax regulations, such dividend will remain subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10%. The Company does not intend to have any of its subsidiaries located in PRC distribute any undistributed profits of such subsidiaries in the foreseeable future, but rather expects that such profits will be reinvested by such subsidiaries for their PRC operations. Accordingly, no withholding tax was recorded as of March 31, 2018 and 2019.

F-28

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

The current and deferred components of income taxes appearing in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Current tax expenses

 

1,946

 

106

 

498

Deferred tax benefit

 

 

 

Total income tax expenses

 

1,946

 

106

 

498

The principal components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities):

   

 

   

 

Impairment on receivables

 

1,469

 

 

1,494

 

Inventory written-down

 

469

 

 

1,229

 

Deferred revenue

 

2,226

 

 

2,028

 

Accrued expenses and employee benefits

 

272

 

 

935

 

Net operating loss carry forwards

 

4,721

 

 

10,166

 

Others

 

(220

)

 

(2,047

)

Subtotal

 

8,937

 

 

13,805

 

Less: valuation allowances

 

(8,937

)

 

(13,805

)

Total

 

 

 

 

The Company considers positive and negative evidence to determine whether some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will more likely than not be realized. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of recent losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carry forward periods, the Company’s experience with tax attributes expiring unused and tax planning alternatives. Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a more-likely-than-not threshold. The Company’s ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on its ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carry forward periods provided for in the tax law. While we have optimistic plans for our business strategy, we determined that a full valuation allowance was necessary against all net deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, given the current and expected near term losses and the uncertainty with respect to our ability to generate sufficient profits from our business model.

As of March 31, 2018, the Company’s total net operating loss carry forwards of RMB28,324, out of which, RMB21,691 would expire from 2018 through 2028, RMB6,633 can be carried forward indefinitely. As of March 31, 2019, the Company’s total net operating loss carry forwards of RMB53,443 out of which, RMB37,659 would expire from 2019 through 2029, RMB15,784 can be carried forward indefinitely.

F-29

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

Reconciliation between total income tax expenses and the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to income before taxes is as follows:

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

%

 

%

 

%

Statutory rate in PRC

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

Effect of preferential tax treatment

 

(15

)

 

(9

)

 

2

 

Effect of different tax jurisdiction

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

Effect of permanence differences

 

3

 

 

(4

)

 

(3

)

Research and development super-deduction

 

(20

)

 

4

 

 

10

 

Changes in valuation allowance

 

31

 

 

(16

)

 

(42

)

Over provision

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

 

23

 

 

 

 

(4

)

The Company evaluates the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

In addition, uncertainties exist with respect to how the current income tax law in the PRC applies to the Company’s overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to tax residency status. The EIT Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities organized outside of the PRC will be considered residents for Chinese income tax purposes if the place of effective management or control is within the PRC. The implementation rules to the EIT Law provide that non-resident legal entities will be considered PRC residents if substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting and properties, occurs within the PRC. Despite the present uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC tax guidance on the issue, the Company does not believe that the legal entities organized outside of the PRC within the Company should be treated as residents for EIT law purposes. If the PRC tax authorities subsequently determine that the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside the PRC should be deemed resident enterprises, the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside the PRC will be subject to the PRC income taxes, at a rate of 25%.

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

Related parties with whom the Company had transactions are:

Related Parties

 

Relationship

Mr. Bao

 

Controlling shareholder of the Company

Mr. Zhou

 

Non-controlling interests of UTime SZ before February 2018

Mr. Tang

 

Non-controlling interests of UTime SZ before February 2018

Mr. Li

 

Non-controlling interests of Bridgetime

Kaiweixin

 

Controlled by Mr. Bao

Philectronics

 

An equity method investee of the Company

BuTa Entertainment

 

Controlled by Mr. Zhou

Bridgetime

 

Controlled by Mr. Bao

F-30

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS (cont.)

(1)    Due from related parties

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Philectronics

 

1,325

 

525

Mr. Tang

 

711

 

181

Mr. Bao

 

4,748

 

Mr. Li

 

94

 

101

   

6,878

 

807

(2)    Due to related parties

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Kaiweixin

 

23,884

 

23,035

Mr. Bao

 

8,006

 

1,828

Philectronics

 

 

597

   

31,890

 

25,460

(3)    Transactions with related parties

(a)     Sales revenue

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Philectronics

 

 

12,024

 

845

   

 

12,024

 

845

(b)    Assets sold to a related party

In December 2017, UTime SZ signed a property sale contract with BuTa Entertainment for selling an office real estate in Shenzhen, for the consideration of RMB20,113. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, BuTa Entertainment owed UTime SZ RMB17,613 and RMB2,613, respectively, which were recorded under other receivables.

NOTE 14 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company was incorporated on October 9, 2018, with authorized share capital of US$15,000 divided into 150,000,000 shares, of which 140,000,000 shares are designated as ordinary shares at par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 shares as preferred shares at par value of US$0.0001 each. On October 9, 2018, the Company issued 12,000,000 ordinary shares with par value of US$0.0001 to its sole shareholder, Mr. Bao, in connection with the incorporation of the Company.

On April 29, 2020, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to repurchase 7,620,000 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from Grandsky Phoenix Limited, based on the share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited on April 29, 2020. The issuance and repurchase of ordinary shares are considered as a part of the Reorganization of the Company, which was retroactively applied as if the transaction occurred at the beginning of the period presented. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, 140,000,000 ordinary shares were authorized and 4,380,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, on a retrospective basis.

F-31

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 15 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contingencies

In the opinion of management, no pending or known threatened claims, actions or proceedings against the Company are expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. There is no contingency existing as of March 31, 2018 and 2019.

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under lease commitments as of March 31, 2019 were as follows:

Year ending March 31,

 

Commitment

   

RMB

2020

 

5,904

2021

 

5,762

2022

 

5,163

2023 and after

 

237

Total

 

17,066

The Company has non-cancellable agreements to lease our equipment to tenants under operating lease. At March 31, 2019, the minimum future rental income to be received is as follows:

Year ending March 31,

 

RMB

2020

 

2,200

Total

 

2,200

At March 31, 2019, the Company did not have significant capital and other commitments.

NOTE 16 — REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHY INFORMATION

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Feature phone

 

325,576

 

259,564

 

175,432

Smartphone

 

381,725

 

94,467

 

57,056

Others

 

30,557

 

22,871

 

5,608

Total

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

238,096

The Company’s sales breakdown based on location of customers is as follows:

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Mainland China

 

334,671

 

124,937

 

86,754

Hong Kong

 

291,891

 

168,186

 

69,839

India

 

24,001

 

29,070

 

34,063

Africa

 

 

2,565

 

4,538

The United States

 

23,802

 

24,242

 

36,349

South America

 

56,012

 

12,539

 

4,065

Others

 

7,481

 

15,363

 

2,488

Total

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

238,096

F-32

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 16 — REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHY INFORMATION (cont.)

The location of the Company’s long-lived assets is as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

PRC

 

45,121

 

42,026

India

 

201

 

202

Total

 

45,322

 

42,228

Pursuant to ASC 280-10-50-41, the equity method investment of RMB975 and RMB855 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, and deposits recorded in other non-current assets of RMB8,000 were excluded from long-lived assets as of Mach 31, 2018 and 2019.

NOTE 17 — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiary in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 (e) (3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial statements for the parent company. The amounts restricted include paid-in capital, capital surplus and statutory reserves, as determined pursuant to PRC generally accepted accounting principles, totaling RMB46,067 and RMB46,368 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019.

The subsidiaries did not pay any dividend to the parent for the periods presented. For the purpose of presenting parent only financial information, the Company records investment in its subsidiary under the equity method of accounting. Such investment is presented on the separate condensed balance sheets of the Company as “Investment in subsidiary” and the income of the subsidiary is presented as “Income from equity method investments”. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed and omitted.

F-33

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 17 — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (cont.)

BALANCE SHEETS

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

Assets

 

RMB

 

RMB

Current assets

       

 

Inter-company receivable

 

 

307

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,044

 

Non-current assets

       

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

31,005

 

18,693

 

Total assets

 

31,005

 

22,044

 

         

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

       

 

Current liabilities

       

 

Inter-company payable

 

 

3,044

 

Due to related parties

 

 

312

 

Total liabilities

 

 

3,356

 

         

 

Shareholders’ equity

       

 

Preferred share, par value US$0.0001; Authorized:10,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001; Authorized: 140,000,000 shares at March 31, 2018 and 2019: Issued and outstanding: 4,380,000 shares at
March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

 

3

 

3

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

27,235

 

27,235

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

1,975

 

(8,920

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

1,792

 

370

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

31,005

 

18,688

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

31,005

 

22,044

 

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Income from equity method investments

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

Net income (loss)

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

235

 

576

 

 

(1,422

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,579

 

(17,562

)

 

(12,317

)

F-34

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 17 — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (cont.)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Cash flow from operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income (loss)

 

3,344

 

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Equity (income) loss of subsidiary

 

(3,344

)

 

18,138

 

 

10,895

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Inter-company receivable

 

 

 

 

 

(307

)

Related parties

 

 

 

 

 

307

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

(3,044

)

Inter-company payable

 

 

 

 

 

3,044

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company did not have significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date of March 31, 2019 through September 30, 2019 (except for the arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd., repurchase of ordinary shares and COVID-19 outbreak as disclosed below), the date on which the financial statements are available to be issued (“the date of the financial statements”).

On April 23, 2019, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB15,000 as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.805% which is secured by the office real estate and accounts receivables equal to RMB22,500 owned by UTime SZ and guaranteed by Mr. Bao and his spouse.

The Company has entered into share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, and sold 377,514 ordinary shares of the Company. For additional information, see Note 2 — Working Capital Deficit and Management’s Plan.

On August 24, 2018, UTime GZ submitted an arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu GZ”) at Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (“SCIA”), alleging Nianfu GZ defaulted on payment of RMB7,429 under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime GZ and Nianfu GZ (No. GZNF-GZLD2017-386, the “Service Agreement”), and seeking compensation losses. The arbitration application filed by UTime GZ was accepted by SCIA at the same date. On July 24, 2019, the SCIA rendered a judgment awarding that (i) Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB1,749 for the balance for goods to UTime GZ; (ii) Nianfu GZ shall pay UTime GZ the property preservation fees and legal fees of RMB19 in total. This judgment has taken effect and UTime GZ has received the amount of RMB1,817 on September 23, 2019. On August 14, 2019, UTime GZ has submitted a new arbitration against Nianfu GZ at SCIA, mainly because our management was not satisfied with the amount of the compensation awarded by the SCIA, seeking termination of the Service Agreement and the payment of RMB5,933 by Nianfu GZ under the Service Agreement. The new arbitration application was accepted by SCIA

F-35

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

on September 3, 2019 and the tribunal heard the case on November 14, 2019. On March 16, 2020, a new judgment was rendered by the arbitration tribunal awarding that the Service Agreement shall be terminated and Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB5,680 to UTime GZ.

On August 23, 2018, UTime SZ submitted an arbitration against Shenzhen Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu SZ”) at SCIA, alleging Nianfu SZ defaulted on payment of RMB1,914 under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime SZ and Nianfu SZ, seeking compensation losses. On August 24, 2018, SCIA has accepted the arbitration application filed by UTime SZ. On March 26, 2019, Nianfu SZ submitted an application for suspending the arbitration hearing to SCIA due to that it was going through the bankruptcy proceedings. On March 29, 2019, SCIA issued the Correspondence No. Hua Nan Guo Zhong Shen Fa [2019] D3704 stating that the arbitration tribunal decided to suspend the case (No. SHEN DX20180565) from March 29, 2019, and the time for resuming the arbitration procedure shall be notified by the arbitration tribunal separately. As of the date of the financial statements, UTime SZ has not received any notice from the tribunal to resume the arbitration process.

On September 2, 2019, UTime SZ approved a shareholder resolution that agreed Mr. Bao to invest a consideration of RMB23,884 as UTime SZ’s equity interest. The consideration primarily consisted of the amount due to Kaiweixin as of March 31, 2019. Kaiweixin was controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement with Mr. Wukai Song, who owned 100% equity interest of Kaiweixin. Mr. Bao assumed all creditor rights after Kaiweixin was deregistered on June 21, 2019.

On April 29, 2020, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to repurchase 7,620,000 and 239,721 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited, respectively, based on the share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited on April 29, 2020. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 4,380,000 ordinary shares, representing 96.95% of equity interest and 137,793 ordinary shares, representing 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively. The repurchase of ordinary shares are considered as a part of the Reorganization of the Company, which was retroactively applied as if the transaction occurred at the beginning of the period presented. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, 4,380,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, on a retrospective basis. All shares and related financial information in this consolidated financial statements reflect the repurchase of ordinary shares.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported in Wuhan, China. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization categorized it as a pandemic. The COVID-19 outbreak is causing lockdowns, travel restrictions, and closures of businesses and schools worldwide. The potential impact which may be caused by the outbreak is uncertain; however, it may result in a material adverse impact on our financial position, operations and cash flows. On March 24, 2020, the Indian government ordered a 21-day nationwide lockdown, followed by another order on April 14, 2020 and which was extended till May 31, 2020 with numerous relaxations which inter alia permitted opening of businesses and offices with certain restrictions. The Indian government, on May 30, 2020 further extended the lockdown in certain areas identified as ‘containment zones’ till June 30, 2020 and permitted re-opening of the economy in a phased manner in areas outside the containment zones. Further, the respective state/ union territory governments have been empowered to prohibit activities in areas outside containment zones or impose such restrictions as deemed necessary to contain the spread of COVID-19 which has slowed down the rate of resumption of business activities. Due to the lockdown, our operations in India were halted for several weeks. However, as of May 11, 2020 we resumed our sales operations in various parts of India (except those falling under containment zones) with effect from May 11, 2020. In the event the Indian government decides to further extend the lockdown or if they impose more restrictions on continuation of business activities, it may have a detrimental impact on the resumption of our business operations in India.

The Company’s operating results from January 1, 2020 through the date of this filing have been significantly affected by the outbreak of COVID-19. Total revenue is lower than previously expected. From January 2020 to May 2020, UTime SZ borrowed an aggregate of RMB4,600 from Mr. Bao for additional working capital demand arisen in connection with the COVID-19 outbreak and repaid an aggregate of RMB3,200. Since March 2020 the Company has participated in efforts to stem the spread of the epidemic, namely, by serving as a temporary distributor of face masks to an existing overseas client. The Company’s subsidiaries have obtained necessary certificates issued by Chinese government to distribute surgical and non-surgical face masks. These unsolicited purchase orders, which aggregated approximately US$7.1 million as of June 2, 2020, have helped the Company to maintain revenue and cash flow to a certain extent. However, the Company does not intend for this revenue stream to become part of its long-term business strategy. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our operational results and financial condition will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and impact on our customers, all of which are uncertain.

F-36

UTIME LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

Note

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Current Assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

7,408

 

 

3,214

 

 

454

 

Restricted cash

     

500

 

 

500

 

 

71

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

3

 

54,853

 

 

42,277

 

 

5,977

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

4

 

44,023

 

 

42,388

 

 

5,993

 

Due from related parties

 

14

 

807

 

 

13,766

 

 

1,946

 

Inventories

 

5

 

29,486

 

 

31,117

 

 

4,399

 

Total current assets

     

137,077

 

 

133,262

 

 

18,840

 

Non-Current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

 

6

 

42,228

 

 

40,566

 

 

5,735

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

7

 

 

 

2,616

 

 

370

 

Intangible assets, net

     

 

 

1,542

 

 

218

 

Equity method investment

 

8

 

855

 

 

833

 

 

118

 

Other non-current assets

 

9

 

8,000

 

 

8,000

 

 

1,132

 

Total non-current assets

     

51,083

 

 

53,557

 

 

7,573

 

Total Assets

     

188,160

 

 

186,819

 

 

26,413

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities and Shareholder’s equity

       

 

   

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts payable

     

77,978

 

 

72,690

 

 

10,277

 

Short-term borrowings

 

10

 

16,000

 

 

15,000

 

 

2,121

 

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

10

 

900

 

 

1,200

 

 

170

 

Due to related parties

 

14

 

25,460

 

 

910

 

 

129

 

Lease liability

     

 

 

909

 

 

128

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

11

 

42,178

 

 

36,236

 

 

5,122

 

Income tax payables

     

591

 

 

18

 

 

3

 

Total current liabilities

     

163,107

 

 

126,963

 

 

17,950

 

Non-current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term borrowings

 

10

 

6,780

 

 

6,180

 

 

874

 

Deferred revenue

     

1,000

 

 

700

 

 

99

 

Lease liability – non-current

     

 

 

1,707

 

 

241

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

7,780

 

 

8,587

 

 

1,214

 

Total liabilities

     

170,887

 

 

135,550

 

 

19,164

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

16

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Shareholder’s equity

       

 

   

 

   

 

Preferred share, par value US$0.0001; Authorized:10,000,000
shares; none issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2019 and at September 30, 2019

     

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001; Authorized: 140,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 4,380,000 shares as at March 31, 2019 and 4,517,793 shares as at September 30, 2019

 

15

 

3

 

 

4

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

     

27,235

 

 

73,212

 

 

10,351

 

Accumulated deficit

     

(8,920

)

 

(20,907

)

 

(2,956

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     

370

 

 

(1,040

)

 

(147

)

Total UTime Limited shareholder’s equity

     

18,688

 

 

51,269

 

 

7,249

 

Non-controlling interests

     

(1,415

)

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     

17,273

 

 

51,269

 

 

7,249

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

188,160

 

 

186,819

 

 

26,413

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-37

UTIME LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

     

Six months ended September 30,

   

Note

 

2018

 

2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Net sales

 

17

 

132,994

 

 

90,894

 

 

12,851

 

Cost of sales

     

122,408

 

 

80,675

 

 

11,406

 

Gross profit

     

10,586

 

 

10,219

 

 

1,445

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Operating expenses:

       

 

   

 

   

 

Selling expenses

     

7,375

 

 

5,270

 

 

745

 

General and administrative expenses

     

13,896

 

 

13,222

 

 

1,869

 

Other (income) expenses

 

12

 

(6,334

)

 

543

 

 

77

 

Total operating expenses

     

14,937

 

 

19,035

 

 

2,691

 

Loss from operations

     

(4,351

)

 

(8,816

)

 

(1,246

)

Interest expenses

     

520

 

 

728

 

 

103

 

Loss before income taxes

     

(4,871

)

 

(9,544

)

 

(1,349

)

Income taxes

 

13

 

424

 

 

247

 

 

35

 

Net loss

     

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     

(743

)

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to UTime Limited

     

(4,552

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

Comprehensive loss

       

 

   

 

   

 

Net loss

     

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     

(1,493

)

 

(1,410

)

 

(199

)

Total comprehensive loss

     

(6,788

)

 

(11,201

)

 

(1,583

)

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest

     

(803

)

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to UTime Limited

     

(5,985

)

 

(11,201

)

 

(1,583

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

Losses per share attributable to UTime Limited

       

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

     

(1.04

)

 

(2.17

)

 

(0.31

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

       

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

     

4,380,000

 

 

4,504,165

 

 

4,504,165

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-38

UTIME LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands, except share data, or otherwise noted)

 

Equity attributable to UTime Limited

       
   

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Non-
controlling
Interest

 

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

   

Number of
Shares

 

Amount

 
       

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Balance as of March 31,
2018

 

4,380,000

 

3

 

27,235

 

1,975

 

 

1,792

 

 

(303

)

 

30,702

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(4,552

)

 

 

 

(743

)

 

(5,295

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,433

)

 

(60

)

 

(1,493

)

Balance as of September 30, 2018

 

4,380,000

 

3

 

27,235

 

(2,577

)

 

359

 

 

(1,106

)

 

23,914

 

                 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Balance as of March 31,
2019

 

4,380,000

 

3

 

27,235

 

(8,920

)

 

370

 

 

(1,415

)

 

17,273

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(9,791

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,791

)

Capital contribution
(Note 14 (1
)(iii))

 

137,793

 

1

 

21,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,429

 

Debt-equity swap (Note 14 (2)(i))

 

 

 

23,884

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,884

 

Cancellation of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

665

 

(2,196

)

 

 

 

1,415

 

 

(116

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,410

)

 

 

 

(1,410

)

Balance as of September 30, 2019

 

4,517,793

 

4

 

73,212

 

(20,907

)

 

(1,040

)

 

 

 

51,269

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-39

UTIME LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands or otherwise noted)

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net loss

 

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss from operations to net cash used by operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,433

 

 

1,992

 

 

282

 

Allowances for obsolete inventories, net

 

4,220

 

 

(2,727

)

 

(386

)

Provision for doubtful account, net

 

147

 

 

(428

)

 

(61

)

Loss on equity method investment

 

127

 

 

22

 

 

3

 

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivable

 

(12,774

)

 

14,822

 

 

2,096

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(9,604

)

 

1,126

 

 

159

 

Inventories

 

5,280

 

 

1,556

 

 

220

 

Accounts payable

 

7,399

 

 

(10,112

)

 

(1,430

)

Income taxes payable

 

424

 

 

(573

)

 

(81

)

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

(3,284

)

 

(4,083

)

 

(577

)

Related parties

 

507

 

 

43

 

 

6

 

Deferred revenue

 

(299

)

 

(300

)

 

(42

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(11,719

)

 

(8,453

)

 

(1,195

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Investing activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Payment for property and equipment

 

(8,318

)

 

(4,846

)

 

(685

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

12,000

 

 

2,613

 

 

369

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

3,682

 

 

(2,233

)

 

(316

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Financing activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

2,121

 

Loan received from shareholder

 

1,300

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of loan from shareholder and non-controlling shareholders

 

(1,600

)

 

(2,250

)

 

(318

)

Repayment of short-term borrowings

 

 

 

(16,000

)

 

(2,262

)

Repayments of long-term borrowings

 

(80

)

 

(300

)

 

(42

)

Proceeds from capital contribution (Note 14(1)(iii))

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

1,414

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

7,620

 

 

6,450

 

 

913

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash

 

385

 

 

42

 

 

5

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash

 

(32

)

 

(4,194

)

 

(593

)

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

7,155

 

 

7,908

 

 

1,118

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

 

7,123

 

 

3,714

 

 

525

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-40

UTIME LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands or otherwise noted)

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

           

Income taxes paid

 

 

820

 

116

Interest paid

 

520

 

728

 

103

             

Non-cash financing activities:

           

Debt-equity swap (Note 14 (2)(i))

 

 

23,884

 

3,377

Related party receivable for capital contribution (Note 14(1)(iii))

 

 

11,429

 

1,616

 

As of September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

           

Restricted cash

 

 

500

 

71

Cash and cash equivalents

 

7,123

 

3,214

 

454

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

7,123

 

3,714

 

525

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-41

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

UTime Limited was incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands on October 9, 2018. UTime Limited does not conduct any substantive operations on its own but instead conducts its business operations through its subsidiaries, variable interest entity (“VIE”) and subsidiaries of the VIE. UTime Limited, its subsidiaries, VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE (together, the “Company”) is primarily engaged in the operation of designing, manufacturing and marketing mobile communication devices, and selling a variety of related accessories.

(a) Organization

As of September 30, 2019, details of the subsidiaries and VIE of the Company are set out below:

Name

 

Date of
Incorporation

 

Place of
Incorporation

 

Percentage of
beneficial
ownership

 

Principal
Activities

Subsidiaries

               

UTime International Limited (“UTime HK”)

 

November 1, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (“UTime WFOE”)

 

December 18, 2018

 

China

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

Bridgetime Limited (“Bridgetime”)

 

September 5, 2016

 

British Virgin Island

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

Do Mobile India Private Ltd. (“Do Mobile”)

 

October 24, 2016

 

India

 

99.99%

 

Sales of in-house brand products in India

VIE

               

United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime SZ”)

 

June 12, 2008

 

China

 

100%

 

Research and development of products, and sales

Subsidiaries of the VIE

               

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime GZ”)

 

September 23, 2016

 

China

 

VIE’s subsidiary

 

Manufacturing

UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited (“UTime Trading”)

 

June 25, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

VIE’s subsidiary

 

Trading

UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”)

 

February 7, 2019

 

India

 

UTime Trading’s Subsidiary

 

Trading

F-42

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

(b) VIE Arrangements between the VIE and the Company’s PRC subsidiary

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of assets and liabilities of VIE and its subsidiaries (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Assets

       

Current Assets

       

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

6,279

 

2,391

Restricted cash

 

500

 

500

Accounts receivable, net

 

53,202

 

40,586

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

42,018

 

40,287

Due from related parties

 

706

 

13,766

Inventories

 

20,471

 

22,090

Total current assets

 

123,176

 

119,620

Non-Current assets

       

Property and equipment, net

 

42,026

 

40,388

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

 

2,616

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,542

Equity method investment

 

855

 

833

Other non-current assets

 

8,000

 

8,000

Total non-current assets

 

50,881

 

53,379

Total Assets

 

174,057

 

172,999

         

Liabilities

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable

 

77,642

 

72,521

Short-term borrowings

 

16,000

 

15,000

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

900

 

1,200

Due to related parties

 

24,551

 

Lease liability

 

 

909

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

39,831

 

33,813

Income tax payables

 

591

 

18

Total current liabilities

 

159,515

 

123,461

Non-current liabilities

       

Long-term borrowings

 

6,780

 

6,180

Deferred revenue

 

1,000

 

700

Lease liability – non-current

 

 

1,707

Total non-current liabilities

 

7,780

 

8,587

Total liabilities

 

167,295

 

132,048

F-43

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

The table sets forth the revenue, net income and cash flows of the VIE and subsidiaries of VIE in the table below.

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Revenue

 

111,781

 

 

81,008

 

Net income (loss)

 

2,135

 

 

(5,077

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(9,713

)

 

(8,068

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

3,764

 

 

(2,233

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

7,620

 

 

6,450

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and use of estimate

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of results for the periods presented, have been included. The results of operations of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full year or any other interim period.

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts reported therein. A change in facts or circumstances surrounding the estimate could result in a change to estimates and impact future operating results.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures have been prepared with the presumption that users of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. The condensed consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2019 have been derived from the audited financial statements at that date but does not include all the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto as of as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019.

Convenience translation

Translations of balances in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and condensed consolidated statements of cash flows from RMB into US$ as of and for the six months ended September 30, 2019 are solely for the convenience of the reader and has been made at the exchange rate quoted by the central parity of RMB against the US$ by the People’s Bank of China on September 30, 2019 of US$1.00 = RMB7.0729. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on September 30, 2019, or at any other rate.

F-44

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Working capital deficit and management’s plan

On April 19, 2019, UTime SZ approved a board resolution that agreed Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”), the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited, to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21,429 of which RMB10,000 was received during the six months ended September 30, 2019. On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregated of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution to issue 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited based on the share subscription agreement.

On September 2, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to Mr. Bao to invest consideration of RMB23,884 as UTime SZ’s equity interest. The consideration primarily consisted of the amount due to Shenzhen Kaiweixin Technology Co., Ltd, (“Kaiweixin”), an entity controlled by Mr. Bao.

As a result of above capital contribution, the Company has working capital of RMB6,299 as of September 30, 2019 as compared to working capital deficit of RMB26,030 as of March 31, 2019. The Company incurred net losses of RMB9,791 in the six months ended September 30, 2019.

The Company intends to meet the cash requirements for the next 12 months from the issuance date of this financial statement through operations, financial institution and investors. The Company is continuing to focus on improving operational efficiency and cost reductions, developing its core cash-generating business and enhancing efficiency. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining the necessary financing or negotiating the terms of the existing short-term liabilities to meet our current and future liquidity needs.

As management believes it can secure financial resources to satisfy the Company’s current liabilities and the capital expenditure needs in the next 12 months, our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern.

Concentration of credit risk and major customers

Assets that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable and other current assets. The maximum exposure of such assets to credit risk is their carrying amounts as at the balance sheet dates. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalent, and restricted cash of RMB7,908 and RMB3,714, respectively, were held at major financial institutions in PRC, where there currently is no rule or regulation requiring the financial institutions to maintain insurance to cover bank deposits in the event of bank failure. To limit exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily place cash deposits with large financial institutions in PRC. The Company conducts credit evaluations of its customers, and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. The Company establishes an accounting policy for allowance for doubtful accounts on the individual customer’s financial condition, credit history, and the current economic conditions. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the Company recorded RMB1,815 and RMB1,394 of allowances for accounts receivable, respectively.

Major customers and accounts receivable — During the six months ended September 30, 2018, the Company had two customers that accounted over 10% of revenues, and revenue from these customers amounted to RMB67,845 and RMB14,765, respectively. During the six months ended September 30, 2019, the Company had one customer that accounted over 10% of revenues, and revenue from the customer amounted to RMB51,287. Sales from the above customers relate to Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”)/Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) services segment.

Major suppliers — During six months ended September 30, 2018, the Company had one supplier accounted over 10% of total purchases, and purchase from the supplier amounted to RMB17,984. No supplier accounted for more than over 10% of total purchase during the six months ended September 30, 2019.

F-45

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Revenue recognition

The accounting policies of revenue recognition for all revenue streams disclosed in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2019 remained unchanged.

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue by type of contract for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019:

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

OEM/ODM

 

111,781

 

81,008

In-house brand

 

21,213

 

9,886

Total

 

132,994

 

90,894

Contract assets and liabilities

Contract assets, such as costs to obtain or fulfill contracts, are an insignificant component of the Company’s revenue recognition process. The majority of the Company’s cost of fulfillment as a manufacturer of products is classified as inventories and property and equipment, which are accounted for under the respective guidance for those asset types. Other costs of contract fulfillment are immaterial due to the nature of the Company’s products and their respective manufacturing processes.

Contract liabilities are mainly advance from customers.

Intangible asset

Intangible asset results from the acquisition of the licensed software. The Company accounts for such licensed software with definite lives and amortized over its estimated useful life of 3 years.

Lease

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). The amendments in ASU 2016-02 create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous lease guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP.

Effective April 1, 2019, we adopted the ASU 2016-02, Leases, which requires the recognition of lease assets and these liabilities by leases for those leases classified as an operating lease under previous guidance. The original guidance required application on a modified retrospective basis with the earliest period presented. In August, 2018, the FASB issues ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to ASC 842, which included an option to not restate comparative periods in transition and elect to use the effective date of ASC 842, Leases, as the date of initial application of transition which we elected. As a result of the adoption of ASC 842 on April 1, 2019, we recorded both operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets of RMB3,042 and lease liability of RMB3,042 after adjusting the impact of supplementary

F-46

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

agreement entered into between UTime GZ and Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd (“Jietongda”) subsequent to the year ended March 31, 2019 (note 7). The adoption of ASC 842 had no impact on our profit or loss and cash flows for the six-month period ended September 30, 2019. In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard which allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification. Additional information and disclosures required by this new standard are contained in Note 7, ‘Operating lease right-of-use assets’.

Loss per share

Basic net loss per share is the amount of net loss available to each share of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net loss per share is the amount of net loss income available to each share of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period adjusted to include the effect of potentially dilutive ordinary shares, if any. Basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the periods presented are calculated as follows:

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Numerator:

   

 

   

 

Net loss attributable to UTime Limited, basic and diluted

 

(4,552

)

 

(9,791

)

Denominator:

   

 

   

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

4,380,000

 

 

4,504,165

 

Net loss attributable to UTime Limited per ordinary share:

   

 

   

 

Basic

 

(1.04

)

 

(2.17

)

Diluted

 

(1.04

)

 

(2.17

)

Recently issued accounting standards

In June 2016, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) amends guidelines on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available-for-sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, Topic 326 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. For available-for-sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP, however Topic 326 will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. ASU 2016-13 affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this standard will remove, modify and add certain disclosures under ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, with the objective of improving disclosure effectiveness. ASU 2018-13 will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning April 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The transition requirements are dependent upon each amendment within this update and will be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect ASU 2018-13 to have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-47

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Accounts receivable

 

56,668

 

 

43,671

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(1,815

)

 

(1,394

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

54,853

 

 

42,277

 

The Company analyzed the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical collection and the customers’ intention of payment. As a result of such analysis, the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

March 31
2019

 

September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Balance at beginning of the period

 

1,565

 

1,815

 

Additions for the period

 

250

 

 

Reversal for the period

 

 

(428

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

7

 

Balance at the end of the period

 

1,815

 

1,394

 

As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to RMB1,815 and RMB1,394, respectively. The Company determined that the collection of these customers’ receivable are not probable due to financial difficulties experienced by related customers. During the six months ended September 30, 2019, the Company reversed the allowance of doubtful accounts of RMB428 since the settlement was received from a customer in October 2019.

NOTE 4 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS, NET

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Advance to suppliers

 

26,654

 

 

26,437

 

Input GST (India)

 

1,088

 

 

913

 

Receivables from supply chain service provider

 

14,885

 

 

13,605

 

Expected return assets

 

576

 

 

766

 

Deferred IPO expense

 

3,044

 

 

5,250

 

Other receivables

 

5,907

 

 

3,548

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(8,131

)

 

(8,131

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

44,023

 

 

42,388

 

As of March 31, 2019, other receivables primarily consisted of uncollected consideration of selling property to Shenzhen Fumeibang Technology Co., Ltd (“Fumeibang”), previously named Shenzhen BuTa Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd. (“BuTa Entertainment”), a company controlled by Mr. Zhou, which amounted to RMB2,613. This consideration was received during the six months ended September 30, 2019.

F-48

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 4 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS, NET (cont.)

The Company analyzed the collectability of other current assets based on historical collection. As a result of such analysis, the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

March 31,
2019

 

September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Balance at beginning of the period

 

8,232

 

 

8,131

Reversal for the period

 

(101

)

 

Balance at the end of period

 

8,131

 

 

8,131

As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts on advance to suppliers of RMB4,590 primarily consisted of unrecoverable prepayment related to cancellation of abundant purchase orders caused by termination of cooperation with certain OEM/ODM customers. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts on receivables from supply chain service providers of RMB3,541 primarily consisted of VAT recoverable from certain supply chain companies for which the Company determined that the collection was not probable because they were either suffering from liquidity issues or prolonged delay in VAT refund from tax authorities.

NOTE 5 — INVENTORIES

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Raw materials

 

20,045

 

 

21,899

 

Work in progress

 

6,554

 

 

3,087

 

Finished goods

 

9,344

 

 

9,894

 

Total inventory, gross

 

35,943

 

 

34,880

 

Inventory reserve

 

(6,457

)

 

(3,763

)

Total inventory, net

 

29,486

 

 

31,117

 

For the six months ended September 30, 2019, the Company has written-off reserve of RMB2,727 for obsolete inventories disposed.

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Office real estate

 

20,995

 

20,995

Furniture and equipment

 

5,330

 

5,404

Production and other machineries

 

23,863

 

23,877

Total

 

50,188

 

50,276

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

7,960

 

9,710

Property and equipment, net

 

42,228

 

40,566

Included in furniture, fixtures and equipment is computer software with net values of RMB158 and RMB149 as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

Depreciation charged to expense amounted to RMB1,433 and RMB1,744 for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-49

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (cont.)

No impairment for property and equipment was recorded for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019.

Details of production and other machineries on lease out under operating lease are as follows:

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Cost

 

23,737

 

23,737

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

2,255

 

3,382

Net book value

 

21,482

 

20,355

NOTE 7 — OPERATING LEASE RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS, NET

We lease space under non-cancelable operating leases for office and manufacturing locations and production equipment. These leases do not have significant rent escalation holidays, concessions, leasehold improvement incentives, or other build-out clauses. Further, the leases do not contain contingent rent provisions.

Most leases include option to renew in condition that it is agreed by the landlord before expiry. Therefore, the majority of renewals to extend the lease terms are not included in our right-of-use assets and lease liabilities as they are not reasonably certain of exercise. We regularly evaluate the renewal options and when they are reasonably certain of exercise, we include the renewal period in our lease term.

As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of the lease payments.

The components of our lease expense are as follows:

 

Six months
ended
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

Operating lease cost

 

499

Short-term lease cost

 

382

Lease cost

 

881

Supplemental cash flow information related to our operating leases was as follows for the period ended September 30, 2019:

 

Six months
ended
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

   

Operating cash outflow from operating leases

 

1,049

F-50

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 7 — OPERATING LEASE RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS, NET (cont.)

Maturities of our lease liabilities for all operating leases are as follows as of September 30, 2019:

 

September 30,

   

RMB

2020

 

1,100

 

2021

 

1,100

 

2022 and after

 

742

 

Total lease payments

 

2,942

 

Less: Interest

 

(326

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

2,616

 

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for all of our operating leases were as follows as of September 30, 2019:

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

Remaining lease term and discount rate:

   

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

2.70

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

8.64

%

Subsequent to the year ended March 31, 2019, UTime GZ entered into supplementary agreement with Jietongda and modified the original warehouse lease contract effective since September 1, 2017. Total lease amount reduced from RMB18,876 to RMB7,550 for the 4 years and 6 months’ lease period.

NOTE 8 — EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT

During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company invested an aggregate amount of RMB1,425 (approximately US$210) in exchange for 35% of the equity interest of Philectronics Inc. (“Philectronics”), which was recorded under the equity method. For the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded its pro-rata share of losses in Philectronics of RMB127 and RMB22, respectively.

NOTE 9 — OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Deposits for leased equipment and factory

 

7,500

 

7,500

Deposits for utility

 

500

 

500

Total other non-current assets

 

8,000

 

8,000

F-51

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 10 — BORROWINGS

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Short-term borrowings

       

China Construction Bank – Loan 1

 

16,000

 

China Construction Bank – Loan 2

 

 

15,000

   

16,000

 

15,000

         

Long-term borrowings

       

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank loan 1

 

1,680

 

1,440

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank loan 2

 

6,000

 

5,940

   

7,680

 

7,380

         

Representing by:

       

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

900

 

1,200

Non-current portion of long-term borrowings

 

6,780

 

6,180

____________

(a)      On October 31, 2018, UTime SZ borrowed RMB16,000 as working capital for six months at an annual effective interest rate of 6.09% under the same credit agreement signed on November 15, 2017. The loan was secured by UTime SZ’s accounts receivable and the same office real estate. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao, Mr. Tang and Mr. Zhou. The loan was repaid on April 30, 2019.

(b)      On April 23, 2019, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB15,000 as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.8%. The loan is secured by the office real estate owned by UTime SZ and accounts receivable equal to RMB22,500 owned by UTime SZ. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao and his spouse. As of September 30, 2019, the carrying amount of the office real estate and accounts receivable were RMB18,779 and RMB22,500, respectively.

(c)      On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB2,000 for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB40 from August 21, 2018 to August 8, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan was pledged by 30% of equity interests of UTime SZ owned by Mr. Bao and is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao. On March 19, 2019, the pledged equity interests of UTime SZ was released and replaced by deposit of RMB500 as restricted cash with the bank to secure the loan. RMB320 and RMB240 were repaid by UTime SZ during the year ended March 31, 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the balance of the loan are RMB1,680 and RMB1,440, respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB480 as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB1,200 and RMB960 are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

(d)      On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB6,000 for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB60 from September 21, 2019 to August 20, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan is secured by real estate owned by Mr. Bao and guaranteed by Mr. Bao. RMB60 was repaid by UTime SZ during the six months ended September 30, 2019. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the balance for this loan is RMB6,000 and RMB5,940, respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB420 and RMB720 as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB5,580 and RMB5,220 are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

F-52

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 11 — OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Advance from customers

 

11,889

 

17,831

Accrued payroll

 

7,797

 

8,253

VAT payable

 

7,014

 

4,588

Refund liabilities

 

624

 

819

Product warranty

 

838

 

181

Other payables

 

14,016

 

4,564

Total

 

42,178

 

36,236

As of March 31, 2019, other payables mainly included RMB9,000 advance from supply chain service provider and RMB2,783 payable for purchasing manufacturing equipment. As of September 30, 2019, other payables mainly included RMB3,000 advance from supply chain service provider.

NOTE 12 — OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSES, NET

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Exchange (gains) losses

 

(5,269

)

 

1,338

 

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

 

147

 

 

(428

)

Government grants

 

(1,294

)

 

(438

)

Others

 

82

 

 

71

 

Total

 

(6,334

)

 

543

 

NOTE 13 — INCOME TAXES

Net loss before taxes of RMB4,871 and RMB9,544 were solely attributed by non-U.S. entities for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Due to operating losses in previous years and continued earnings volatility, the Company maintains a valuation allowance on the majority of our deferred tax assets. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from statutory rates of 15% to 25% for Chinese income tax purposes due to the effects of the valuation allowance and certain permanent differences from book-tax differences. As a result, the Company recorded income tax expense of RMB424 and RMB247 during the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Company did not recognize any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 in accordance with ASC 740. The Company record liabilities related to unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertain tax positions. As of September 30, 2019, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions. The Company does not expect any significant change in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months from September 30, 2019.

F-53

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

Related parties with whom the Company had transactions are:

Related Parties

 

Relationship

Mr. Bao

 

Controlling shareholder of the Company

Mr. He

 

Director and shareholder of the Company

Mr. Tang

 

Non-controlling interests of UTime SZ before February 2018

Mr. Li

 

Non-controlling interests of Bridgetime

Kaiweixin

 

Controlled by Mr. Bao

Philectronics

 

An equity method investee of the Company

(1)    Due from related parties

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Philectronics

 

525

 

551

Mr. Tang

 

181

 

Mr. Bao(i)

 

 

1,786

Mr. Li(ii)

 

101

 

Mr. He(iii)

 

 

11,429

   

807

 

13,766

____________

(i)      In December 2019, Mr. Bao has repaid RMB733 to the Company.

(ii)     Mr. Li is a former director and shareholder of Bridgetime. Amounts due from Mr. Li represent the share subscription fee for 15,000 shares of Bridgetime at par value of US$1.00 per share. On April 4, 2019, Mr. Li’s shares were forfeited.

(iii)    On April 19, 2019, UTime SZ approved a board resolution that agreed Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”), the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited, to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21,429 of which RMB10,000 was received during the six months ended September 30, 2019. As of September 30, 2019, the amount due from Mr. He was RMB11,429. On November 12, 2019, Mr. He has repaid RMB5,000 to the Company.

(2)    Due to related parties

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Kaiweixin(i)

 

23,035

 

Mr. Bao

 

1,828

 

327

Philectronics

 

597

 

583

   

25,460

 

910

____________

(i)      On September 2, 2019, UTime SZ approved a shareholder resolution that agreed Mr. Bao to invest a consideration of RMB23,884 as UTime SZ’s equity interest. The consideration primarily consisted of the amount due to Kaiweixin of RMB23,035 as of March 31, 2019.

(3)    Transactions with a related party

(a)     Sales revenue

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Philectronics

 

593

 

Total

 

593

 

F-54

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 15 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company was incorporated on October 9, 2018, with authorized share capital of US$15,000 divided into 150,000,000 shares, of which 140,000,000 shares are designated as ordinary shares at par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 shares as preferred shares at par value of US$0.0001 each. On October 9, 2018, the Company issued 12,000,000 ordinary shares with par value of US$0.0001 to its sole shareholder, Mr. Bao, in connection with the incorporation of the Company. On June 3, 2019, the Company issued 377,514 ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, to HMercury Capital Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Island that is wholly owned by Mr. He.

On April 29, 2020, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to repurchase 7,620,000 and 239,721 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited, respectively, based on the share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited on April 29, 2020. The issuance and repurchase of ordinary shares are considered as a part of the Reorganization of the Company, which was retroactively applied as if the transaction occurred at the beginning of the period presented. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the Company had 140,000,000 authorized ordinary shares, and 4,380,000 and 4,517,793 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, respectively.

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contingencies

In the opinion of management, no pending or known threatened claims, actions or proceedings against the Company are expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. There is no contingency existing as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019.

Operating lease commitments

We have non-cancellable agreements to lease our equipment to tenants under operating lease. At September 30, 2019, the minimum future rental income to be received is as follows:

Period ending September 30,

 

RMB

2020

 

1,000

Total

 

1,000

At September 30, 2019, the Company did not have significant capital and other commitments.

NOTE 17 — REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHY INFORMATION

The Company’s sales breakdown based on location of customers is as follows:

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Feature phone

 

113,008

 

81,729

Smartphone

 

16,236

 

8,758

Cell phone accessories

 

3,750

 

407

Total

 

132,994

 

90,894

F-55

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 17 — REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHY INFORMATION (cont.)

The Company’s sales breakdown based on location of customers is as follows:

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Mainland China

 

47,840

 

33,641

Hong Kong

 

36,290

 

26,811

India

 

21,215

 

9,969

Africa

 

2,420

 

9,693

The United States

 

19,954

 

10,131

South America

 

3,991

 

Others

 

1,284

 

649

Total

 

132,994

 

90,894

The location of the Company’s long-lived assets is as follows:

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

PRC

 

42,026

 

44,546

India

 

202

 

178

Total

 

42,228

 

44,724

Pursuant to ASC 280-10-50-41, the equity method investment of RMB855 and RMB833 as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively, and deposits recorded in other non-current assets of RMB8,000 were excluded from long-lived assets as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019.

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date of September 30, 2019 through June 2, 2020, the date on which the financial statements are available to be issued (“the date of the financial statements”).

On August 24, 2018, UTime GZ submitted an arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu GZ”) at Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (“SCIA”), alleging Nianfu GZ defaulted on payment of RMB7,429 under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime GZ and Nianfu GZ (No. GZNF-GZLD2017-386, the “Service Agreement”), and seeking compensation losses. The arbitration application filed by UTime GZ was accepted by SCIA at the same date. On July 24, 2019, the SCIA rendered a judgment awarding that (i) Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB1,749 for the balance for goods to UTime GZ; (ii) Nianfu GZ shall pay UTime GZ the property preservation fees and legal fees of RMB19 in total. This judgment has taken effect and UTime GZ has received the amount of RMB1,817 on September 23, 2019. On August 14, 2019, UTime GZ has submitted a new arbitration against Nianfu GZ at SCIA, mainly because our management is not satisfied with the amount of the compensation awarded by the SCIA, seeking termination of the Service Agreement and the payment of RMB5,933 by Nianfu GZ under the Service Agreement. The new arbitration application was accepted by SCIA on September 3, 2019 and the tribunal heard the case on November 14, 2019. On March 16, 2020, a new judgment was rendered by the arbitration tribunal awarding that the Service Agreement shall be terminated and Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB5,680 to UTime GZ.

F-56

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

On April 29, 2020, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to repurchase 7,620,000 and 239,721 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited, respectively, based on the share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited on April 29, 2020. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 4,380,000 ordinary shares, representing 96.95% of equity interest and 137,793 ordinary shares, representing 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively. The repurchase of ordinary shares are considered as a part of the Reorganization of the Company, which was retroactively applied as if the transaction occurred at the beginning of the period presented. 4,380,000 ordinary shares as of March 31, 2019 and 4,517,793 ordinary shares as of September 30, 2019 were issued and outstanding, on a retrospective basis. All shares and related financial information in this condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the repurchase of ordinary shares.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported in Wuhan, China. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization categorized it as a pandemic. The COVID-19 outbreak is causing lockdowns, travel restrictions, and closures of businesses and schools worldwide. The potential impact which may be caused by the outbreak is uncertain; however, it may result in a material adverse impact on our financial position, operations and cash flows. On March 24, 2020, the Indian government ordered a 21-day nationwide lockdown, followed by another order on April 14, 2020 and which was extended until May 31, 2020 with numerous relaxations which inter alia permitted opening of businesses and offices with certain restrictions. On May 30, 2020, the Indian government further extended the lockdown in certain areas identified as ‘containment zones’ until June 30, 2020 and permitted the re-opening of the economy in a phased manner in areas outside the containment zones. However, the respective state/ union territory governments have been empowered to prohibit activities in areas outside containment zones or impose such restrictions as deemed necessary to contain the spread of COVID-19, which has slowed down the rate of resumption of business activities. Due to the lockdown, our operations in India were halted for several weeks, however, as of May 11, 2020 we resumed our sales operations in various parts of India (those falling under containment zones). The Indian government, if required, may further expand or extend the scope of the lockdown. The Company’s operating results from January 1, 2020 through the date of this filing have been significantly affected by the outbreak of COVID-19. Total revenue is lower than previously expected. From January 2020 to May 2020, UTime SZ borrowed an aggregate of RMB4,600 from Mr. Bao for additional working capital demand arisen in connection with the COVID-19 outbreak and repaid an aggregate of RMB3,200. Since March 2020 the Company has participated in efforts to stem the spread of the epidemic, namely, by serving as a temporary distributor of face masks to an existing overseas client. The Company’s subsidiaries have obtained necessary certificates issued by Chinese government to distribute surgical and non-surgical face masks. These unsolicited purchase orders, which aggregated approximately US$7.1 million as of June 2, 2020, have helped the Company to maintain revenue and cash flow to a certain extent. However, the Company does not intend for this revenue stream to become part of its long-term business strategy. The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our operational results and financial condition will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and impact on our customers, all of which are uncertain.

F-57

Until and including                    , 2020 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

3,750,000

Ordinary Shares

UTime Limited

________________________

PROSPECTUS

________________________

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.

        , 2020

 

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We are a Cayman Islands company. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through actual fraud or their own willful default.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers in connection with this offering. Under these agreements, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

ITEM 7.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act. None of these transactions involved any underwriters’ underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe that each of the following issuances to private placement investors was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. We believe that our issuances of incentive shares and options to our employees, directors, officers and consultants were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

On October 9, 2018, we issued 12,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, to Mr. Bao, our founder, chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors, in connection with our incorporation, for consideration of $1,200. In May 2019, these shares were transferred to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands that is wholly owned by Mr. Bao.

On June 3, 2019, we issued 377,514 ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, to HMercury Capital Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Island that is wholly owned by Mr. He, our director nominee, pursuant to a certain share subscription agreement, for consideration of $37.75.

On April 29, 2020, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to repurchase 7,620,000 and 239,721 ordinary shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at par value from Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited, respectively, based on the share repurchase agreement that the Company entered into with Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited on April 29, 2020. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 4,380,000 ordinary shares, representing 96.95% of equity interest and 137,793 ordinary shares, representing 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively, as of the date of this prospectus.

ITEM 8.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

a)     Exhibits

See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-5 of this registration statement.

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical

II-1

statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosure that was made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosure of material information regarding material contractual provisions is required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

b)     Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

ITEM 9.     Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(2)    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(3)    That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, (i) the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and (ii) each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Shenzhen, China, on June 2, 2020.

 

UTIME LIMITED

   

By:

 

/s/ Minfei Bao

   

Name:

 

Minfei Bao

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
(principal executive officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Minfei Bao

 

Chief Executive Officer and

 

June 2, 2020

Minfei Bao

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal executive officer)

   

/s/ Shibin Yu

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

June 2, 2020

Shibin Yu

 

(Principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

   

II-3

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of UTime Limited has signed this registration statement in Newark, Delaware, on June 2, 2020.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

   

/s/ Donald Puglisi

   

Name: Donald Puglisi

   

Title: Managing Director

II-4

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Document

1.1**

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1*

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect

3.2**

 

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering

4.1**

 

Form of Representative’s Warrants

5.1**

 

Opinion of Maples and Calder regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered

5.2**

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding PRC legal matters

5.3**

 

Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP regarding the validity of the warrants being registered to the representative of the underwriters

8.1**

 

Opinion of Maples and Calder regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)

8.2**

 

Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP regarding certain U.S. tax matters

10.1*

 

Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement, dated September 4, 2019, by and among Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., United Time Technology Company Limited, Min He and Minfei Bao.

10.2*

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement, dated September 4, 2019, by and among Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., United Time Technology Company Limited, Min He and Minfei Bao.

10.3*

 

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement, dated March 19, 2019, by and between Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. and United Time Technology Company Limited.

10.4*

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement, dated September 4, 2019, by and among Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., United Time Technology Company Limited, Min He and Minfei Bao.

10.5*

 

Second Amended and Restated Power of Attorney, dated September 4, 2019, executed by Minfei Bao.

10.6*

 

Amended and Restated Power of Attorney, dated September 4, 2019, executed by Min He.

10.7*

 

Second Amended and Restated Spousal Consent Letter, dated September 4, 2019, executed by Minfei Bao’s spouse.

10.8*

 

Amended and Restated Spousal Consent Letter, dated September 4, 2019, executed by Min He’s spouse.

10.9**

 

English Translation of Credit Agreement, dated April 23, 2019, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and China Construction Bank.

10.10*

 

English Translation of Credit Agreement, dated August 1, 2019, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank.

10.11*

 

English Translation of Credit Agreement, dated August 1, 2019, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank.

10.12*

 

English Translation of Lease Agreement, dated February 1, 2018, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and Shenzhen BuTa Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

10.13*

 

English Translation of Lease Agreement, dated September 1, 2017, by and between Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. and Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

10.14**

 

English Translation of Factory Lease Agreement, dated September 1, 2017, by and between Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. and Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

10.15**

 

English Translation of Supplemental Factory Lease Agreement, dated October 10, 2019, by and between Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. and Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

10.16*

 

Form of Director Offer Letter

10.17*

 

Form of Employment Agreement

10.18**

 

Form of Indemnification Escrow Agreement

10.19**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors

10.20*

 

English Translation of Mechanical Equipment Purchase Agreement, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

10.21**

 

English Translation of Credit Agreement, dated May 8, 2020, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and China Construction Bank.

10.22**

 

English Translation of Guarantee Agreement for Credit Line Loan, dated May 8, 2020, by and between Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. and China Construction Bank.

10.23**

 

English Translation of Guarantee Agreement by Natural Person for Credit Line Loan, dated May 8, 2020, by and between Minfei Bao and China Construction Bank.

10.24**

 

English Translation of Guarantee Agreement by Natural Person for Credit Line Loan, dated May 8, 2020, by and between Qiuzi Ping and China Construction Bank.

10.25**

 

English Translation of Agreement on Maximum Amount Mortgage for Credit Line Loan, dated May 8, 2020, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and China Construction Bank.

10.26**

 

English Translation of Agreement on Maximum Accounts Receivable Pledge for Credit Line Loan, dated May 8, 2020, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and China Construction Bank.

II-5

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[●], 2020

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 W. Palmetto Park Road

Suite 310

Boca Raton, Florida 33433

 

As Representative of the Underwriters named on Annex A hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, UTime Limited, a company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with the several underwriters (such underwriters, for whom ViewTrade Securities, Inc. is acting as representative (in such capacity, the “Representative,” if there are no underwriters other than the Representative, reference to multiple underwriters shall be disregarded and the term Representative as used herein shall have the same meaning as underwriter, the “Underwriters” and each an “Underwriter”) to issue and sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [●] ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), of the Company (the “Firm Shares”). The Company has also granted to the several Underwriters an option to purchase up to [●] additional Ordinary Shares, on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 1(b) hereof (the “Option Shares”). The Firm Shares and any Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement are herein collectively called the “Securities.” The offering and sale of securities contemplated by this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Offering.”

 

(1) Purchase of Securities/Consideration.

 

a. Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, an aggregate of [●] Firm Shares at a purchase price (net of discount and commissions) of $[●] per share. The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Annex A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

b. Option Shares. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option to purchase, severally and not jointly, all or any portion of the Option Shares at the same purchase price as the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised in whole or in part at any time (but not more than once) within 45 days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined below) upon notice (confirmed in writing) by the Representative to the Company setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option and the date and time, as determined by the Representative, when the Option Shares are to be delivered, but in no event earlier than the First Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the second Business Day (as defined below) or later than the tenth Business Day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters as the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter is of the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters, as adjusted by the Representative in such manner as the Representative deems advisable to avoid fractional shares. No Option Shares shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.

 

c. Commission and Expenses. In consideration of the services to be provided hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Underwriters or their respective designees their pro rata portion (based on the number of Securities purchased) of an underwriting discount equal to 7.5% of the aggregate gross proceeds raised in the Offering (the “Underwriting Fee”). In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Representative for certain out-of-pocket accountable expenses, as set forth in Section 4(i), which reimbursement shall be reduced by any Advances (as defined below) previously paid to the Representative. To the extent that the Underwriters’ incurred expenses are less than the Advances previously paid, the Underwriters will return to the Company that portion of the Advances not offset by out-of-pocket accountable expenses.

 

d. Representative’s Warrants. The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Representative (and/or its designees) (i) on the First Closing Date, warrants to purchase such number of Ordinary Shares equal to 10% of the Firm Shares issued at such Closing, and (ii) on the Second Closing Date, as applicable, warrants to purchase such number of Ordinary Shares equal to 10% of the Option Shares issued at such Closing, as applicable (collectively, the “Representative’s Warrants”). The Representative’s Warrants may be purchased in cash or via cashless exercise, shall be exercisable for a period of five years from the Effective Date (as defined below) of the Registration Statement (as defined below) and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date of the Registration Statement. The exercise price of the Representative’s Warrants is equal to 120% of the price of the initial public offering price of a Security. The Representative’s Warrants and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants will be deemed compensation by FINRA (as defined below), and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), neither the Representative’s Warrants nor any of the Ordinary Shares issued upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement pursuant to which the Representative’s Warrants are to be issued, subject to certain exceptions as set forth in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2).

 

 

 

 

(2) Delivery and Payment.

 

a. Delivery of and Payment for Securities. Delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on [●], 2020 or at such other time as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Representative and the Company, and, with respect to the Option Shares, 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on the date specified by the Representative in the written notice given by the Representative of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares, or at such other time as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares is called the “First Closing Date,” and the time and date for delivery of the Option Shares, if not the First Closing Date, is called a “Second Closing Date,” and each such closing of the payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of the Securities is referred to herein as a “Closing.” Each Closing shall be at the offices of the Representative or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, and each Closing may be undertaken by remote electronic exchange of Closing documentation. Payment for the Securities shall be made on the applicable Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds upon delivery to the Representative of the Securities through the full fast transfer facilities of the Depository Trust Company (the “DTC”) for the account of the Underwriters. The Securities shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two Business Days prior to the applicable Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Securities to be purchased on such Closing Date except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all such Securities.

 

b. Escrow Agreement. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company, the Representative and Pearlman Law Group LLP, as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), shall enter into an escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”), pursuant to which $600,000 in proceeds from the Offering shall be deposited by the Company at Closing in an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”). All remaining funds in the Escrow Account that are not subject to an indemnification claim as of the 18-month period following the First Closing Date will be returned to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent.

 

(3) Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that, as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date):

 

a. Filing of Registration Statement. The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement, and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form F-1 (File No. 333-237260), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act, which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Securities Act (the “Rule 430A Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement.” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, then after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “Preliminary Prospectus.” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion and filed with the Commission on [●], 2020, that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” Any reference to the “most recent Preliminary Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

Applicable Time” means [●] [a.m./p.m.], Eastern Time, on [●], 2020.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in the City of New York.

 

Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Effective Date” means the date and time that the Registration Statement became effective.

 

Execution Time” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties to this Agreement.

 

2

 

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (“Rule 433”), including any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Marketing Materials” means written roadshow materials prepared by or on behalf of the Company and used or referred to by the Company or with the Company’s express consent.

 

Offering” means the offering and sale of the Securities.

 

Pricing Disclosure Package” means the Pricing Prospectus, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses set forth on Schedule II and the information included on Schedule I hereto, all considered together.

 

Registration Statement” means the registration statement referred to in Section 3(a) hereof including exhibits and financial statements and any prospectus supplement relating to the Securities that is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and deemed part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A, as amended, on the Effective Date and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to the First Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended.

 

Rule 158,” “Rule 163,” “Rule 164,” “Rule 172,” “Rule 405,” “Rule 415,” “Rule 424,” “Rule 430A,” “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” refer to such rules under the Securities Act.

 

SEC Filings” means any filings made by the Company with the Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

b. Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

i. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”), except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T;

 

ii. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at the time each part thereto became effective pursuant to the Securities Act, as of the date of this Agreement, at the First Closing Date or at the Second Closing Date, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided however that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of the Underwriters consists solely of (i) the name of the Underwriters contained on the cover page of the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus and (ii) the sub-sections titled “Commissions and Expenses”, “Underwriters’ Warrants”, “Indemnification; Indemnification Escrow”, “Lock-Up Agreements”, “Pricing of this Offering”, “Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution”, “Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids”, “Passive Market Making”, “Potential Conflicts of Interest”, and “Selling Restrictions” in each case under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus (the “Underwriter Information”);

 

iii. The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, as of the date of this Agreement, and at the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date, did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information; and

 

3

 

 

iv. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), or at the First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information.

 

c. Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which any of the Company or its Controlled Entities (as defined below) is a party or by which any of them is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or (ii) that is material to the business of the Company and its Controlled Entities, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company or a Controlled Entity, as applicable, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company or such Controlled Entity, as applicable, and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Dislosure Package and the Prospectus, none of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by any of the Company or its Controlled Entities, and neither the Company or such Controlled Entity, as applicable, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company or a Controlled Entity, as applicable, of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or its Controlled Entities or any of their respective assets or businesses, including those relating to environmental laws and regulations, except to the extent that the violation would not result in a Material Adverse Change (as defined below).

 

d. Good Standing. The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a company limited by shares in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

e. Controlled Entities. Each of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, in addition to those entities whose equity is owned directly or indirectly by the Company or a company indirectly controlled by the Company through contractual arrangements, has been identified on Schedule III hereto (each, a “Controlled Entity” and collectively, the “Controlled Entities”). Each of the Controlled Entities has been duly formed, is validly existing as an entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Change; except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not result in a Material Adverse Change, all of the outstanding equity interests of each Controlled Entity have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, and are fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. None of the outstanding share capital or equity interest in any Controlled Entity was issued in violation of preemptive or similar rights of any security holder of such Controlled Entity. All of the constitutive or organizational documents of each of the Controlled Entities comply with the requirements of applicable laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and are in full force and effect. Apart from the Controlled Entities, the Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries or any company over which it has direct or indirect effective control.

 

f. VIE Organization.  United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“United Time”), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC controlled by Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. through the VIE Agreements (as defined below), and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company under the laws of the PRC or a limited company incorporated in Hong Kong or a company incorporated in India, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; 100% of the equity interests of United Time are indirectly controlled by the Company through contractual arrangements as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (the “VIE Agreements”), and such equity interests are fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims except for the pledge of the equity interests under the VIE Agreements and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the certificate of incorporation, the memorandum and articles of association, the business license and any and all other constitutive or organizational documents of United Time comply in all material respects with the requirements of applicable laws of the PRC and are in full force and effect. None of the equity interests of United Time were issued in violation of preemptive or similar rights of any security holder of United Time.

 

4

 

 

g. Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Preliminary Prospectus.

 

h. Regulations.

 

i. The disclosures in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign regulation on the Offering and the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all respects and no other such regulations are required to be disclosed pursuant to the Securities Act in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.

 

ii. Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Controlled Entities has complied, and has taken all steps to ensure compliance by each of its shareholders, directors and officers that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident or citizen with any applicable rules and regulations of the relevant PRC government agencies in effect on the applicable Closing Date (including but not limited to the Ministry of Commerce, the National Development and Reform Commission, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange) (the “SAFE”) relating to overseas investment by PRC residents and citizens (the “PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations”), including, requesting each such person that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident or citizen to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations (including any applicable rules and regulations of the SAFE).

 

iii. The Company is aware of and has been advised as to the content of the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors and any official clarifications, guidance, interpretations or implementation rules in connection with or related thereto in effect on the applicable Closing Date (the “PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules”) jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Tax Administration, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the CSRC and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on August 8, 2006, as amended on June 22, 2009, including the provisions thereof which purport to require offshore special purpose entities formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The Company has received legal advice specifically with respect to the PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules from its PRC counsel, and the Company understands such legal advice. In addition, the Company has communicated such legal advice in full to each of its officers and directors that signed the Registration Statement and each such officer and director has confirmed that he or she understands such legal advice. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the listing and trading of the Securities on the Exchange (as defined below) and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants (A) are not and will not be, as of the date hereof or at the applicable Closing Date, as the case may be, adversely affected by the PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules and (B) do not require the prior approval of the CSRC.

 

i. Absence of Certain Events. Except as contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor any of its Controlled Entities has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its share capital; and there has not been any change in the share capital (other than a change in the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities of the Company), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the share capital of the Company or any of its Controlled Entities, or any material adverse change in the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, management, properties, operations or results of operations of the Company and its Controlled Entities, taken as a whole (“Material Adverse Change”), or any development which could reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Change.

 

j. Independent Accountants. To the Company’s knowledge, BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP, the Company’s independent public accounting firm (the “Auditor”), which has expressed its opinions with respect to the financial statements and schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is (i) an independent public accounting firm within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”)) and (iii) not in violation of the auditor independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

5

 

 

k. Financial Statements, etc. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company and its Controlled Entities at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act. There are no disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospetus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission). Each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company and its Controlled Entities with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses of the Company and its Controlled Entities.

 

l. Capitalization; the Securities; Registration Rights. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the share capital of the Company, including the outstanding Ordinary Shares, are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities that have not been waived in writing (a copy of which has been delivered to counsel to the Underwriters), and the holders thereof are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities which may be sold hereunder by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and the share capital of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares, conforms to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus. Except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, (i) there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Memorandum and Articles of Association (or other constitutive or organizational documents) or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, (ii) neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any Ordinary Shares or other securities of the Company (collectively “Registration Rights”) and (iii) any person to whom the Company has granted Registration Rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus. The Company has an authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization.” The Ordinary Shares (including the Securities) conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. In addition, except as described in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company any share capital of the Company, and there are no option, share bonus or other share plans or arrangements in existence.

 

m. Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. Each of this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

n. No Conflicts, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the Company and the Controlled Entities pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which any of the Company or the Controlled Entities, as applicable, is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Memorandum and Articles of Association or other constitutive or organizational documents (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time); or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental authority as of the date hereof, except in the case of (i) or (iii), such as would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

6

 

 

o. No Defaults; Violations. Except as described in the Pricing Dislosure Package and the Prospectus , no default exists, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default, in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which any of the Company or its Controlled Entities is a party or by which any of the Company or its Controlled Entities may be bound or to which any of their respective properties or assets is subject. Except as described in the Pricing Dislosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Controlled Entities is (i) in violation of any term or provision of its constitutive or organizational documents, or (ii) in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental authority, except such as would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

p. Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

 

i. Conduct of Business. Each of the Company and its Controlled Entities has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except to the extent that the lack of any such authorizations would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

ii. Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and thereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants and as contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

 

q. D&O Information. To the Company’s knowledge, all information concerning the Company’s directors, officers and principal shareholders described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause such information to become materially inaccurate or incorrect.

 

r. Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. Except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit or proceeding (i) to which the Company or any Controlled Entity is a party or (ii) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of, any employee benefit plan sponsored or any property or assets owned or leased by, the Company or any Controlled Entity before or by any court or governmental authority, or any arbitrator, which, individually or in the aggregate, might result in any Material Adverse Change, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Securities. There are no current or, to the knowledge of the Company, pending, legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings (x) to which the Company or any Controlled Entity is subject or (y) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of, any employee plan sponsored by or any property or assets owned or leased by, the Company or any Controlled Entity, that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus and that have not been so described.

 

s. [Reserved.].

 

t. Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA.

 

i. Finder’s Fees. Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, broker’s, agent’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Controlled Entity with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or any Controlled Entity or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

ii. Payments Within Twelve Months. Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Controlled Entities has made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (A) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (B) any FINRA member; or (C) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.

 

iii. Use of Proceeds. None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

7

 

 

iv. FINRA Affiliation. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no affiliations or associations between (A) any member of the FINRA and (B) the Company or any of its Controlled Entities or any of their respective officers, directors or, to the knowledge of the Company, 5% or greater security holders or, to the knowledge of the Company, any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired at any time on or after the 180th day immediately preceding the date that the Registration Statement was initially filed with the Commission.

 

v. Information. All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to the Underwriters’ counsel specifically for use by the Underwriters’ counsel in connection with its Public Offering System filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

u. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Controlled Entities or their respective affiliates, nor any director or officer, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its Controlled Entities or their respective affiliates, has (A) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (B) taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; or (C) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit; and the Company and its Controlled Entities and their respective affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

 

v. Compliance with OFAC.

 

i. None of the Company or its Controlled Entities, nor any director, officer or employee thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate or representative of any of the Company or its Controlled Entities, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is:

 

A. the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor

 

B. located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, Burma/Myanmar, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

ii. The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity:

 

A. to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any individual or entity or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

B. in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

iii. For the past five years, none of the Company or its Controlled Entities has knowingly engaged in, and is now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

w. Money Laundering Laws. None of the Company or its Controlled Entities, their respective affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors, supervisors, managers, agents, or employees, has violated, the Company’s participation in the Offering will not violate, and the Company and its Controlled Entities have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance with, each of the following laws: (A) anti-bribery laws, including but not limited to, any applicable law, rule, or regulation of any locality, including but not limited to any law, rule, or regulation promulgated to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed December 17, 1997, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other law, rule or regulation of similar purposes and scope or (B) anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to, applicable federal, state, international, foreign or other laws, regulations or government guidance regarding anti-money laundering, including, Title 18 US. Code section 1956 and 1957, the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, and international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the United States is a member and with which designation the United States representative to the group or organization continues to concur, all as amended, and any Executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder.

 

8

 

 

x. Lock-Up Agreements. Schedule IV hereto contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s officers, directors and each beneficial owner of the Company’s outstanding Ordinary Shares (or securities convertible or exercisable into Ordinary Shares) (collectively, the “Lock-Up Parties”). The Company has caused each of the Lock-Up Parties to deliver to the Representative an executed Lock-Up Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), prior to the execution of this Agreement. The Company will enforce the terms of each Lock-Up Agreement and issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent and registrar for the Ordinary Shares with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement. If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions of any Lock-Up Agreement between an officer or director of the Company and the Representative and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three Business Days before the effective date of such release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by means of a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, issued through a major news service, at least two Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

y. Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any of its Controlled Entities or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

z. Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance. Except in each case as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus:

 

i. Disclosure Controls. To the extent required, the Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”) and such controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Company is made known to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer. The Company has utilized such controls and procedures in preparing and evaluating the disclosures in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

 

ii. Compliance. The Company is in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure its future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

iii. Accounting Controls. To the extent required, the Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and none of the Company, its board of directors and audit committee is aware of any “significant deficiencies” or “material weaknesses” (each as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) in its internal control over financial reporting, or any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of the Company who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls; and since the end of the latest audited fiscal year, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s board of directors has, subject to the exceptions, cure periods and the phase-in periods specified in the applicable rules of the Exchange (“Exchange Rules”), validly appointed an audit committee to oversee internal accounting controls whose composition satisfies the applicable requirements of the Exchange Rules and the Company’s board of directors and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of the Exchange Rules.

 

aa. Investment Company Act. None of the Company or its Controlled Entities is or, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

bb. No Labor Disputes. Except as described in the Pricing Dislosure Package and the Prospectus, no labor problem or dispute with the employees of any of the Company or its Controlled Entities exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its Controlled Entities’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that could result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

9

 

 

cc. Intellectual Property Rights. Except as described in the Pricing Dislosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Controlled Entities owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“Intellectual Property Rights”) necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. No action or use by any of the Company or its Controlled Entities necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. None of the Company or its Controlled Entities has received any notice alleging any such infringement, fee or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by any of the Company or its Controlled Entities; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of any of the Company or its Controlled Entities in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(cc), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by each of the Company or its Controlled Entities and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to any of the Company or its Controlled Entities have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(cc), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that any of the Company or its Controlled Entities infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(cc), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company or its Controlled Entities is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or its Controlled Entities, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with any of the Company or its Controlled Entities. To the Company’s knowledge, all material technical information developed by and belonging to any of the Company or its Controlled Entities which has not been patented has been kept confidential. None of the Company or its Controlled Entities is a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. The Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus contain in all material respects the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence. None of the technology employed by any of the Company or its Controlled Entities has been obtained or is being used by any of them in violation of any contractual obligation binding on any of the Company or its Controlled Entities or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their respective officers, directors or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons.

 

dd. Taxes. Each of the Company and its Controlled Entities has filed all returns (as defined below) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Controlled Entities has paid all taxes (as defined below) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against it. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. No issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from any of the Company or its Controlled Entities and no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from any of the Company or its Controlled Entities. The term “taxes” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

ee. ERISA and Employee Benefits Matters. None of the Company or its Controlled Entities maintains any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including any share purchase, share option, share-based severance, employment, change-in-control, medical, disability, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, under which (i) any current or former employee, director or independent contractor has any present or future right to benefits and which are contributed to, sponsored by or maintained by any of the Company or its Controlled Entities or (ii) any of the Company or its Controlled Entities has had or has any present or future obligation or liability.

 

ff. Compliance with Laws. Each of the Company and its Controlled Entities holds, and is operating in compliance in all material respects with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental authority or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business and all such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid and in full force and effect; and none of the Company or its Controlled Entities has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order or has reason to believe that any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order will not be renewed in the ordinary course; and except as described in the Pricing Dislosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Controlled Entities is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees.

 

10

 

 

gg. Ownership of Assets. Except as described in the Pricing Dislosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Controlled Entities has good and marketable title (valid land use rights and building ownership certificates in the case of real property located in the PRC) to all property (whether real or personal) described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, other encumbrances or defects except such as are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The property held under lease by any of the Company or its Controlled Entities is held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company or its Controlled Entities, as applicable.

 

hh. Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Controlled Entities is in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental authority or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any Environmental Laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change; and none of the Company or its Controlled Entities is aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim. None of the Company or its Controlled Entities anticipates incurring any material capital expenditures relating to compliance with Environmental Laws.

 

ii. Compliance with Occupational Laws. Except as described in the Pricing Dislosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Controlled Entities (i) is in compliance, in all material respects, with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, treaties, statutes and codes promulgated by any and all governmental authorities (including pursuant to the Occupational Health and Safety Act) relating to the protection of human health and safety in the workplace (“Occupational Laws”); (ii) has received all material permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Occupational Laws to conduct its business as currently conducted; and (iii) is in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of such permit, license or approval. No action, proceeding, revocation proceeding, writ, injunction or claim is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any of the Company or its Controlled Entities relating to Occupational Laws, and the Company does not have knowledge of any facts, circumstances or developments relating to its operations or cost accounting practices that could reasonably be expected to form the basis for or give rise to such actions, suits, investigations or proceedings.

 

jj. Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the Securities Act) of any of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

kk. Business Arrangements. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Controlled Entities has granted rights to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its services or products to any other person or is bound by any agreement that affects the exclusive right of any of the Company or its Controlled Entities to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its services or products.

 

ll. Industry Data. The statistical and market-related data included in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources. The Company has obtained all consents required for the inclusion of such statistical and market-related data in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

mm. Forward-looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

nn. Emerging Growth Company. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below)) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

11

 

 

oo. Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriters has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications (as defined below) other than those listed on Schedule V hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

pp. No Other Offering Materials. The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the Offering other than any Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Securities Act to be distributed by the Company; provided, however, that, except as set forth on Schedule II, the Company has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(m) of this Agreement and, except as set forth on Schedule II, the Company has not made and will not make any communication relating to the Securities that would constitute a Testing-the-Waters Communication, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(m) of this Agreement.

 

qq. Payments of Dividends; Payments in Foreign Currency. Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) none of the Company or its Controlled Entities is prohibited, directly or indirectly, from (A) paying any dividends or making any other distributions on its share capital, (B) making or repaying any loan or advance to the Company or any other Controlled Entity or (C) transferring any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Controlled Entity; and (ii) all dividends and other distributions declared and payable upon the share capital of the Company or any of its Controlled Entities (A) may be converted into foreign currency that may be freely transferred out of such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation, without the consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any court or governmental agency or body in such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation or tax residence, provided that such dividends are legally permissible to be declared and paid to it and the remittance of such dividends and other distributions outside the PRC complies with the procedures required by the applicable PRC Laws on foreign exchange, and (B) are not and will not be subject to withholding, value added or other taxes under the currently effective laws and regulations of such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation, without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, clearances or qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such person.

 

rr. PFIC Status. Based on the Company’s current income and assets and projections as to the value of its assets and the market value of its Securities, including the current and anticipated valuation of its assets, the Company does not believe it was a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for its most recent taxable year, and does not expect to become a PFIC for its current taxable year or in the foreseeable future.

 

ss. Foreign Private Issuer. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

tt. Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Ordinary Shares to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

uu. Stock Exchange Listing. The Securities have been approved for listing on the Exchange upon official notice of issuance and, on the date the Registration Statement became effective, the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A or other applicable form under the Exchange Act, became effective.

 

vv. No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

12

 

 

ww. No Immunity. None of the Company or its Controlled Entities or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues has any right of immunity, under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the PRC, the State of New York, or the State of Florida, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, the giving of any relief in any such legal action, suit or proceeding, set-off or counterclaim, the jurisdiction of any Cayman Islands, PRC, New York, Florida or United States federal court, service of process, attachment upon or prior to judgment, or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or execution of a judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a judgment, in any such court, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or the Representative’s Warrants; and, to the extent that the Company or any of its Controlled Entities or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, each of the Company and its Controlled Entities waives or will waive such right to the extent permitted by law and has consented to such relief and enforcement as provided in this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants.

 

xx. Validity of Choice of Law. The choice of the laws of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants is a valid choice of law under the laws of the Cayman Islands and the PRC and will be honored by courts in the Cayman Islands and the PRC. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each State of New York and United States Federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (each, a “New York Court”) and has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court; and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed and empowered, an authorized agent for service of process in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Representative’s Warrants, any preliminary prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the offering of the Securities in any New York Court, and service of process effected on such authorized agent will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company as provided in this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrants. The choice of the laws of the State of Florida as the governing law of the Escrow Agreement is a valid choice of law under the laws of the Cayman Islands and the PRC and will be honored by courts in the Cayman Islands and the PRC. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each State of Florida and United States Federal court sitting in the State of Florida (each, a “Florida Court”) and has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court; and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed and empowered, an authorized agent for service of process in any action arising out of or relating to the Escrow Agreement, any preliminary prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the offering of the Securities in any Florida Court, and service of process effected on such authorized agent will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company as provided in the Escrow Agreement.

 

yy. Enforceability of Judgment. Any final judgment for a fixed or readily calculable sum of money rendered by a New York Court or a Florida Court, as applicable, having jurisdiction under its own domestic laws in respect of any suit, action or proceeding against the Company based upon this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or the Representative’s Warrants and any instruments or agreements entered into for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein would be declared enforceable against the Company, without re-examination or review of the merits of the cause of action in respect of which the original judgment was given or re-litigation of the matters adjudicated upon, by the courts of the Cayman Islands and PRC, provided that with respect to courts of the PRC, (A) adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to be heard, (B) such judgments or the enforcement thereof are not contrary to the law, public policy, security or sovereignty of the PRC, (C) such judgments were not obtained by fraudulent means and do not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties and (D) an action between the same parties in the same matter is not pending in any PRC court at the time the lawsuit is instituted in a foreign court. The Company is not aware of any reason why the enforcement in the Cayman Islands or the PRC of such a New York Court judgment or a Florida Court judgment, as applicable, would be, as of the date hereof, contrary to public policy of the Cayman Islands or PRC.

 

zz. Officer’s Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to the Underwriters’ counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

(4) Certain Agreements of the Company. The Company agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

 

a. Required Filings. The Company will prepare and file a Prospectus with the Commission containing the Rule 430A Information omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Securities Act. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act to increase the size of the offering registered under the Securities Act and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has not yet been filed and become effective, the Company will prepare and file the Rule 462 Registration Statement with the Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rule 462(b) and the Securities Act. The Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon the Representative’s request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in the Representative’s reasonable opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will furnish the Representative and its counsel a copy of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus and will not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus to which the Representative shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.

 

13

 

 

b. Notification of Certain Commission Actions. The Company will advise the Representative, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

 

c. Continued Compliance with Securities Laws.

 

i. Within the time during which a prospectus (assuming the absence of Rule 172) relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by the Underwriters or any dealer, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Securities Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If during such period any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective investors, the Pricing Disclosure Package) to comply with the Securities Act, the Company promptly will (x) notify the Underwriters of such untrue statement or omission, (y) amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance and (z) notify the Underwriters when any amendment to the Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or when any supplement to the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) is filed.

 

ii. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus relating to the Securities or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company (x) has promptly notified or promptly will notify the Underwriters of such conflict, untrue statement or omission, (y) has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission and (z) has notified or promptly will notify the Underwriters when such amendment or supplement was or is filed with the Commission to the extent required to be filed by the Securities Act.

 

d. Rule 158. The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 16 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (which, for purposes of this paragraph, will be deemed to be the effective date of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if applicable) that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have satisfied the Company’s requirements under this Section.

 

e. Furnishing of Prospectuses. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement, including all exhibits, any Statutory Prospectus relating to the Securities, the Final Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriters reasonably requests. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

 

f. Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Securities for sale under the securities laws of such domestic United States or foreign jurisdictions as the Underwriters may reasonably designate and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any state.

 

g. Provision of Documents. The Company will furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and their counsel copies of the Registration Statement (one of which will be signed and will include all consents and exhibits filed therewith), and to the Underwriters and any dealer each Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may from time to time reasonably request.

 

14

 

 

h. Reporting Requirements. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to file on a timely basis with the Commission such periodic and special reports as required by the Exchange Act.

 

i. Payment of Expenses. The Company shall be responsible for and shall pay all expenses relating to the Offering, including, but not limited to: (i) all filing, communication, preparation and printing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the Securities and the filing of the offering materials with FINRA; (ii) all reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by the Representative or its counsel in connection with visits to, and examinations of, the Company; (iii) due diligence expenses; (iv) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Securities under the ‘blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of Representative’s counsel); (v) the costs of all preparing, printing and filing of the registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the Representative may reasonably deem necessary; (vi) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the Securities, if any, and the fees and expenses of the transfer agent for such Securities; (vii) the reasonable costs for road show meetings, including the costs of informational meetings at the offices of the Representative; and (viii) the legal fees of Representative’s counsel in connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities; provided, that such reimbursement obligation shall not exceed $175,000. In addition, the Company has also agreed to reimburse the Underwriters up to $8,000 for the costs associated with “tombstone” or “Lucite” advertisements. In the event that the Offering is terminated, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof. The Company has paid an expense deposit of $35,000 to the Representative, within three days of the execution of the letter of intent between the Company and the Representative (the “Letter of Intent”), and an additional $35,000 upon receipt of the SEC’s first comments, for the Representative’s anticipated out-of-pocket expenses. Any expense deposits will be returned to the Company to the extent the Representative’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

 

j. Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus and will file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required in accordance with Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

k. Absence of Manipulation. The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and has not effected any sales of Ordinary Shares which are required to be disclosed in response to Item 701 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act which have not been so disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

l. Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Underwriters if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (B) completion of the 180-day restricted period referenced to in Section 4(n) hereof.

 

m. Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, and the Representative represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule II. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company or the Underwriters is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show. Each Underwriter represents and agrees that, (A) unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not distributed, and will not distribute any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication other than those listed on Schedule V, and (B) any Testing-the-Waters Communication undertaken by it was with entities that are qualified institutional buyers with the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act.

 

15

 

 

n. Company Lock Up. The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, from the date of execution of this Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Ordinary Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, except to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement. The Company agrees not to accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4(n) shall not apply with respect to Ordinary Shares, restricted shares, restricted share units or options to employees, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to any share or option incentive plan duly adopted by the Company for such purpose, for services rendered to the Company, provided that each such issuance, at the time such issuance is made, shall not result in greater than 5% dilution of the Company, on a fully diluted basis, during the Lock-up Period.

 

o. Transfer Agent. The Company shall maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Ordinary Shares reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters, and shall retain such transfer agent for a period of not less than one year from the final Closing Date.

 

p. Press Releases. The Company shall not issue any press release without the Representative’s prior written consent, commencing on the date of this Agreement and continuing for a period of 40 days from the First Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, each of which the Underwriters shall have a reasonable right to review in advance of publication.

 

q. PRC Compliance. The Company shall comply with the PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations, and use its reasonable efforts to cause holders of its Ordinary Shares that are, or that are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, Chinese residents or Chinese citizens, to comply with the PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations applicable to them, including requesting each such shareholder to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations (including any applicable rules and regulations of the SAFE).

 

r. Observer Rights. The Company shall, for a period of one year from the Effective Date, grant the Representative the right to send a representative to observe each meeting of the Company’s board of directors; provided, that (i) such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and its counsel; (ii) upon written notice to the representative, the Company may exclude such representative from meetings where, upon the written opinion of Company’s counsel, such representative’s presence would compromise an attorney-client privilege. The Company agrees to give the Representative written notice of each such meeting and to provide the Representative with an agenda and minutes of the meeting no later than it gives such notice and provides such items to the other directors, and reimburse the representative of the Representative for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its attendance at the meeting, including but not limited to, food, lodging and transportation, as well as the same fees or compensation paid to non-employee directors of the Company.

 

s. Filings. For a period of one year from the First Closing Date, the Company shall (i) furnish to the Representative and distribute to the Company’s security holders an annual report and annual financial statements; the parties agree that filing of such documents on the Commission’s EDGAR system and mailing in accordance with Commission requirements will satisfy this requirement; (ii) furnish to the Representative copies of all filings with the Commission; the parties agree that filing of such documents on the Commission’s EDGAR system will satisfy this requirement; and (iii) furnish to the Representative special security position reports and tracking reports as prepared by the DTC.

 

t. Right of First Refusal. For a period of 18 months from the First Closing Date, the Representative shall have a right of first refusal to act as manager with respect to any public or private sale of any of the Company’s securities or any Controlled Entities’ securities or other financings; provided, however, that such right shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2); and further provided, that such right shall not apply to any issuances pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan, if any, for the Company’s employees during such 18-month period. In connection with such right, the Company shall furnish the Representative with the terms and conditions of any financing and/or bona fide proposed private or public sale of securities to be made by the Company and/or any Controlled Entities, and the name and address of such person, entity, or representative.

 

u. Termination Arrangements. If, prior to one year after the effective date of the Company’s Letter of Intent with the Representative (the effective date of the Letter of Intent being July 26, 2019), the Company (i) does not complete the Offering and enters into discussions regarding a letter of intent or similar agreement with a third party broker-dealer or any other person without the written consent of the Representative, and/or (ii) effects a private and/or public offering of the Ordinary Shares with another broker-dealer or any other person without the written consent of the Representative, the Company shall be liable to the Representative for reimbursement of the out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually incurred by the Representative and $175,000; provided, however, that such fees shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2); and provided further that such fees shall not apply if and to the extent the Representative has advised the Company of the Representative’s inability or unwillingness to proceed with the Offering; and provided further that (a) the Company has a right of termination for cause, which includes that the Company may terminate the engagement of the Representative upon the Representative’s material failure to provide the underwriting services contemplated in the Letter of Intent; (b) the Company’s exercise of the right of termination for cause will eliminate any obligations with respect to the payment of any termination fee; (c) the amount of any termination fee will be reasonable in relation to the underwriting services contemplated in the Letter of Intent, such termination fee not applying for termination for cause; and (d) the Company will not be responsible for paying any termination fee unless a private and/or public offering of the Ordinary Shares with another broker-dealer or any other person without the written consent of the Representative is consummated within two years of the date the engagement is terminated by the Company.

 

16

 

 

(5) Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the Company contained herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

a. Filing of Prospectuses. All filings required by Rules 424, 430A and 433 of the Securities Act shall have been timely made (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or Rule 164(b)); no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the Underwriters’ satisfaction.

 

b. Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Underwriters shall not have advised the Company that (i) the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a material fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is material or omits to state a material fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is material and is required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

c. Absence of Certain Events. Except as contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Controlled Entities has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its share capital; and there shall not have been any change in the share capital (other than a change in the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt of any of the Company (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities of the Company), or its Controlled Entities, or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the share capital of any of the Company or its Controlled Entities, or any Material Adverse Change or any development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), that, in the Underwriters’ reasonable judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

 

d. Officer’s Certificate. The Underwriters shall have received on and as of each Closing Date a certificate, addressed to the Underwriters, signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company to the effect that:

 

i. The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct as if made at and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date; and

 

ii. No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body.

 

e. Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated such Closing Date, certifying: (i) that the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum and Articles of Association are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers and directors of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

f. Opinion of Counsel for the Company. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion and negative assurance letter of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, U.S. counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

17

 

 

g. Opinion of PRC Counsel for the Company. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion of B&D Law Firm, PRC counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

h. Opinion of Cayman Islands Counsel for the Company. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion of Maples and Calder, Cayman Islands counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

i. Opinion of Indian counsel for the Company. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion of Vaish Associates Advocates, Indian counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

j. Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the written opinion of K&L Gates LLP, U.S. counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

k. No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of such Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of such Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities.

 

l. Good Standing. At each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received on and as of such Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its Controlled Entities in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Underwriters may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions or, for any such jurisdiction in which evidence of good standing may not be obtained from appropriate governmental authorities, in the form of an opinion of counsel licensed in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

m. Lock-up Agreements. The Underwriters shall have received all of the Lock-Up Agreements from the Lock-Up Parties, and the Lock-Up Agreements shall be in full force and effect.

 

n. Escrow Agreement. The Company shall have entered into the Escrow Agreement with the Representative and the Escrow Agent, and such agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

o. Representative’s Warrants. At each Closing Date, as applicable, the Company shall issue the Representative’s Warrants to the Representative, as set forth in Section 1(d) hereof.

 

p. FINRA Matters. FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

q. Comfort Letters. The Company shall have requested and caused the Auditor to have furnished to the Underwriters, at the Execution Time and at each Closing Date and any settlement date, letters (which may refer to letters previously delivered to the Underwriters), dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of such Closing Date and any settlement date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

r. Exchange Listing. The Securities to be delivered on each Closing Date shall have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market (the “Exchange”), subject to official notice of issuance, and shall be DTC eligible.

 

s. Additional Documents. On or prior to each Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further certificates and documents as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters. The Company will furnish the Underwriters with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents as the Underwriters shall reasonably request.

 

18

 

 

(6) Indemnification and Contribution.

 

a. The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Underwriters, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Company) arising out of (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Securities Act Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications or in any other materials used in connection with the offering of the Securities, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications or, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information. The indemnification obligations under this Section 6(a) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which the Company might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Underwriter Indemnified Party.

 

b. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each a “Company Indemnified Party”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Company Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Representative), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information, and will reimburse such Company Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. The indemnification obligations under this Section 6(b) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which each Underwriter might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Company Indemnified Party.

 

c. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however, that if (i) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (ii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (iii) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent it in any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 6, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the indemnified party as incurred.

 

d. The indemnifying party under this Section 6 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is a party or could be named and indemnity was or would be sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel pursuant to Section 6(c), such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

19

 

 

e. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering and sale of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total Underwriting Fee received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (e). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

f. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, no Underwriter shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 6, either as indemnification or contribution or both, any amount in excess of the amount of the Underwriting Fee actually received by it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

g. For purposes of this Agreement, the Underwriters confirm, and the Company acknowledges, that there is no information concerning the Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by the Representative specifically for preparation of or inclusion in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than the Underwriter Information.

 

(7) Term and Termination of Agreement. The term of this Agreement will commence upon the execution of this Agreement and will terminate upon the consummation of the final Closing of the Offering; provided the Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 1(b), if exercised, may be cancelled at any time prior to the Second Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall have failed, refused or been unable, at or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any agreement on its part to be performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on the Exchange shall have been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, (v) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, or (vi) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in the Representative’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the Securities. Any such termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that those portions of this Agreement specified in Section 9 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein, less any advances previously paid which as of the date hereof is $70,000 (the “Advances”), then due and payable and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Underwriters. To the extent that the Underwriters’ out-of-pocket expenses are less than the Advances, the Underwriters will return to the Company that portion of the Advances not offset by actual expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any provision in this Agreement concerning or relating to confidentiality, indemnification, contribution, advancement, the Company’s representations and warranties and the Company’s obligations to pay fees and reimburse expenses will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

20

 

 

(8) Underwriter Default.

 

a. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligation to purchase Firm Shares, and if the Firm Shares with respect to which such default relates (the “Default Securities”) do not (after giving effect to arrangements, if any, made by the Representative pursuant to subsection (b) below) exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares, each non-defaulting Underwriter, acting severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company that number of Default Securities that bears the same proportion to the total number of Default Securities then being purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Annex A hereto bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of the non-defaulting Underwriters; subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representative in its sole discretion shall make.

 

b. In the event that the aggregate number of Default Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Firm Shares, the Representative may in its discretion arrange for itself or for another party or parties (including any non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters who so agree) to purchase the Default Securities on the terms contained herein. In the event that within five (5) calendar days after such a default the Representative does not arrange for the purchase of the Default Securities as provided in this Section 8, this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of the Company with respect thereto (except in each case as provided in Sections 4(i), 6, 7, 8 and 9) or the Underwriters, but nothing in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters of its or their liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and the Company for damages occasioned by its or their default hereunder.

 

c. In the event that any Default Securities are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date for a period, not exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which, in the reasonable opinion of Underwriters’ counsel, may be necessary or advisable. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 8 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.

 

(9) Survival of Indemnities, Representations, Warranties, Etc. The respective indemnities, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by them respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or the Company or any person controlling any of them and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, including any termination pursuant to Section 7, the payment, reimbursement, indemnity and contribution agreements contained in Sections 4(i), 6, 7, 8 and 9, and the Company’s covenants, representations, and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect at all times. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 and the covenants, warranties and representations of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, any person who controls the Underwriters within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or any affiliate of the Underwriters, or by or on behalf of the Company, the Company’s directors or officers or any person who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the issuance and delivery of the Securities. The Company and the Underwriters agree to notify each other of the commencement of any proceeding against either of them promptly, and, in the case of the Company, against any of the Company’s officers or directors in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities, or in connection with the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(10) Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered, delivered by reputable overnight courier (i.e., Federal Express) or delivered by facsimile or e-mail transmission to the parties hereto as follows

 

If to the Company, to:

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

Attention: Minfei Bao

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10105

Attention: Barry I. Grossman, Esq.

Email: bigrossman@egsllp.com

Facsimile: (212) 370-7889

 

21

 

 

If to the Underwriters, to:

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 West Palmetto Park Road, Suite 310

Boca Raton, FL 33433

Attention: Douglas Aguililla, Director, Investment Banking

Email: dougagui@viewtrade.com

Facsimile: (561) 620-0302

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

K&L Gates LLP

Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, Florida 33131-2399

Attention: Clayton E. Parker, Esq.

Email: Clayton.Parker@klgates.com

Facsimile: (305) 358-7095

 

(11) Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 6, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

(12) Headings. The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and will not be deemed to be part of this Agreement.

 

(13) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, electronic delivery, or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the Party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile, electronic copy, or “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.

 

(14) Absence of Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

a. No Other Relationship. The Underwriters have been retained solely as independent contractors to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and any Underwriter has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Prospectus, irrespective of whether any such Underwriter has advised or is advising the Company on other matters;

 

b. Arm’s-Length Negotiations. The price of the Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arm’s-length negotiations with the Underwriters and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

c. Absence of Obligation to Disclose. The Company has been advised that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and that the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

d. Waiver. The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Underwriters shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

 

(15) Amendment. In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior and all contemporaneous agreements (whether written or oral), understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended or modified in writing, signed by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit.

 

(16) Confidentiality. In the event of the consummation or public announcement of the Offering, the Underwriters shall have the right to disclose their participation in the Offering, including through, at the Underwriters’ cost, the use of “tombstone” advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals. The Underwriters agrees not to use any confidential information concerning the Company provided to the Underwriters by the Company for any purposes other than those contemplated under this Agreement.

 

(17) Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

22

 

 

(18) Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service. The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and each of the Company’s Controlled Entities irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the New York Courts, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company irrevocably appoints Puglisi & Associates as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) in the United States, upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agree that service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon such agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of two years from the date of this Agreement.

 

(19) Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Underwriters could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in the State of New York on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Company pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any sum due from it to the Underwriters or any person controlling the Underwriters shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first Business Day following receipt by the Underwriters or controlling person of any sum in such other currency, and only to the extent that the Underwriters or controlling person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder, the Company agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Underwriters or controlling person against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder, the Underwriters or controlling person agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder.

 

(20) Time of Essence. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

23

 

 

Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this Agreement whereupon this Agreement will become a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  UTime Limited
     
  By:
    Name:
    Title:    

 

Accepted by the Representative, acting for itself and as Representative of the Underwriters named on Annex A hereto, as of the date first written above:

 

   
  ViewTrade Securities, Inc.
     
  By:
    Name: Douglas Aguililla
    Title: Director, Investment Banking

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

 

 

Annex A

 

Name of Underwriters   Number of Securities Being Purchased (1)
ViewTrade Securities, Inc.   [●]
Total   [●]

  

(1) The Underwriters may purchase an additional [●] Option Shares, to the extent the option described in Section 1(b) of this Agreement is exercised in the manner described in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Pricing Information

 

Initial public offering price per share for the Securities: $[●]

 

Number of Firm Shares offered: [●]

 

Number of Option Shares offered: [●]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE II

  

Certain Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses

 

[•]

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE III

  

Controlled Entities

 

Subsidiaries, Variable Interest Entity, and Subsidiaries of Variable Interest Entity   Jurisdiction
UTime International Limited   Hong Kong
Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.   People’s Republic of China
Bridgetime Limited   British Virgin Islands
Do Mobile India Private Limited   Republic of India
United Time Technology Co., Ltd.   People’s Republic of China
Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.   People’s Republic of China
UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited   Hong Kong
UTime India Private Limited   Republic of India

  

 

 

 

SCHEDULE IV

  

Lock-Up Parties

 

[•]

  

 

 

 

SCHEDULE V

  

Testing the Waters Communications

 

[•]

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

[●], 2020

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 W. Palmetto Park Road Suite 310

Boca Raton, Florida 33433

 

As Representative of the Underwriters

named on Annex A to the Underwriting Agreement

 

Dear Sirs:

 

As an inducement to the underwriters, for which ViewTrade Securities, Inc. is acting as representative (the “Representative”), to execute an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) providing for a public offering (the “Offering”) of ordinary shares (the “Ordinary Shares”), of UTime Limited and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby agrees that without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Representative during the period specified in the second succeeding paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Ordinary Shares (including Ordinary Shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a share option, unit, warrant or other derivative security) whether now owned or hereafter acquired (the “Undersigned’s Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Undersigned’s Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

For avoidance of doubt, the restrictions in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to the exercise, conversion or vesting of an option, deferred stock unit, or other derivative security into Ordinary Shares, provided that the underlying Ordinary Shares and the Ordinary Shares resulting therefrom shall be held by the holder of such option, deferred stock unit, or other derivative security and shall be, and continue to be, subject to this Agreement, including the restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

 

The undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Securities even if such Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Securities or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Securities.

 

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Agreement and continue and include the date 12 months after the date of the final prospectus used to sell Ordinary Shares in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representative agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Ordinary Shares, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration, and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Agreement that are applicable to the transferor, to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or (2) distributions of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares to limited partners, limited liability company members or shareholders of the undersigned, (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust, (v) by testate succession or intestate succession, (vi) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act related thereto such report shall disclose that such transfer was by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, (vii) to cover the payment of the exercise prices or the payment of taxes associated with the exercise or vesting of equity awards that were issued under an equity compensation plan of the Company, if any, provided that, for avoidance of doubt, the underlying Ordinary Shares and any Ordinary Shares issued as a result shall continue to be subject to this Agreement, including the restrictions set forth in this Agreement, or (viii) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, in the case of clauses (i)-(vi), that (x) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the Representative to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities in a transaction not involving a public offering or public resale; provided that (x) the transferee agrees in writing with the Representative to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (y) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of Ordinary Shares if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that upon request, the undersigned will execute and additional documents necessary to ensure the validity or enforcement of this Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement if (i) the Company notifies the Representative that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Ordinary Shares to be sold thereunder, or (iii) the Offering is not completed by July 26, 2020.

 

The undersigned understands that the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Offering in reliance upon this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
     
    Printed Name of Holder
     
  By:  
    Signature
     
     
    Printed Name of Person Signing
    (and indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

 

 

  

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Company Press Release for Waivers or Releases

of Officer/Director Lock-Up Agreements

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

 

[Date]

 

UTime Limited (the “Company”) announced today that ViewTrade Securities, Inc., [the sole Underwriter] [as representative of the several Underwriters], is [waiving] [releasing] [a] lock-up restriction[s] with respect to an aggregate of [●] ordinary shares held by certain [officers] [directors] of the Company. These [officers] [directors] entered into lock-up agreements with ViewTrade in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

 

This [waiver] [release] will take effect on [●] [date that is at least 2 business days following date of this press release].

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2020 Revision)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

 

UTime Limited

(adopted by special resolution dated [Date] and effective on [date])

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2020 Revision)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

UTime Limited

(adopted by special resolution dated [Date] and effective on [date])

 

1 The name of the Company is UTime Limited

 

2 The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may decide.

 

3 The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

4 The liability of each Member is limited to the amount unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5 The share capital of the Company is US$15,000 divided into 140,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

6 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7 Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association bear the respective meanings given to them in the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company.

 

2

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2020 Revision)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

UTime Limited

(adopted by special resolution dated [Date] and effective on [date])

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 In the Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

  Applicable Law   means, with respect to any person, all provisions of laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates, judgments, decisions, decrees or orders of any governmental authority applicable to such person.
       
  Articles   means these amended and restated articles of association of the Company.
       
  Audit Committee   means the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company established pursuant to the Articles, or any successor committee.
       
  Auditor   means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
       
  Clearing House   means a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
       
  Company   means the above named company.
       
  Company’s Website   means the website of the Company and/or its web-address or domain name (if any).

 

3

 

 

  Compensation Committee   means the compensation committee of the board of directors of the Company established pursuant to the Articles, or any successor committee.
       
  Designated Stock Exchange   means any United States national securities exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed for trading, including the Nasdaq Capital Market.
       
  Directors   means the directors for the time being of the Company.
       
  Dividend   means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.
       
  Electronic Communication   means a communication sent by electronic means, including electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website (including the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission) or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by the Directors.
       
  Electronic Record   has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law.
       
  Electronic Transactions Law   means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
       
  Exchange Act   means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any similar U.S. federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
       
  Independent Director   has the same meaning as in the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange or in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as the case may be.
       
  IPO   means the Company’s initial public offering of securities.
       
  Member   has the same meaning as in the Statute.
       
  Memorandum   means the amended and restated memorandum of association of the Company.
       
  Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee   means the nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors of the Company established pursuant to the Articles, or any successor committee.

 

4

 

 

  Officer   means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company.
       
  Ordinary Resolution   means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.
       
  Ordinary Share   means an ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.
       
  Preference Share   means a preference share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.
       
  Register of Members   means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.
       
  Registered Office   means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
       
  Seal   means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
       
  Securities and Exchange Commission   means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
       
  Securities Act   means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar U.S. federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
       
  Share   means an Ordinary Share or a Preference Share and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.
       
  Special Resolution   has the same meaning as in the Statute.
       
  Statute   means the Companies Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
       
  Treasury Share   means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.

 

5

 

 

1.2 In the Articles:

 

(a) words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b) words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

(c) words importing persons include corporations as well as any other legal or natural person;

 

(d) “written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(e) “shall” shall be construed as imperative and “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(f) references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

(g) any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(h) the term “and/or” is used herein to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

(i) headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

(j) any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(k) any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law;

 

(l) sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law shall not apply;

 

(m) the term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect; and

 

(n) the term “holder” in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.

 

6

 

 

2 Commencement of Business

 

2.1 The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.

 

2.2 The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3 Issue of Shares

 

3.1 Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividends or other distributions, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Statute and the Articles) vary such rights.

 

3.2 The Company may issue rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company on such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3.3 The Company may issue securities in the Company, which may be comprised of whole or fractional Shares, rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company, upon such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3.4 The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

4 Register of Members

 

4.1 The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

4.2 The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Statute. The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

7

 

 

5 Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

5.1 For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper or any other newspaper or by any other means in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days.

 

5.2 In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

5.3 If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

6 Certificates for Shares

 

6.1 A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and, subject to the Articles, no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6.2 The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

6.3 If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

8

 

 

6.4 Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

6.5 Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Statute, if applicable, or as the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law may from time to time determine, whichever is shorter, after the allotment or, except in the case of a Share transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgement of a Share transfer with the Company.

 

7 Transfer of Shares

 

7.1 Subject to the terms of the Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his Shares by an instrument of transfer provided that such transfer complies with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. If the Shares in question were issued in conjunction with rights, options or warrants issued pursuant to the Articles on terms that one cannot be transferred without the other, the Directors shall refuse to register the transfer of any such Share without evidence satisfactory to them of the like transfer of such option or warrant.

 

7.2 The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law or in any other form approved by the Directors and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee) and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a Clearing House or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Directors may approve from time to time. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

8 Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

 

8.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company.

 

9

 

 

8.2 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member.

 

8.3 The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

8.4 The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

9 Treasury Shares

 

9.1 The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

9.2 The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

10 Variation of Rights of Shares

 

10.1 Subject to Article 3.1, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued Shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

10.2 For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

10.3 The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith or Shares issued with preferred or other rights.

 

10

 

 

11 Commission on Sale of Shares

 

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

12 Non Recognition of Trusts

 

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

13 Lien on Shares

 

13.1 The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien thereon. The Company’s lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

13.2 The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

13.3 To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under the Articles.

 

13.4 The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

11

 

 

14 Call on Shares

 

14.1 Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

14.2 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

14.3 The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

14.4 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine (and in addition all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

14.5 An amount payable in respect of a Share on issue or allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

14.6 The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

14.7 The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

14.8 No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend or other distribution payable in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

15 Forfeiture of Shares

 

15.1 If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

12

 

 

 

15.2 If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

15.3 A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

15.4 A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest at such rate as the Directors may determine, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

15.5 A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or Officer that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

15.6 The provisions of the Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

16 Transmission of Shares

 

16.1 If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors (where he was a joint holder), or his legal personal representatives (where he was a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his Shares. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, for which he was a joint or sole holder.

 

13

 

 

 

16.2 Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him to the Company, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder of such Share. If he elects to have another person registered as the holder of such Share he shall sign an instrument of transfer of that Share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

16.3 A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him be registered as the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days of being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles), the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

17 Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

17.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a) increase its share capital by such sum as the Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c) convert all or any of its paid-up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;

 

(d) by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

(e) cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

14

 

 

17.2 All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

17.3 Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of the Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a) change its name;

 

(b) alter or add to the Articles;

 

(c) alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

(d) reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

18 Offices and Places of Business

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.

 

19 General Meetings

 

19.1 All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

19.2 The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Statute) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint.

 

19.3 The Directors, the chief executive officer or the chairman of the board of Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members’ requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

19.4 A Members’ requisition is a requisition of Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one third of the votes attributable to the issued Shares which as at that date carry the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

19.5 The Members’ requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

15

 

 

19.6 If there are no Directors as at the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition or if the Directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of the requisitionists, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall be held no later than the day which falls three months after the expiration of the said twenty-one day period.

 

19.7 A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

19.8 Members seeking to bring business before the annual general meeting or to nominate candidates for appointment as Directors at the annual general meeting must deliver notice to the principal executive offices of the Company not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the scheduled date of the annual general meeting.

 

20 Notice of General Meetings

 

20.1 At least five clear days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than ninety-five per cent in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

20.2 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that general meeting.

 

21 Proceedings at General Meetings

 

21.1 No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. The holders of a majority of the Shares being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum.

 

21.2 A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

16

 

 

 

21.3 The Members may not approve a resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts).

 

21.4 If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon a Members’ requisition, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

21.5 The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairman of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman at such general meeting. If there is no such chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.6 If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.7 The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

21.8 When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

21.9 If a notice is issued in respect of a general meeting and the Directors, in their absolute discretion, consider that it is impractical or undesirable for any reason to hold that general meeting at the place, the day and the hour specified in the notice calling such general meeting, the Directors may postpone the general meeting to another place, day and/or hour provided that notice of the place, the day and the hour of the rearranged general meeting is promptly given to all Members. No business shall be transacted at any postponed meeting other than the business specified in the notice of the original meeting.

 

21.10 When a general meeting is postponed for thirty days or more, notice of the postponed meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of a postponed meeting. All proxy forms submitted for the original general meeting shall remain valid for the postponed meeting. The Directors may postpone a general meeting which has already been postponed.

 

17

 

 

 

21.11 A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

21.12 A poll shall be taken as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

21.13 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

21.14 In the case of an equality of votes the chairman shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

22 Votes of Members

 

22.1 Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

22.2 In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

22.3 A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

22.4 No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

22.5 No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time in accordance with this Article shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

22.6 Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.

 

18

 

 

22.7 A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed.

 

23 Proxies

 

23.1 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation or other non natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative. A proxy need not be a Member.

 

23.2 The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

23.3 The chairman may in any event at his discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairman, shall be invalid.

 

23.4 The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

23.5 Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

19

 

 

24 Corporate Members

 

24.1 Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

24.2 If a Clearing House (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it sees fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the Clearing House (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of such Shares held by the Clearing House (or its nominee(s)).

 

25 Shares that May Not be Voted

 

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

26 Directors

 

26.1 There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors.

 

26.2 Commencing at the Company’s first annual general meeting, and at each annual general meeting thereafter, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the succeeding annual general meeting after their election. Except as the Statute or other Applicable Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings called for the election of Directors and/or the removal of one or more Directors and the filling of any vacancy in that connection, additional Directors and any vacancies in the board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of Directors for cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in the Articles), or by the sole remaining Director. All Directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. A Director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a Director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the Director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

20

 

 

27 Powers of Directors

 

27.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

27.2 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

27.3 The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

27.4 The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

28 Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

28.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.

 

28.2 The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

29 Vacation of Office of Director

 

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a) the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

(b) the Director absents himself (for the avoidance of doubt, without being represented by proxy) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

21

 

 

(c) the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(d) the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e) all of the other Directors (being not less than two in number) determine that he should be removed as a Director, either by a resolution passed by all of the other Directors at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other Directors.

 

30 Proceedings of Directors

 

30.1 The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the Directors then in office.

 

30.2 Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

30.3 A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or any committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is located at the start of the meeting.

 

30.4 A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

30.5 A Director may, or other Officer on the direction of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

30.6 The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

22

 

 

30.7 The Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

30.8 All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

30.9 A Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

31 Presumption of Assent

 

A Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

32 Directors’ Interests

 

32.1 A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

32.2 A Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director.

 

32.3 A Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

23

 

 

32.4 No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

32.5 A general notice that a Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

33 Minutes

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of recording all appointments of Officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors present at each meeting.

 

34 Delegation of Directors’ Powers

 

34.1 The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee). Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.2 The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees, local boards or agencies. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such appointment may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

24

 

 

34.3 The Directors may adopt formal written charters for committees and, if so adopted, shall review and assess the adequacy of such formal written charters on an annual basis. Each of these committees shall be empowered to do all things necessary to exercise the rights of such committee set forth in the Articles and shall have such powers as the Directors may delegate pursuant to the Articles and as required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. Each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, if established, shall consist of such number of Directors as the Directors shall from time to time determine (or such minimum number as may be required from time to time by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law). For so long as any class of Shares is listed on the Designated Stock Exchange, there shall be an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and, to the extent required, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each of which shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as is required from time to time by the rules and regulations of the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law.

 

34.4 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

34.5 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

34.6 The Directors may appoint such Officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an Officer may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An Officer may vacate his office at any time if he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns his office.

 

35 No Minimum Shareholding

 

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

36 Remuneration of Directors

 

36.1 The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company or the discharge of their duties as a Director, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

25

 

 

36.2 The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

37 Seal

 

37.1 The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some Officer or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

37.2 The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

37.3 A Director or Officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

38 Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

38.1 Subject to the Statute and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by law.

 

38.2 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

38.3 The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or other distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

26

 

 

38.4 The Directors may resolve that any Dividend or other distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular (but without limitation) by the distribution of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees in such manner as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

38.5 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, Dividends and other distributions may be paid in any currency. The Directors may determine the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

38.6 The Directors may, before resolving to pay any Dividend or other distribution, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the discretion of the Directors, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

38.7 Any Dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

38.8 No Dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

38.9 Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

27

 

 

39 Capitalisation

 

The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.

 

40 Books of Account

 

40.1 The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Such books of account must be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

40.2 The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

40.3 The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

41 Audit

 

41.1 The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

41.2 Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committee, if the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, and if required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Directors shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Directors and shall adopt a formal written Audit Committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis. The composition and responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

 

28

 

 

41.3 If the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilise the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest.

 

41.4 The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Audit Committee (if one exists).

 

41.5 If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

 

41.6 Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and Officers such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

41.7 Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

41.8 At least one member of the Audit Committee shall be an “audit committee financial expert” as determined by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. The “audit committee financial expert” shall have such past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual’s financial sophistication.

 

42 Notices

 

42.1 Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Notice may also be served by Electronic Communication in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or by placing it on the Company’s Website.

 

29

 

 

42.2 Where a notice is sent by:

 

(a) courier; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier;

 

(b) post; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted;

 

(c) cable, telex or fax; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted;

 

(d) e-mail or other Electronic Communication; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient; and

 

(e) placing it on the Company’s Website; service of the notice shall be deemed to have been effected one hour after the notice or document was placed on the Company’s Website.

 

42.3 A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

42.4 Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

30

 

 

43 Winding Up

 

43.1 If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

(a) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

(b) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

43.2 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the approval of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other approval required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like approval, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like approval, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

44 Indemnity and Insurance

 

44.1 Every Director and Officer (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former Officer (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

31

 

 

44.2 The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

44.3 The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other Officer against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

45 Financial Year

 

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st March in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st April in each year.

 

46 Transfer by Way of Continuation

 

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

47 Mergers and Consolidations

 

The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Statute) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Statute) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

 

32

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

Form of Representative’s Warrant to Purchase Ordinary Shares

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT OR CAUSE IT TO BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT, OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT BY ANY PERSON FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC. OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC. OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINRA RULE 5110(G)(2).

 

THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [●].1

 

PURCHASE WARRANT

 

For the Purchase of [●] Ordinary Shares
of
UTIME LIMITED

 

1. Purchase Warrant. THIS CERTIFIES THAT, pursuant to that certain Underwriting Agreement, dated [●], 2020 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and between UTime Limited (the “Company”), and ViewTrade Securities, Inc., as representative of the underwriters named on Annex A thereto, providing for the initial public offering (the “Offering”) of ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), ViewTrade Securities, Inc. or its assigns (“Holder”), as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, is entitled, at any time or from time to time on or after [●] (the “Commencement Date”)2, and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, [●]3 (the “Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to [●]4 Ordinary Shares (the “Shares”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or executive order to close, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Purchase Warrant. This Purchase Warrant is initially exercisable at $[●] per Share5; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Warrant, including the exercise price per Share and the number of Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. This Purchase Warrant is being issued pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement providing for the Offering. The term “Effective Date” shall mean the effective date of the registration statement in connection with the Offering. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context.

 

 

1 Date that is five years from the Effective Date.

2 Applicable Closing Date.

3 Date that is five years from the Effective Date.

4 10% of the Shares sold in the Offering at the applicable Closing Date.

5 120% of the price of the Shares sold in the Offering at the applicable Closing Date.

 

 

 

 

2. Exercise.

 

2.1 Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Purchase Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check or official bank check to the order of the Company. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

 

2.2 Cashless Exercise. At any time after the Commencement Date, in lieu of exercising this Purchase Warrant by payment of cash or check payable to the order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 above, Holder may elect to receive the number of Shares equal to the value of this Purchase Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of this Purchase Warrant to the Company, together with the exercise form attached hereto, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 

Y(A-B)

X    =           A

 

Where,

 

X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder;

Y = The number of Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise pursuant to Section 2.1 rather than a cashless exercise pursuant to this Section 2.2;

A = The fair market value of one Share, as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2; and

B = The Exercise Price in effect under this Purchase Warrant at the time the election to exercise this Purchase Warrant on a cashless basis is made pursuant to this Section 2.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.2, the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:

 

(i)   if the Ordinary Shares are traded on a national securities exchange, the fair market value shall be deemed to be the closing sales price on such exchange on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date the exercise form is submitted to the Company in connection with the exercise of this Purchase Warrant; or

 

(ii) if the Ordinary Shares are traded over-the-counter (i.e., on the OTCQB or OTCQX Markets operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc., or any similar over-the-counter market), the fair market value shall be deemed to be the closing bid price on the Trading Day immediately prior to the date the exercise form is submitted to the Company in connection with the exercise of this Purchase Warrant; or

 

(iii)    if there is no active public market for the Ordinary Shares, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Trading Day” means a date on which the Ordinary Shares are traded on the NYSE, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

  2  

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, if there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant by the Holder, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a cashless exercise in accordance with the provisions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

2.3 Mechanics of Exercise.

 

(i)   Issuance of Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shares purchased hereunder to be issued by the Company and certificates (if any) to be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s prime broker with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Shares or resale of the Shares or (B) this Purchase Warrant is being exercised via cashless exercise, and otherwise by delivery to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is two Trading Days after the latest of (A) the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (B) surrender of this Purchase Warrant (if required) and (C) receipt by the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price as set forth above (including by cashless exercise, if permitted) (such date, the “Share Delivery Date”). The Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Shares for all purposes, as of the date the Purchase Warrant has been exercised and payment to the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price (or by cashless exercise, if permitted) has been received by the Company and all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section 2.3(vi) prior to the issuance of such Shares have been paid.

 

(ii) Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Purchase Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder and upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant, at the time of issuance of the Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Purchase Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Shares called for by this Purchase Warrant, which new Purchase Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Purchase Warrant.

 

(iii)    Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the Shares pursuant to Section 2.3(i) by the Share Delivery Date, unless such failure was not caused by the fault or negligence of the Company, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise upon written notice to the Company within one Trading Day after the Share Delivery Date.

 

(iv)    Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Issue Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Holder has taken all actions necessary under the terms of this Purchase Warrant for such Holder to receive the Shares, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the Share Delivery Date, unless such failure was not caused by the fault or negligence of the Company, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, Ordinary Shares to issue in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions and any other applicable fees, if any) for the Ordinary Shares so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Shares that the Company was required to issue to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Purchase Warrant and equivalent number of Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or issue to the Holder the number of Ordinary Shares that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and issuance obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Ordinary Shares having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of Shares with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely issue Ordinary Shares upon exercise of the Purchase Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

  3  

 

 

(v) No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Purchase Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

(vi) Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that, in the event Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Purchase Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all transfer agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise.

 

3. Transfer - General Restrictions. The Holder agrees by his, her or its acceptance hereof, that such Holder will not: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Warrant for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than: (i) ViewTrade Securities, Inc. or another underwriter or a selected dealer participating in the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of ViewTrade Securities, Inc. or of any such underwriter or selected dealer, in each case in accordance with FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(g)(1), or (b) cause this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2). One hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) business days transfer this Purchase Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or Purchase Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Shares purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment. The Company shall register this Purchase Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Purchase Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

4. Registration. The Company shall be required to keep a registration statement effective on Form F-1 (or Form F-3, if the Company is eligible to use such form) until such date that is the earlier of the date when all of the Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant have been publicly sold by the Holder or such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant without limitation during a three-month period without registration.

 

  4  

 

 

5. New Purchase Warrants to be Issued.

 

5.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer. Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2 hereto, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor to this Purchase Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.

 

5.2 Replacement on Loss. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant, the Company, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 

6. Adjustments.

 

6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The Exercise Price and the number of Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

 

6.1.1 Share Capitalizations; Share Sub-Divisions etc. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a share capitalization of Ordinary Shares or by a sub-division of Ordinary Shares, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 6.1.1 shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

6.1.2 Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 6.1.1 above, if at any time during which this Purchase Warrant is outstanding the Company grants, issues or sells any securities of the Company which by their terms are convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares (“Ordinary Share Equivalents”) or other rights to purchase shares, warrants, securities or other property, pro rata to all of the record holders of the Ordinary Shares (the “Purchase Rights”), and not the Holder, then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Ordinary Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Ordinary Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights. The provisions of this Section 6.1.2 will not apply to any grant, issuance or sale of Ordinary Share Equivalents or other rights to purchase shares, warrants, securities or other property of the Company which is not made pro rata to all of the record holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

  5  

 

 

6.1.3 Aggregation of Shares. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in issued and outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

6.1.4 Replacement of Shares upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1, 6.1.2 or 6.1.3 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares, or in the case of any share reconstruction or amalgamation or merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, or in the case any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Ordinary Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, or in the case the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Ordinary Shares or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (in the case the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another person or group of persons, whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (not including any Ordinary Shares held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination), then the Holder of this Purchase Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, share reconstruction or amalgamation, or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Shares covered by Section 6.1.1, 6.1.2 or 6.1.3, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 or 6.1.3 and this Section 6.1.4. The provisions of this Section 6.1.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, share reconstructions or amalgamations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

 

6.1.5 Changes in Form of Purchase Warrant. This form of Purchase Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6.1, and any Purchase Warrant issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Shares as are stated in the initial Purchase Warrant. The acceptance by the Holder of the issuance of a new Purchase Warrant reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

 

  6  

 

 

6.2 Substitute Purchase Warrant. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation or other entity (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares), the corporation or other entity formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Warrant providing that the holder of each Purchase Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Warrant, the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Shares of the Company for which such Purchase Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations.

 

6.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Shares upon the exercise of this Purchase Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights.

 

6.4 Notice to Holder.

 

6.4.1 Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 6, the Company shall promptly provide the Holder with a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

6.4.2 Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Ordinary Shares, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Ordinary Shares , (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Ordinary Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital equity of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any shareholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Ordinary Shares, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Ordinary Shares are converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall provide the Holder with, at least 10 days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Ordinary Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to provide such notice or any defect therein or in the provision thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Purchase Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice need be given to the Holder if the Company makes a public announcement of the applicable event via nationally distributed press release or via a publicly available and legally compliant filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  7  

 

 

7. Reservation and Listing; Registration Rights.

 

7.1 The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant, such number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive or similar rights of any shareholder and free and clear of all liens, taxes and charges. As long as this Purchase Warrant shall be outstanding, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Shares issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all national securities exchanges (or, if applicable, on the OTCQB or OTCQX Markets operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc., or any similar over-the-counter market) on which the Shares issued to the public in the Offering may then be listed and/or quoted.

 

7.2 To the extent the Company does not maintain an effective registration statement for the Shares and cashless exercise is unavailable to any Holder under Section 2.2 hereof pursuant to which all of the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant under Section 2.2 would be tradable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant upon issuance, and in the further event that the Company files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register its Ordinary Shares (other than a registration statement on Form F-4 or S-8, or on another form, or in another context, in which such “piggyback” registration would be inappropriate), then, for the term of this Purchase Warrant, the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holder as soon as practicable but in no event less than twenty (20) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, of the offering, and offer to the Holder in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Shares as such Holder may request in writing within five days following receipt of such notice (a “Piggyback Registration”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shares to be included in such registration and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Shares requested to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Shares in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggyback Registration that involves an underwriter or underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such Piggyback Registration. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7.2, such right to request Piggyback Registration shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v).

 

8. Certain Notice Requirements.

 

8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a shareholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of this Purchase Warrant and its exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least five (5) days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books (the “Notice Date”) for the determination of the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other shareholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the shareholders; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide any written notice under this Section 8 if it makes a public announcement of the applicable event via nationally distributed press release or via a publicly available and legally compliant filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  8  

 

 

8.2 Events Requiring Notice. The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its shares any additional shares of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

 

8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price; Notice of Exercise Price. The Company shall, within five (5) business days after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holder of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating the same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Company shall, within five (5) business days after receipt by the Company of a written request by the Holder, send notice to the Holder of the Exercise Price then in effect and the number of Shares or the amount, if any, of other shares, securities or assets then issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

 

8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when (1) hand delivered, (2) mailed by express mail or private courier service, or (3) if sent by electronic mail, on the day the notice was sent if during regular business hours and, if sent outside of regular business hours, on the following business day, to following addresses or to such other addresses as the Company or Holder may designate by notice to the other party:

 

If to the Holder, to:

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 W. Palmetto Park Road, Suite 310

Boca Raton, FL 33433

Attention: Douglas Aguililla, Director, Investment Banking

Email: dougagui@viewtrade.com

Facsimile: (561) 620-0302

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

K&L Gates LLP

Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, Florida 33131-2399

Attention: Clayton E. Parker, Esq.

Email: Clayton.Parker@klgates.com

Facsimile: (305) 358-7095

 

  9  

 

 

If to the Company, to:

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

Attention: Minfei Bao

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10105

Attention: Barry I. Grossman, Esq.

Email: bigrossman@egsllp.com

Facsimile: (212) 370-7889

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

9.1 Amendments. The Company and the Holder may from time to time supplement, modify or amend this Purchase Warrant by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Holder. All modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 

9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

9.3 Entire Agreement. This Purchase Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.4 Binding Effect. This Purchase Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

 

9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Purchase Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the U.S. federal and state courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8.4 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its shareholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Purchase Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  10  

 

 

9.6 Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

9.7 Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Purchase Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Purchase Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Purchase Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of this Purchase Warrant.

 

9.8 Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant or any share certificate relating to the Shares, if share certificates are issued, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Purchase Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Purchase Warrant or share certificate, if share certificates are issued, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or share certificate, if share certificates are issued, of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Purchase Warrant or share certificate, if share certificates are issued.

 

9.9 Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Purchase Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance or other equitable remedy that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

9.10    Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Purchase Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Purchase Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

9.11    Execution in Counterparts. This Purchase Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

  11  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ______ day of   .

 

  UTIME LIMITED
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.

 

By:    
  Name: Douglas Aguililla  
  Title: Director, Investment Banking  

 

[Signature Page to Representative’s Warrant]

 

  

 

 

Form of Exercise

 

The undersigned holder hereby exercises the right to purchase _________________ ordinary shares (“Warrant Shares”) of UTime Limited (the “Company”), evidenced by the attached Purchase Warrant (the “Purchase Warrant”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Warrant. Please issue the Warrant Shares as to which the Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Warrant Shares for which the Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.

 

1. Form of Exercise Price. The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as:

 

____________ a “Cash Exercise” with respect to _________________ Warrant Shares; and/or

 

____________ a “Cashless Exercise” with respect to _______________ Warrant Shares.

 

2. Payment of Exercise Price. In the event that the holder has elected a Cash Exercise with respect to some or all of the Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant hereto, the holder shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $   to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Warrant.

 

3. Issuance of Warrant Shares. The Company shall deliver to the holder __________ Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Warrant. Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

_______________________________

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

 

_______________________________

 

_______________________________

 

_______________________________

 

Date: _______________ __, ______

 

   
Name of Registered Holder  
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

 

Name:    
     
  (Print in Block Letters)  
     
Address:    
     
     

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

  

 

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered owner of this Purchase Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee named below all of the rights of the undersigned to purchase ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of UTime Limited (the “Company”), evidenced by this Purchase Warrant, with respect to the number of ordinary shares set forth below.

 

Name of Assignee   Address and Phone Number   No. of Shares
         
         
         

 

The undersigned also represents that, by assignment hereof, the Assignee acknowledges that this Purchase Warrant and the ordinary shares to be issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof are being acquired for investment and that the Assignee will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Purchase Warrant or any ordinary shares to be issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws. Further, the Assignee has acknowledged that upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant, the Assignee shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the ordinary shares so purchased are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale.

 

   
Signature of Holder  
   
Date  

 

The undersigned assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

   
Signature of Assignee  
   
Date  

 

  

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

 

Our ref MUL/761839-000001/62753098v2

 

UTime Limited

PO Box 309, Ugland House

Grand Cayman

KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

 

2 June 2020

 

UTime Limited

 

We have acted as counsel as to Cayman Islands law to UTime Limited (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (including its exhibits, the “Registration Statement”) for the purposes of, registering with the Commission under the Act, the offering and sale to the public of:

 

(A) up to 4,312,500 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 of the Company (including 562,500 ordinary shares, which the several underwriters, for whom ViewTrade Securities, Inc., is acting as representative (“Representative”), will have a 45-day option to purchase from the Company to cover over-allotments, if any) (“Ordinary Shares”);

 

(B) warrants to be sold and issued to the Representative to purchase up to 10% of the number of Ordinary Shares sold and issued in the offering exercisable at a per Ordinary Share and warrant exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price per Ordinary Share and warrant sold and issued in the initial public offering of the Company (“Underwriters’ Warrants”); and

 

(C) all Ordinary Shares that may be issued upon exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants.

 

This opinion letter is given in accordance with the terms of the Legal Matters section of the Registration Statement.

 

1 Documents Reviewed

 

We have reviewed originals, copies, drafts or conformed copies of the following documents:

 

1.1 The certificate of incorporation dated 9 October 2018, the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company as registered or adopted on 9 October 2018 (the “Memorandum and Articles”) and a draft of the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company to be adopted by special resolution to be effective immediately before the listing of the Shares (the “Listing”) (the “IPO Memorandum and Articles”).

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2 The written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company dated 2 June 2020 (the “Resolutions”) and the corporate records of the Company maintained at its registered office in the Cayman Islands.

 

1.3 The draft written resolutions of all the shareholders of the Company (the “Shareholder Resolutions”) which includes a resolution to re-designate the authorised (and issued) share capital of the Company in the manner therein described effective on the Listing.

 

1.4 A certificate of good standing with respect to the Company issued by the Registrar of Companies (the “Certificate of Good Standing”).

 

1.5 A certificate from a director of the Company a copy of which is attached to this opinion letter (the “Director’s Certificate”).

 

1.6 The Registration Statement.

 

1.7 A draft of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the Representative (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

 

1.8 A draft of the form of the share purchase warrant in respect of the Underwriters’ Warrants (the “Share Purchase Warrant”).

 

The documents listed in paragraphs 1.7 to 1.8 inclusive above shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Documents”.

 

2 Assumptions

 

The following opinions are given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion letter. These opinions only relate to the laws of the Cayman Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion letter. In giving the following opinions, we have relied (without further verification) upon the completeness and accuracy, as at the date of this opinion letter, of the Director’s Certificate and the Certificate of Good Standing. We have also relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:

 

2.1 The Documents have been or will be authorised and duly executed and unconditionally delivered by or on behalf of all relevant parties in accordance with all relevant laws (other than, with respect to the Company, the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2.2 The Documents are, or will be, legal, valid, binding and enforceable against all relevant parties in accordance with their terms under the laws of the State of New York (the “Relevant Law”) and all other relevant laws (other than, with respect to the Company, the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2.3 The choice of the Relevant Law as the governing law of the Documents has been made in good faith and would be regarded as a valid and binding selection which will be upheld by the courts of the State of New York and any other relevant jurisdiction (other than the Cayman Islands) as a matter of the Relevant Law and all other relevant laws (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2

 

  

2.4 Copies of documents, conformed copies or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals.

 

2.5 All signatures, initials and seals are genuine.

 

2.6 The capacity, power, authority and legal right of all parties under all relevant laws and regulations (other than, with respect to the Company, the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands) to enter into, execute, unconditionally deliver and perform their respective obligations under the Documents.

 

2.7 No invitation has been or will be made by or on behalf of the Company to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of the Underwriters’ Warrants or the Ordinary Shares.

 

2.8 There is no contractual or other prohibition or restriction (other than as arising under Cayman Islands law) binding on the Company prohibiting or restricting it from entering into and performing its obligations under the Documents.

 

2.9 No monies paid to or for the account of any party under the Documents or any property received or disposed of by any party to the Documents in each case in connection with the Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby represent or will represent proceeds of criminal conduct or criminal property or terrorist property (as defined in the Proceeds of Crime Law (2020 Revision) and the Terrorism Law (2018 Revision), respectively).

 

2.10 There is nothing under any law (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands) which would or might affect the opinions set out below. Specifically, we have made no independent investigation of the Relevant Law.

 

2.11 The Company will receive money or money’s worth in consideration for the issue of the Ordinary Shares and none of the Ordinary Shares were or will be issued for less than par value.

 

2.12 The Shareholder Resolutions will be passed in the manner prescribed in the Memorandum and Articles and will not be amended, varied or revoked in any respect.

 

2.13 At the time of the Listing, the IPO Memorandum and Articles will be in full force and effect and will be unamended.

 

2.14 Save as aforesaid we have not been instructed to undertake and have not undertaken any further enquiry or due diligence in relation to the transaction the subject of this opinion letter.

 

Save as aforesaid we have not been instructed to undertake and have not undertaken any further enquiry or due diligence in relation to the transaction the subject of this opinion letter.

 

3 Opinions

 

Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing assumptions and the qualifications set out below, and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

3.1 The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar of Companies under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

  

3

 

  

3.2 Based solely on the Director’s Certificate and our review of the IPO Memorandum and Articles, upon the IPO Memorandum and Articles and the Shareholder Resolutions becoming effective, the authorised share capital of the Company will be US$15,000 divided into 140,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

3.3 The Ordinary Shares to be offered and issued by the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement (including the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants in accordance with the Share Purchase Warrant) have been duly authorised for issue, and when issued by the Company against payment in full of the consideration as set out in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms set out in the Registration Statement (including the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants in accordance with the Share Purchase Warrant), such Ordinary Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a share is only issued when it has been entered in the register of members (shareholders).

 

3.4 The execution, delivery and performance of the Share Purchase Warrant have been authorised by and on behalf of the Company and, once the Share Purchase Warrant have been executed and delivered by any director or officer of the Company, Share Purchase Warrant will be duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

3.5 The statements made in Registration Statement under the heading “Cayman Islands Taxation” are accurate in so far as such statements are summaries of Cayman Islands law.

 

4 Qualifications

 

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following qualifications:

 

4.1 The term “enforceable” as used above means that the obligations assumed by the Company under the Documents are of a type which the courts of the Cayman Islands will enforce. It does not mean that those obligations will necessarily be enforced in all circumstances in accordance with their terms. In particular:

 

(a) enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, readjustment of debts or moratorium or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b) enforcement may be limited by general principles of equity. For example, equitable remedies such as specific performance may not be available, inter alia, where damages are considered to be an adequate remedy;

 

(c) where obligations are to be performed in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, they may not be enforceable in the Cayman Islands to the extent that performance would be illegal under the laws of that jurisdiction; and

 

(d) some claims may become barred under relevant statutes of limitation or may be or become subject to defences of set off, counterclaim, estoppel and similar defences.

 

4.2 To maintain the Company in good standing with the Registrar of Companies under the laws of the Cayman Islands, annual filing fees must be paid and returns made to the Registrar of Companies within the time frame prescribed by law.

 

4

 

  

4.3 Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members (shareholders) is prima facie evidence of title to shares and this register would not record a third party interest in such shares. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. As far as we are aware, such applications are rarely made in the Cayman Islands and for the purposes of the opinion given in paragraph 3.2, there are no circumstances or matters of fact known to us on the date of this opinion letter which would properly form the basis for an application for an order for rectification of the register of members of the Company, but if such an application were made in respect of the Ordinary Shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

 

4.4 Except as specifically stated herein, we make no comment with respect to any representations and warranties which may be made by or with respect to the Company in any of the documents or instruments cited in this opinion letter or otherwise with respect to the commercial terms of the transactions the subject of this opinion letter.

 

4.5 In this opinion letter, the phrase “non-assessable” means, with respect to the issuance of shares, that a shareholder shall not, in respect of the relevant shares and in the absence of a contractual arrangement, or an obligation pursuant to the memorandum and articles of association, to the contrary, have any obligation to make further contributions to the Company’s assets (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In providing our consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

This opinion letter is addressed to you and may be relied upon by you, your counsel and purchasers of Ordinary Shares and Underwriters’ Warrants pursuant to the Registration Statement. This opinion letter is limited to the matters detailed herein and is not to be read as an opinion with respect to any other matter.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Maples and Calder

 

 

Maples and Calder

 

5

 

  

UTime Limited

PO Box 309, Ugland House

Grand Cayman

KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

 

2 June 2020

 

To: Maples and Calder
  PO Box 309, Ugland House
  Grand Cayman
  KY1-1104
  Cayman Islands

 

UTime Limited (the “Company”)

 

I, the undersigned, being a director of the Company, am aware that you are being asked to provide an opinion letter (the “Opinion”) in relation to certain aspects of Cayman Islands law. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalised terms used in this certificate have the respective meanings given to them in the Opinion. I hereby certify that:

 

1 The Memorandum and Articles remain in full force and effect and are unamended.

 

2 The Company has not entered into any mortgages or charges over its property or assets other than those entered in the register of mortgages and charges of the Company.

 

3 The Resolutions were duly passed in the manner prescribed in the Memorandum and Articles (including, without limitation, with respect to the disclosure of interests (if any) by directors of the Company) and have not been amended, varied or revoked in any respect.

 

4 Upon adoption of the IPO Memorandum and Articles, the authorised share capital of the Company will be US$15,000 divided into 140,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each. The issued share capital of the Company is 4,517,793 ordinary shares, which have been have been duly authorised and are validly issued as fully-paid and non-assessable.

 

5 The shareholders of the Company (the “Shareholders”) have not restricted the powers of the directors of the Company in any way.

 

6 The sole director of the Company at the date of the Resolutions and at the date of this certificate was and is as follows: Minfei Bao.

 

7 The minute book and corporate records of the Company as maintained at its registered office in the Cayman Islands and made available to you are complete and accurate in all material respects, and all minutes and resolutions filed therein represent a complete and accurate record of all meetings of the Shareholders and directors (or any committee thereof) of the Company (duly convened in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles) and all resolutions passed at the meetings or passed by written resolution or consent, as the case may be.

 

8 Prior to, at the time of, and immediately following the approval of the transactions the subject of the Registration Statement the Company was, or will be, able to pay its debts as they fell, or fall, due and has entered, or will enter, into the transactions the subject of the Registration Statement for proper value and not with an intention to defraud or wilfully defeat an obligation owed to any creditor or with a view to giving a creditor a preference.

 

6

 

  

9 Each director of the Company considers the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement to be of commercial benefit to the Company and has acted in good faith in the best interests of the Company, and for a proper purpose of the Company, in relation to the transactions which are the subject of the Opinion.

 

10 To the best of my knowledge and belief, having made due inquiry, the Company is not the subject of legal, arbitral, administrative or other proceedings in any jurisdiction. Nor have the directors or Shareholders taken any steps to have the Company struck off or placed in liquidation, nor have any steps been taken to wind up the Company. Nor has any receiver been appointed over any of the Company’s property or assets.

 

11 To the best of my knowledge and belief, having made due inquiry, there are no circumstances or matters of fact existing which may properly form the basis for an application for an order for rectification of the register of members of the Company.

 

12 The Registration Statement has been, or will be, authorised and duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of all relevant parties in accordance with all relevant laws.

 

13 No invitation has been made or will be made by or on behalf of the Company to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of the Ordinary Shares.

 

14 The Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to the Registration Statement have been, or will be, duly registered, and will continue to be registered, in the Company’s register of members (shareholders).

 

15 The Company is not a central bank, monetary authority or other sovereign entity of any state and is not a subsidiary, direct or indirect, of any sovereign entity or state.

 

16 There is no contractual or other prohibition or restriction (other than as arising under Cayman Islands law) binding on the Company prohibiting or restricting it from entering into and performing its obligations under the Documents.

 

(Signature Page follows)

 

7

 

  

I confirm that you may continue to rely on this certificate as being true and correct on the day that you issue the Opinion unless I shall have previously notified you in writing personally to the contrary.

 

Signature:  /s/ Minfei Bao  
Name: Minfei Bao  
Title: Director  

 

 

8

 

Exhibit 5.2

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters

 

 

B & D Law Firm

12th Floor, Building B, Posco Center, No.13 Fourth Block Wangjing
Dongyuan, Chaoyang District, Beijing 100102, P.R.C.

Tel: (86 10) 6478 9318 Fax: (86 10 ) 6478 9550

info@bdlawyer.com.cn www.bdlawyer.com.cn

 

June 2, 2020

 

To: UTime Limited

Add:   7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen 518061

People’s Republic of China

 

Dear Sirs or Madams,

 

We are lawyers qualified in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” which, for the purpose of this legal opinion only, excludes the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) and, as such, are qualified to issue this opinion on PRC Laws (as defined below).

 

We act as the PRC counsel to UTime Limited (the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands, and have been asked to render this legal opinion (this “Opinion”) with regard to the PRC laws, solely in connection with (a) the proposed initial public offering (the “Offering”) by the Company of ordinary shares of par value US$ 0.0001 per share of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (b) the Company’s proposed listing of the ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

In rendering this Opinion, we have examined, reviewed and relied on the Registration Statement, the originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of documents provided to us by the Company and such other documents, corporate records, certificates, approvals and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering this Opinion, including, without limitation, originals or copies of the agreements and certificates issued by PRC authorities and officers of the Company (collectively, the “Documents”).

 

 

 

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters

 

  

In reviewing the Documents and for the purpose of this Opinion, we have assumed:

 

(i)All signatures, seals and chops are genuine, each signature on behalf of a party thereto is that of a person duly authorized to execute the same, all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, and all Documents submitted to us as certified copies conform to the originals;

 

(ii)The Documents that were presented to us remain in full force and effect on the date of this Opinion and have not been revoked, amended or supplemented, except as otherwise indicated in such Documents;

 

(iii)All facts and information stated or given in such Documents are true and correct and no material information has been withheld or omitted by the Company and the PRC Group Companies as disclosed in the Registration Statement which is relevant for the purpose of issuing this Opinion. The execution and delivery of such Documents and their terms and conditions fully reflect the genuine and complete intention of all parties thereto acting in good faith;

 

(iv)All Governmental Agencies mentioned in the Documents have the power, right or due authorization to approve the relevant matters on which it has delivered the approvals, permits, licenses or certificates, as the case may be. All Governmental Authorizations and other official statements or documentation are obtained from a competent Government Agency by lawful means in due course;

 

(v)All information provided to us by the Company and the PRC Group Companies in response to our enquiries for the purpose of this Opinion is true, accurate, complete and not misleading, and the Company and the PRC Group Companies have not withheld anything that, if disclosed to us, would reasonably cause us to alter this Opinion in whole or in part;

 

(vi)The laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC which may be applicable to the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of the Documents have been complied with;

 

(vii)All the explanations and interpretations provided by the government officers, which duly reflect the official position of the relevant Governmental Agencies, and all factual statements, but not legal conclusions or statements of law, provided by the PRC Group Companies, including but not limited to the statements set forth in the Documents, are complete, true and correct;

 

2

 

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters

 

 

(viii)Each of the parties to the Documents other than the PRC Group Companies is duly organized and validly exists in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and/or incorporation; each of the parties, other than the PRC Group Companies, has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Documents to which it is a party in accordance with the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

 

For the purpose of rendering this Opinion, where important facts were not independently established to us, we have relied upon certificates issued by Governmental Agencies and representatives of the shareholders of the PRC Group Companies with proper authority and upon representations, made in or pursuant to the Documents.

 

Definitions of terms used in this Opinion are as follows:

 

“Governmental Agencies” means any national, provincial or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission in the PRC, or any court, tribunal or any other judicial or arbitral body in the PRC, or anybody exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or taxing authority or power of similar nature in the PRC.

 

“Governmental Authorizations” means all approvals, consents, waivers, sanctions, authorizations, filings, registrations, exemptions, permissions, endorsements, qualifications, licenses, certificates and permits required by applicable PRC Laws that should be obtained from competent Governmental Agencies.

 

“CSRC” means China Securities Regulatory Commission.

 

“M&A Rules” mean the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors issued by the PRC Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the CSRC, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on August 8, 2006, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was further amended on June 22, 2009.

 

“Prospectus” means the prospectus, including all amendments or supplements thereto, that forms part of the Registration Statement.

 

“PRC Subsidiary” means Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

“Variable Interest Entity” means United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

“PRC Group Companies” means the PRC Subsidiary, the Variable Interest Entity and Guizhou UTime Technology Co., Ltd.

 

“PRC Laws” means all officially published laws, statutes, regulations, orders, decrees, notices, circulars, judicial interpretations, and subordinate legislation currently in force and publicly available in the PRC as of the date hereof.

 

3

 

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters

 

 

“VIE Agreements” means the agreements described under the caption “Contractual Arrangements with the VIE and its Respective Shareholders” in the section “History and Corporate Structure” in the Registration Statement.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the disclosures contained in the Registration Statement and the qualifications set out below, we are of the opinion that on the date hereof:

 

1.       To the best of our knowledge after due inquiry, each of the PRC Group Companies (i) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing either as a wholly foreign-owned enterprise or a domestic company with limited liability with full legal person status under the applicable PRC laws, (ii) has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and its business license is in full force and effect, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement. All the equity interests of each of the PRC Group Companies are legally owned by its respective shareholders.

 

2. The descriptions of the corporate structure of the PRC Group Companies and the VIE Agreements set forth in the “History and Corporate Structure” section of the Registration Statement are true and accurate and nothing has been omitted from such description which would make the same misleading in any material respects.

 

3. The M&A Rules purport, among other things, to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals and formed for purposes of overseas listing of securities through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies or assets, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. Based on our understanding of current PRC Laws and the interpretations and implementations thereof as of the date hereof, CSRC’s prior approval is not required under the M&A Rules for the Offering, given that: (i) CSRC has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings such as the Company’s Offering are subject to the M&A Rules; (ii) the PRC Subsidiary was incorporated as a wholly foreign-owned enterprise by means of foreign direct investments rather than by merger with or acquisition of any PRC domestic companies or individuals as defined under the M&A Rules; and (iii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules. However, substantial uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented and this Opinion summarized above maybe subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the Governmental Agencies will ultimately take a view that is consistent with our Opinion stated above.

 

4

 

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters

 

 

4. Based on our understanding of the PRC Laws, (i) the ownership structure of the PRC Subsidiary and the Variable Interest Entity, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this Offering, will not result in any violation of PRC Laws; and (ii) the VIE Agreements among the PRC Subsidiary, the Variable Interest Entity and the shareholders of the Variable Interest Entity governed by PRC Laws, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this Offering, are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of PRC Laws, except that the pledge on the shareholder’s equity interest in the Variable Interest Entity would not be deemed validly created until it is registered with the competent Administration for Market Regulation. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of PRC Laws, and there can be no assurance that the Governmental Agencies will ultimately take a view that is consistent with our Opinion stated above.

 

5. The statements made in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation” with respect to the PRC tax laws and regulations or interpretations, constitute true and accurate descriptions of the matters described therein in all material respects.

 

6. The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of written arrangement with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against a company or its directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC Laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or the Cayman Islands.

 

7. All statements set forth in the Registration Statement under the captions “Prospectus Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Regulations”, “Management”, “Enforcement of Civil Liabilities”, “History and Corporate Structure” and “Taxation-People’s Republic of China Taxation”, in each case insofar as such statements describe or summarize PRC legal or regulatory matters, are true and accurate in all material respects, and are fairly disclosed and correctly set forth therein, and nothing has come to our attention, insofar as the PRC Laws are concerned, that causes us to believe that there is any omission which will cause such statements misleading in any material respect.

 

5

 

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters

 

 

This Opinion expressed above is subject to the following qualifications:

 

(i)This Opinion is rendered on the basis of the PRC laws effective as of the date hereof. There is no assurance that any such laws will not be changed, amended or replaced in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retrospective effect and that any such changes, amendments or replacements may be made by the central or local legislative, administrative and judicial authorities of the PRC and may become effective immediately on promulgation.

 

(ii) This Opinion is limited to the PRC Laws of general application on the date hereof. We have made no investigation of, and do not express or imply any view on the laws of any other jurisdictions other than the PRC.

 

(iii)This Opinion is subject to the effects of (a) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, social ethics, national security, good faith, fair dealing, and applicable statutes of limitation; (b) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent, coercionary or concealing illegal intentions with a lawful form; (c) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, remedies or defenses, or calculation of damages; and (d) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in the PRC.

 

(iv) This Opinion is issued based on our understanding of the current PRC Laws. For matters not explicitly provided under the current PRC Laws, the interpretation, implementation and application of the specific requirements under PRC Laws are subject to the final discretion of competent PRC legislative, administrative and judicial authorities, and there can be no assurance that the Governmental Agencies will ultimately take a view that is not contrary to our Opinion stated above. The interpretation and implementation of PRC Laws, and their application to and effect on the legality, binding effect and enforceability of contracts, including the contractual arrangements among the PRC Subsidiary, the Variable Interest Entity and the shareholder of the Variable Interest Entity, are subject to the discretion of competent PRC legislative, administrative and judicial authorities.

 

(v) We have made no investigation of, and do not express or imply any opinion on accounting, auditing, or assets valuation either.

 

(vi) For factual matters that are crucial but cannot be independently verified by us, we have relied on the statement and letters made by the Governmental Agencies, the Company, any PRC Group Companies or other third parties.

 

6

 

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters

 

 

(vii) This Opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein and each paragraph should be looked at as a whole and no part should be extracted and referred to independently.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this Opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name under the captions “Risk Factors”, “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “History and Corporate Structure”, “Taxation”, “Regulation” and “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

/s/ B&D Law Firm

B&D Law Firm

 

 

7

 

Exhibit 5.3

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10105

 

June 2, 2020

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A
Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District
Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

 

  Re: Registration Statement of UTime Limited

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States counsel to UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), in connection with the registration by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of up to 4,725,750 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”) including 562,500 shares under the underwriters’ over-allotment option and 431,250 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants issuable to the representative of the underwriters (the “Warrants”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-1 initially filed by the Company with the Commission on March 18, 2020 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”). This opinion is being given in accordance with the Legal Matters section of the Registration Statement, as it pertains to the portions of New York law set forth below.

 

We have examined such documents and considered such legal matters as we have deemed necessary and relevant as the basis for the opinion set forth below. With respect to such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as reproduced or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of those latter documents. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have, to the extent deemed appropriate, relied upon certain representations of certain officers and employees of the Company.

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that when the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), when such Warrants are duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the underwriting agreement by and between the Company and the representative of the underwriters and issued, delivered and paid for, as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the underwriting agreement, such Warrants will be legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms except: (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the Federal and state securities laws; and (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this letter which might be construed to the contrary, our opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws of the State of New York. We express no opinion with respect to the applicability to, or the effect on, the subject transaction of the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state other than the State of New York. The opinion expressed herein is based upon the law of the State of New York in effect on the date hereof and as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion after the effective date of the Registration Statement should such law be changed by legislative action, judicial decision, or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth in our opinion above: (i) we express no opinion as to whether the laws of any other jurisdiction are applicable to the subject matter hereof; (ii) we express no opinion as to compliance with any other federal or state law, rule or regulation relating to securities, or to the sale or issuance thereof; and (iii) with respect to the Ordinary Shares, we express no opinion to the extent that, notwithstanding its current reservation of Ordinary Shares, future issuances of securities, including the Ordinary Shares, of the Company and/or adjustments to outstanding securities, including the Warrants, of the Company may cause the Warrants to be exercisable for more Ordinary Shares than the number that remain authorized but unissued; and (iv) we have assumed the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant) will not be adjusted to an amount below the par value per share of the Ordinary Shares..

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the use of our name as your counsel and to all references made to us in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus forming a part thereof. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. This opinion is given as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we are under no duty to update the opinions contained herein.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP    
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP  
       

 

Exhibit 8.2

 

ELLENOFF GROSSMAN & SCHOLE LLP

1345 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS

NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10105

TELEPHONE: (212) 370-1300

FACSIMILE: (212) 370-7889

www.egsllp.com

 

June 2, 2020

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

 

  Re: Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP as to Tax Matters

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

You have requested our opinion concerning the statements in the Registration Statement (as defined below) under the caption “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in connection with the public offering of certain ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ordinary shares”), of UTime Limited (the “Company”) pursuant to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), originally filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on October 1, 2019, as amended (the “Registration Statement”).

 

This opinion is being furnished to you as Exhibit 8.2 to the Registration Statement.

 

In connection with rendering the opinion set forth below, we have examined and relied on originals or copies of the following (collectively the “Documents”):

 

(a) the Registration Statement; and

 

(b) such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below.

 

Our opinion is conditioned on the initial and continuing accuracy of the facts, information and analyses set forth in the Documents. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

For purposes of our opinion, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all Documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original Documents of all Documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, electronic, or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter Documents. We have relied on a representation of the Company that such Documents are duly authorized, valid and enforceable. Furthermore, our opinion assumes, with your consent, that (i) the final executed version of any Document that has not been executed as of the date of this letter (including any underwriting agreement to be executed in connection with the offering of the ordinary shares) will be, in substance, identical to the version that we have reviewed, (ii) no material term or condition set forth in any executed Document (or the executed version of any Document described in clause (i) immediately above) will be amended, waived, or otherwise modified, and (iii) any transaction contemplated by any Document shall be consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Document.

 

In addition, we have relied on factual statements and representations of the officers and other representatives of the Company and others, and we have assumed that such statements and representations are and will continue to be correct without regard to any qualification as to knowledge or belief.

 

 

 

 

We have not independently verified, and do not assume any responsibility for, the completeness or fairness of the Registration Statement and make no representation that the actions taken in connection with the preparation and review of the Registration Statement are sufficient to cause the Registration Statement to be complete or fair.

 

Our opinion is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, United States Treasury regulations, judicial decisions, published positions of the United States Internal Revenue Service, and such other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as in effect as of the date of this opinion and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change at any time (possibly with retroactive effect). A change in the authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect the conclusions expressed herein. There can be no assurance, moreover, that the opinion expressed herein will be accepted by the United States Internal Revenue Service or, if challenged, by a court.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, under current United States federal income tax law, although the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” does not purport to summarize all possible United States federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares to U.S. Holders (as defined therein), such discussion constitutes, in all material respects, an accurate summary of the United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares that are anticipated to be material to U.S. Holders who hold the ordinary shares pursuant to the Registration Statement, subject to the qualifications set forth in such discussion, and, to the extent that it sets forth any specific legal conclusion under United States federal income tax law, except as otherwise provided therein, it represents our opinion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not express any opinion herein with respect to the Company’s status as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, for the reasons stated in the discussion on PFICs set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Except as set forth above, we express no other opinion. This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the offering of the ordinary shares. This opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise our opinion to reflect any legal developments or factual matters arising subsequent to the date hereof.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the use of our name under the captions “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the discussion of this opinion in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
  ELLENOFF GROSSMAN & SCHOLE LLP

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

China Construction Bank

RMB Credit Line Loan Agreement

[Unofficial English Translation]

 

Agreement No.: H TZ442000000C N ED 201900005

 

The Borrower (Party A): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

Postal Code: 518000

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Bao Minfei

 

Fax:/1

 

Tel: 0755-86512180

 

The Lender (Party B): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

 

Address: Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No.6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Postal Code: 518026

 

Person in Charge: Wang Ye

 

Fax: 0755-23828111

 

Tel: 0755-23828888

 

 

 

1 Not Applicable.

 

Page 1 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

In view of daily capital turnover and purchase of raw materials, Party A applies to Party B for line loan, and Party B agrees to provide credit line loan to Party A. According to relevant laws, regulations and rules, Party A and Party B hereby enter into this agreement (the “Agreement”) through consultation for mutual compliance.

 

Article 1 Credit Line

 

The credit line provided by Party B to Party A is RMB 15,000,000 (in words: Fifteen Million Yuan).

 

The term “Credit Line” as used in this Agreement refers to the limit of the principal balance of the working capital loan provided by Party B to Party A within the valid period of credit line agreed in this Agreement. Party A can recycle the credit line during the validity period of it. Party A can apply for loan continuously provided that the outstanding principal balance of the loan under this Agreement of Party A does not exceed the credit line regardless of the load times and the amount of each loan, however, the sum of the loan amount applied by Party A and the outstanding principal balance of the loan under this Agreement shall not exceed the credit line.

 

Article 2 Purpose of Loan and Source of Repayment

 

Party A shall use the loan for daily production and operation turnover.

 

For the specific purposes of the loan and the source of repayment under this Agreement, please refer to Annex 1 “Basic Information of the Loan”.

 

Article 3 Valid Period of Credit Line

 

The effective period of the credit line is from April 23, 2019 to April 9, 2020 (hereinafter referred to as “valid period of credit line”). For a single loan occurring during the valid period of credit line, the expiration date of the performance period is not subject to the limitation of whether the valid period of credit line expires, however, unless otherwise agreed by Party B, the expiration date of the performance period of a single loan shall not exceed 6 months after the expiration date of the valid period of credit line.

 

The undisbursed credit line will automatically become invalid upon the valid period of credit line expires.

 

Single loan term refers to the period from the withdrawal date of single loan to the agreed repayment date.

 

Loan disbursement refers to the behavior of Party B to release the loan to the loan issuing account according to the application of Party A and the agreement of this Agreement.

 

Article 4 Use of Credit Line

 

I. During the valid period of credit line, Party A can apply for loans one by one as needed, and both parties shall go through corresponding procedures. The amount, interest rate, term and purpose of each loan shall be subject to the contents of the withdrawal notice of the credit line loan.

 

Page 2 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

II. If the Guarantee performs the guarantee liabilities under the guarantee Agreement, Party B shall deduct the principal of the credit line correspondingly according to the principal amount of the guarantee liabilities already performed by the Guarantee.

 

III. For each application of Party A, its amount shall not be less than /,2 and its period shall not be shorter than /3 day or longer than 12 months.

 

Article 5 Loan Interest Rate, Penalty Interest Rate, Interest-Bearing and Interest Settlement

 

I. Loan Interest Rate

 

The loan interest rate of a single loan under this Agreement is the annual interest rate, and which is the following type /:4

 

(I) Fixed interest rate, i.e./%,5 which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(II) Fixed interest rate, i.e. the benchmark interest rate on the value date blank6 (optional “floating up” or “floating down”) /%7, which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(III) Fixed interest rate, i.e. the LPR interest rate blank8 (optional “plus” or “minus”) /9 base point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(IV) Floating interest rate, i.e. the benchmark interest rate on the value date blank10 (select “floating up” or “floating down”) /11%, and which is adjusted once every/month from the value date to the date when the principal and interest of this loan are fully paid off according to the benchmark interest rate on the date of interest rate adjustment and the above-mentioned floating up / down ratio. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the value date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month shall be the interest rate adjustment date;

 

(V) Floating interest rate, i.e. the LPR interest rate blank12 (optional “plus” or “minus”) /13 base point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), and which is adjusted once every/14month from the value date to the date when the principal and interest of this loan are fully paid off according to the LPR interest rate of the working day before the interest rate adjustment date and the above-mentioned plus/minus basis points. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the value date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month is the interest rate adjustment date.

 

 

 

2 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

3 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

4 Intentionally left blank in the agreement. The loan interest rate was subsequently specified in the Notice of Withdrawal dated May 10, 2019, which is provided as Annex 5 at the end of this exhibit.

5 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

6 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

7 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

8 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

9 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

10 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

11 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

12 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

13 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

14 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 3 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

II. Penalty Interest Rate

 

The penalty interest rate for a single loan under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(I) If Party A fails to use the loan for the purpose of the Agreement, the penalty interest rate shall be 100% higher than the loan interest rate, if the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the first paragraph of this article, the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted loan interest rate and the above-mentioned floating-up range.

 

(II) The penalty interest rate for overdue loans under this Agreement shall be 50% higher than the loan interest rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the first paragraph of this article, the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted loan interest rate and the above-mentioned floating-up range.

 

(III) For loans that are overdue and misappropriated at the same time, the penalty interest and compound interest shall be calculated based on the more serious one.

 

III. In the case of a single loan disbursement, both parties may separately agree on the loan interest rate and penalty interest rate of the loan in the loan withdrawal notice, or choose to apply the loan interest rate and penalty interest rate agreed in this Agreement, and Party B has the right to refuse to issue the loan on condition that both parties are unable to reach an agreement.

 

IV. If the loan interest rate or penalty interest rate stipulated in this Article is inconsistent with the agreement on the loan withdrawal notice, the agreement on the loan withdrawal notice shall prevail.

 

V. The value date mentioned in this article refers to the date when a single loan is transferred to the loan issuing account (hereinafter referred to as the “loan issuing account”) as stipulated in Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

VI. The benchmark interest rate and LPR interest rate are explained as follows:

 

(I) The benchmark interest rate mentioned in this article refers to the loan interest rate of the same grade published and implemented by the People’s Bank of China in the same period; If the People’s Bank of China no longer publishes the loan interest rate of the same grade in the same period, the LPR interest rate will be applied.

 

(II) The LPR interest rate under this Agreement shall be determined according to the following item blank15 :

 

1. LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate of China Construction Bank Co., Ltd. on the working day before the effective date of this Agreement (CCB LPR) ; thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate of China Construction Bank Co., Ltd. on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

2. LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate of China Construction Bank Co., Ltd. (CCB LPR) on the working day before the value date of a single loan, thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate of China Construction Bank Co., Ltd. on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

 

 

15 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, see more information in Article 13(IV) below.

 

Page 4 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank 

 

3. LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the effective date of this Agreement (market LPR); thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

4. LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate announced by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the value date of a single loan (market LPR); thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

VII. The loan interest shall be calculated from the date when the loan is transferred to the loan issuing account. The loan bears interest on a daily basis, and the daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360. If Party A fails to pay interest according to the expiry date for interest agreed in this Agreement, the compound interest shall be calculated and collected from the next day.

 

VIII. Interest Settlement

 

(I) For loans with fixed interest rate, the interest shall be calculated at the agreed interest rate at the time of interest settlement. For loans with floating interest rate, interest shall be calculated according to the interest rate determined in the current period of each floating period; If there are multiple interest rate fluctuations in a single interest settlement period, the interest in each floating period shall be calculated first, and the interest in that interest settlement period shall be calculated by summing up the interest in each floating period on the expiry date for interest.

 

(II) The interest of the loan under this Agreement shall be settled in the following method of item 1:

 

1. The interest shall be settled on a monthly basis, and the settlement date for interest shall be fixed as the 20th day of each month;

 

2. The interest shall be settled quarterly, and the expiry date for interest shall be fixed as the 20th day of the month at the end of each quarter;

 

3. /16

 

Article 6 Commitment Fee of the Loan Line

 

Party A shall, within /17 working days after the signing of this Agreement, pay Party B the commitment fee of the loan line /18 ( in words: ).

 

Article 7 Issuance and Payment of Loans

 

1. Application for the disbursement of credit line loan

 

Party A shall submit the disbursing application for the credit line loan to Party B in advance at the time of disbursing the credit line loan. If the single loan exceeds /19 Yuan, Party A shall submit the disbursing application for the credit line loan /20 working days in advance. Party B shall decide whether to issue the loan to Party A within /21 working days after receiving the disbursing application for the credit line loan submitted by Party A.

 

 

 

16 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

17 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

18 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

19 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable as the Lender did not require the Borrower to submit a written application before the disbursement of the loan.

20 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable for the reason stated in footnote 16.

21 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable for the reason stated in footnote 16. 

 

Page 5 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

II. Preconditions for Issuing Loans

 

Unless Party B waives in whole or in part, Party B is obliged to issue the loan only if all the following preconditions are continuously met:

 

1. Party A has completed the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other legal procedures related to the loan under this Agreement;

 

2. If there is any guarantee in this Agreement, the guarantee meeting the requirements of Party B have come into effect and continue to be valid;

 

3. Party A has opened an account for withdrawal and repayment as required by Party B;

 

4. Party B has received the disbursing application for the credit line loan from Party A, and which has examined and approved by Party B;

 

5. If the Agreement stipulates that Party A shall pay the commitment fee of the loan line to Party B, Party A has already paid the commitment fee of the loan line to Party B in full and on time in accordance with the Agreement;

 

6. Party A has not committed any breach of Agreement as agreed in this Agreement;

 

7. There is no circumstance that may endanger the creditor’s rights of Party B stipulated in this Agreement;

 

8. Laws and regulations, rules or authorities do not prohibit or restrict Party B from issuing loans under this Agreement;

 

9. The financial indicators of Party A continue to meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicator Constraints”;

 

10. Party A has submitted relevant materials before the loan issuance in accordance with this Agreement;

 

11. The materials provided by Party A to Party B is legal, true, complete, accurate and effective, and meets other requirements put forward by Party B;

 

12. Other preconditions:

 

/22

 

III. Materials to be provided by Party A

 

Party A and Party B choose to apply the following item (I) [optional (I) or (II)] on the materials provided by Party A:

 

(I)

 

 

 

22 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 6 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

1. Provided that only the following conditions (1) are met:

 

(1) The disbursement amount of a single loan is more than RMB 10 million and any planned external payment amount under this disbursement is more than RMB 10 million;

 

(2) /23

 

Party A shall provide Party B with the following materials no later than /24 working days before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

(1) The loan redeposit certificate and the payment and settlement certificate signed by Party A ;

 

(2) Transaction data (including but not limited to written or electronic documents such as goods, labor services, capital Agreements and/or invoices that can prove the definite purpose of the loan funds);

 

/25

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A)

 

2. In addition to the conditions stipulated in item 1 above, or if Party B considers that Party A can make independent payment as stipulated in item 5 of this article after reviewing the above materials provided by Party A, Party A shall provide the following materials to Party B at least /26 working day before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

(1) The fund allocation corresponding to the loan to be issued (see Annex 3 for the format of the disbursement schedule);

 

(2) The loan redeposit certificate signed and sealed by Party A;

 

/27

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A ).

 

(II)

 

Regardless of the loan disbursement amount of a single loan, Party A shall provide Party B with the following materials no later than 5 working days before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

(1) The loan redeposit certificate and the payment and settlement certificate signed by Party A;

 

(2) Transaction data (including but not limited to written or electronic documents such as goods, labor services, capital Agreements and/or invoices that can prove the definite purpose of the loan funds);

 

/28

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A ).

 

 

 

23 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

24 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not needed as the Lender has already been in possession of all the required materials for the disbursement of the loan from previous transactions with the Borrower.

25 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

26 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not needed as the Lender has already been in possession of all the required materials for the disbursement of the loan from previous transactions with the Borrower.

27 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

28 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 7 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank 

 

IV. Entrust Party B to Pay

 

1. Application of entrusting Party B to pay

 

As long as the single loan disbursement meets the following conditions of (1), Party B shall be entrusted for payment, i.e. Party A irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the loan funds to the transaction object of Party A. Party A shall not pay the above loan funds to the transaction object or any other third party.

 

(1) The disbursement amount of a single loan is more than 10 million Yuan and any planned external payment amount under this disbursement is more than 10 million Yuan, and Party B, after reviewing the materials provided by Party A, believes that it is in line with the clear characteristics of the payment object;

 

(2) Regardless of the loan disbursement amount of a single loan, it shall be paid by Party B as entrusted;

 

(3) /29

 

2. In case of entrusting Party B to pay, Party B shall transfer the loan funds to the loan issuing account, and then pay the loan funds directly to the account of Party A’s transaction object from the loan issuing account. Party A shall not dispose the loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal).

 

3. Party B shall conduct formal review on the payment amount, payment time, payment object, payment method and handling account according to the materials provided by Party A. Party B shall pay the loan funds to the transaction object of Party A after completing the formal review of the above payment elements and believing which meet the requirements of Party B. Once the loan funds enter the account of the transaction object provided by Party A, it shall be deemed that Party B has fulfilled the entrusted payment obligation. Party A shall check whether the payment was successful within 1 working day after the payment date, and notify Party B immediately if it is unsuccessful. Party A shall ensure that its transaction object is consistent with the specific purpose of the loan and transaction information.

 

4. The formal review of the above payment elements by Party B does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity and legal compliance of the transaction, nor does it mean that Party B is involved in any dispute between Party A and its transaction object or other third parties, or that Party B needs to bear any responsibility and obligation of Party A. Party A shall compensate all losses suffered by Party B as a result of entrusted payment.

 

5. If the loan fund fails to be paid successfully or fails to be paid to the account of Party A’s transaction object in time due to the reasons not caused by Party B, such as incomplete, untrue, inaccurate information provided by Party A, non-conforming to the specific purpose of the loan, conflict between the information, etc., it shall be handled as follows:

 

(1) Party A shall bear all the consequences arising therefrom, including but not limited to all losses caused by the failure to successfully pay the loan funds or the failure to timely pay the loan funds to the account of Party A’s transaction object. Party B shall not bear any responsibility, and Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom;

 

(2) For this part of loan funds, Party A shall not dispose of it in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal);

 

(3) Party A shall perform the duties of re-provisioning and correcting the information in accordance with the requirements of Party B within five working days;

 

/30

 

Party B has the right to recover this part of the loan funds in advance on condition that Party A violates any of the above agreements.

 

6. Party A shall bear all risks, responsibilities, and losses incurred in the failure to pay the loan funds, such as failure, error, and delay due to Party B’s fault, and Party B shall not bear any responsibility. Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom.

 

 

 

29 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

30 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 8 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank 

 

V. Party A Pays Independently

 

If the disbursement of a single loan does not conform to the entrusted payment of Party B as mentioned in Item 1, paragraph 4 of this Article, Party A may take the initiative to pay, i.e. Party A shall pay to its transaction object independently after Party B distributes the loan funds to the loan issuing account according to the withdrawal application of Party A. Party A shall ensure that its transaction object is consistent with the specific purpose of the loan and transaction information.

 

VI. No matter whether Party B is entrusted to pay or Party A pays independently, it is deemed that Party B has fulfilled the loan obligation upon the loan funds are transferred into the loan issuing account. Party A shall ensure that the loan issuing account is in normal status (including but not limited to not being frozen by the competent authority, etc.). After the loan funds transferred into the loan issuing account, Party A shall bear all the risks, responsibilities and losses caused by the freezing and deduction by the competent authorities. Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom.

 

VII. Change of Payment Method

 

Party B has the right to change the payment method of loan funds under any of the following conditions, including but not limited to adjusting the applicable circumstances of entrusted payment (e.g. adjusting the amount standard of entrusted payment), changing the payment method of the disbursement of single loan, etc.:

 

1. Party A breaches any of the provisions of this Agreement;

 

2. Any circumstance that may endanger the creditor’s rights of Party B stipulated in this Agreement occurs;

 

3. Other circumstances where Party B considers it necessary to change the payment method of the loan funds.

 

Party A shall perform the obligation of re-submission of materials in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements of Party B on condition that Party B changes the payment method.

 

Article 8 Use and Supervision of the Account

 

I. Loan Issuing Account

 

The loan issuing account under this Agreement shall be determined according to the following methods of item 1:

 

1. Party A shall, within 5 working days from the effective date of this Agreement and before the first loan issuing, open a special loan issuing account with Party B, which is specially used for the issuance and payment of all loans under this Agreement.

 

2. Other accounts opened by Party A in Party B (account number:/31).

 

II. Account for Recoupment Funds

 

1. Party A shall open an account for recouping funds with Party B or take the existing account (account No.: 44201002700052517141) already opened with Party B as the account for recouping funds within /32 working days from the effective date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

31 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

32 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not needed as the Borrower has already opened and maintained an account for recouping funds due to previous transactions with the Lender.

 

Page 9 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

2. Party A shall summarize and report the fund in and out of the account for recoup funds to Party B on quarterly (select “monthly” or “quarterly”) basis. Party A shall, at the latest within initial 10 working days of each period, summarize and report the fund in and out of the account for recoup funds in the previous period to Party B.

 

3. Party B has the right to manage the fund in and out of the recoup funds in the account. Specifically, the account for recoup funds shall meet the following requirements of item /33 :

 

(1) Average stock of funds in the account:

 

/34

 

(2) The transfer time of recoup funds:

 

/35

 

(3) Proportion of Party A’s overall sales receipts transferred to the account:

 

/36

 

(4) Single limit for external payment of funds in the account:

 

/37

 

(5) Single-day limit for external payment of funds in the account:

 

/38

 

(6) Restrictions on related online banking for this account:

 

/39

 

(7) The external payment of funds in the account shall be subject to the consent of Party B;

 

(8) The account shall be used exclusively for the collection and repayment of the loan under the Agreement and shall not be used for other purposes;

 

(9) /40

 

(10) Other requirements proposed by Party B;

 

(11) It shall be implemented in accordance with the relevant agreement on the account management agreement separately signed by Party A and Party B.

 

Article 9 Repayment

 

I. Repayment Principles

 

The repayment of Party A under this Agreement shall be repaid in accordance with the following principles:

 

Party B has the right to use Party A’s repayment first to repay all expenses that shall be borne by Party A and paid by Party B in advance as well as the expenses for Party B to realize the creditor’s rights stipulated in this Agreement, the remaining amount shall be repaid in accordance with the principle of paying interest first and then the principal, and the principle of matching principal repayments. However, for the loan whose principal is overdue for more than 90 days and whose interest is overdue for more than 90 days, or the loan which is otherwise stipulated by laws, regulations or rules, after repayment of the above expenses, the repayment of Party A shall be made on the principle of repay the principal first and then the interest.

 

 

 

33 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable as the Lender did not require any of the following item from the Borrower.

34 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

35 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

36 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

37 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

38 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

39 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

40 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 10 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank 

 

II. Interest Payment

 

Party A shall pay the interest due to Party B on the expiry date for interest. The first interest payment date is the first expiry date for interest after the issuance of loan. At the last repayment, interest shall be settled along with the principal.

 

III. Principal Repayment Plan

 

Party A shall repay the loan principal according to the principal repayment plan listed in the credit line loan withdrawal notice.

 

IV. Repayment Method

 

Party A shall, prior to the repayment date stipulated in this Agreement, reserve the amount payable in the current period on the account for recoup funds or other account opened by Party B and transfer the amount to repay the loan by itself (Party B also has the right to transfer funds from the account to repay the loan), or transfer funds from other accounts to repay loans on the repayment date agreed in this Agreement.

 

V. Early Repayment

 

In case of early repayment of Party A, it shall submit a written application to Party B 30 working days in advance, and Party A may repay part or all of the principal in advance with the consent of Party B.

 

If Party A repays the principal in advance, the interest shall be calculated according to the actual days of use and the loan interest rate determined in Article 5 of this Agreement.

 

If Party B agrees that Party A may repay the principal in advance, Party B shall have the right to collect compensation from Party A, and the amount of compensation shall be determined according to the following standards of item 1:

 

1. Compensation amount = principal amount prepaid x number of months prepaid x 3‰. If it is less than one month, it shall be calculated as one month;

 

2. /41

 

If Party A repays part of the loan principal in installments, the repayment shall be made in the reverse order of the repayment plan. After prepayment, the loan that has not been repaid shall still be executed according to the loan interest rate agreed in this Agreement.

 

Article 10 Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

I. Rights of Party A

 

(I) The right to apply to Party B for disbursement of the loan as agreed in the Agreement;

 

(II) The right to use the loan for the purposes agreed in this Agreement;

 

(III) The right to require Party B to keep confidential of the relevant financial information provided by Party A and the business secrets in production and operation, unless otherwise provided by laws, regulations and rules, otherwise required by the competent authorities, or otherwise agreed by both parties;

 

 

 

41 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 11 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank 

 

(IV) The right to refuse Party B and its staff to ask for bribes, and the right to report the above-mentioned acts or Party B’s violations of relevant national laws and regulations such as credit interest rates and service charges to relevant authorities.

 

II. Obligations of Party A

 

(I) Withdraw and pay off the principal and interest of the loan in full according to the Agreement, and bear all expenses agreed in the Agreement;

 

(II) Provide various financial and accounting information, production and operation status information and other materials in accordance with the requirements of Party B, including but not limited to providing Party B with the balance sheet at the end of the previous quarter and the income statement as of the end of the previous quarter (public institutions shall provide the statement of income and expenditure) within /42 working days before the first month of each quarter. At the end of the year, the Party A shall timely provide the cash flow statement of the year, and ensure that the information provided is legal, true, complete, accurate and effective, and shall not provide false materials or conceal important business and financial facts;

 

(III) Party A shall notify Party B in writing within 3 working days after the occurrence of any major adverse event affecting its solvency or any other circumstance endangering Party B’s creditor’s rights, or any change in the name, legal representative (person in charge), domicile, business scope, registered capital or articles of association of the company (enterprise) and other business registration matters, and attach relevant materials after the change;

 

(IV) Party A shall use the loan according to the purposes agreed in this Agreement without misappropriation, and shall not use the bank loans to engage in illegal or illegal transactions or use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity and other investments; shall not use the loan for fields and purposes prohibited by the State from production and operation, and shall not replace the liabilities arising from Party A’s investment in fixed assets, equity and other investments. It shall cooperate with and accept Party B’s inspection and supervision of its production, operation and financial activities, as well as the use and payment of loans under this Agreement, and shall cooperate with and accept the relevant requirements of post-loan management of Party B, and Party A shall not to withdraw funds, transfer assets or use related party transactions to evade debts to Party B; not to use the false Agreement with related parties to discount or pledge the creditor’s rights such as notes receivable and accounts receivable without actual trade background to obtain bank funds or credit; Party A shall pay the loan funds as agreed in this Agreement, and shall not circumvent Party B’s entrusted payment by means such as rounding to zero;

 

(V) Party A shall abide by the relevant national regulations on environmental protection in case of that Party A uses the loan under this Agreement for production and manufacturing;

 

(VI) Before paying off the loan principal and interest of Party B, Party A shall not use the assets formed by the loan under this Agreement to provide guarantee to the third party without the consent of Party B;

 

(VII) In the case that Party A is a group customer, Party A shall timely report to Party B the related transactions with more than 10% of the net asset of Party A, including: (1) the association relationships among transaction parties; (2) the item and nature of the transaction; (3) the amount or corresponding proportion of the transaction; (4) pricing policy (including transactions involving no amount or only nominal amount);

 

(VIII) Party A shall obtain the written consent of Party B before carrying out major issues such as merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment and substantial increase in debt financing. However, the written consent of Party B shall not affect Party B’s right to take the relief measures agreed in this Agreement when Party B believes that the above-mentioned acts may endanger the safety of Party B’s creditor’s rights in the future;

 

 

 

42 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable as the Borrower was not obligated to provide the financial and accounting information specified in this paragraph pursuant to the terms herein.

Page 12 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank 

 

(IX) In case of Party A pays independently, Party A shall summarize and report the use and payment of the loan to Party B on a monthly basis. Party A shall, at the latest within the first /43 working days of each month, summarize and report to Party B the use and payment of the loan in the previous month, and submit a list of the actual use of the loan until the payment of the loan is completed. See Annex 4 for the format of summary report.

 

Article 11 Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

I. Party B has the right to require Party A to repay the principal, interest and expenses of the loan on schedule, to manage and control the payment of loan funds, to dynamically monitor the overall cash flow of Party A, to recover the loan in advance according to fund withdrawal of Party A, to exercise other rights stipulated in this Agreement, and to require Party A to perform other obligations under this Agreement;

 

II. Party B has the right to participate in the large-denomination financing (that is, the financing with a total amount of more than RMB /75 Yuan or the equivalent foreign currency), asset sale, merger, division, shareholding system transformation, liquidation of the property of Party A, to maintain the creditor’s rights of Party B. The specific participation method is the following item blank44:

 

1. Party A shall obtain the written consent of Party B when carrying out the above activities;

 

2. Party B arranges large-denomination financing for Party A;

 

3. The asset selling price and object of Party A shall comply with the following provisions:

 

/45

 

4. /46

 

5. Other actions that Party B believes should be taken.

 

III. Issue loans in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, except for the delay or failure caused by Party A or other reasons not attributable to Party B;

 

IV. Keep confidential of the relevant financial information provided by Party A and the business secrets in production and operation, unless otherwise provided by laws, regulations and rules, otherwise required by the competent authorities, or otherwise agreed by both parties;

 

V. Party B shall not offer bribes to Party A or its staff, or ask for or accept bribes from Party A or its staff;

 

VI. Party B shall not act dishonestly or damage the legitimate interests of Party A.

 

Article 12 Liability for Breach of Agreement and Remedial Measures for Endangering the Rights of Party B as a Creditor

 

I. Breach of Agreement and Liability for Breach of Agreement by Party B

 

(I) If Party B fails to issue loans as agreed in this Agreement without justifiable reasons, Party A may demand Party B to continue to issue loans as agreed in this Agreement;

 

(II) If Party B violates the prohibitive provisions of national laws and regulations and collects interest and fees that should not be collected from Party A, Party A has the right to require Party B to refund them.

 

II. Breach of Agreement of Party A

 

(I) Party A violates any articles in this Agreement or any legal obligation;

 

(II) Party A expressly indicates or indicates by its behavior that it will not perform any obligation under this Agreement.

 

 

 

43 Intentionally left blank in agreement, not applicable.

44 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable as the Lender did not seek to exercise the right to participate in the following activities.

45 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

46 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 13 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

III. Circumstances that May Endanger the Rights of Party B as a Creditor

 

(I) Under any of the following circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the rights as a creditor under this Agreement: Party A has trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system transformation, reduction of registered capital, investment, joint venture, merger, acquisition and reorganization, separation, equity transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, (to be) applied for suspension of business for rectification, application for dissolution, cancellation, and (to be) applied for bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholder / actual controlling person, transfer of major assets, suspension of production and closure, high fines imposed by the competent authorities, cancellation of registration and revocation of business license, involving major legal disputes, serious difficulties in production and operation or deterioration of financial status, decline of credit status, failure of legal representative or main person in charge to perform their duties normally;

 

(II) Under any of the following circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the security of the rights as a creditor under this Agreement: Party A fails to perform other debts due (including debts due to subsidiaries at all levels of China Construction Bank or other third parties), transfer property at low price and free of charge, reduce or relieve the debts of the third party, delay in exercising the creditor’s rights or other rights, or provide guarantee for the third party; the financial indicators of Party A fail to meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicator Requirements”; abnormal fluctuation of funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to the account for recouping funds and other monitoring account of Party B); Party A has a major cross-default event; the weak profitability of primary business of Party A; abnormal use of loan funds;

 

(III) Party A’s shareholders abuse the independent status of the company’s legal person or shareholder’s limited liability to evade debts, and Party B believes that it may endanger the security of creditor’s rights under this Agreement;

 

(IV) Fails to continuously meet any preconditions for loan issuance as agreed in this Agreement;

 

(V) In case of any of the following circumstances of the guarantor, Party B believes that it may endanger the security of the rights as a creditor under this Agreement:

 

1. The breaching of any article of the guarantee Agreement, or any false, error or omission in the statement and guarantee;

 

2. The Occurrence of the following circumstances: contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system transformation, reduction of registered capital, investment, joint venture, merger, merger, acquisition and reorganization, separation, joint venture, equity transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, (to be) applied for suspension of business for rectification, application for dissolution, cancellation, and (to be) applied for bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholder / actual controller or transfer of major assets, transfer property at a low price or free of charge, reduce or relieve debts of third parties, or delay in exercising creditor’s rights or other rights, suspension of production and closure, high fines imposed by the competent authorities, cancellation of registration and revocation of business license, involving major legal disputes, serious difficulties in production and operation or deterioration of financial status, decline of credit status, failure of legal representative or main person in charge to perform their duties normally, which may affect the guarantor’s ability to undertake the guarantee;

 

3. Other circumstances where the ability to guarantee is lost or may be lost;

 

(VI) In case of any of the following circumstances in mortgage or pledge, Party B believes that it may endanger the security of creditor’s rights under this Agreement:

 

1. The mortgaged property or pledged property is damaged, lost or reduced in value due to the acts of a third party, expropriation, confiscation, requisition, free recovery, demolition, changes in market conditions or any other reasons;

 

Page 14 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

2. The mortgaged property or the pledged property is sealed up, detained, frozen, deducted, retained or auctioned, supervised by the administrative organ, or the ownership of which is in dispute;

 

3. The mortgagor or pledgor violates any article of the mortgage Agreement or the pledge Agreement, or there is any false, error or omission in the statement and guarantee;

 

4. Other circumstances that may endanger the realization of the mortgage or pledge of Party B;

 

(VII) The guarantee is not established, not effective, invalid, revoked or canceled, the Guarantee breaches the Agreement or explicitly indicates or through its actions indicating that it will not perform its guarantee liabilities, or the Guarantee loses the guarantee ability in part or in whole, the value of the guaranty decreases and other circumstances, and Party B believes that which may endanger the security of creditor’s rights under this Agreement; or

 

(VIII) Other circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the security of the creditor’s rights under this Agreement.

 

IV. Relief Measures of Party B

 

In case of any of the circumstances contemplated in the second or third paragraphs of this Article, Party B has the right to exercise one or more of the following rights:

 

(I) Suspend the issuance of loans;

 

(II) Supplement the conditions of loan issuance and payment;

 

(III) Change the loan payment method in accordance with the Agreement;

 

(IV) Declare the immediate maturity of the loan, and require Party A to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of all matured and unmatured debts under this Agreement;

 

(V) Adjust, cancel or terminate the credit line accordingly, or adjust the valid period of credit line.

 

(VI) In case of Party A fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, for the part misappropriated by Party A, Party B has the right to charge interest and compound interest according to the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed in this Agreement from the date when the loan is not used according to the agreed purpose to the date when all the principal and interest are paid off;

 

(VII) In case of the loan is overdue, for the loan principal and interest that Party A fails to pay off on time (including the loan principal and interest declared by Party B to be fully or partially due in advance), Party B has the right to calculate and collect the interest and compound interest according to the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed in this Agreement from the overdue date to the date when the principal and interest are fully paid off. Overdue loan refers to Party A’s failure to repay the loan on time or exceed the agreed time limit for repayment of principal in installments.

 

Before the loan becomes due, Party B shall have the right to calculate and collect compound interest on the interest that Party A fails to repay on time according to the loan interest rate and interest settlement method agreed in this Agreement;

 

(VIII) Other remedies, including but not limited to:

 

1. Transfer and collect the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system without prior notice to Party A;

 

2. Exercise guarantee rights;

 

3. Require Party A to provide new guarantee that meet the requirements of Party B for all debts under this Agreement;

 

Page 15 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

4. Refuse Party A to dispose of the corresponding amount of deposit in the account (including but not limited to the account for recoup funds) opened by Party A in China Construction Bank System;

 

5. Terminate this Agreement.

 

Article 13 Other Provisions

 

I. Expenses Responsibility

 

1. Expenses incurred due to Party A’s breach of any agreement in this Agreement (including but not limited to the actual legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fee evaluation fees, auction fees, notarization fees, service fees, announcement fees, attorney fees and other expenses incurred by Party B due to Party A’s breach of Agreement) shall be borne by Party A;

 

2. For other expenses, Party A and Party B agree as follows: /47

 

II. Use of Party A’s Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B may inquire Party A’s credit status from the credit database established with the approval of The People’s Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department or relevant units and departments, and agrees that Party B may provide Party A’s information to the credit database established with the approval of The People’s Bank of China and the competent department of credit investigation. Party A also agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business needs.

 

III. Announcement for Collection

 

Party B shall have the right to inform the relevant departments or units of Party A’s default on the principal and interest of the loan or other cases of breach of Agreement, and shall have the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

 

IV. Evidence Validity of Party B’s Records

 

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records about the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records, the documents and vouchers produced or retained by Party B in the process of Party A’s withdrawal, repayment, payment of interest and other business, as well as the records and vouchers of Party B’s collection of loans, shall constitute the confirmation evidence effectively proving the creditor’s rights relationship between Party A and Party B. Party A shall not raise any objection just on the ground that the above records, documents and vouchers are made or retained by Party B unilaterally.

 

V. Reservation of Rights

 

The rights of Party B hereunder shall not affect or exclude any other rights granted by laws, regulations and other Agreements. Any tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall be deemed neither as waive of the rights and interests hereunder nor as the consent or acceptance for any behaviors violating this Agreement. Such tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall neither restrict, prevent or hinder continuous performance of the rights or performance of other rights nor cause the Party B to assume any rights and obligations, arising thereof, for the Party A .

 

VI. In addition to the debts under this Agreement, if Party A has other debts due to Party B, Party B has the right to transfer and collect the RMB or other currency in the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system, and which shall be first used to pay off any debts due, and Party A agrees not to raise any objection hereof.

 

VII. In case of any change in Party A’s communication address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and Party A shall bear the loss caused by failure to notify in time.

 

VIII. Transfer and Collection of Payables

 

Party B has the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank System for all the payables of Party A under this Agreement, without prior notice to Party A. Party A is obliged to assist Party B in handling the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sale or foreign exchange trading, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

 

 

47 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 16 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

IX. Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Agreement can be settled through negotiation. If negotiation fails, it shall be settled as the following methods of item 1:

 

1. File a lawsuit with the People’s Court of the place where Party B is domiciled.

 

2. Submit to the Arbitration Commission (place of arbitration is /48), and conduct arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding on both parties.

 

During the litigation or arbitration, the provisions of this Agreement that do not involve the disputes shall still be performed.

 

X. Conditions for the Agreement Entry into Force

 

This Agreement shall enter into force after being signed and stamped by the legal representative (person in charge) or authorized agent of Party A and the person in charge or authorized agent of Party B.

 

The annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, credit line loan withdrawal notice, various types of vouchers and other legal documents forming the relationship between creditor’s rights and debts under the Agreement shall be an integral part of the Agreement and have the same legal effect as the Agreement.

 

XI. This Agreement is made in septuplicate.

 

XII. Other Matters

 

(I) All outstanding debts (including principal and interest, various expenses, and so on) of Party A under the RMB Credit Line Loan Agreement (No.J2017Z30406) signed with Party B on November 15, 2017, shall occupy the credit line stipulated in the first paragraph of Article 1 of this Agreement.

 

(II) Relevant VAT Agreements

 

1. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the price and non price expenses under this Agreement shall be the price including VAT.

 

2. Invoice

 

2.1 Party B shall issue invoices in accordance with Item (1) below:

 

(1) If Party A requires to issue invoice, Party B shall issue value-added tax invoice of the current payment amount according to law after receiving the payment from Party A.

 

(2) Other agreements:/49

 

2.2 Invoicing information provided by Party A

 

Company Name (Full Name): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Taxpayer Identification No.: 914403006766520412

 

Bank Account: 755914819410602

 

Bank: Shenzhen Science Park Sub-branch of China Merchants Bank

 

Address: F2.64D-403, Tianzhan Building, Tian’an Chegongmiao Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Tel: 0755-86512198

 

 

 

48 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

49 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 17 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank 

 

2.3 If there is any need to invalidate the invoice or issue a credit note, Party A shall provide timely assistance as required by Party B. If the invoice cannot be voided or the credit note cannot be issued attribute to Party A, Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses, including but not limited to taxes, additional taxes, penalties, and late fees.

 

3. If Party A is an overseas agency of the People’s Republic of China, and the price and extra-price charges under this Agreement are subject to tax incentives and require tax filing for the purposes of laws, regulations, rules or relevant regulations of relevant authorities, Party A shall timely provide Party B with sufficient and accurate VAT tax preference filing information as required by Party B, so as to assist Party B in completing tax filing and other works.

 

(III) Agreed Terms of Service

 

Party A and Party B have agreed on the address for service and legal consequences of various notices, agreements, and documents related to this Agreement:

 

1. Address for service

 

(1) The effective address for service affirmed by Party A:

 

7 / F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

(2) The effective address for service affirmed by Party B:

 

Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No.6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

2. Application of address for service

 

The addresses above for service are applicable to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements and documents relevant to the Agreement, including but not limited to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements during Agreement performance period, delivery of relevant documents during dispute and the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents in first trial, second trial and executive procedure and other procedures after the dispute’s entering arbitration and civil procedure.

 

3. Change of address

 

(1) If Party A needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing 30 working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to the address for service of Party B;

 

(2) If Party B needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party A in writing.

 

(3) If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil litigation, the party shall also perform the obligation of written notice to the arbitration institution and the court.

 

(4) After one party performs the obligation of sending the notice of change of address according to the above agreement, the address for service after change will be the effective address for service; otherwise the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

4. Legal consequences

 

(1) If the notice, agreement, legal document and other documents are not actually received by the party due to the address for service provided or confirmed by either party is inaccurate, the notice obligation is not fulfilled in time in the above manner after the change of address for service, the party or its designated receiver refuses to receive, and so on, in case of service by post, the date of return of documents shall be deemed as the date of service; in case of direct service, the date on which the addresser records the information on the service receipt on the spot shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(2) For the above-mentioned address for service, the arbitration institution and the court can directly mail the service, even if the parties fail to receive the documents mailed by the arbitration institution and the court, due to the above agreement, it shall also be deemed as service.

 

Page 18 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

(IV) The loan interest rate under this Agreement is the interval interest rate, which is determined between the reduction of LPR interest rate by 38.5 basis points (1 basis point equals to 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point) and the increase of LPR interest rate by 350 basis points (1 basis point equals to 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), the specific interest rate of a single withdrawal shall be subject to the corresponding loan withdrawal notice, and shall be adjusted once every 12 months from the date of withdrawal to the date of full repayment of principal and interest according to the LPR interest rate of the working day before the interest rate adjustment date and the corresponding up / down floating proportion. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the withdrawal date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the withdrawal date in the current month, the last day of the current month is the interest rate adjustment date. The withdrawal date mentioned in this item refers to the date when the loan issued each time is transferred to the loan issuing account agreed by Party A and Party B on condition that Party A applies for the disbursement of loan. (5) Repayment method: interest shall be paid on a monthly basis, and the principal and interest of the loan shall be settled in one time when due.

 

Article 14 Declaration Clause

 

I. Party A clearly understands the business scope and authority of Party B.

 

II. Party A has read all the terms and conditions hereof. As requested by the Party A, the Party B has made explanations for the corresponding terms and conditions hereof. The Party A has full information and understanding regarding the implication of the terms and conditions hereof and the corresponding legal consequence.

 

III. Party A’s signing and performance of its obligations under this Agreement are in accordance with laws, administrative regulations, rules and Party A’s articles of association or internal organization documents, and have been approved by competent internal organization of the company and /or by the competent state authorities.

 

IV. Party A’s production and operation are legal and compliant;

 

V. Party A has the ability to continue operations and has a legitimate source of repayment;

 

VI. Party A promises that all loans under this Agreement are based on the real needs of the specific purpose of the loan and do not exceed its actual needs.

 

VII. Party A and its controlling shareholders have good credit status and have no significant bad records.

 

VIII. Party B has the right to entrust other branches of China Construction Bank to issue loans under this Agreement and exercise and perform Party B’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, Party A has no objection to hereof.

 

IX. Party A declares that at the time of conclusion of this Agreement, it and its important related parties do not have any behavior or situation in violation of environmental and social risk management laws, regulations and rules, and promise to strengthen the environmental and social risk management of itself and its important related parties after the conclusion of this Agreement, and strictly abide by the laws, regulations and rules related to environmental and social risk management, put an end to the hazards and related risks to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities (including but not limited to environmental and social issues related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, and so on). Party A acknowledges that Party B has the right to supervise the environmental and social risk management of Party A and request Party A to submit the environmental and social risk report. If the above statement of Party A is false or the above commitment is not fulfilled, or Party A may cause environmental and social risks, Party B has the right to stop granting credit to Party A (including but not limited to refusal to issue loans, provide financing, issue letter of guarantee or letters of credit or bank acceptance bill, etc.),or to declare that the principal and interest of creditor’s rights (including but not limited to loans, financing, advances that have been or may occur, etc.) are due in advance, or to take other remedies as agreed in this Agreement or permitted by law.

 

Party A (Official Seal): United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent (Signature): /s/ Minfei Bao

  

April 23, 2019

 

Party B (Official Seal): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation (Seal Affixed)

 

Person in Charge or Authorized Agent (Signature): /s/ Ye Wang

 

 

April 23, 2019

 

This page contains no text (Seal)

 

Page 19 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

Annex 1:

 

Basic Information of the Loan

 

1. Specific purposes of the loan under the Agreement:

 

    Used for daily capital turnover, purchasing raw materials, etc.

 

    Party A shall not change the specific purpose of the loan without the written consent of Party B.

 

2. The repayment source of the loan under the Agreement:

 

Operating income, etc.

 

Party A shall ensure that the source of the repayment is real and legal, and the repayment cash flow is stable and sufficient.

 

3. Others:

 

/50

 

 

Annex 2:

 

Financial Indicator Requirements

 

The financial indicators of Party A shall continue to meet the following restrictions:

 

The ratio of liabilities to assets shall not be higher than 75%.

 

After notifying Party A within 5 working days in advance, Party B has the right to modify the above restrictions.

 

 

 

50 Intentionally left blank in the agreement, not applicable.

 

Page 20 of 21

 

  

China Construction Bank

 

Annex 3

 

Fund Allocation

 

Agreement No.  
Withdrawal Date  
No. Planned Purpose Anticipated Payment Amount Anticipated Payee (if any) Comments
1        
2        
...        
Total RMB _______ ten thousand Chinese Yuan (in words: _________)
Name of Borrower (Seal):
           

Annex 4

 

Summary of Independent Payment

 

Agreement No.  
Date of Submission  
No. Actual Use Payee Amount Supporting Materials Planned or not
1          
2          
           
Total RMB _______ ten thousand Chinese Yuan (in words: _________)
Name of Borrower (Seal):
Conclusion of Internal Review Account Manager (Signature):
Person in charge of Issuance and Payment Review (Signature):
             

 

Annex 5

 

China Construction Bank Corporation

Notice of Withdrawal

 

Borrower (full name): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.
Depository Account: 44201002700052517141-3001 Loan Account: to be determined by the certificate of the loan deposit
Name of the loan agreement: Renminbi Credit Facility Agreement Number of the loan agreement: HTZ442000000CNED201900005
Number the corresponding application to release this loan, if any:

Currency of the loan: Renminbi

Amount of the loan (in Chinese characters):

FIFTEEN MILLION CHINESE YUAN

RMB15,000,000.00

(Fill in the blanks if the interest rate of this disbursement of Renminbi loan is set within a range, as agreed by the Credit Agreement)

The interest rate of this disbursement is set in a range, namely to be determined by the standard below (select by checking the box): ¨

¨ the benchmark interest rate as of the date of withdrawal ___ (floating upwards/downwards) _____%,

þ LPR interest rate plus (choose from “plus” or “minus”) 150 base points (1 base point = 0.01%, specified to 0.01 base point), and to be adjusted according to the credit agreement.

China Construction Bank Corporation Shenzhen Branch (the Lender in the credit agreement):

 

According to the loan agreement entered between you and our company on April 23, 2019, our company intends to withdraw the extended loan in the amount specified in this Notice. Please transfer the money to the account of our company at your bank (the depository account specified in this Notice), and make external payment according to related regulations.

 

Seal Verified

Verifier: Jiafeng Guo                                                                             Borrower: United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

Reviewer: Jing Su

                                                                    May 10, 2019

We, the Bank, as the Lender under the credit agreement above, having received the Notice of Withdrawal from the Borrower, hereby transfer the money specified in the Notice to the Borrower’s depository account at Our Bank.

The Notice becomes the effective attachment and constituent part of the credit agreement above from the date of disbursement.

 

China Construction Bank Corporation Song Li (Seal Affixed)

May 10, 2019

 

Note: returned to the Borrower for its own record after the Bank’s the confirmation of receipts 

 

Page 21 of 21

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

Factory Lease Agreement

[Unofficial English Translation]

 

Contract No.: JTDLD2017090102

 

Lessor (hereinafter referred to as Party A): Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Lessee (hereinafter referred to as Party B): Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

I. Leased Factory Building

 

The factory building leased by Party A to Party B is located at Floor 1-3, No.4 Factory Building of Supporting Industrial Park in Xinpu Economic Development Zone, Xinpu New Area, Zunyi City, Guizhou Province (and the 2nd floor of No.3 Factory Building of Supporting Industrial Park in Xinpu Economic Development Zone, Xinpu New Area has been delivered). The leased building area is 17,478 square meters (see the plan in Annex 1 for details). Both parties shall make on-site confirmation when the Contract comes into effect. The structure of the factory building is reinforced concrete. The factory building contains all office desks, chairs and filing cabinets.

 

II. Delivery Date, Lease Term and Purpose of the Factory Building

 

1. The lease term of the factory building is 4 years and 5 months from September 1, 2017 to February 28, 2022.

 

2. Upon the expiration of the lease period, Party A has the right to take back the leased factory building, and Party B shall return it as scheduled. If Party B fails to return the factory building as scheduled and needs to continue the lease, it shall submit a written request to Party A six months before the expiration of the lease term and re-sign the lease contract with Party A’s consent. Under the same conditions, Party B has the priority to lease.

 

3. Purpose for lease: Party B promises to Party A that the leased factory building is only used for: manufacture of electronic equipment such as communications. Without permission, Party B shall not change the purpose of the factory building without authorization.

 

III. Payer of Rent and Security Deposit

 

1. Party A and Party B agree that the rent of the factory building shall be 20 yuan/m2/month in principle for the first three years. Later, it will be adjusted according to the market price. The specific monthly rent is as follows:

 

September 1, 2017-
August 31, 2018
September 1, 2018-
August 31, 2019
September 1, 2019-
August 31, 2020
September 1, 2020-
August 31, 2021
September 1, 2021-
February 28, 2022
4,194,720.00 4,194,720.00 4,194,720.00    

 

 

 

 

2. The rent shall be paid quarterly before the 15th day of the following month of the current quarter. Party B shall pay a late fee of 5% for overdue payment.

 

3. The deposit for the factory building is RMB4.5 million yuan (Four Million and Five Hundred Thousand Yuan Only) and the deposit for utilities is RMB500,000 yuan (Five Hundred Thousand Yuan Only), which shall be paid by the Lessee within one month from the date of signing the Contract.

 

IV. Other Expenses

 

1. During the lease period, Party B shall bear the expenses on water, electricity and others as well as the loss maintenance expenses incurred in using the factory building, and Party B must pay off before the specified date of each month. Party B shall bear the late fee of 1% per day.

 

2. During the lease period, the power and maintenance cost incurred by Party B sharing the elevator shall be shared by the users of elevator.

 

3. All other expenses used and payable by Party B shall be paid in advance of each month.

 

V. Production Safety, Labor Security and Party A’s Disclaimer Clauses.

 

1. Party B has the right to organize production and business activities in the factory building leased by Party A after signing the lease agreement and fulfilling the payment obligations. Party B must strictly abide by the production safety rules and regulations formulated by the State and shall not operate in violation of regulations. In case of production safety accidents caused by Party B’s violation of national production safety management regulations and illegal operations, Party B shall bear the direct or indirect responsibilities, and Party A shall not be responsible for it.

 

2. During the lease period, all production and technical personnel employed and recruited by Party B shall be independently recruited and employed by Party B. Party B shall strictly abide by the rules and regulations of the state-owned labor department concerning labor security, salary, social security, health care and other aspects, and provide relevant guarantee for its employees in full amount and in a timely manner. If Party B fails to use the relevant personnel in accordance with the requirements of the country and the competent authority of the development zone, all direct or indirect responsibilities arising from it shall be borne by Party B, and Party A shall not be responsible for it.

 

3. Party B promises to operate in accordance with the law, and its business activities conform to the approved business scope, fire safety, environmental protection standards and emission standards. If Party B operates illegally, all responsibilities arising therefrom shall be borne by Party B, and Party A shall not be responsible for it.

 

VI. Use Requirements and Maintenance Responsibilities of the Factory Building

 

1. The factory building leased by Party A to Party B is in good condition at present, and both parties shall conduct on-site acceptance and handover when the agreement comes into effect.

 

2. If Party B needs to decorate or add ancillary facilities, it shall submit the design drawings to Party A for review in advance and obtain Party A’s consent before construction. If it is required to obtain the pre-approval according to regulations, it can only be carried out after the approval is obtained.

 

2

 

 

VII. Expiration of Lease Term and Return

 

1. After the lease expires, Party B shall promptly clean up all the movable property and facilities owned by Party B in the factory building. Those cannot be removed shall not be dismantled or removed, but Party A shall not require Party B to restore the original state for this part. The property or facilities that have not been disposed of by Party B within the time limit shall be regarded as abandoned by Party B automatically, Party A may dispose of them at will, and Party B shall not raise any objection.

 

2. When the agreement expires, Party B shall guarantee to restore the factory building to its original state, but if Party A understands or agrees, Party B may be exempted from the obligation of restoring the factory building to its original state. Otherwise, Party A has the right to charge Party B all the expenses needed for restoring the factory building to its original state. Party B shall not destroy Party A’s house structure and facilities. If there is any damage, Party B shall bear the losses.

 

VIII. Site Management During the Lease Period

 

1. In order to standardize the management, Party B’s vehicles shall abide by Party A’s management system, handle the entry and exit registration formalities, and park and load and unload at the designated position.

 

2. In order to improve the public environmental sanitation in the factory area, Party B shall be responsible for the sanitation within the scope of Party B’s factory building. Its domestic garbage shall be piled up at the place designated by Party A. Party B shall bear the garbage removal fee and on-site management fee of 500 yuan to Party A every month, which shall be paid off at the same time as the rent is paid. The stacking and removal of production garbage shall be handled by Party B itself.

 

3. During the lease term, Party B shall abide by the law, consciously maintain the public security management order, abide by the fire safety regulations, protect the firefighting facilities and signs in good condition, and keep the firefighting passages unblocked. If Party B’s personnel violate relevant regulations, which constitutes violation of discipline, law and crime, all responsibilities shall be borne by Party B, and Party A shall not be responsible for it.

 

IX. Agreement on Environmental Protection

 

1. The additives used by Party B must be those of regular manufacturers that conform to national regulations. Raw materials that will affect Party A’s sewage treatment shall not be used, especially phosphorus-containing and high nitrogen additives. The special sewage treatment fees shall be levied on equipment that will produce special sewage.

 

2. Party B shall not store or use inflammable, explosive or toxic hazardous chemicals in the factory area before obtaining the license issued by the competent department of fire control and safety.

  

3. Party B shall not use dyes or additives prohibited by the State.

 

3

 

 

4. The sewage discharged by Party B shall not contain solid impurities or garbage (such as fruit shells, cigarette butts, etc., which will block the sewage pipeline and cause serious consequences).

 

5. Party B needs to unconditionally agree to any reasonable requirements of Party A on environmental protection and sewage treatment, and cooperate with Party A’s work on sewage treatment.

 

6. The exhaust gas is not allowed to be discharged directly. It must be filtered to meet environmental requirements before it can be discharged.

 

7. Pressure vessels must be tested in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State, and those that fail to meet the requirements shall not be allowed to be used.

 

8. If Party B violates the above agreement, it shall be responsible for all losses caused. Party A agrees to provide Party B with a small amount of industrial wastewater discharge, and Party B shall be responsible for the maintenance and management of the discharge pipeline facilities involved in the use process.

 

X. Other Relevant Agreements During the Lease Term

 

1. During the lease term, both Party A and Party B shall abide by the laws and regulations of the State and shall not use the leased factory building to carry out illegal activities. If Party A discovers that Party B has illegal activities, it has the right to terminate the lease agreement and bears no liability for breach of the Contract.

 

2. During the lease term, Party A has the right to urge and assist Party B to get the work in firefighting, safety and hygiene done.

 

3. During the lease term, if this Contract cannot be performed due to force majeure or policy factors on factory building, neither party shall be held liable.

 

4. During the lease term, Party B may request Party A to decorate the house due to the needs of business activities. Before decoration, Party B must provide a complete decoration plan. The decoration plan shall not change the basic structure of the house and building. Party B can carry out construction and decoration activities only after Party A confirms and agrees and signs the decoration plan in writing. Otherwise, Party B shall bear all losses caused by Party B’s unauthorized decoration. Party B shall not destroy the structure of the original house, and the decoration expenses shall be borne by Party B.

 

5. During the lease term, Party B shall pay the rent and all other expenses payable in a timely manner. In case of default, Party A shall charge Party B a penalty of 1% of the amount of arrears per day, and may terminate the Agreement. Party B shall bear the liability for breach of Contract. At the same time, if Party B is in arrears with various fees for more than one month, Party A may stop supplying water, electricity and steam until Party B pays off the fees.

 

6. After the expiration of the lease term, if Party A continues to rent the house, Party B shall have the priority to lease it under the same conditions; if it is no longer leased after the expiration, Party B shall move out as scheduled.

 

4

 

 

7. Party A shall provide Party B with water and electricity access ports and access methods, and agree to install independent switches and meters at the access ports of Party B, but Party B shall bear the direct and indirect expenses from the access ports to the location of Party B and the relevant meters, pipelines, switches, etc. for access.

 

XI. Special Provisions

 

1. During the lease term, if it is impossible to continue production due to the government’s demolition and removal, and government compensation is involved, the compensation related to the contents of the Lessee’s Contract shall be claimed and enjoyed by Party B. Compensation related to owner’s equity such as land and real estate shall be claimed and enjoyed by Party A. Party B’s right of claim is subordinate to Party A, and Party B shall, at the time of making the claim, entrust Party A to act as its agent. However, Party B has the right to know and Party A shall not encroach upon Party B’s interests.

 

XII. Other Provisions

 

1. During the lease term, if one party terminates the Contract in advance due to the breach of Contract, it shall compensate the other party for three months of rents. If there are other losses, compensation shall also be made for those losses.

 

2. After the Lease Contract is signed, if the name of the enterprise is changed, both parties may seal and sign it for confirmation. The terms of the original Lease Contract will remain unchanged and will continue to be implemented until the expiration of the Contract.

 

3. During the lease term, the calculation method of water and electricity:

 

Charging method for water consumption: the water charges contain the tap water fee charged by waterworks, sewage fee charged by development zone, and factory’s own sewage treatment and maintenance cost. The special sewage treatment fee shall be charged for special equipment. Water charges shall be allocated according to the usage proportion: 50% for Party A and 50% for Party B. Party A shall pay 50% of the water fee to Party B, and Party B shall pay the water fee to the water supplier.

 

Charging method for electricity consumption: the electricity charge is calculated on the basis of peak power, plus the reactive power loss capacity value of the transformer, and is allocated according to the usage proportion: 70% for Party A and 30% for Party B. Party B pays 30% of the electricity charge to Party A, and Party a pays the electricity charge to the power supply bureau.

 

XIII. Matters not covered in this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If negotiation fails, both parties may bring a lawsuit to the people’s court of the place where Party A is located.

 

XIV. This contract is made in quadruplicate, two for each party with the same legal effect.

 

XV. This Contract shall come into effect after being signed and sealed by both parties.

 

Legal Representative(Signature): ________ Legal Representative(Signature): ________
   
____MM____DD ____YYYY ____MM____DD ____YYYY

 

Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.
(Seal Affixed) (Seal Affixed)

 

 

5

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

Supplemental Factory Lease Agreement

[Unofficial English Translation]

  

Contract No.: JTDLD2019083101

 

Lessor (Party A): Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Yu Jifang

Unified Social Credit Code: 91520390MA6DN50RX4

  

Lessee (Party B): Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Bao Minfei

Unified Social Credit Code: 91520390MA6DN53F01

 

Whereas, Party A and Party B signed the Factory Lease Agreement with Contract No. of JTDLD2017090102 on September 1, 2017, due to the adjustment and reduction of the rent by the Asset Management Department of Xinpu Economic Development Zone, Party A and Party B have made the following supplemental agreement to this Agreement through friendly negotiation:

 

I. Adjustment of rent: adjust the rent in Item 1 of Article III in the Factory Lease Agreement from 20 yuan/m2/month (including tax) to 8 yuan/m2/month (excluding tax).

 

II. Effective date of the adjusted rent: the effective date of the adjusted rent applies retrospectively to September 1, 2017, the starting date of the lease of factory building, and the effective period is from September 1, 2017 to February 28, 2022.

 

III. Arrangements on the discrepancies among the issued invoices:

 

1. The lease term of issued invoice is 23 months from September 1, 2017 to July 31, 2019.

 

2. Party A has issued an invoice for the rental fee of the factory building, excluding tax: RMB7,297,440.34 yuan, tax: RMB742,139.66 yuan, and total amount: 8,039,880.00 yuan.

 

3. According to the adjusted rent, Party A shall issue an invoice for the rental fee of the factory building, excluding tax: RMB3,215,952.00 yuan, tax: RMB327,188.16 yuan, and total amount: RMB3,543,140.16 yuan.

 

To sum up, after the above price adjustment, Party A issued an extra invoice of RMB4,496,739.84 yuan, which can be allocated to the subsequent lease term. The allocation period is from August 1, 2019 to March 31, 2021 for a total of 20 months. The total amount of invoices to be issued per month is RMB152,408.16 yuan (8*17478m2*1.13), the total amount of allocation is RMB3,048,163.20 yuan (20*152,408.16), and the remaining extra invoice is RMB1,448,576.64 yuan, which will be offset by issuing red-ink invoices from September 2019 to March 2020; invoices will be issued normally for the remaining unpaid period (April 1, 2021-February 28, 2022).

 

IV. This Agreement shall be in quadruplicate, and either party shall keep two copies. It comes into force after signing and sealing, and four copies of the agreement have the equal effect.

 

The following is left blank intentionally!

 

Lessor (Party A): Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Seal of Yu Jifang (Seal Affixed)

August 31, 2019

Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

Lessee (Party B): Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Seal of Bao Minfei (Seal Affixed)

August 31, 2019

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

INDEMNIFICATION ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of [●], 2020 is entered into by and among UTime Limited (the “Company”), ViewTrade Securities, Inc. (the “Underwriter”), and Pearlman Law Group LLP (the “Escrow Agent”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company is offering (the “Offering”), on a firm commitment basis, [●] ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (plus up to [●] ordinary shares that the underwriters in the Offering have the option to purchase, and such further ordinary shares as may be registered pursuant to Rule 462), at an offering price of $[●] per share;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Underwriter expect that the Offering will close on or before the close of business on [●], 2020 (the “Closing Date”);

 

WHEREAS, upon the closing of the Offering, the Company has agreed to deposit an aggregate amount of Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000) (the “Escrowed Funds”) from the proceeds of the Offering to be received by the Company with the Escrow Agent in an interest bearing escrow account, to be held, invested and disbursed by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Escrow Agent is willing to hold the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds (as such term is defined in Section 3(e)(v) below) in escrow pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Appointment of Escrow Agent. The Company and the Underwriter hereby appoint the Escrow Agent as escrow agent in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

 

2. Delivery of the Escrowed Funds. Upon the closing of the Offering, the Escrowed Funds shall be delivered on behalf of the Company to the Escrow Agent, as escrow agent, into an interest bearing escrow account maintained by the Escrow Agent (the “Escrow Account”) by wire transfer in accordance with the wire transfer instructions set forth on Schedule A hereto. Such Escrow Account shall bear interest at such rates as provided from time to time by the bank account in which the Escrow Funds are deposited. In no event shall the aggregate amount of Escrowed Funds delivered to the Escrow Account be less than Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000).

 

3. Escrow Agent to Hold and Disburse the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds. The Escrow Agent will retain the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds in an escrow account and disburse the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, as follows:

 

a. The Escrowed Funds shall be held by the Escrow Agent for the purpose of satisfying the initial $600,000 of the indemnification obligations of the Company, with respect to the Escrowed Funds, pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 2 and 6 of the Underwriting Agreement dated [●], 2020 by and between the Company and the Underwriter (the “Underwriting Agreement”), for a period of 18 months from the closing of the Offering.

 

1

 

 

b. Disbursement of such Escrowed Funds upon a claim of indemnity pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement shall be determined by an independent third-party intermediary (who shall have the requisite experience determining indemnification claims), to be chosen by mutual written consent of the Company and the Underwriter. If the Company and the Underwriter are unable to agree on such intermediary within 30 days upon a written claim for indemnification by the Underwriter, such intermediary shall be a single arbitrator (with the requisite experience in determining indemnification claims) selected by the American Arbitration Association’s New York, New York office, and any proceedings before such arbitrator shall accommodate Chinese translations.

 

c. Notwithstanding the last sentence of the prior paragraph, in the event that any litigation or proceeding arising out of any matter in connection with the Offering in connection to the Underwriter acting in its capacity as underwriter (which matter would be covered by the Company’s indemnification obligations under the Underwriting Agreement) within 18 months following the Closing Date and in which the Company, the Underwriter, the Escrow Agent or the Escrowed Funds becomes the subject of such litigation or proceeding, the Underwriter and the Company hereby authorize the Escrow Agent, at the Underwriter’s sole instruction upon the Underwriter’s written notice to the Escrow Agent if not otherwise so required, to release and deposit the Escrowed Funds with the clerk of the court in which the litigation is pending for the purpose of indemnifying and defending the Underwriter in such litigation and proceeding, and thereupon the Escrow Agent shall be relieved and discharged of any further responsibility with regard thereto to the extent determined by any such court. The Company and the Underwriter further hereby authorize the Escrow Agent, if it receives conflicting claims to any of the Escrowed Funds, is threatened with litigation in its capacity as escrow agent under this Agreement, or if the Escrow Agent determines it is necessary to do so for any other reason relating to this Agreement or the Offering, to interplead all interested parties in any court of competent jurisdiction and to deposit the Escrowed Funds with the clerk of that court and thereupon the Escrow Agent shall be relieved and discharged of any further responsibility hereunder to the parties from which they were received to the extent determined by such court.

 

d. In all instances, if either (i) no claim for indemnity is made by the Underwriter during the 18-month period from the closing of the Offering or (ii) it is finally determined that the Underwriter is not entitled to any disbursement (or any further disbursement, as the case may be) of Escrowed Funds by the conclusion of the 18-month period from the closing of the Offering, the Escrow Agent shall, upon joint written instruction from the Company and the Underwriter, disburse to the Company the full balance of the Escrowed Funds then held by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company.

 

e. Upon written instruction of the Company, with a copy to the Underwriter, the Escrow Agent may invest the Escrowed Funds during the term of the Agreement at the sole cost and expense of the Company as follows:

 

i. The Escrowed Funds may be invested in issuers listed on U.S. national securities exchanges; provided that (1) no investments may be made in the Company’s securities; (2) no more than 20% of the Escrowed Funds may be invested in one issuer; (3) no more than 50% of the Escrowed Funds may be invested in issuers that have: (A) a market capitalization of less than $1.0 billion; (B) been public for less than two years; and (C) less than $1.0 million in average daily volume for the 30 days preceding such investment.

 

ii. In the event the aggregate value of the Escrowed Funds plus the Investment Gain Funds in the Escrow Account decreases to less than 81% of the original amount ($600,000) of Escrowed Funds (“Minimum Equity”) for more than 20 consecutive trading days, the Company shall promptly (but no later than 10 calendar days following the 20 consecutive trading days following the decrease of less than 81%) add funds to the Escrow Account to maintain the Minimum Equity.

 

2

 

 

iii. Upon the Escrow Account reaching Minimum Equity, the Company may not invest the Escrowed Funds nor open any additional positions until the Escrow Account is above the Minimum Equity.

 

iv. Upon request from the Company, the Escrow Agent shall establish a brokerage account in the Company’s name with a FINRA registered broker-dealer chosen by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter (the “Escrow Broker”). All proposed transactions will be submitted by the Company in writing to the Underwriter with a confirmation by the Company that such transaction(s) meet the criteria set forth in Sections 3(e)(i)-(iii). The Underwriter will have two business days after receipt to review the submission. Unless the Underwriter disagrees in writing that the transaction(s) meet the criteria set forth in Sections 3(e)(i)-(iii) prior to the end of the second business day after receipt of the written submission by the Company, the Company may submit the transaction request to the Escrow Agent for submission to the Escrow Broker with a copy to the Underwriter. The Escrow Agent shall instruct the Escrow Broker to submit confirmations of all transactions to the Escrow Agent, the Company and the Underwriter.

 

v. All income derived from the investments pursuant to this Section 3(e) in excess of the Escrowed Funds (“Investment Gain Funds”) shall be disbursed to the Company as set forth in Section 3(b) above, provided that to the extent Investment Gain Funds exceed $50,000 in excess of the Minimum Equity, the Company shall be permitted to request a disbursement of such excess funds in an amount of no less than $50,000 on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 of any year during the term of this Agreement.

 

4. Exculpation and Indemnification of Escrow Agent.

 

a. The Escrow Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities other than those expressly set forth herein. The Escrow Agent shall have no duty to enforce any obligation of any person to make any payment or delivery, or to direct or cause any payment or delivery to be made other than as set forth herein, or to enforce any obligation of any person to perform any other act. The Escrow Agent shall be under no liability to the other parties hereto or anyone else, by reason of any failure, on the part of any party hereto or any maker, guarantor, endorser or other signatory of a document or any other person, to perform such person’s obligations under any such document. Except for amendments to this Agreement referenced below, and except for written instructions given to the Escrow Agent by the Company and the Underwriter relating to the Escrowed Funds, the Escrow Agent shall not be obligated to recognize any agreement between or among any of the Company and the Underwriter, notwithstanding that references thereto may be made herein and the Escrow Agent has knowledge thereof.

 

b. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable to the Company, the Underwriter, or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Escrow Agent), statement, instrument, report, or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained), which is reasonably believed by the Escrow Agent to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper party or parties hereunder. The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any of the terms thereof, unless evidenced by written notice delivered to the Escrow Agent signed by the proper party or parties hereunder and, if the duties or rights of the Escrow Agent are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto.

 

3

 

 

c. Absent clear evidence of manifest fraud or willful misconduct, the Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for the sufficiency or accuracy of the form, or of the execution, validity, value or genuineness of, any document or property received, held or delivered to it hereunder, or of any signature or endorsement thereon, or for any lack of endorsement thereon, or for any description therein; nor shall the Escrow Agent be responsible or liable to the Company, the Underwriter, or to anyone else in any respect on account of the identity, authority or rights, of the person executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver any document or property or this Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Escrow Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the use or application of the Escrowed Funds pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

d. The Escrow Agent shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice to the contrary from the proper party or parties hereunder, that a fact or an event, by reason of which an action would or might be taken by the Escrow Agent, does not exist or has not occurred, without incurring liability to the Company, the Underwriter, or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, in reliance upon such assumption.

 

e. To the extent that the Escrow Agent becomes liable for the payment of taxes, including withholding taxes, in respect of the Investment Gain Funds, or any payment made hereunder, the Escrow Agent may pay such taxes from the Escrowed Funds; and the Escrow Agent may withhold from any payment of the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds such amount as the Escrow Agent estimates to be sufficient to provide for the payment of such taxes not yet paid, and may use the sum withheld for that purpose. The Escrow Agent shall be indemnified and held harmless against any liability for taxes and for any penalties in respect of taxes, on such investment income or payments in the manner provided in Section 4(f).

 

f. The Escrow Agent will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company and the Underwriter from and against all reasonable and customary expenses, including all reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Escrow Agent in connection with any action, suit or proceeding involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand, which in any way, directly or indirectly, arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Escrow Agent hereunder, except for claims relating to gross negligence or reckless misconduct by the Escrow Agent or breach of this Agreement by the Escrow Agent, or the monies or other property held by it hereunder. Promptly, but no later than 10 business days, after the receipt by the Escrow Agent of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Escrow Agent shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made by the Escrow Agent against the Company, notify the Company in writing, but the failure by the Escrow Agent to give such notice shall not relieve the Company from any liability which the Company may have to the Escrow Agent hereunder, unless the failure of the Escrow Agent to give such notice prejudices or otherwise impairs the Company’s ability to defend any demand, claim, action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding any obligation to make payments and deliveries hereunder, the Escrow Agent may retain and hold for such time as it deems necessary such amount of monies or property as it shall, from time to time, reasonably deem sufficient to indemnify itself for any such loss or expense.

 

g. For purposes hereof, the term “expense or loss” shall include all amounts paid or payable to satisfy any claim, demand or liability, or in settlement of any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding settled with the express written consent of the Escrow Agent, and all costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, counsel fees and disbursements, paid or incurred in investigating or defending against any such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding.

 

5. Indemnification by the Company and the Underwriter. The indemnification provisions subject to this Agreement are set forth in Section 6 of the Underwriting Agreement, which Section 6 shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

 

4

 

 

6. Termination of Agreement and Resignation of Escrow Agent.

 

a. This Agreement shall terminate upon disbursement of all of the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds provided that the rights of the Escrow Agent and the obligations of the Company and the Underwriter under Section 4 shall survive the termination hereof.

 

b. The Escrow Agent may resign at any time and be discharged from its duties as Escrow Agent hereunder by giving the Company and the Underwriter at least 15 business days’ written notice thereof (the “Notice Period”). As soon as practicable after its resignation, the Escrow Agent shall, if it receives notice from the Company and the Underwriter within the Notice Period, turn over to a successor escrow agent appointed by the Company and the Underwriter all Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds (less such amount as the Escrow Agent is entitled to continue to retain and hold in escrow pursuant to Section 4(e) and Section 4(f)) upon presentation of the document appointing the new escrow agent and its acceptance thereof. If no new escrow agent is so appointed within the Notice Period, the Escrow Agent shall return the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds to the Company without interest or deduction.

 

7. Form of Payments by Escrow Agent.

 

a. Any payments of the Escrowed Funds by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds unless directed to be made by check by the Underwriter and/or Company, as applicable.

 

b. All amounts referred to herein are expressed in United States Dollars and all payments by the Escrow Agent shall be made in such dollars.

 

8. Compensation. Escrow Agent shall be entitled to $12,500 as compensation for its services rendered under this Agreement, which amount shall be delivered by the Company to an account designated by the Escrow Agent on the same date when the Escrowed Funds are delivered into the Escrow Account and which shall be deemed earned in full upon payment. The Company shall also reimburse the Escrow Agent for any pre-approved expenses incurred or made by the Escrow Agent in performance of its duties hereunder.

 

9. Notices. All notices, demands, consents, requests, instructions and other communications to be given or delivered or permitted under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be delivered and received by the intended recipient as follows: (i) if personally delivered, on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by the receipt of the personal delivery service), (ii) if mailed certified or registered mail return receipt requested, on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by the signed certified mail card), (iii) if delivered by overnight courier (with all charges having been prepaid), on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by the receipt of the overnight courier service of recognized standing), (iv) if delivered by facsimile transmission, on the business day of such delivery if sent by 6:00 p.m. in the time zone of the recipient, or if sent after that time, on the next succeeding business day (as evidenced by the printed confirmation of delivery generated by the sending party’s telecopier machine), or (v) if delivered by email on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by delivery confirmation). If any notice, demand, consent, request, instruction or other communication cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given (in accordance with this Section 9), or the refusal to accept same, the notice, demand, consent, request, instruction or other communication shall be deemed received on the second business day the notice is sent (as evidenced by a sworn affidavit of the sender). All such notices, demands, consents, requests, instructions and other communications will be sent to addresses or facsimile numbers as applicable set forth hereunder.

 

5

 

 

If to the Company, to:

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

Attention: Minfei Bao
Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10105

Attention: Barry I. Grossman, Esq.

Email: bigrossman@egsllp.com

Facsimile: (212) 370-7889

 

If to the Underwriter, to:

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 West Palmetto Park Road, Suite 310

Boca Raton, FL 33433

Attention: Douglas Aguililla, Director, Investment Banking

Email: dougagui@viewtrade.com

Facsimile: (561) 620-0302

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

K&L Gates LLP

Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, Florida 33131-2399

Attention: Clayton E. Parker, Esq.

Email: Clayton.Parker@klgates.com

Facsimile: (305) 358-7095

 

If to the Escrow Agent, to:

 

Pearlman Law Group LLP

200 South Andrews Avenue, Suite 901

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301

Attention: Brian Pearlman

Email: brian@pslawgroup.net

Facsimile: (954) 755-2993

 

10. Further Assurances. From time to time on and after the date hereof, the Company and the Underwriter shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Escrow Agent such further documents and instruments and shall do and cause to be done such further acts as the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request (it being understood that the Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to make any such request) to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement, to evidence compliance herewith or to assure itself that it is protected in acting hereunder.

 

6

 

 

11. Consent to Service of Process. The Company, the Underwriter and the Escrow Agent hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Florida and of any Federal court located in Broward County, Florida in connection with any action, suit or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any action taken or omitted hereunder, and waives personal service of any summons, complaint or other process and agrees that the service thereof may be made by certified or registered mail directed to it at the address listed hereto.

 

12. Miscellaneous.

 

a. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing such instrument to be drafted. The terms “hereby,” “hereof,” “hereunder,” and any similar terms, as used in this Agreement, refer to the Escrow Agreement in its entirety and not only to the particular portion of this Agreement where the term is used. The word “person” shall mean any natural person, partnership, corporation, government and any other form of business of legal entity. All words or terms used in this Agreement, regardless of the number or gender in which they were used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require. This Agreement shall not be admissible in evidence to construe the provisions of any prior agreement.

 

b. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Company and the Underwriter may not be assigned without the consent of the Escrow Agent, other than by laws of descent or operation of law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Escrow Agent may be assigned by the Escrow Agent, with the prior consent of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party’s respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns. No other person shall acquire or have any rights under or by virtue of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be changed orally or modified, amended or supplemented without an express written agreement executed by the Escrow Agent, the Company and the Underwriter, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. This Agreement is intended to be for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns, and none of the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be, nor shall they be construed to be, for the benefit of any third person.

 

c. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Florida. The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and any investigations made by any party. The headings in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms thereof.

 

13. Execution of Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as of those whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more of the counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, are signed by all parties hereto.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

ESCROW AGENT:  
   
PEARLMAN LAW GROUP LLP  
   
By:                       
Name:  
Title:  
   
COMPANY:  
   
UTIME LIMITED  
   
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
   
UNDERWRITER:  
   
VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.  
   
By:    
Name: Douglas Aguililla  
Title: Director, Investment Banking  

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Escrow Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

 

ACCOUNT NAME:

 

ACCOUNT NO.:

 

ABA ROUTING NO.:

 

SWIFT CODE:

 

BANK:

 

REFERENCE:

 

ATTN:

 

COMPANY EIN/TIN:

 

TO BE WIRED IN U.S. DOLLARS

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

  

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective on May [__], 2020 by and between UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and [__________] (“Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance Indemnitee’s continued and effective service to the Company, and in order to induce Indemnitee to provide services to the Company as a director, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by the laws of the Cayman Islands and as set forth in this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (as amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Memorandum and Articles”) and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee’s continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions.

 

(a) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b) “Change in Control” means (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity’s securities outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization is owned by persons who were not shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization; (ii) a change in ownership or control of the Company after the date hereof, effected through the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders which a majority of the directors on the board of directors who are not affiliates of the offeror do not recommend such shareholders accept; (iii) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (iv) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment by the Board or nomination for appointment by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose appointment or nomination for appointment was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board. A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transactions.

 

Indemnification Agreement

 

 

 

(c) “Expenses” means any expense, liability, or loss, including legal expenses, judgments, fines, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, and any United States, or non-United States taxes imposes as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

 

(d) “Indemnifiable Event” means any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the effective date of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer (if the Indemnitee should be appointed as an officer) of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another United States or non-United States company, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a United States or non-United States company or corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

 

(e) “Independent Counsel” means the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

 

(f) “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, (ii) any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions that, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control, (iii) any person (other than an excluded Person) who is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof, or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

 

(g) “Proceeding” means (i) any threatened, pending, or complete action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other, or (ii) any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, or proceeding.

 

(h) “Reviewing Party” means the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

(i) “Voting Securities” any securities of the Company that vote generally in the appointment of directors.

 

2. Agreement to Indemnify.

 

(a) General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is, or become a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Memorandum and Articles, vote of its shareholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles.

 

Indemnification Agreement 2 

 

 

(b) Initiation of Proceeding. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5, or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

 

(c) Expense Advances. If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within ten business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”); provided that such request shall be accompanied by reasonable evidence of the expenses incurred by Indemnitee and that, if and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles or pursuant to Section 2(f) below, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid. If Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles or pursuant to Section 2(f) below, as provided in Section 4, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or have lapsed).

 

(d) Mandatory Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 2(f) below), to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

(e) Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

(f) Prohibited Indemnification. No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of (i) Indemnitee’s conduct which constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duties owed to the Company or is an act of omission not in good faith or which involves actual fraud, willful neglect or willful default , and (ii) any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or similar provisions of any United States or non-United States laws.

 

Indemnification Agreement 3 

 

 

3. Reviewing Party. Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Counsel referred to below. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles, now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

 

4. Indemnification Process and Appeal.

 

(a) Suit To Enforce Rights. Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within 60 days after making a request in accordance with Section 2(c), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation, in any appropriate court having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper, seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, provided, however, that such 60-day period shall be extended for reasonable time, not to exceed another 60 days, if the reviewing party in good faith requires additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and information relating thereto. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by the Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee in law or equity.

 

(b) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Company) that is not permissible under applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles.

 

Indemnification Agreement 4 

 

 

5. Indemnification For Expenses Incurred In Enforcing Rights. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten business days of such request), advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim asserted against or covered action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification of Expenses or Expense Advances by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles, now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and or (ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, Expense Advances, or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding.

 

(a) Notice. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

 

(b) Defense. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company shall be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which case all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above.

 

(c) Settlement of Claims. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

 

7. Non-Exclusivity. The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Memorandum and Articles, applicable law, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Memorandum and Articles, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

 

Indemnification Agreement 5 

 

 

8. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

 

9. Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

10. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

11. No Duplication Of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

12. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he or she may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

13. Severability. If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law or the Memorandum and Articles. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

 

14. Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the courts of the Cayman Islands (the “Cayman Court”) and not in any state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country; (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Cayman Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Cayman Court; and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Cayman Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum, or is subject (in whole or in part) to a jury trial.

 

Indemnification Agreement 6 

 

 

15. Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

Attn: Minfei Bao, CEO (bminfei@utimemobile.com)

  

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

 

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17. Interpretation. In this Agreement:

 

(a) words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa; words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender; words importing persons include corporations as well as any other legal or natural person;

 

(b) “written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(e) “shall” shall be construed as imperative and “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(f) references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

(g) any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(h) the term “and/or” is used herein to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

(i) headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement;

 

(j) any requirements as to delivery under this Agreement include delivery in the form of an electronic record (as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision));

 

(k) any requirements as to execution or signature under this Agreement including the execution of this Agreement itself can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature (as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision));

 

(l) sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) shall not apply.

  

[Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally]

 

Indemnification Agreement 7 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Indemnification Agreement on the day specified above.

 

COMPANY:   UTIME LIMITED  
   
  By:                           
    Minfei Bao  
    Chief Executive Officer  
   
INDEMNITEE:    
  [______________]  
     
Address for Notices:  
Email:    

  

Indemnification Agreement 8 

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

Contract for Credit Line Loan

[Unofficial English Translation]

 

Contract No.: J.2020 E.17609 Q.H.

 

Borrower (Party A): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City Postal Code: 518000

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Bao Minfei

 

Fax: Blank Tel.: 0755-86512180

 

Lender (Party B): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation Limited

 

Address: Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No. 6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City Postal Code: 518000

 

Person in Charge: Wang Ye

 

Fax: 0755-23821111 Tel: 0755-23828888

 

Place of Signing: Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Party A applies to Party B for credit line loan, and Party B agrees to provide credit line loan to Party A. According to relevant laws, regulations and rules, Party A and Party B hereby enter into this Contract through consultation for mutual compliance.

 

General Provisions

 

Article I Credit Line

 

The credit line provided by Party B to Party A is specified in Article I of the Special Terms and Conditions of this Contract.

 

The term “Credit Line” as used in this Contract refers to the limit of the principal balance of the working capital loan provided by Party B to Party A within the valid period of credit line agreed in this Contract. Party A can recycle the credit line during the validity period of it. Party A can apply for loan continuously provided that the outstanding principal balance of the loan under this Contract of Party A does not exceed the credit line regardless of the load times and the amount of each loan, however, the sum of the loan amount applied by Party A and the outstanding principal balance of the loan under this Contract shall not exceed the credit line.

 

Article II Purpose of Loan and Source of Repayment

 

Party A shall use the loan for daily production and operation turnover.

 

For the specific purposes of the loan and the source of repayment under this Contract, please refer to Annex 1 “Basic Information of the Loan”.

 

Article III Valid Period of Credit Line

 

Please refer to Article II of special terms and conditions herein for the valid period of credit line hereunder.

 

The undisbursed credit line will automatically become invalid upon the valid period of credit line expires.

 

Single loan term refers to the period from the withdrawal date (also known as “Value Date”) of single loan to the agreed repayment date.

 

Loan disbursement refers to the behavior of Party B to release the loan to the loan issuing account according to the application of Party A and the agreement of this Contract.

 

Article IV Use of Credit Line

 

I. During the valid period of credit line, Party A can apply for loans one by one as needed, and both parties shall go through corresponding procedures. The amount, interest rate, term and purpose of each loan shall be subject to the contents of the disbursing application for the credit line loan and/or loan withdrawal notice.

 

II. If the Guarantee performs the guarantee liabilities under the guarantee contract, Party B shall deduct the principal of the credit line correspondingly according to the principal amount of the guarantee liabilities already performed by the Guarantee.

 

III. Please refer to Article III of special terms and conditions herein for the specific requirements for the payment applied by Party A each time.

 

1

 

 

Article V Loan Interest Rate, Penalty Interest Rate, Interest-Bearing and Interest Settlement

 

The details shall be agreed by Party A and Party B in Article IV of the Special Terms and Conditions of this Contract.

 

In the case of a single loan disbursement, both parties may separately agree on the loan interest rate and penalty interest rate of the loan in the disbursing application for the credit line loan and/or loan withdrawal notice, or choose to apply the loan interest rate and penalty interest rate agreed in this Contract, and Party B has the right to refuse to issue the loan on condition that both parties are unable to reach an agreement.

 

If the loan interest rate or penalty interest rate stipulated in this Article is inconsistent with the agreement on the disbursing application for the credit line loan and/or loan withdrawal notice, the agreement on the disbursing application for the credit line loan and/or loan withdrawal notice shall prevail.

 

Article VI Credit Limit Management Cost

 

Party A shall pay Party B the credit line management cost. See Article V of special terms of this contract for details.

 

Article VII Issuance and Payment of Loans

 

I. Application for Loan with Expenditure Limit

 

Party A shall submit the disbursing application for the credit line loan to Party B in advance at the time of disbursing the credit line loan. For the specific requirements for disbursement of a single loan, see Article VI of the Special Terms and Conditions of this Contract.

 

II. Preconditions for Issuing Loans

 

Unless Party B waives in whole or in part, Party B is obliged to issue the loan only if all the following preconditions are continuously met:

 

1. Party A has completed the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other legal procedures related to the loan hereunder;

 

2. If there is any guarantee in this Contract, the guarantee meeting the requirements of Party B have come into effect and continue to be valid;

 

3. Party A has opened an account for withdrawal and repayment as required by Party B;

 

4. Party B has received the disbursing application for the credit line loan from Party A, and which has examined and approved by Party B;

 

5. If the Contract stipulates that Party A shall pay the management fee of the loan line to Party B, Party A has already paid the management fee of the loan line to Party B in full and on time in accordance with the Contract;

 

6. Party A has not committed any breach of contract as agreed in this Contract;

 

7. There is no circumstance that may endanger the creditor’s rights of Party B stipulated in this Contract;

 

8. Laws and regulations, rules or authorities do not prohibit or restrict Party B from issuing loans under this Contract;

 

9. Party A’s financial index continues to meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Mandatory Provision for Financial Index”;

 

10. Party A has submitted relevant materials before the loan issuance in accordance with this Contract;

 

11. The materials provided by Party A to Party B is legal, true, complete, accurate and effective, and meets other requirements put forward by Party B;

 

12. For other preconditions agreed by both parties for issuing loans, see Article VII in the Special Terms and Conditions of this Contract.

 

III. Materials to be provided by Party A

 

For the information to be provided by Party A in case of single disbursement, see Article VIII in the Special Terms and Conditions of this Contract.

 

IV. Entrust Party B to Pay

 

1. Applicable Situation for Entrusted Payment of Party B

 

As long as the single loan is used in accordance with the circumstances selected by both parties in the first paragraph of Article IX of special terms and conditions herein, Party B shall be entrusted for payment, i.e. Party A irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the loan funds to the transaction object of Party A. Party A shall not pay the above loan funds to the transaction object or any other third party.

 

2

 

 

2. In case of entrusting Party B to pay, Party B shall transfer the loan funds to the loan issuing account, and then pay the loan funds directly to the account of Party A’s transaction object from the loan issuing account. Party A shall not dispose the loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal).

 

3. Party B shall conduct formal review on the payment amount, payment time, payment object, payment method and handling account according to the materials provided by Party A. Party B shall pay the loan funds to the transaction object of Party A after completing the formal review of the above payment elements and believing which meet the requirements of Party B. Once the loan funds enter the account of the transaction object provided by Party A, it shall be deemed that Party B has fulfilled the entrusted payment obligation. Party A shall check whether the payment was successful within 1 working day after the payment date, and notify Party B immediately if it is unsuccessful. Party A shall ensure that its transaction object is consistent with the specific purpose of the loan and transaction information.

 

4. The formal review of the above payment elements by Party B does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity and legal compliance of the transaction, nor does it mean that Party B is involved in any dispute between Party A and its transaction object or other third parties, or that Party B needs to bear any responsibility and obligation of Party A. Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred by Party B due to the entrusted payment.

 

5. If the loan fund fails to be paid successfully or fails to be paid to the account of Party A’s transaction object in time due to the reasons not caused by Party B’s fault, such as incomplete, untrue, inaccurate information provided by Party A, non-conforming to the specific purpose of the loan, conflict between the information, and so on., it shall be handled as follows:

 

(1) Party A shall bear all the consequences arising therefrom, including but not limited to all losses caused by the failure to successfully pay the loan funds or the failure to timely pay the loan funds to the account of Party A’s transaction object. Party B shall not bear any liability, and Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom;

 

(2) For this part of loan funds, Party A shall not dispose of it in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal);

 

(3) Party A shall perform the duties of re-provisioning and correcting the information in accordance with the requirements of Party B within five working days;

 

(4) Other agreements made by both parties in the second paragraph of Article IX of the special terms and conditions herein.

 

Party B has the right to recover this part of the loan funds in advance on condition that Party A violates any of the above agreements.

 

6. Party A shall bear all risks, responsibilities, and losses incurred in the failure to pay the loan funds, such as failure, error, and delay due to Party B’s fault, and Party B shall not bear any responsibility. Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom.

 

V. Party A Pays Independently

 

If the disbursement of a single loan does not conform to the entrusted payment of Party B as mentioned in Item 1, paragraph 4 of this Article, Party A may take the initiative to pay , i.e. Party A shall pay to its transaction object independently after Party B distributes the loan funds to the loan issuing account according to the withdrawal application of Party A. Party A shall ensure that its transaction object is consistent with the specific purpose of the loan and transaction information.

 

VI. No matter whether Party B is entrusted to pay or Party A pays independently, it is deemed that Party B has fulfilled the loan obligation upon the loan funds are transferred into the loan issuing account. Party A shall ensure that the loan issuing account is in normal status (including but not limited to not being frozen by the competent authority, and so on.). After the loan funds transferred into the loan issuing account, Party A shall bear all the risks, responsibilities and losses caused by the freezing and deduction by the competent authorities. Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom.

 

VII. Change of Payment Method

 

Party B has the right to change the payment method of loan funds under any of the following conditions, including but not limited to adjusting the applicable circumstances of entrusted payment (e.g. adjusting the amount standard of entrusted payment), changing the payment method of the disbursement of single loan, and so on.:

 

1. Party A breaches any of the provisions of this Contract;

 

2. Any circumstance that may endanger the creditor’s rights of Party B stipulated in this Contract occurs;

 

3. Other circumstances where Party B considers it necessary to change the payment method of the loan funds.

 

Party A shall perform the obligation of re submission of materials in accordance with the provisions of this Contract and the requirements of Party B on condition that Party B changes the payment method.

 

3

 

 

Article VIII Use and Supervision of the Account

 

The provisions on the use and supervision of the account hereunder are set forth in Article X of the special terms and conditions herein.

 

Article IX Repayment

 

I. Repayment Principles

 

The repayment of Party A under this Contract shall be repaid in accordance with the following principles:

 

Party B has the right to use Party A’s repayment first to repay all expenses that shall be borne by Party A and paid by Party B in advance as well as the expenses for Party B to realize the creditor’s rights stipulated in this Contract, the remaining amount shall be repaid in accordance with the principle of paying interest first and then the principal, and the principle of matching principal repayments. However, for the loan whose principal is overdue for more than 90 days and whose interest is overdue for more than 90 days, or the loan which is otherwise stipulated by laws, regulations or rules, after repayment of the above expenses, the repayment of Party A shall be made on the principle of repay the principal first and then the interest.

 

II. Interest Payment

 

Party A shall pay the interest due to Party B on the settlement date for interest. The first interest payment date is the first settlement date for interest after the issuance of loan. At the last repayment, interest shall be settled along with the principal.

 

III. Principal Repayment Plan

 

Party A shall repay the principal of the loan according to the principal repayment plan listed in the disbursing application for the credit line loan and/or the loan withdrawal notice.

 

IV. Repayment Method

 

Party A shall, prior to the repayment date stipulated in this Contract, reserve the amount payable in the current period on the account for recoup funds or other account opened by Party B and transfer the amount to repay the loan by itself (Party B also has the right to transfer funds from the account to repay the loan), or transfer funds from other accounts to repay loans on the repayment date agreed in this Contract.

 

V. Early Repayment

 

In case of early repayment of Party A, it shall submit a written application to Party B 30 working days in advance, and Party A may repay part or all of the principal in advance with the consent of Party B.

 

If Party A repays the principal in advance, the interest shall be calculated according to the actual days of use and the loan interest rate agreed in this Contract.

 

If Party B agrees that Party A may repay the principal in advance, Party B shall have the right to collect compensation from Party A, and the calculation standard of the compensation amount is set forth in Article XI of special terms and conditions herein.

 

If Party A repays part of the loan principal in installments, the repayment shall be made in the reverse order of the repayment plan. After prepayment, the loan that has not been repaid shall still be executed according to the loan interest rate agreed in this Contract.

 

Article X Party A’s Rights and Obligations

 

I. Rights of Party A

 

(I) The right to apply to Party B for disbursement of the loan as agreed in the Contract;

 

(II) The right to use the loan for the purposes agreed in this Contract;

 

(III) The right to require Party B to keep confidential of the relevant financial information provided by Party A and the business secrets in production and operation, unless otherwise provided by laws, regulations and rules, otherwise required by the competent authorities, or otherwise agreed by both parties;

 

(IV) The right to refuse Party B and its staff to ask for bribes, and the right to report the above-mentioned acts or Party B’s violations of relevant national laws and regulations such as credit interest rates and service charges to relevant authorities.

 

II. Party A’s Obligations

 

(I) Withdraw and pay off the principal and interest of the loan in full according to the Contract, and bear all expenses agreed in the Contract;

 

4

 

 

(II) Provide various financial and accounting information, production and operation status information and other materials in accordance with the requirements of Party B, including but not limited to providing Party B with the balance sheet at the end of the previous quarter and the income statement as of the end of the previous quarter (public institutions shall provide the statement of income and expenditure) within ten working days before the first month of each quarter. At the end of the year, the Party A shall timely provide the cash flow statement of the year, and ensure that the information provided is legal, true, complete, accurate and effective, and shall not provide false materials or conceal important business and financial facts;

 

(III) Party A shall notify Party B in writing within three working days after the occurrence of any major adverse event affecting its solvency or any other circumstance endangering Party B’s creditor’s rights, or any change in the name, legal representative (person in charge), domicile, business scope, registered capital or articles of association of the company (enterprise) and other business registration matters, and attach relevant materials after the change;

 

(IV) Party A shall use the loan according to the purposes agreed in this Contract, and shall not misuse, misappropriate or use bank loans to engage in illegal or illegal transactions, shall not use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity and other investments, shall not use the loan for fields and purposes prohibited by the State from production and operation, and shall not replace the liabilities arising from Party A’s investment in fixed assets, equity and other investments; shall cooperate with and accept Party B’s inspection and supervision of its production, operation and financial activities, as well as the use and payment of loans hereunder, and shall cooperate with and accept the relevant requirements of Party B’s post-loan management; shall not withdraw funds, transfer assets or use connected transaction to evade debts to Party B; shall not use false contracts with related parties to discount or pledge bank funds or credit with bills receivable, accounts receivable and other credit rights without actual trade background; shall pay the loan funds as agreed in this Contract, and shall not evade Party B’s entrusted payment by breaking up the whole into parts;

 

(V) Party A shall abide by the relevant national regulations on environmental protection in case of that Party A uses the loan under this Contract for production and manufacturing;

 

(VI) Before paying off the loan principal and interest of Party B , Party A shall not use the assets formed by the loan under this Contract to provide guarantee to the third party without the consent of Party B;

 

(VII) In the case that Party A is a group customer, Party A shall timely report to Party B the related transactions with more than 10% of the net asset of Party A, including: (1) the association relationships among transaction parties; (2) the item and nature of the transaction; (3) the amount or corresponding proportion of the transaction; (4) pricing policy (including transactions involving no amount or only nominal amount);

 

(VIII) Party A shall obtain the written consent of Party B before carrying out major issues such as merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment and substantial increase in debt financing. However, the written consent of Party B shall not affect Party B’s right to take the relief measures agreed in this Contract when Party B believes that the above-mentioned acts may endanger the safety of Party B’s creditor’s rights in the future;

 

(IX) In case of Party A pays independently, Party A shall summarize and report the use and payment of the loan to Party B on a monthly basis. Party A shall, at the latest within the first 10 working days of each month, summarize and report to Party B the use and payment of the loan in the previous month, and submit a list of the actual use of the loan until the payment of the loan is completed. See Annex 4 for the format of summary report.

 

Article XI Party B’s Rights and Obligations

 

I. Party B has the right to require Party A to repay the principal, interest and expenses of the loan on schedule, to manage and control the payment of loan funds, to dynamically monitor the overall cash flow of Party A, to recover the loan in advance according to fund withdrawal of Party A, to exercise other rights stipulated in this Contract, and to require Party A to perform other obligations hereunder;

 

II. Party B has the right to participate in the large-denomination financing (The determining standard of large-denomination financing is specified in the first paragraph of Article XII in special terms and conditions herein), asset sale, merger, division, shareholding system transformation, liquidation of the property of Party A, to maintain the credit rights of Party B. The specific mode of participation shall be agreed upon by Party A and Party B in Article XII of the of special terms and conditions herein.

 

III. Issue loans in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, except for the delay or failure caused by Party A or other reasons not attributable to Party B;

 

IV. Keep confidential of the relevant financial information provided by Party A and the business secrets in production and operation, unless otherwise provided by laws, regulations and rules, otherwise required by the competent authorities, or otherwise agreed by both parties;

 

V. Party B shall not offer bribes to Party A or its staff, or ask for or accept bribes from Party A or its staff;

 

VI. Party B shall not act dishonestly or damage the legitimate interests of Party A.

 

5

 

 

Article XII Liability for Breach of Contract and Remedial Measures for Endangering the Rights of Party B as a Creditor

 

I. Breach of Contract and Liability for Breach of Contract of Party B

 

(I) If Party B fails to issue loans as agreed in this Contract without justifiable reasons, Party A may demand Party B to continue to issue loans as agreed in this Contract;

 

(II) If Party B violates the prohibitive provisions of national laws and regulations and collects interest and fees that should not be collected from Party A, Party A has the right to require Party B to refund them.

 

II. Default of Party A

 

(I) Party A violates any articles in this Contract or any legal obligation;

 

(II) Party A expressly indicates or indicates by its behavior that it will not perform any obligation under this Contract.

 

III. Circumstances That May Endanger the Rights of Party B as a Creditor

 

(I) Under any of the following circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the rights as a creditor under this Contract: Party A has contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system transformation, reduction of registered capital, investment, joint venture, merger, acquisition and reorganization, separation, equity transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, (to be) applied for suspension of business for rectification, application for dissolution, cancellation, and (to be) applied for bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholder / actual controlling person or transfer of major assets, suspension of production and closure, high fines imposed by the competent authorities, cancellation of registration and revocation of business license, involving major legal disputes, serious difficulties in production and operation or deterioration of financial status, decline of credit status, failure of legal representative or main person in charge to perform their duties normally;

 

(II) Under any of the following circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the rights as a creditor under this Contract: Party A fails to perform other debts due (including debts due to subsidiaries at all levels of China Construction Bank or other third parties),transfer property at low price and free of charge, reduce or relieve the debts of the third party, delay in exercising the creditor’s rights or other rights, or provide guarantee for the third party; the financial indicators of Party A fail to meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicator Requirements”; abnormal fluctuation of funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to the account for recouping funds and other monitoring account of Party B); Party A has a major cross-default event; the weak profitability of primary business of Party A; abnormal use of loan funds;

 

(III) Party A’s shareholders abuse the independent status of the Company’s legal person or shareholder’s limited liability to evade debts, and Party B believes that it may endanger the rights as a creditor under this Contract;

 

(IV) Fails to continuously meet any preconditions for loan issuance as agreed in this Contract;

 

(V) In case of any of the following circumstances of the guarantor, Party B believes that it may endanger the security of the creditor’s rights under this Contract:

 

1. Breach of any agreement of the guarantee contract, or any false, error or omission in the statement and guarantee;

 

2. Occurrance the following circumstances: contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system transformation, reduction of registered capital, investment, joint venture, merger, merger, acquisition and reorganization, separation, joint venture, equity transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, (to be) applied for suspension of business for rectification, application for dissolution, cancellation, and (to be) applied for bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholder / actual controller or transfer of major assets, transfer property at a low price or free of charge, reduce or relieve debts of third parties, or delay in exercising creditor’s rights or other rights, suspension of production and closure, high fines imposed by the competent authorities, cancellation of registration and revocation of business license, involving major legal disputes, serious difficulties in production and operation or deterioration of financial status, decline of credit status, failure of legal representative or main person in charge to perform their duties normally, which may affect the guarantor’s ability to undertake the guarantee;

 

3. Other circumstances where the ability to guarantee is lost or may be lost;

 

(VI) In case of any of the following circumstances in mortgage or pledge, Party B believes that it may endanger the security of creditor’s rights under this Contract:

 

1. The mortgaged property or pledged property is damaged, lost or reduced in value due to the acts of a third party, expropriation, confiscation, requisition, free recovery, demolition, changes in market conditions or any other reasons;

 

2. The mortgaged property or the pledged property is sealed up, detained, frozen, deducted, retained or auctioned, supervised by the administrative organ, or the ownership of which is in dispute;

 

3. The mortgagor or pledgor violates any article of the mortgage contract or the pledge contract, or there is any false, error or omission in the statement and guarantee;

 

6

 

 

4. Other circumstances that may endanger the realization of the mortgage or pledge of Party B;

 

(VII) The guarantee is not established, not effective, invalid, revoked or canceled, the Guarantee breaches the contract or explicitly indicates or through its actions indicating that it will not perform its guarantee liabilities, or the Guarantee loses the guarantee ability in part or in whole, the value of the guaranty decreases and other circumstances, and Party B believes that which may endanger the security of creditor’s rights under this Contract; or

 

(VIII) Other circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the security of the credit rights under this Contract.

 

IV. Relief Measures of Party B

 

In case of any of the circumstances contemplated in the second or third paragraphs of this Article, Party B has the right to exercise one or more of the following rights:

 

(I) Suspend the issuance loans;

 

(II) Supplement the conditions of loan issuance and payment;

 

(III) Change the loan payment method in accordance with the Contract;

 

(IV) Declare the immediate maturity of the loan, and require Party A to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of all matured and unmatured debts under this Contract;

 

(V) Adjust, cancel or terminate the credit line accordingly, or adjust the valid period of credit line.

 

(VI) In case of Party A fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, for the part misappropriated by Party A, Party B has the right to charge interest and compound interest according to the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed in this Contract from the date when the loan is not used according to the agreed purpose to the date when all the principal and interest are paid off;

 

(VII) In case of the loan is overdue, for the loan principal and interest that Party A fails to pay off on time (including the loan principal and interest declared by Party B to be fully or partially due in advance), Party B has the right to calculate and collect the interest and compound interest according to the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed in this Contract from the overdue date to the date when the principal and interest are fully paid off. Overdue loan refers to Party A’s failure to repay the loan on time or exceed the agreed time limit for repayment of principal in installments.

 

Before the loan becomes due, Party B shall have the right to calculate and collect compound interest on the interest that Party A fails to repay on time according to the loan interest rate and interest settlement method agreed in this Contract;

 

(VIII) Other relief measures, including but not limited to:

 

1. Transfer and collect the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system without prior notice to Party A;

 

2. Exercise of security rights;

 

3. Require Party A to provide new guarantee that meet the requirements of Party B for all debts under this Contract;

 

4. Refuse Party A to dispose of the corresponding amount of deposit in the account (including but not limited to the account for recoup funds) opened by Party A in China Construction Bank System.

 

5. Terminate the contract.

 

Article XIII Party B’s Handling Bank and Seal

 

Party A confirms: after this Contract comes into effect, Party B may entrust Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation and/or one or more of its branches as the handling bank for this Contract. The handling bank has the right to perform its obligations under this Contract in its own name, sign relevant legal documents and enjoy the rights under this Contract, including but not limited to being responsible for the actual performance (all or part), debt collection, litigation/arbitration, execution and other matters of this Contract. If the handling bank has performed Party B’s obligations under this Contract, it shall be deemed that Party B has performed this Contract, and Party A’s obligations and responsibilities shall not be reduced or exempted. Party B or the handling bank shall have the right to affix the official seal of Party B or the handling bank, the special seal for relevant business or the special seal for contract on the relevant materials or certificates:

 

7

 

 

Article XIV Other Provisions

 

I. Expenses Responsibility

 

1. Expenses incurred due to Party A’s breach of any agreement in this Contract (including but not limited to the actual legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fee evaluation fees, auction fees, notarization fees, service fees, announcement fees, attorney fees and other expenses incurred by Party B due to Party A’s breach of Contract) shall be borne by Party A;

 

2. Other expenses shall be borne by Party A and Party B separately. See Article XIV of special terms and conditions herein for details.

 

II. Use of Party A’s Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B may inquire Party A’s credit status from the credit database established with the approval of The People’s Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department or relevant units and departments, and agrees that Party B may provide Party A’s information to the credit database established with the approval of the People’s Bank of China and the competent department of credit investigation. Party A also agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business needs.

 

III. Announcement for Collection

 

Party B shall have the right to inform the relevant departments or units of Party A’s default on the principal and interest of the loan or other cases of breach of contract, and shall have the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

 

4. Evidence Validity of Party B’s Records

 

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records about the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records, the documents and vouchers produced or retained by Party B in the process of Party A’s withdrawal, repayment, payment of interest and other business, as well as the records and vouchers of Party B’s collection of loans, shall constitute the confirmation evidence effectively proving the creditor’s rights relationship between Party A and Party B. Party A shall not raise any objection just on the ground that the above records, documents and vouchers are made or retained by Party B unilaterally.

 

V. Reservation of Rights

 

The rights of Party B hereunder shall not affect or exclude any other rights granted by laws, regulations and other contracts. Any tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall be deemed neither as waive of the rights and interests hereunder nor as the consent or acceptance for any behaviors violating this Contract. Such tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall neither restrict, prevent or hinder continuous performance of the rights or performance of other rights nor cause the Party B to assume any rights and obligations, arising thereof, for the Party A.

 

VI. In addition to the debts under this Contract, if Party A has other debts due to Party B, Party B has the right to transfer and collect the RMB or other currency in the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system, and which shall be first used to pay off any debts due, and Party A agrees not to raise any objection herein.

 

VII. In case of any change in Party A’s communication address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and Party A shall bear the legal consequences caused by failure to notify in time.

 

VIII. Transfer and Collection of Payables

 

Party B has the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system for all the payables of Party A under this Contract, without prior notice to Party A. Party A is obliged to assist Party B in handling the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sale or foreign exchange trading, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

IX. Conditions for the Contract to Take Effect

 

This Contract shall come into effect after being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party A’s Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent and being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party B’s Person in Charge or Authorized Agent.

 

X. The annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, credit line loan withdrawal notice, various types of vouchers and other legal documents forming the relationship between creditor’s rights and debts under the Contract shall be an integral part of the Contract and have the same legal effect as the Contract.

 

XI. The general terms and special terms of the Contract are an integral part hereof. In case of any inconsistency between the general terms and special terms, the special terms shall prevail.

 

8

 

 

Article XV Representation

 

I. Party A clearly understands the business scope and authority of Party B.

 

II. Party A has read all the terms and conditions hereof. As requested by the Party A, the Party B has made explanations for the corresponding terms and conditions hereof. Party A has full information and understanding regarding the implication of the terms and conditions hereof and the corresponding legal consequence.

 

III. Party A’s signing and performance of its obligations under this Contract are in accordance with laws, administrative regulations, rules and Party A’s articles of association or internal organization documents, and have been approved by competent internal organization of the company and /or by the competent state authorities.

 

IV. Party A’s production and operation are legal and compliant;

 

V. Party A has the ability to continue operations and has a legitimate source of repayment;

 

VI. Party A promises that all loans under this Contract are based on the real needs of the specific purpose of the loan and do not exceed its actual needs.

 

VII. Party A and its controlling shareholders have good credit status and have no significant bad records.

 

VIII. Party B has the right to entrust other branches of China Construction Bank to issue loans under this Contract and exercise and perform Party B’s rights and obligations under this Contract, Party A has no objection to hereof.

 

IX. Party A declares that at the time of conclusion of this contract, it and its important related parties do not have any behavior or situation in violation of environmental and social risk management laws, regulations and rules, and promise to strengthen the environmental and social risk management of itself and its important related parties after the conclusion of this contract, and strictly abide by the laws, regulations and rules related to environmental and social risk management, put an end to the hazards and related risks to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities (including but not limited to environmental and social issues related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, and so on.). Party A acknowledges that Party B has the right to supervise the environmental and social risk management of Party A and request Party A to submit the environmental and social risk report. If the above statement of Party A is false or the above commitment is not fulfilled, or Party A may cause environmental and social risks, Party B has the right to stop granting credit to Party A (including but not limited to refusal to issue loans, provide financing, issue letter of guarantee or letters of credit or bank acceptance bill, and so on.),or to declare that the principal and interest of creditor’s rights (including but not limited to loans, financing, advances that have been or may occur, and so on.) are due in advance, or to take other remedies as agreed in this Contract or permitted by law.

 

(The following pages are special terms and conditions)

 

9

 

 

Special Terms and Conditions

 

Article I The credit line provided by Party B to Party A is RMB (in words) Fifteen Million Only.

 

Article II The effective period of the credit line under this Contract shall be from May 8, 2020 to April 28, 2021 (hereinafter referred to as “valid period of credit line”). For a single loan occurring during the valid period of credit line, the expiration date of the performance period is not subject to the limitation of whether the valid period of credit line expires, however, unless otherwise agreed by Party B, the expiration date of the performance period of a single loan shall not exceed six months after the expiration date of the valid period of credit line.

 

Article III For each application of Party A, its amount shall not be less than RMB (blank), and its period shall not be shorter than (blank) day or longer than 12 months.

 

Article IV Loan Interest Rate, Penalty Interest Rate, Interest-Bearing and Interest Settlement

 

I. Loan Interest Rate

 

The loan interest rate of a single loan under this Contract is the annual interest rate, and which is the following type (II):

 

(I) Fixed interest rate, i.e. blank% , will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(II) Fixed interest rate, i.e. the LPR interest rate blank (optional “plus” or “minus”) 155 basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(III) Fixed interest rate, i.e. the benchmark interest rate on the value date blank (optional “floating up” or “floating down”) blank%, which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(IV) Floating interest rate, i.e. the LPR interest rate blank (optional “plus” or “minus”) blank base point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), and which is adjusted once every blank month from the value date to the date when the principal and interest of this loan are fully paid off according to the LPR interest rate of the working day before the interest rate adjustment date and the above-mentioned plus/minus basis points. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the value date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month is the interest rate adjustment date.

 

(V) Floating interest rate, i.e. the benchmark interest rate on the value date blank (select “floating up” or “floating down”) blank %, and which is adjusted once every blank month from the value date to the date when the principal and interest of this loan are fully paid off according to the benchmark interest rate on the date of interest rate adjustment and the above-mentioned floating up / down ratio. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the value date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month is the interest rate adjustment date.

 

(VI) Floating interest rate (range), i.e. determined between the LPR interest rate blank (optional “plus” or “minus”) blank basis point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point) and interest rate blank (optional “plus” or “minus”) blank basis point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), and which is adjusted once every blank month from the value date to the date when the principal and interest of this loan are fully paid off according to the LPR interest rate of the working day before the interest rate adjustment date and the above-mentioned plus/minus basis points. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the value date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month is the interest rate adjustment date. The interest rate plus/minus basis points shall be subject to the loan withdrawal notice.

 

(VII) Floating interest rate (range), i.e. is determined from the benchmark interest rate on the value date blank (select “floating up” or “floating down”) blank % to the benchmark interest rate on the value date blank (select “floating up” or “floating down”) blank % , and which is adjusted once every blank month from the value date to the date when the principal and interest of this loan are fully paid off according to the benchmark interest rate on the date of interest rate adjustment and the corresponding floating up / down ratio. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the value date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month is the interest rate adjustment date. The floating up / down ratio of interest rate shall be subject to the loan withdrawal notice.

 

(VIII) This column is blank _____________________________

 

This column is blank __________________________________

 

This column is blank __________________________________

 

This column is blank __________________________________

 

This column is blank __________________________________

 

10

 

 

II. Penalty Interest Rate

 

(I) If Party A fails to use the loan for the purpose of the contract, the penalty interest rate shall be 100% higher than the loan interest rate, if the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the Item (IV) or Item (V) in first paragraph of this Article, the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted loan interest rate and the above-mentioned floating-up range.

 

(II) The penalty interest rate for overdue loans under this Contract shall be 50% higher than the loan interest rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the Item (IV) or Item (V) in first paragraph of this Article, the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted loan interest rate and the above-mentioned floating-up range.

 

(III) For loans that are overdue and misappropriated at the same time, the penalty interest and compound interest shall be calculated based on the more serious one.

 

III. The value date mentioned in this Article refers to the date when each loan under this Contract is transferred to the loan issuing account (hereinafter referred to as the “loan issuing account”) as agreed in the first paragraph of Article X of the special terms and conditions of this Contract.

 

The LPR interest rate hereunder shall be determined according to Item 2 below:

 

1. When a single loan is issued for the first time, LPR rate refers to the 1-year loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the effective date of this Contract (1YLPR) ; thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the 1-year loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the adjustment date.

 

2. When a single loan is issued for the first time, LPR interest rate refers to the 1-year RMB loan prime rate announced by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the value date (1YI.PR); thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the 1-year RMB loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

3. When a single loan is issued for the first time, LPR rate refers to the loan prime rate for more than 5 years that published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the effective date of this Contract (1YLPR) ; thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the loan prime rate for more than 5 years that published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

4. When a single loan is issued for the first time, LPR rate refers to the loan prime rate for more than 5 years that published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the value date (5YLPR) ; thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the loan prime rate for more than 5 years that published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

When a single loan is issued for the first time, the benchmark interest rate refers to the loan interest rate of the same grade for the same period announced and implemented by the People’s Bank of China on the value date; thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, the benchmark interest rate refers to the loan interest rate of the same grade for the same period announced and implemented by the People’s Bank of China on the day of adjustment; if the People’s Bank of China no longer announces the loan interest rate of the same grade for the same period, the benchmark interest rate refers to the recognized or usual loan interest rate of the same grade for the same period on the adjustment date, or refers to the substitute interest rate designated by the People’s Bank of China, unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

IV. The loan interest shall be calculated from the date when the loan is transferred to the loan issuing account. The loan under this Contract bears interest on a daily basis, and the daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360. If Party A fails to pay interest according to the settlement date for interest agreed in this Contract, the compound interest shall be calculated and collected from the next day.

 

V. Interest Settlement

 

(I) For loans with fixed interest rate, the interest shall be calculated at the agreed interest rate at the time of interest settlement. For loans with floating interest rate/floating interest rate (interval), interest shall be calculated according to the interest rate determined in the current period of each floating period; if there are multiple interest rate fluctuations in a single interest settlement period, the interest in each floating period shall be calculated first, and the interest in that interest settlement period shall be calculated by summing up the interest in each floating period on the settlement date for interest.

 

(II) The interest of the loan under this Contract shall be settled in the following method of item 1:

 

1. The interest shall be settled on a monthly basis, and the settlement date for interest shall be fixed as the 20th day of each month;

 

2. The interest shall be settled quarterly, and the settlement date for interest shall be fixed as the 20th day of the month at the end of each quarter;

 

3. This column is blank

 

11

 

 

Article V Party A shall pay Party B the credit line management fee of Blank (in words) within Blank working day(s) after the signing of this Contract.

 

Article VI Party A shall submit the disbursing application for the credit line loan to Party B in advance at the time of disbursing the credit line loan. If the amount of single loan disbursement exceeds _Blank_ ten thousand yuan, Party A shall submit the disbursing application for the credit line loan Blank working day(s) in advance. Party B shall decide whether to issue the loan to Party A within Blank working day(s) after receiving the disbursing application for the credit line loan submitted by Party A.

 

Article VII Other preconditions agreed by both parties for issuing the loan: (1) Implement the joint and several liability guarantee provided by Bao Minfei and his spouse Ping Qiuzi. (2) Implement the joint and several liability guarantee provided by Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (3) Complete the mortgage of 702, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Shenzhen City (S.F.D.Z. No. 4000630679). (4) Complete the pledge procedures of accounts receivable.

 

Article VIII Both parties choose to apply the following first arrangement on Party A’s provision of information.

 

(1) The first arrangement

 

1. As long as any of the following conditions are met: (1) the disbursement amount of a single loan exceeds 10 million yuan (inclusive) and any planned external payment under this disbursement exceeds 10 million yuan (inclusive); or (2) other situations: this column is blank

 

This column is blank

 

Party A shall provide Party B with the following materials no later than five working day(s) before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

(1) Loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A and payment settlement certificate signed and sealed by Party A; (2) Transaction data (including but not limited to written or electronic documents such as commodities, labor services, capital contracts and/or invoices that can prove the definite purpose of the loan fund); (3) Other materials: this column is blank

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A).

 

2. In addition to the conditions stipulated in Item 1 above, or if Party B considers that Party A can make independent payment as agreed in Paragraph 5 of Article VII of the General Provisions after reviewing the above materials provided by Party A, Party A shall provide the following materials to Party B at least 5 working days before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

(1) The fund allocation corresponding to the loan to be issued (see Annex 3 for the format of the disbursement schedule); (2) The loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A; (3) Other materials: this column is blank

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A).

 

(2) The second arrangement

 

Regardless of the loan disbursement amount of a single loan, Party A shall provide Party B with the following materials no later than 5 working days before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

1. Loan transfer certificate signed and sealed by Party A and payment settlement certificate signed and sealed by Party A; 2. Transaction data (including but not limited to written or electronic documents such as commodities, labor services, capital contracts and/or invoices that can prove the definite purpose of the loan fund); 3. Other materials: this column is blank

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A).

 

Article IX Party B’s Entrusted Payment

 

I. Regarding Item 1 of Paragraph 4 of Article VII of the General Provisions of this Contract, both parties shall choose the first (1) situation below as the applicable situation for Party B’s entrusted payment: (1) The loan disbursement amount of a single loan exceeds 10 million yuan (inclusive) and any planned external payment amount under the disbursement exceeds 10 million yuan (inclusive), and Party B considers that it conforms to the specific characteristics of the payment object after reviewing the information provided by Party A; (2) Regardless of the loan disbursement amount of a single loan, Party B’s entrusted payment shall be adopted; (3) Other circumstances otherwise agreed by both parties: this column is blank

 

12

 

 

II. Both parties shall also abide by the following agreement on handling in case the loan fund fails to be paid successfully or fails to be timely paid to Party A’s transaction object account due to incomplete, untrue, inaccurate information provided by Party A, non-conformity with the specific purpose of the loan, conflicts between information and other reasons not attributable to Party B’s fault.This column is blank

 

This column is blank

 

Article X Account Use and Supervision

 

I. Loan Issuing Account

 

The loan issuing account under the Contract shall be determined according to the following second method:

 

(1) Party A shall, within This column is blank working day(s) from the effective date of this Contract and before the first loan issuing, open a special loan issuing account with Party B, which is specially used for the issuance and payment of all loans under this Contract. (2) Other accounts opened by Party A in Party B (Account No.: 44201002700052517141-3001)

 

II. Account For Recoupment Funds

 

1. Party A shall open an account for recouping funds in Party B or take the existing account (account No.: 44201002700052517141) already opened in Party B as the account for recoup funds within 5 working days from the effective date of this Contract.

 

2. Party A shall summarize and report the fund in and out of the account for recoup funds to Party B on quarterly (select “monthly” or “quarterly”) basis. Party A shall, at the latest within initial 10 working days of each period, summarize and report the fund in and out of the account for recoup funds in the previous period to Party B. 3. Party B has the right to manage the fund in and out of the recoup funds in the account. Specifically, the account for recoup funds shall meet the following requirements of Item 10:

 

(1) Average stock of funds in the account: this column is blank; (2) In-place time of the recoup funds: this column is blank; (3) Proportion of Party A’s overall sales receipts into the account: this column is blank; (4) Single limit for external payment of funds in the account: this column is blank; (5) Daily limit for external payment of funds in the account: this column is blank; (6) Restrictions on signing online banking for this account: this column is blank; (7) The external payment of funds in the account shall be approved by Party B; (8) The account shall be used exclusively for the receipt and repayment of loans under the Contract and shall not be used for other purposes; (9) This column is blank; (10) Other requirements put forward by Party B; (11) It shall be implemented according to relevant agreements in the account management agreement separately signed by Party A and Party B.

 

Article XI The amount of compensation payable by Party A to Party B for prepayment shall be determined according to the first (1) standard below:

 

(1) Amount of compensation = amount of principal prepaid × number of months of prepayment × 3%. If it’s less than one month, it shall be calculated as one month; (2) This column is blank

 

Article XII The term “large-denomination financing” as mentioned in Paragraph 2 of Article XI of the General Provisions of the Contract refers to the financing with a total amount exceeding RMB This column is blank ten thousand yuan or equivalent foreign currency.

 

The specific methods of Party B’s participation in Party A’s large-denomination financing, asset sale, merger, division, shareholding reform, bankruptcy liquidation and other activities are Item 5 below:

 

1. Party A shall obtain Party B’s written consent when carrying out the above activities; 2. Party B arranges Party A’s large-denomination financing; 3. Party A’s asset sale price and target shall meet the following stipulations: this column is blank; 4. This column is blank; 5. Other methods that Party B believes should be adopted.

 

Article XIII Other Matters Agreed upon by Both Parties:

 

I. In case of any inconsistency between the agreement in this Contract and the agreement in the disbursing application for the credit line loan and/or the loan withdrawal notice, the agreement in the disbursing application for the credit line loan and/or the loan withdrawal notice shall prevail. In case of any inconsistency between the disbursing application for the credit line loan and the loan withdrawal notice, the agreement in the loan withdrawal notice shall prevail.

 

II. VAT and Invoice

 

(I) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the price and non-price expenses under this Contract shall be the price including VAT.

 

13

 

 

(II) Invoice

 

2.1 Party B shall issue invoices in accordance with Item (1) below:

 

(1) If Party A requires to issue invoice, Party B shall issue value-added tax invoice of the current payment amount according to law after receiving the payment from Party A.

 

(2) Other agreements: This column is blank

 

2.2 Invoicing information provided by Party A

 

Company Name (Full Name): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Taxpayer Identification No.: 914403006766520412

 

Bank Account: 755914819410602 Opening Bank: Shenzhen Science Park Sub-branch of China Merchants Bank

 

Address: 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City Tel.: 0755-86512180

 

2.3 If there is any need to invalidate the invoice or issue a credit note, Party A shall provide timely assistance as required by Party B. If the invoice cannot be voided or the credit note cannot be issued attribute to Party A, Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses, including but not limited to taxes, additional taxes, penalties, and late fees.

 

(III) If Party A is an overseas agency of the People’s Republic of China, and the price and extra-price charges under this contract are subject to tax incentives and require tax filing for the purposes of laws, regulations, rules or relevant regulations of relevant authorities, Party A shall timely provide Party B with sufficient and accurate VAT tax preference filing information as required by Party B, so as to assist Party B in completing tax filing and other works.

 

III. Party A and Party B have agreed on the address for service and legal consequences of various notices, agreements, and documents related to this Contract:

 

1. Address for Service

 

(1) Party A confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

7 / F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

(2) Party B confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

China Construction Bank, Floor 1, Building 18, Hongrui Garden, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

2. Application of Address for Service

 

The above addresses for service are applicable to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements and documents relevant to the Contract, including but not limited to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements during contract performance period, delivery of relevant documents during dispute and the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents in first trial, second trial and executive procedure and other procedures after the dispute’s entering arbitration and civil procedure.

 

3. Change of the address for service

 

(1) If Party A needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing 10 working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to the address for service of Party B;

 

(2) If Party B needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party A by telephone or e-mail.

 

(3) If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil litigation, the party shall also perform the obligation of written notice to the arbitration institution and the court.

 

(4) After one party performs the obligation of sending the notice of change of address according to the above agreement, the address for service after change will be the effective address for service; otherwise the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

14

 

 

4. Legal consequences

 

(1) If the notice, agreement, legal document and other documents are not actually received by the party due to the address for service provided or confirmed by either party is inaccurate, the notice obligation is not fulfilled in time in the above manner after the change of address for service, the party or its designated receiver refuses to receive, and so on, in case of service by post, the date of return of documents shall be deemed as the date of service; in case of direct service, the date on which the addresser records the information on the service receipt on the spot shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(2) For the above-mentioned address for service, the arbitration institution and the court can directly mail the service, even if the parties fail to receive the documents mailed by the arbitration institution and the court, due to the above agreement, it shall also be deemed as service.

 

IV. 1. Repayment method: interest shall be paid on a monthly basis, and the principal and interest of the loan shall be settled in one time when due. 2. Party A’s outstanding debts under the Contract for RMB Credit Line Loan (Contract Name) numbered HTZ442000000NED201900005 shall be deducted from the total amount of credit line under the Contract and shall be resumed after settlement.

 

Article XIV Party A and Party B have agreed to undertake other expenses as follows:

 

This column is blank

 

This column is blank

 

Article XV Methods of Dispute Settlement

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract can be settled through negotiation. If negotiation fails, it shall be settled as the following methods of item 1:

 

1. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where Party B is located.

 

2. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the Contract is signed.

 

3. Submit to the Blank Arbitration Commission (place of arbitration is Blank), and conduct arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding upon both Parties.

 

During the litigation or arbitration, the provisions of this Contract that do not involve the disputes shall still be performed.

 

Article XVI This Contract is made in quintuplicate.

 

Party A (Official Seal): United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent (Signature): /s/Bao Minfei

 

May 8, 2020

 

Party B (Seal): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation (Seal)

 

Person in Charge or Authorized Agent (Signature): /s/Wang Ye

 

May 8, 2020

 

15

 

 

Annex 1:

 

Basic Information of the Loan

 

1. Specific purposes of the loan under the Contract:

 

Used for Party’s daily capital turnover, purchasing raw materials, and so on.

 

Party A shall not change the specific purpose of the loan without the written consent of Party B.

 

2. The repayment source of the loan under the Contract:

 

Sales revenue, and so on. ________________________________________

 

Party A shall ensure that the source of the repayment is real and legal, and the repayment cash flow is stable and sufficient.

 

3. Other:

 

This column is blank

 

This column is blank

 

Annex 2

 

Financial Indicator Requirements

 

The financial indicators of Party A shall continue to meet the following restrictions:

 

The ratio of liabilities to assets shall not be higher than 75%.

 

After notifying Party A within 5 working days in advance, Party B has the right to modify the above restrictions.

 

16

 

 

Annex 3

 

Fund Allocation

 

Contract No.

This column is blank
Withdrawal Date  
No. Planned Purpose Anticipated Payment Amount Anticipated Payee (if any) Note
1     This column is blank  
2        
…..        
Total ____________ Ten thousand yuan (in words: _________)
Name of Borrower (Seal):
           

Annex 4

 

Summary of Independent Payment

 

Contract No.

This column is blank
Date of Submission  
No. Actual Use Payee Value Supporting Materials Planned or not
1     This column is blank    
2          
...          
Total ___________________ Ten thousand yuan (in words:_____________)
Name of Borrower (Seal):
Conclusion of Internal Review Account Manager (Signature):
Person in Charge of Issuance and Payment Review (Signature):
             

 

17

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

Guarantee Agreement for Credit Line Loan

[Unofficial English Translation]

 

Contract No.: B. 2020 E. 17609 Q.H.-3

 

Guarantor (Party A): Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 4 Factory, Supporting Industrial Park, Xinpu Economic Development District, Xinpu New District, Zunyi City, Guizhou Province

Legal Person (Person in Charge): Bao Minfei          Postal Code: 518000

Fax: Blank                                                                 Tel.: 0851-27353509

 

Creditor (Party B): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Address: Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No. 6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City

Person in Charge: Wang Ye Postal Code: 518000

Fax: 0755-23821111                                                 Tel.: 0755-23828888

 

Place of Signing: Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

In order to ensure the realization of Party B’s credit rights, Party A is willing to provide joint and several liability guarantee for a series of debts of the Debtor under the Contract for Credit Line Loan (hereinafter referred to as the “Contract for Credit Line Loan”) with the No. of J. 2020 E. 17609 Q.H. signed by Party B and United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Debtor”). According to relevant laws, regulations and rules, Party A and Party B hereby enter into this Contract through consultation for mutual compliance and implementation.

 

Article I Master Contract and Guarantee Scope

 

I. Under the Contract for Credit Line Loan, Party B will sign (and/or has) signed relevant annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, notices and other legal documents with the debtor during the valid period of credit line under the Contract for Credit Line Loan for the Debtor to continuously handle the loan business agreed in the Contract for Credit Line Loan.

 

1

 

 

The Master Contract guaranteed by this Contract includes but is not limited to the above-mentioned Contract for Credit Line Loan and its related annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, notice, agreement, various types of vouchers and other legal documents forming the relationship between credit rights and debts.

 

II. The guarantee scope of this guarantee is:

 

1. The principal balance under the Master Contract that shall not exceed the equivalent (currency) RMB (amount in capital) Fifteen Million Only; and

 

2. Interest (including compound interest and penalty interest), liquidated damages, indemnity, other payments to be made by the debtor to Party B, and all expenses incurred by Party B to realize the credit rights and security rights (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, assessment fees, auction fees, notarial fees, delivery fees, announcement fees, legal fees, etc.).

 

3. The guarantee scope agreed in this Contract is the amount in total of price and tax including value-added tax.

 

III. If Party A performs the guarantee liabilities according to this Contract, the maximum amount of the guaranteed principal shall be deducted accordingly according to the principal amount paid off by Party A.

 

IV. Even if the actual formation time of loans, advances, interest, expenses or any other credit rights of Party B under the Master Contract exceeds the valid period of credit line of the Master Contract, it still falls within the guarantee scope of this Contract. The expiration date of the debt performance period under the Master Contract shall not be limited by the expiration date of the credit line.

 

Article II Guarantee Method

 

The guarantee provided by Party A under this Contract is a joint and several liability guarantee.

 

Article III Guarantee Period

 

I. The guarantee period under this Contract shall be calculated separately according to the single loan issued by Party B to the Debtor, i.e. from the date of issuance of the single loan to three years after the expiration of the debt performance period under that loan.

  

II. If Party B and the Debtor reach an extension agreement on the debt performance period under the Master Contract, the guarantee period shall end at three years after the expiration of the debt performance period re-agreed in the extension agreement. The extension does not require the consent of the Guarantor, but the Guarantor still needs to bear joint and several guarantee liabilities.

 

III. If Party B announces the early maturity of the debt in case of any matters stipulated by laws and regulations or agreed in the Master Contract, the guarantee period shall end at three years after the early maturity of the debt.

 

2

 

 

Article IV Guarantee the Independence of the Contract

 

The validity of this Contract is independent of the Master Contract. The failure, invalidity, partial invalidity, cancellation or termination of the Master Contract shall not affect the validity of this Contract. If the Master Contract is confirmed as invalid, ineffective, partially invalid or canceled or terminated, Party A shall also be jointly and severally liable for the debts incurred by the Debtor due to the return of property or compensation for losses.

 

Article V Change of the Master Contract

 

I. Party A agrees that Party B and the Debtor need not notify Party A of any changes to the Master Contract (including but not limited to extending the debt performance period or increasing the principal amount of credit rights), and Party A shall still assume the guarantee liabilities within the guarantee scope agreed upon in this Contract.

 

II. Change of Parties

 

Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced or exempted due to any of the following circumstances:

 

(I) Party B or the Debtor has any restructuring, consolidation, merger, division, increase or decrease of capital, joint venture, joint operation, renaming, etc.;

 

(II) Party B entrusts a third party to perform its obligations under the Master Contract.

 

III. If the credit rights under the Master Contract are transferred, the guarantee under this Contract will be transferred accordingly.

 

IV. If the transfer of credit rights or debts under the Master Contract is not effective, invalid, canceled or terminated, Party A shall still assume joint and several guarantee liabilities to Party B in accordance with this Contract.

 

Article VI Guarantee Liability

 

I. If the debt under the Master Contract expires or Party B announces that the debt expires ahead of schedule according to the stipulations of the Master Contract or legal provisions, the Debtor fails to perform in full and on time, or the Debtor violates other stipulations of the Master Contract, Party A shall assume the guarantee responsibility within the guarantee scope.

 

II. No matter whether Party B has other guarantees (including but not limited to warranty, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee, standby letter of credit and other guarantee methods) for the credit rights under the Master Contract, no matter when the above other guarantees are established and whether they are valid, whether Party B claims rights to other guarantors, and whether or not a third Party Agrees to assume all or part of the debt under the Master Contract, no matter whether other guarantees are provided by the Debtor itself or not, Party A’s guarantee liabilities under this Contract will not be reduced or exempted, Party B may directly require Party A to assume the guarantee liabilities within its guarantee scope in accordance with this Contract, and Party A will not raise any objection.

 

III. If Party A only provides guarantee for part of the debts under the Master Contract, Party A agrees that even if the debts under the Master Contract are partially eliminated due to the Debtor’s repayment, Party B’s realization of other guarantee rights or any other reasons, Party A shall still bear the guarantee liabilities for the debts that have not yet been eliminated within the guarantee scope in accordance with the stipulations of this Contract.

 

IV. If the debts under the Master Contract have not been fully paid off after Party A assumes the guarantee liabilities, Party A promises that its claim (including pre-exercise) of subrogation right or recourse right to the Debtor or other guarantors shall not cause any damage to Party B’s interests, and agrees that the repayment of debts under the Master Contract shall have priority over the realization of Party A’s subrogation right or recourse right.

 

Specifically, before Party B’s credit rights are fully paid off,

 

(I) Party A agrees not to claim subrogation right or recourse right from the Debtor or other guarantors; if Party A realizes the above rights for any reason, it shall pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority.

 

(II) If there is any object guarantee for the debts under the Master Contract, Party A agrees not to claim the guarantee or the proceeds from its disposal for the reason of exercising the subrogation right or for any other reasons, and the above guaranty and the proceeds shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority;

 

(III) If the Debtor or other guarantors provide counter guarantee for Party A, the amount obtained by Party A based on the above counter guarantee shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B.

 

3

 

 

V. Party A has fully realized the interest rate risk. If Party B adjusts the interest rate level, interest bearing or interest settlement method according to the agreement in the Master Contract or the change of the national interest rate policy, resulting in an increase in the interest, penalty interest and compound interest payable by the Debtor, Party A shall also bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for the increase.

 

VI. In addition to the debts under the Master Contract, if the Debtor has other debts due to Party B, Party B has the right to transfer and collect the RMB or other currency in the account opened by the Debtor in China Construction Bank system, which shall be first used to pay off any debts due, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced and exempted.

 

Article VII Party A’s Other Obligations

 

I. Party A shall supervise the use (including purpose) of the Debtor’s loan, accept Party B’s supervision of Party A’s funds, property and operating conditions, provide financial statements and other relevant information/documents and materials according to Party B’s requirements, and ensure their accuracy, truthfulness, completeness and effectiveness; Party A shall not provide any guarantee to any third party beyond its own affordability without Party B’s written consent;

 

II. If Party A has the following situations of contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system transformation, reduction of registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, combination, acquisition and reorganization, division, joint venture, (to be) applied for suspension of business for rectification, application for dissolution, cancellation, and (to be) applied for bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholder / actual controller or transfer of major assets, suspension of production and closure, high fines imposed by the competent authorities, cancellation of registration and revocation of business license, involving major legal disputes, serious difficulties in production and operation or deterioration of financial status, decline of credit status, failure of legal representative or main person in charge to perform their duties normally; or lose or may lose the guarantee ability for any reason, it shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and implement the assumption, transfer or inheritance of the guarantee liabilities under this Contract according to Party B’s requirements, or provide new guarantee satisfactory to Party B for the performance of the Master Contract.

 

III. Party A shall notify Party B in writing within 10 working days after any change in the name, legal representative (person in charge), address, business scope, registered capital or articles of association of the Company (enterprise) and other business registration matters, and attach relevant materials after the change;

 

Article VIII Other Terms

 

I. Transfer and Collection of Payables

 

Party B has the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system for all the payables of Party A under this Contract, without prior notice to Party A. Party A is obliged to assist Party B in handling the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sale or foreign exchange trading, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

II. Use of Party A’s Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B may inquire Party A’s credit status from the credit database established with the approval of the People’s Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department or relevant units and departments, and agrees that Party B may provide Party A’s information to the credit database established with the approval of the People’s Bank of China and the competent department of credit investigation. Party A also agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business needs.

 

III. Announcement for Collection

 

Party B shall have the right to inform the relevant departments or units of Party A’s breach of contract, and shall have the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

 

IV. Evidence Validity of Party B’s Records

 

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records about the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records, the documents and vouchers produced or retained by Party B in the process of Debtor’s withdrawal, repayment, payment of interest and other business, as well as the records and vouchers of Party B’s collection of loans, shall constitute the confirmation evidence effectively proving the credit rights relationship under the Master Contract. Party A shall not raise any objection just on the ground that the above records, documents and vouchers are made or retained by Party B unilaterally.

 

V. Reservation of Rights

 

The rights of Party B hereunder shall not affect or exclude any other rights granted by laws, regulations and other contracts. Any tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall be deemed neither as waive of the rights and interests hereunder nor as the consent or acceptance for any behaviors violating this Contract. Such tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall neither influence, prevent or hinder continuous performance of the rights or performance of other rights nor cause the Party B to assume any rights and obligations, arising thereof, for the Party A.

 

4

 

 

If Party B does not perform or delay the performance of any rights hereunder or does not use up any relief hereunder, Party A’s guarantee liabilities hereunder shall not be reduced and exempted therefore. However, if Party B reduces and exempts the debts hereunder, the Party A’s guarantee liabilities will be reduced and exempted accordingly.

 

VI. Dissolution or Bankruptcy of the Debtor

 

After Party A knows that the Debtor has entered the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure, it shall immediately notify Party B to declare its credit rights. Meanwhile, it shall participate in the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure in a timely manner and exercise the recourse right in advance. If Party A knows or should know that the Debtor has entered dissolution or bankruptcy procedures, but fails to exercise the recourse right in advance in time, the losses shall be borne by Party A itself.

 

Notwithstanding the agreement in Item 2 of Paragraph 5 in this Article, if Party B and the Debtor reach a settlement agreement or agree to a reorganization plan during the Debtor’s bankruptcy proceedings, Party B’s rights under this Contract will not be damaged by the settlement agreement or reorganization plan, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities will not be reduced or exempted. Party A shall not oppose Party B’s claims under the conditions stipulated in the settlement agreement and reorganization plan. For the credit rights that Party B has made concessions to the Debtor during settlement agreement and reorganization plan and has not obtained the settlement, Party B shall still have the right to require Party A to pay.

 

VII. Party A’s Dissolution or Bankruptcy

 

If Party A dissolves or goes bankrupt, and even if Party A’s credit rights under the Master Contract has not expired, Party B shall also have the right to participate in Party A’s liquidation or bankruptcy procedures and declare the right.

 

VIII. If Party A or the Debtor fails to comply with laws, regulations or rules on environmental and social risk management, or may bring harm and related risks to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities (including but not limited to environmental and social issues related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, etc.), Party B shall have the right to exercise the guarantee right under this Contract in advance and take other relief measures agreed in this Contract or permitted by law.

 

IX. In case of any change in Party A’s communication address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and Party A shall bear the legal consequences caused by failure to notify in time.

 

X. Dispute Resolution Method

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract can be settled through negotiation. If negotiation fails, it shall be settled as the following method of item 1. During the litigation or arbitration period, the clauses of this Contract that do not involve disputes shall still be performed.

 

1. Bring a lawsuit to the court where Party B is located.

 

2. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the Contract is signed.

 

3. Submit to the Blank Arbitration Commission (place of arbitration is Blank), and conduct arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding upon both Parties.

 

XI. Conditions for Contract Effectiveness

 

This Contract shall come into effect after being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party A’s Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent and being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party B’s Person in Charge or Authorized Agent.

 

XII. This contract is made in quadruplicate.

 

XIII. Other Matters Agreed

 

(I) Party A and Party B have agreed on the address for service and legal consequences of various notices, agreements, and documents related to this Contract:

 

1. Address for Service

 

(1) Party A confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

No. 4 Factory, Supporting Industrial Park, Xinpu Economic Development District, Xinpu New District, Zunyi City, Guizhou Province

 

(2) Party B confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

China Construction Bank, Floor 1, Building 18, Hongrui Garden, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

5

 

 

2. Application of Address for Service

 

The above addresses for service are applicable to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements and documents relevant to the Contract, including but not limited to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements during contract performance period, delivery of relevant documents during dispute and the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents in first trial, second trial and executive procedure and other procedures after the dispute’s entering arbitration and civil procedure.

 

3. Change of Address for Service

 

(1) If Party A needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing 10 working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to the address for service of Party B;

 

(2) If Party B needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party A by telephone or e-mail.

 

(3) If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil litigation, the party shall also perform the obligation of written notice to the arbitration institution and the court.

 

(4) After one party performs the obligation of sending the notice of change of address according to the above agreement, the address for service after change will be the effective address for service; otherwise the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

4. Legal Consequences

 

(1) If the notice, agreement, legal document and other documents are not actually received by the party due to the address for service provided or confirmed by either party is inaccurate, the notice obligation is not fulfilled in time in the above manner after the change of address for service, the party or its designated receiver refuses to receive, etc, in case of service by post, the date of return of documents shall be deemed as the date of service; in case of direct service, the date on which the addresser records the information on the service receipt on the spot shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(2) For the above-mentioned address for service, the arbitration institution and the court can directly mail the service, even if the parties fail to receive the documents mailed by the arbitration institution and the court, due to the above agreement, it shall also be deemed as service.

 

This column is blank__________________________________________________________________________

 

This column is blank__________________________________________________________________________

 

This column is blank__________________________________________________________________________

 

Article IX Party B’s Handling Bank and Seal

 

Party A confirms: after this Contract comes into effect, Party B may entrust Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation and/or one or more of its branches as the handling bank for this Contract. The handling bank has the right to perform its obligations under this Contract in its own name, sign relevant legal documents and enjoy the rights under this Contract, including but not limited to being responsible for the actual performance (all or part), debt collection, litigation/arbitration, execution and other matters of this Contract. If the handling bank has performed Party B’s obligations under this Contract, it shall be deemed that Party B has performed this Contract, and Party A’s obligations and responsibilities shall not be reduced or exempted. Party B or the handling bank shall have the right to affix the official seal, the special seal for relevant business or the special seal for contract of Party B or the handling bank on the relevant materials or certificates.

 

6

 

 

Article X Party A’s Statement and Guarantee

 

I. Party A clearly understands the business scope and authority of Party B.

 

II. Party A has read all the terms and conditions of this Contract and the Master Contract. As requested by the Party A, Party B has made explanations for the corresponding terms and conditions of this Contract and the Master Contract. Party A has full information and understanding regarding the implication of the terms and conditions and the corresponding legal consequence of this Contract and the Master Contract.

 

III. Party A has the legal qualification to act as a Guarantor. Party A’s guarantee behavior under this Contract complies with the provisions of laws, administrative regulations, rules, Party A’s articles of association or internal organization documents, and has been approved by the Company’s internal competent authority and/or the national competent authority. All liabilities arising from Party A’s inability to sign this contract shall be borne by Party A, including but not limited to compensate Party B in full for the losses thus incurred.

 

IV. Party A confirms that it has fully understood the Debtor’s assets, debts, operation, credit and reputation, whether it has the qualification to sign the Master Contract and all the contents of the Master Contract.

 

Party A (Official Seal): Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent (Signature): Bao Minfei

 

May 8, 2020

 

Party B (Seal): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation (Seal Affixed)

 

Person in Charge or Authorized Agent (Signature): Wang Ye

 

May 8, 2020

 

7

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

Guarantee Agreement by Natural Person for Credit Line Loan

[Unofficial English Translation]

 

Contract No.: B. 2020 E. 17609 Q.H.-1

Guarantor (Party A): Bao Minfei

 

Address: No.16, Baisha Futing, Xingzhou Garden, Xihu District, Hangzhou City

 

Name and Number of Certificate: Citizen ID Card: 510402197304140958 Postal Code: 518000

 

Fax: Blank                Tel.:13805729242

 

Creditor (Party B): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

 

Address: Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No. 6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Wang Ye Postal Code: 518000

 

Fax: 0755-23821111          Tel.: 0755-23828888

 

Place of Signing: Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Whereas Party A is willing to provide guarantee for a series of debts of the Debtor under the Contract for Credit Line Loan (hereinafter referred to as the Contract for Credit Line Loan) with the No. of J.2020 E.17609 Q.H. signed by Party B and Shenzhen United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Debtor”), according to relevant laws, regulations and rules, Party A and Party B have reached an agreement through negotiation to conclude this Contract for mutual compliance.

 

Article I Master Contract and Guarantee Scope

 

I. Under the Contract for Credit Line Loan, Party B will sign (and/or has signed) relevant annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, notices and other legal documents with the debtor during the valid period of credit line under the Contract for Credit Line Loan for the Debtor to continuously handle the loan business agreed in the Contract for Credit Line Loan.

 

The Master Contract guaranteed by this Contract includes but is not limited to the above-mentioned Contract for Credit Line Loan and its related annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, notice, confirmation, agreement, various types of vouchers and other legal documents forming the relationship between credit rights and debts.

 

II. The guarantee scope of this guarantee is:

 

1. The principal balance under the Master Contract that shall not exceed the equivalent (currency) RMB (amount in capital) Fifteen Million Only; and

 

2. Interest (including compound interest and penalty interest), liquidated damages, indemnity, other payments to be made by the debtor to Party B (including but not limited to the relevant handling fees, telecommunications fees and miscellaneous fees paid by Party B, and relevant bank fees refused to be borne by the Beneficiary under the letter of credit, etc.), and all expenses incurred by Party B to realize the credit rights and security rights (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, assessment fees, auction fees, notarial fees, delivery fees, announcement fees, legal fees, etc.).

 

3.The guarantee scope agreed in this Contract is the amount in total of price and tax including value-added tax.

 

III. If Party A performs the guarantee liabilities according to this Contract, the maximum amount of the guaranteed principal shall be deducted accordingly according to the principal amount paid off by Party A.

 

IV. Even if the actual formation time of loans, advances, interest, expenses or any other credit rights of Party B under the Master Contract exceeds the valid period of credit line, it still falls within the guarantee scope of this Contract. The expiration date of the debt performance period under the Master Contract shall not be limited by the expiration date of the credit line.

 

Article II Guarantee Method

 

The guarantee provided by Party A under this Contract is a joint and several liability guarantee.

 

1

 

 

Article III Guarantee Period

 

I. The guarantee period under this Contract shall be calculated separately according to the single loan issued by Party B to the Debtor, i.e. from the date of issuance of the single loan to three years after the expiration of the debt performance period under that loan.

 

II. If Party B and the Debtor reach an extension agreement on the debt performance period under the Master Contract, the guarantee period shall end at three years after the expiration of the debt performance period re-agreed in the extension agreement. The extension does not require the consent of the Guarantor, but the Guarantor still needs to bear joint and several guarantee liabilities.

 

III.       If Party B announces the early maturity of the debt in case of any matters stipulated by laws and regulations or agreed in the Master Contract, the guarantee period shall end at three years after the early maturity of the debt.

 

Article IV Independence of Guarantee Contract

 

The validity of this Contract is independent of the Master Contract. The failure, invalidity, partial invalidity, cancellation or termination of the Master Contract shall not affect the validity of this Contract. If the Master Contract is confirmed as invalid, ineffective, partially invalid or canceled or terminated, Party A shall also be jointly and severally liable for the debts incurred by the Debtor due to the return of property or compensation for losses.

 

Article V Change of Master Contract

 

I. Party A agrees that Party B and the Debtor need not notify Party A of any changes to the Master Contract (including but not limited to extending the debt performance period or increasing the principal amount of credit rights), and Party A shall still assume the guarantee liabilities within the guarantee scope agreed upon in this Contract.

 

II. Change of Parties

 

Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced or exempted due to any of the following circumstances:

 

(I) Party B or the Debtor has any restructuring, consolidation, merger, division, increase or decrease of capital, joint venture, joint operation, renaming, etc.;

 

(II) Party B entrusts a third party to perform its obligations under the Master Contract.

 

III. If the transfer of credit rights or debts under the Master Contract is not effective, invalid, canceled or terminated, Party A shall still assume joint and several guarantee liabilities to Party B in accordance with this Contract.

 

IV. If the credit rights under the Master Contract are transferred, the guarantee credit rights under this Contract will be transferred accordingly.

 

Article VI Guarantee Liability

 

I. If the debt under the Master Contract expires or Party B announces that the debt expires ahead of schedule according to the stipulations of the Master Contract or legal provisions, the Debtor fails to perform in full and on time, or the Debtor violates other stipulations of the Master Contract, Party A shall assume the guarantee responsibility within the guarantee scope.

 

II. No matter whether Party B has other guarantees (including but not limited to warranty, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee, standby letter of credit and other guarantee methods) for the credit rights under the Master Contract, no matter when the above other guarantees are established and whether they are valid, whether Party B claims rights to other guarantors, and whether or not a third Party Agrees to assume all or part of the debt under the Master Contract, no matter whether other guarantees are provided by the Debtor itself or not, Party A’s guarantee liabilities under this Contract will not be reduced or exempted, Party B may directly require Party A to assume the guarantee liabilities within its guarantee scope in accordance with this Contract, and Party A will not raise any objection.

 

III. If Party A only provides guarantee for part of the debts under the Master Contract, Party A agrees that even if the debts under the Master Contract are partially eliminated due to the Debtor’s repayment, Party B’s realization of other guarantee rights or any other reasons, Party A shall still bear the guarantee liabilities for the debts that have not yet been eliminated within the guarantee scope in accordance with the stipulations of this Contract.

 

IV. If the debts under the Master Contract have not been fully paid off after Party A assumes the guarantee liabilities, Party A promises that its claim (including pre-exercise) of subrogation right or recourse right to the Debtor or other guarantors shall not cause any damage to Party B’s interests, and agrees that the repayment of debts under the Master Contract shall have priority over the realization of Party A’s subrogation right or recourse right.

 

Specifically, before Party B’s credit rights are fully paid off,

 

(I) Party A agrees not to claim subrogation right or recourse right from the Debtor or other guarantors; if Party A realizes the above rights for any reason, it shall pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority.

 

2

 

 

(II) If there is any object guarantee for the debts under the Master Contract, Party A agrees not to claim the guarantee or the proceeds from its disposal for the reason of exercising the subrogation right or for any other reasons, and the above guaranty and the proceeds shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority;

 

(III) If the Debtor or other guarantors provide counter guarantee for Party A, the amount obtained by Party A based on the above counter guarantee shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B.

 

V. Party A has fully realized the interest rate risk. If Party B adjusts the interest rate level, interest bearing or interest settlement method according to the agreement in the Master Contract or the change of the national interest rate policy, resulting in an increase in the interest, penalty interest and compound interest payable by the Debtor, Party A shall also bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for the increase.

 

VI. In addition to the debts under the Master Contract, if the Debtor has other debts due to Party B, Party B has the right to transfer and collect the RMB or other currency in the account opened by the Debtor in China Construction Bank system, which shall be first used to pay off any debts due, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced and exempted.

 

Article VII Party A’s Other obligations

 

I. Party A shall supervise the use (including purpose) of the Debtor’s loan.

 

II. Party A shall truthfully provide Party B with relevant information such as its property and personal credit, and ensure the accuracy, truthfulness, completeness and validity of the above information; Party A shall not provide any guarantee to any third party beyond its own affordability without Party B’s written consent.

 

III. If Party A has changed its nationality, domicile, marital status, major diseases, administrative or criminal punishment, major civil legal disputes, deterioration of its financial situation, or lose or may lose the guarantee ability for any reason, it shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and implement the assumption, transfer or inheritance of the guarantee liabilities under this Contract according to Party B’s requirements, or provide new guarantee satisfactory to Party B for the performance of the Master Contract.

 

IV. In case of merger, division, equity change, increase or decrease of capital, joint venture or joint operation, etc. of the entity where Party A is the controlling shareholder or actual controller, Party A shall timely notify Party B.

 

Article VIII Other Provisions

 

I. Transfer and Collection of Payables

 

Party B has the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system for all the payables of Party A under this Contract, without prior notice to Party A. Party A is obliged to assist Party B in handling the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sale or foreign exchange trading, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

II. Use of Party A’s Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B can query, print and save Party A’s credit status and other personal information through the basic financial credit information database and other legally established credit agencies, and the information obtained through the query can be used to verify the guarantor’s qualification, post loan management, other matters related to the loan and other purposes specified by law. Party A also agrees that Party B will provide Party A’s personal information and credit information (including malicious information) to the basic financial credit information database and other credit agencies established according to law.

 

III. Announcement for Collection

 

Party B shall have the right to inform the relevant departments or units of Party A’s breach of contract, and shall have the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

 

IV. Evidence Validity of Party B’s Records

 

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records about the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records, the documents and vouchers produced or retained by Party B in the process of Debtor’s withdrawal, repayment, payment of interest and other business, as well as the records and vouchers of Party B’s collection of loans, shall constitute the confirmation evidence effectively proving the credit rights relationship under the Master Contract. Party A shall not raise any objection just on the ground that the above records, documents and vouchers are made or retained by Party B unilaterally.

 

V. Reservation of Rights

 

The rights of Party B hereunder shall not affect or exclude any other rights granted by laws, regulations and other contracts. Any tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall be deemed neither as waive of the rights and interests hereunder nor as the consent or acceptance for any behaviors violating this Contract. Such tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall neither influence, prevent or hinder continuous performance of the rights or performance of other rights nor cause the Party B to assume any rights and obligations, arising thereof, for the Party A.

 

3

 

 

Even if Party B does not perform or delay the performance of any rights under the Master Contract or does not use up any relief thereunder, Party A’s guarantee liabilities thereunder shall not be reduced and exempted therefore. However, if Party B reduces and exempts the debts hereunder, the Party A’s guarantee liabilities will be reduced and exempted accordingly.

 

VI. Dissolution or Bankruptcy of the Debtor

 

After Party A knows that the Debtor has entered the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure, it shall immediately notify Party B to declare its credit rights. Meanwhile, it shall participate in the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure in a timely manner and exercise the recourse right in advance. If Party A knows or should know that the Debtor has entered dissolution or bankruptcy procedures, but fails to exercise the recourse right in advance in time, the losses shall be borne by Party A itself.

 

Notwithstanding the agreement in Item 2 of Paragraph 5 in this Article, if Party B and the Debtor reach a settlement agreement or agree to a reorganization plan during the Debtor’s bankruptcy proceedings, Party B’s rights under this Contract will not be damaged by the settlement agreement or reorganization plan, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities will not be reduced or exempted. Party A shall not oppose Party B’s claims under the conditions stipulated in the settlement agreement and reorganization plan. For the credit rights that Party B has made concessions to the Debtor during settlement agreement and reorganization plan and has not obtained the settlement, Party B shall still have the right to require Party A to pay.

 

VII. If Party A or the Debtor fails to comply with laws, regulations or rules on environmental and social risk management, or may bring harm and related risks to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities (including but not limited to environmental and social issues related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, etc.), Party B shall have the right to exercise the guarantee right under this Contract in advance and take other relief measures agreed in this Contract or permitted by law.

 

VIII. In case of any change in Party A’s communication address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and Party A shall bear the legal consequences caused by failure to notify in time.

 

IX. Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract can be settled through negotiation. If negotiation fails, it shall be settled as the following method of item 1. During the litigation or arbitration period, the clauses of this Contract that do not involve disputes shall still be performed.

 

1. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where Party B is located.

 

2. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the Contract is signed.

 

3. Submit to the Blank Arbitration Commission (place of arbitration is Blank), and conduct arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding upon both Both Parties.

 

X. Conditions for the Contract Entry into Force

 

This Contract shall come into effect after being signed by Party A or Authorized Agent and being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party B’s Person in Charge or Authorized Agent.

 

XI. This Contract is made in quadruplicate.

 

XII. Other Matters

 

(I) Party A and Party B have agreed on the address for service and legal consequences of various notices, agreements, and documents related to this Contract:

 

1. Address for Service

 

(1) Party A confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

No.16, Baisha Futing, Xingzhou Garden, Xihu District, Hangzhou City

 

(2) Party B confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

China Construction Bank, Floor 1, Building 18, Hongrui Garden, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

2. Application of Address for Service

 

The above addresses for service are applicable to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements and documents relevant to the Contract, including but not limited to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements during contract performance period, delivery of relevant documents during dispute and the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents in first trial, second trial and executive procedure and other procedures after the dispute’s entering arbitration and civil procedure.

4

 

 

3. Change of Address for Service

 

(1) If Party A needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing 10 working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to the address for service of Party B;

 

(2) If Party B needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party A by telephone or e-mail.

 

(3) If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil litigation, the party shall also perform the obligation of written notice to the arbitration institution and the court.

 

(4) After one party performs the obligation of sending the notice of change of address according to the above agreement, the address for service after change will be the effective address for service; otherwise the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

4. Legal Consequences

 

(1) If the notice, agreement, legal document and other documents are not actually received by the party due to the address for service provided or confirmed by either party is inaccurate, the notice obligation is not fulfilled in time in the above manner after the change of address for service, the party or its designated receiver refuses to receive, etc, in case of service by post, the date of return of documents shall be deemed as the date of service; in case of direct service, the date on which the addresser records the information on the service receipt on the spot shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(2) For the above-mentioned address for service, the arbitration institution and the court can directly mail the service, even if the parties fail to receive the documents mailed by the arbitration institution and the court, due to the above agreement, it shall also be deemed as service.

 

This column is blank

 

This column is blank

 

This column is blank

 

Article IX Party B’s Handling Bank and Seal Affixing

 

Party A confirms: after this Contract comes into effect, Party B may entrust Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation and/or one or more of its branches as the handling bank for this Contract. The handling bank has the right to perform its obligations under this Contract in its own name, sign relevant legal documents and enjoy the rights under this Contract, including but not limited to being responsible for the actual performance (all or part), debt collection, litigation/arbitration, execution and other matters of this Contract. If the handling bank has performed Party B’s obligations under this Contract, it shall be deemed that Party B has performed this Contract, and Party A’s obligations and responsibilities shall not be reduced or exempted. Party B or the handling bank shall have the right to affix the official seal, the special seal for relevant business or the special seal for contract of Party B or the handling bank on the relevant materials or certificates.

 

Article X Party A’s Statement and Guarantee

 

1. Party A clearly understands the business scope and authority of Party B.

 

2. Party A has read all the terms of this Contract and the Master Contract, and has paid special attention to the second paragraph of Article VIII of this Contract. As requested by the Party A, Party B has made explanations for the corresponding terms and conditions of this Contract and the Master Contract. Party A has full information and understanding regarding the implication of the terms and conditions and the corresponding legal consequence of this Contract and the Master Contract.

 

3. Party A has the legal qualification to act as guarantor.

 

4. Party A confirms that it has fully understood the Debtor’s assets, debts, operation, credit and reputation, whether it has the qualification and authority to sign the Master Contract and all the contents of the Master Contract.

 

Party A or the authorized agent has checked the name and number of Party A’s certificate on the first page before signing, and confirmed that they are correct.

 

Party A or Authorized Agent (Signature): Bao Minfei

 

May 8, 2020

 

Party B (Seal): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation (Seal Affixed)

 

Person in Charge or Authorized Agent (Signature): Wang Ye

May 8, 2020

 

 

5

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

Guarantee Agreement by Natural Person for Credit Line Loan

[Unofficial English Translation]

 

Contract No.: B.2020 E.17609 Q.H.-2

 

Guarantor (Party A): Ping Qiuzi

Address: No.16, Baisha Futing, Xingzhou Garden, Xihu District, Hangzhou City 

Name and Number of Certificate: Citizen ID Card: 330702198608251240 Postal Code: 518000

Fax: Blank Tel: Blank

 

Creditor (Party B): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Address: Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No. 6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Wang Ye Postal Code: 518000 

Fax: 0755-23821111 Tel: 0755-23828888

 

Place of Signing: Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Whereas Party A is willing to provide guarantee for a series of debts of the Debtor under the Contract for Credit Line Loan (hereinafter referred to as the Contract for Credit Line Loan) with the No. of J.2020 E.17609 Q.H. signed by Party B and Shenzhen United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Debtor”), according to relevant laws, regulations and rules, Party A and Party B have reached an agreement through negotiation to conclude this Contract for mutual compliance.

 

Article I Master Contract and Guarantee Scope

 

I. Under the Contract for Credit Line Loan, Party B will sign (and/or has) signed relevant annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, notices and other legal documents with the debtor during the valid period of credit line under the Contract for Credit Line Loan for the Debtor to continuously handle the loan business agreed in the Contract for Credit Line Loan.

 

The Master Contract guaranteed by this Contract includes but is not limited to the above-mentioned Contract for Credit Line Loan and its related annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, notice, confirmation, agreement, various types of vouchers and other legal documents forming the relationship between credit rights and debts.

 

II. The guarantee scope of this guarantee is:

 

1. The principal balance under the Master Contract that shall not exceed the equivalent (currency) RMB (amount in capital) Fifteen Million Only; and

 

2. Interest (including compound interest and penalty interest), liquidated damages, indemnity, other payments to be made by the debtor to Party B (including but not limited to the relevant handling fees, telecommunications fees and miscellaneous fees paid by Party B, and relevant bank fees refused to be borne by the Beneficiary under the letter of credit, etc.), and all expenses incurred by Party B to realize the credit rights and security rights (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, assessment fees, auction fees, notarial fees, delivery fees, announcement fees, legal fees, etc.).

 

3.The guarantee scope agreed in this Contract is the amount in total of price and tax including value-added tax.

 

III. If Party A performs the guarantee liabilities according to this Contract, the maximum amount of the guaranteed principal shall be deducted accordingly according to the principal amount paid off by Party A.

 

IV. Even if the actual formation time of loans, advances, interest, expenses or any other credit rights of Party B under the Master Contract exceeds the valid period of credit line, it still falls within the guarantee scope of this Contract. The expiration date of the debt performance period under the Master Contract shall not be limited by the expiration date of the credit line.

 

Article II Guarantee Method

 

The guarantee provided by Party A under this Contract is a joint and several liability guarantee.

 

Article III Guarantee Period

 

I. The guarantee period under this Contract shall be calculated separately according to the single loan issued by Party B to the Debtor, i.e. from the date of issuance of the single loan to three years after the expiration of the debt performance period under that loan.

 

1

 

 

II. If Party B and the Debtor reach an extension agreement on the debt performance period under the Master Contract, the guarantee period shall end at three years after the expiration of the debt performance period re-agreed in the extension agreement. The extension does not require the consent of the Guarantor, but the Guarantor still needs to bear joint and several guarantee liabilities.

 

III. If Party B announces the early maturity of the debt in case of any matters stipulated by laws and regulations or agreed in the Master Contract, the guarantee period shall end at three years after the early maturity of the debt.

 

Article IV Independence of Guarantee Contract

 

The validity of this Contract is independent of the Master Contract. The failure, invalidity, partial invalidity, cancellation or termination of the Master Contract shall not affect the validity of this Contract. If the Master Contract is confirmed as invalid, ineffective, partially invalid or cancelled or terminated, Party A shall also be jointly and severally liable for the debts incurred by the Debtor due to the return of property or compensation for losses.

 

Article V Change of Master Contract

 

I. Party A agrees that Party B and the Debtor need not notify Party A of any changes to the Master Contract (including but not limited to extending the debt performance period or increasing the principal amount of credit rights), and Party A shall still assume the guarantee liabilities within the guarantee scope agreed upon in this Contract.

 

II. Change of Parties

 

Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced or exempted due to any of the following circumstances:

 

(I) Party B or the Debtor has any restructuring, consolidation, merger, division, increase or decrease of capital, joint venture, joint operation, renaming, etc.;

 

(II) Party B entrusts a third party to perform its obligations under the Master Contract.

 

III. If the transfer of credit rights or debts under the Master Contract is not effective, invalid, cancelled or terminated, Party A shall still assume joint and several guarantee liabilities to Party B in accordance with this Contract.

 

IV. If the credit rights under the Master Contract are transferred, the guarantee credit rights under this Contract will be transferred accordingly.

 

Article VI Guarantee Liability

 

I. If the debt under the Master Contract expires or Party B announces that the debt expires ahead of schedule according to the stipulations of the Master Contract or legal provisions, the Debtor fails to perform in full and on time, or the Debtor violates other stipulations of the Master Contract, Party A shall assume the guarantee responsibility within the guarantee scope.

 

II. No matter whether Party B has other guarantees (including but not limited to warranty, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee, standby letter of credit and other guarantee methods) for the credit rights under the Master Contract, no matter when the above other guarantees are established and whether they are valid, whether Party B claims rights to other guarantors, and whether or not a third Party Agrees to assume all or part of the debt under the Master Contract, no matter whether other guarantees are provided by the Debtor itself or not, Party A’s guarantee liabilities under this Contract will not be reduced or exempted, Party B may directly require Party A to assume the guarantee liabilities within its guarantee scope in accordance with this Contract, and Party A will not raise any objection.

 

III. If Party A only provides guarantee for part of the debts under the Master Contract, Party A agrees that even if the debts under the Master Contract are partially eliminated due to the Debtor’s repayment, Party B’s realization of other guarantee rights or any other reasons, Party A shall still bear the guarantee liabilities for the debts that have not yet been eliminated within the guarantee scope in accordance with the stipulations of this Contract.

 

IV. If the debts under the Master Contract have not been fully paid off after Party A assumes the guarantee liabilities, Party A promises that its claim (including pre-exercise) of subrogation right or recourse right to the Debtor or other guarantors shall not cause any damage to Party B’s interests, and agrees that the repayment of debts under the Master Contract shall have priority over the realization of Party A’s subrogation right or recourse right.

 

Specifically, before Party B’s credit rights are fully paid off,

 

(I) Party A agrees not to claim subrogation right or recourse right from the Debtor or other guarantors; if Party A realizes the above rights for any reason, it shall pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority.

 

(II) If there is any object guarantee for the debts under the Master Contract, Party A agrees not to claim the guarantee or the proceeds from its disposal for the reason of exercising the subrogation right or for any other reasons, and the above guaranty and the proceeds shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority;

 

2

 

 

(III) If the Debtor or other guarantors provide counter guarantee for Party A, the amount obtained by Party A based on the above counter guarantee shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B.

 

V. Party A has fully realized the interest rate risk. If Party B adjusts the interest rate level, interest bearing or interest settlement method according to the agreement in the Master Contract or the change of the national interest rate policy, resulting in an increase in the interest, penalty interest and compound interest payable by the Debtor, Party A shall also bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for the increase.

 

VI. In addition to the debts under the Master Contract, if the Debtor has other debts due to Party B, Party B has the right to transfer and collect the RMB or other currency in the account opened by the Debtor in China Construction Bank system, which shall be first used to pay off any debts due, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced and exempted.

 

Article VII Party A’S Other obligations

 

I. Party A shall supervise the use (including purpose) of the Debtor’s loan.

 

II. Party A shall truthfully provide Party B with relevant information such as its property and personal credit, and ensure the accuracy, truthfulness, completeness and validity of the above information; Party A shall not provide any guarantee to any third party beyond its own affordability without Party B’s written consent.

 

III. If Party A has changed its nationality, domicile, marital status, major diseases, administrative or criminal punishment, major civil legal disputes, deterioration of its financial situation, or lose or may lose the guarantee ability for any reason, it shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and implement the assumption, transfer or inheritance of the guarantee liabilities under this Contract according to Party B’s requirements, or provide new guarantee satisfactory to Party B for the performance of the Master Contract.

 

IV. In case of merger, division, equity change, increase or decrease of capital, joint venture or joint operation, etc. of the entity where Party A is the controlling shareholder or actual controller, Party A shall timely notify Party B.

 

Article VIII Other Provisions

 

I. Transfer and Collection of Payables

 

Party B has the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system for all the payables of Party A under this Contract, without prior notice to Party A. Party A is obliged to assist Party B in handling the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sale or foreign exchange trading, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

II. Use of Party A’s Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B can query, print and save Party A’s credit status and other personal information through the basic financial credit information database and other legally established credit agencies, and the information obtained through the query can be used to verify the guarantor’s qualification, post loan management, other matters related to the loan and other purposes specified by law. Party A also agrees that Party B will provide Party A’s personal information and credit information (including malicious information) to the basic financial credit information database and other credit agencies established according to law.

 

III. Announcement for Collection

 

Party B shall have the right to inform the relevant departments or units of Party A’s breach of contract, and shall have the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

 

IV. Evidence Validity of Party B’s Records

 

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records about the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records, the documents and vouchers produced or retained by Party B in the process of Debtor’s withdrawal, repayment, payment of interest and other business, as well as the records and vouchers of Party B’s collection of loans, shall constitute the confirmation evidence effectively proving the credit rights relationship under the Master Contract. Party A shall not raise any objection just on the ground that the above records, documents and vouchers are made or retained by Party B unilaterally.

 

V. Reservation of Rights

 

The rights of Party B hereunder shall not affect or exclude any other rights granted by laws, regulations and other contracts. Any tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall be deemed neither as waive of the rights and interests hereunder nor as the consent or acceptance for any behaviors violating this Contract. Such tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall neither influence, prevent or hinder continuous performance of the rights or performance of other rights nor cause the Party B to assume any rights and obligations, arising thereof, for the Party A.

 

3

 

 

Even if Party B does not perform or delay the performance of any rights under the Master Contarct or does not use up any relief thereunder, Party A’s guarantee liabilities thereunder shall not be reduced and exempted therefore. However, if Party B reduces and exempts the debts hereunder, the Party A’s guarantee liabilities will be reduced and exempted accordingly.

 

VI. Dissolution or Bankruptcy of the Debtor

 

After Party A knows that the Debtor has entered the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure, it shall immediately notify Party B to declare its credit rights. Meanwhile, it shall participate in the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure in a timely manner and exercise the recourse right in advance. If Party A knows or should know that the Debtor has entered dissolution or bankruptcy procedures, but fails to exercise the recourse right in advance in time, the losses shall be borne by Party A itself.

 

Notwithstanding the agreement in Item 2 of Paragraph 5 in this Article, if Party B and the Debtor reach a settlement agreement or agree to a reorganization plan during the Debtor’s bankruptcy proceedings, Party B’s rights under this Contract will not be damaged by the settlement agreement or reorganization plan, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities will not be reduced or exempted. Party A shall not oppose Party B’s claims under the conditions stipulated in the settlement agreement and reorganization plan. For the credit rights that Party B has made concessions to the Debtor during settlement agreement and reorganization plan and has not obtained the settlement, Party B shall still have the right to require Party A to pay.

 

VII. If Party A or the Debtor fails to comply with laws, regulations or rules on environmental and social risk management, or may bring harm and related risks to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities (including but not limited to environmental and social issues related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, etc.), Party B shall have the right to exercise the guarantee right under this Contract in advance and take other relief measures agreed in this Contract or permitted by law.

 

VIII. In case of any change in Party A’s communication address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and Party A shall bear the legal consequences caused by failure to notify in time.

 

IX. Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract can be settled through negotiation. If negotiation fails, it shall be settled as the following method of item 1. During the litigation or arbitration period, the clauses of this Contract that do not involve disputes shall still be performed.

 

1. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where Party B is located.

 

2. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the Contract is signed.

 

3. Submit to the Blank Arbitration Commission (place of arbitration is Blank ), and conduct arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding upon both Both Parties.

 

X. Conditions for the Contract Entry into Force

 

This Contract shall come into effect after being signed by Party A or Authorized Agent and being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party B’s Person in Charge or Authorized Agent.

 

XI. This Contract is made in quadruplicate.

 

XII. Other Matters

 

(I) Party A and Party B have agreed on the address for service and legal consequences of various notices, agreements, and documents related to this Contract:

 

1. Address for Service

 

(1) Party A confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

No.16, Baisha Futing, Xingzhou Garden, Xihu District, Hangzhou City

 

(2) Party B confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

China Construction Bank, Floor 1, Building 18, Hongrui Garden, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

4

 

 

2. Application of Address for Service

 

The above addresses for service are applicable to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements and documents relevant to the Contract, including but not limited to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements during contract performance period, delivery of relevant documents during dispute and the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents in first trial, second trial and executive procedure and other procedures after the dispute’s entering arbitration and civil procedure.

 

3. Change of Address for Service

 

(1) If Party A needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing 10 working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to the address for service of Party B;

 

(2) If Party B needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party A by telephone or e-mail.

 

(3) If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil litigation, the party shall also perform the obligation of written notice to the arbitration institution and the court.

 

(4) After one party performs the obligation of sending the notice of change of address according to the above agreement, the address for service after change will be the effective address for service; otherwise the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

4. Legal Consequences

 

(1) If the notice, agreement, legal document and other documents are not actually received by the party due to the address for service provided or confirmed by either party is inaccurate, the notice obligation is not fulfilled in time in the above manner after the change of address for service, the party or its designated receiver refuses to receive, etc, in case of service by post, the date of return of documents shall be deemed as the date of service; in case of direct service, the date on which the addresser records the information on the service receipt on the spot shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(2) For the above-mentioned address for service, the arbitration institution and the court can directly mail the service, even if the parties fail to receive the documents mailed by the arbitration institution and the court, due to the above agreement, it shall also be deemed as service.

 

This column is blank

 

 

This column is blank

 

 

This column is blank

 

 

Article IX Party B’s Handling Bank and Seal Affixing

 

Party A confirms: after this Contract comes into effect, Party B may entrust Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation and/or one or more of its branches as the handling bank for this Contract. The handling bank has the right to perform its obligations under this Contract in its own name, sign relevant legal documents and enjoy the rights under this Contract, including but not limited to being responsible for the actual performance (all or part), debt collection, litigation/arbitration, execution and other matters of this Contract. If the handling bank has performed Party B’s obligations under this Contract, it shall be deemed that Party B has performed this Contract, and Party A’s obligations and responsibilities shall not be reduced or exempted. Party B or the handling bank shall have the right to affix the official seal, the special seal for relevant business or the special seal for contract of Party B or the handling bank on the relevant materials or certificates.

 

5

 

 

Article X Party A’s Statement and Guarantee

 

I. Party A clearly understands the business scope and authority of Party B.

 

II. Party A has read all the terms of this Contract and the Master Contract, and has paid special attention to the second paragraph of Article VIII of this Contract. As requested by the Party A, Party B has made explanations for the corresponding terms and conditions of this Contract and the Master Contract. Party A has full information and understanding regarding the implication of the terms and conditions and the corresponding legal consequence of this Contract and the Master Contract.

 

III. Party A has the legal qualification to act as guarantor.

 

IV. Party A confirms that it has fully understood the Debtor’s assets, debts, operation, credit and reputation, whether it has the qualification and authority to sign the Master Contract and all the contents of the Master Contract.

 

Party A or the authorized agent has checked the name and number of Party A’s certificate on the first page before signing, and confirmed that they are correct.

 

Party A or Authorized Agent (Signature): Ping Qiuzi

 

May 8, 2020

 

Party B (Seal): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation (Seal Affixed)

 

Person in Charge or Authorized Agent (Signature):

 

May 8, 2020

 

 

6

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

Agreement on Maximum Amount Mortgage for Credit Line Loan

[Unofficial English Translation]

 

Contract No.: D.2020 E.17609 Q.H.

 

Borrower (Party A): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City Postal Code: 518000

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Bao Minfei

 

Fax: Blank Tel.: 0755-86512180

 

Mortgagee (Party B): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

 

Address: Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No. 6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City Postal Code: 518000

 

Person in Charge: Wang Ye

 

Fax: 0755-23821111 Tel: 0755-23828888

 

Place of Signing: Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Whereas Party A is willing to provide maximum amount mortgage guarantee for a series of debts of the Debtor under the Contract for Credit Line Loan (hereinafter referred to as the “Master Contract”) with the No. of J.2020 E.17609 Q.H. signed by Party B and United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Debtor”), according to relevant laws, regulations and rules, Party A and Party B have reached an agreement through negotiation to conclude this Contract for mutual compliance.

 

Article I Mortgaged Property

 

I. Party A shall set up mortgage with the property listed in the “List of Mortgaged Property” of this Contract.

 

II. If the mortgaged property is renewed with a new certificate (certification) of ownership or other rights, resulting in inconsistency between the “List of Mortgaged Property” or other rights (mortgage rights) certificates or mortgage rights certification documents received by Party B and the above-mentioned new certificate (certification) of rights or relevant records in the register of the registration authority, Party A shall not refuse to assume the guarantee responsibility on this ground.

 

III. Unless otherwise agreed by Party A and Party B or otherwise stipulated by law, the newly added items on the mortgaged property due to attachment, mixing, processing, reconstruction and other reasons shall also be used as mortgage guarantee for Party B’s credit rights. Party A shall handle the necessary mortgage registration and other procedures according to Party B’s requirements.

 

IV. If the value of the mortgaged property has decreased or may decrease, affecting the realization of Party B’s credit rights, Party A shall provide new guarantee according to Party B’s requirements.

 

Article II Guarantee Scope, Maximum Limit of Credit Rights and Determination Period of Credit Rights

 

I. The guarantee scope of this maximum amount of mortgage is all debts under the Master Contract, including but not limited to the principal, interest (including compound interest and penalty interest), liquidated damages and indemnity disbursed by the debtor, other payments to be made by the debtor to Party B, and all expenses incurred by Party B to realize the credit rights and security rights (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, assessment fees, auction fees, notarial fees, delivery fees, announcement fees, legal fees, etc.) . The guarantee scope agreed in this Contract is the amount in total of price and tax including value-added tax.

 

II. The maximum limit of guarantee liability under this maximum amount mortgage is (currency) RMB (amount in words) Twenty-two Million and Five Hundred Thousand Only. If Party A performs its guarantee obligations according to this Contract, the maximum amount shall decrease accordingly according to the amount performed.

 

III. The determination period of credit rights with the maximum amount mortgage is the valid period of credit line under the Master Contract.

 

IV. Even if the actual formation time of loans, interest, expenses or any other credit rights of Party B under the Master Contract exceeds the determination period of credit rights, it still falls within the guarantee scope of the maximum amount mortgage. The expiration date of the debt performance period under the Master Contract shall not be limited by the determination period of credit rights.

 

1

 

 

Article III Registration of Mortgaged Property

 

Both parties shall handle the mortgage registration formalities at the corresponding registration authorities within 30 working days after the signing of this Contract. Party A shall submit the other rights certificates and the original mortgage registration documents of the mortgaged property and other rights certificates to Party B for holding on the date of completion of mortgage registration.

 

Article IV Change of the Master Contract

 

I. Party A agrees that Party B and the Debtor need not notify Party A of the signing of the Master Contract or any changes to the Master Contract (including but not limited to extending the debt performance period or increasing the principal amount of credit rights), and Party A shall still assume the guarantee liabilities within the maximum amount and guarantee scope agreed upon in this Contract.

 

II. Change of Parties

 

Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced or exempted due to any of the following circumstances:

 

(I) Party B or the Debtor has any restructuring, consolidation, merger, division, increase or decrease of capital, joint venture, joint operation, renaming, etc.;

 

(II) Party B entrusts a third party to perform its obligations under the Master Contract.

 

III. If the credit rights under the Master Contract are transferred to a third party, the guarantee under this Contract will be transferred accordingly, and Party A shall assist Party B and the third party to handle the mortgage change registration formalities required by law.

 

IV. If the transfer of credit rights or debts under the Master Contract is not effective, invalid, canceled or terminated, Party A shall still assume the guarantee liabilities to Party B in accordance with this Contract.

 

Article V Possession and Custody of Mortgaged Property

 

I. Party A shall properly possess, keep, repair and maintain the mortgaged property, reasonably use the mortgaged property, maintain the mortgaged property in good condition, and pay all taxes and fees related to the mortgaged property on time. Party B has the right to inspect the mortgaged property and may require Party A to hand over the original certificate of mortgaged property right to Party B for safekeeping.

 

II. If Party A entrusts or agrees to a third party to possess, keep or use the mortgaged property, it shall inform the third party of the existence of the mortgage right of Party B, and require it to keep the mortgaged property in good condition, accept Party B’s inspection of the mortgaged property and not prevent Party B from realizing the mortgage right. Party A shall not be exempted from the obligations mentioned in the preceding articles, and shall also be responsible for the acts of the third party.

 

III. If the mortgaged property causes personal or property damage, Party A shall bear the liability for compensation. If Party B bears the responsibility for the claim, or pays compensation for Party A in advance, Party B shall have the right to claim compensation from Party A.

 

Article VI Insurance of Mortgaged Property

 

I. Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, Party A shall insure the mortgaged property according to the relevant laws and the types, periods and amounts of insurance specified by Party B. The insurer shall have legal qualifications and good reputation.

 

II. The contents of the insurance policy shall conform to the requirements of Party B and shall not be accompanied by restrictive conditions that damage the rights and interests of Party B. The insurance policy shall specifically indicate: Party B is the first beneficiary (the first beneficiary) of the insurance compensation; the change of insurance policy shall be subject to the written consent of Party B; in the event of an insured accident, the insurer shall directly transfer the insurance compensation to the account designated by Party B. If the mortgaged property is insured but the insurance policy does not indicate the above contents, the insurance policy shall be annotated or changed accordingly.

 

III. Party A shall ensure that the insurance is continuously valid and shall not be interrupted, canceled or invalidated for any reason, or cause the insurer to reduce or exempt the liability for compensation, or change the insurance policy without Party B’s consent. If the credit rights guaranteed by Party A are not fully repaid when the insurance period expires, Party A shall renew the insurance and extend the insurance period accordingly.

 

IV. Party A shall deliver the original insurance policy of the mortgaged property to Party B within 30 working days from the date of signing this Contract (or the date of completing renewal if the mortgaged property is renewed), and reserve the necessary documents for insurance claims or transfer of insurance rights and interests in Party B.

 

2

 

 

V. Party B has the right to choose the following methods to deal with the insurance compensation obtained from the mortgaged property, and Party A shall assist in handling the relevant procedures:

 

(I) With the consent of Party B, it is used to repair the mortgaged property to restore the value of the mortgaged property;

 

(II) Make settlement or early settlement of the principal and interest of the debts and related expenses under the Master Contract;

 

(III) Provide pledge guarantee for debts under the Master Contract;

 

(IV) After Party A provides a new guarantee that meets the requirements of Party B, Party A shall be free to dispose of it.

 

Article VII Restrictions on Party A’s Disposition of Mortgaged Property

 

I. Without Party B’s written consent, Party A shall not dispose the mortgaged property in any way, including but not limited to waiving, leasing (including lease renewal upon expiration of the original lease contract), giving, transferring, contributing, repeatedly guaranteeing, migrating, changing to public welfare use, adding, rebuilding or dividing with other things.

 

II. With the written consent of Party B, the price or other funds obtained from Party A’s disposal of the mortgaged property shall be deposited into the account designated by Party B. Party B has the right to choose any method agreed in Items (II) to (IV) of Paragraph V of Article VI of this Contract to deal with the above payment, and Party A shall assist in handling relevant procedures.

 

Article VIII Third Party’s Interference

 

I. If the mortgaged property is expropriated, requisitioned, dismantled, confiscated or recovered free of charge by the State, or the mortgaged property is sealed up, frozen, detained, supervised, retained, auctioned, forcibly possessed, damaged or otherwise disposed of by a third party, Party A shall immediately notify Party B and take measures to stop, eliminate or remedy the loss from expanding in time; if Party B requests, Party A shall provide a new guarantee that meets Party B’s requirements.

 

II. The remaining part of the mortgaged property after the occurrence of the circumstances mentioned in the preceding paragraph shall still be used as the mortgage guarantee for Party B’s credit rights. The indemnity or compensation obtained by Party A due to the above reasons shall be deposited into the account designated by Party B. Party B has the right to choose any method agreed in Items (I) to (IV) of Paragraph V of Article VI of this Contract to deal with the above payment, and Party A shall assist in handling relevant procedures.

 

Article IX Realization of Mortgage Right

 

I. If the Debtor fails to perform the debts due under the Master Contract or fails to perform the debts declared to be due in advance, or violates other agreements in the Master Contract, Party B shall have the right to dispose of the mortgaged property.

 

II. The value of the mortgaged property recorded in the “List of Mortgaged Property” or otherwise agreed upon by both parties (hereinafter referred to as “Provisional Value”) in this Contract, whether recorded in the register book of the registration authority or not, does not indicate the final value of the mortgaged property. Its final value is the net amount of the proceeds from Party B’s disposal of the mortgaged property after deducting various taxes and fees.

 

If the mortgaged property is used to offset Party B’s credit rights, the above Provisional Value shall not be used as the basis for the mortgaged property to offset Party B’s credit rights. Meanwhile, the value of the mortgaged property shall be determined by both parties through negotiation or fair evaluation according to law.

 

III. The proceeds from Party B’s disposal of the mortgaged property shall be used to pay off the debts under the Master Contract after paying the expenses (including but not limited to safekeeping fees, assessment fees, auction fees, transfer fees, taxes, transfer fees of state-owned land use rights, etc.) in the process of sale or auction, and the remaining proceeds shall be returned to Party A.

 

IV. If Party A is the Debtor, Party B may apply for compulsory execution of the property other than Party A’s mortgaged property without considering giving up the mortgage right or having to dispose of the mortgaged property as the precondition.

 

V. Party A shall not prevent Party B from realizing the mortgage rights in any way (including acts or omissions).

 

VI. No matter whether Party B has other guarantees (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee, standby letter of credit, etc.) for the credit rights under the Master Contract, no matter when the above other guarantees are established, whether they are valid, whether Party B puts forward claims to other guarantors, whether a third party agrees to bear all or part of the debts under the Master Contract, and whether other guarantees are provided by the Debtor himself, Party A’s guarantee liability under the Contract will not be relieved as a result, and Party B may directly require Party A to bear the guarantee liabilities within its guarantee scope as agreed in the Contract, and Party A will not raise any objection.

 

3

 

 

VII. If the maximum limit of guarantee liability agreed in this Contract is lower than the actual balance of credit rights under the Master Contract, and if the debts under the Master Contract have not been fully paid off after Party A assumes the guarantee liabilities, Party A promises that its claim (including pre-exercise) of subrogation right or recourse right to the Debtor or other guarantors shall not cause any damage to Party B’s interests, and agrees that the repayment of debts under the Master Contract shall have priority over the realization of Party A’s subrogation right or recourse right.

 

Specifically, before Party B’s credit rights are fully paid off,

 

(I) Party A agrees not to claim subrogation right or recourse right from the Debtor or other guarantors; if Party A realizes the above rights for any reason, it shall pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority.

 

(II) If there is any object guarantee for the debts under the Master Contract, Party A agrees not to claim the guarantee or the proceeds from its disposal for the reason of exercising the subrogation right or for any other reasons, and the above guaranty and the proceeds shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority;

 

(III) If the Debtor or other guarantors provide counter guarantee for Party A, the amount obtained by Party A based on the above counter guarantee shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B.

 

VIII. If the Master Contract is non-established, ineffective, invalid, partially invalid or canceled or dissolved, and Party A and the Debtor are not the same person, Party A shall be jointly and severally liable to the Debtor for the debts arising from the return of property or compensation for losses within the guarantee scope agreed in this Contract.

 

IX. Party A has fully realized the interest rate risk. If Party B adjusts the interest rate level, interest bearing or interest settlement method according to the agreement in the Master Contract or the change of the national interest rate policy, resulting in an increase in the interest, penalty interest and compound interest payable by the Debtor, Party A shall also bear guarantee liabilities for the increase.

 

X. In addition to the debts under the Master Contract, if the Debtor has other debts due to Party B, Party B has the right to transfer and collect the RMB or other currency in the account opened by the Debtor in China Construction Bank system, and which shall be first used to pay off any debts due, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced and exempted.

 

Article X Responsibility for Breach of Contract

 

I. Party A’s Liability for Breach of Contract

 

(I) Party B has the right to take one or more of the following measures if Party A violates any agreement or there is any falsehood, error or omission in representations and warranties in this Contract:

 

1. Demand Party A to correct the acts for breaching the contract within a time limit;

 

2. Demand Party A to provide a new guarantee;

 

3. Demand Party A to compensate for the losses;

 

4. Dispose the mortgaged property;

 

5. Other relief measures permitted by law.

 

(II) Party B has the right to choose any method agreed in Items (II) to (IV) of Paragraph V of Article VI to deal with the proceeds from the disposal of mortgaged property, and Party A shall assist in handling relevant procedures.

 

(III) If the mortgage rights are not effectively established, or the value of mortgaged property is reduced, or Party B fails to realize the mortgage rights timely or sufficiently due to Party A’s reasons, and if Party A is not the Debtor, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to bear joint and several liabilities for the guaranteed debts with the Debtor within the guarantee scope agreed in this Contract.

 

II. Party B’s Liability for Breach of Contract

 

If Party B loses the mortgaged property right certificate delivered by Party A due to fault; or if Party B fails to return the mortgaged property right certificate in time or fails to assist in handling the mortgage registration cancellation procedures according to law after Party A applies after the debt under the Master Contract is paid off, Party A shall have the right to take one or more of the following measures:

 

(I) Require Party B to bear the expenses for reissuing the mortgaged property right certificate;

 

(II) Require Party B to return the right certificate of the mortgaged property within a time limit or assist Party A to cancel the registration of the mortgaged property.

 

4

 

 

Article XI Other Terms

 

I. Expenses

 

1. Expenses incurred due to Party A’s breach of any agreement in this Contract (including but not limited to the actual legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fee evaluation fees, auction fees, notarization fees, service fees, announcement fees, attorney fees and other expenses incurred by Party B due to Party A’s breach of Contract) shall be borne by Party A;

 

2. For other expenses, Party A and Party B agree as follows: This column is blank

 

II. Transfer and Collection of Payables

 

Party B has the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system for all the payables of Party A under this Contract, without prior notice to Party A. Party A is obliged to assist Party B in handling the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sale or foreign exchange trading, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

III. Use of Party A’s Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B may inquire Party A’s credit status from the credit database established with the approval of The People’s Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department or relevant units and departments, and agrees that Party B may provide Party A’s information to the credit database established with the approval of the People’s Bank of China and the competent department of credit investigation. Party A also agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business needs.

 

IV. Announcement for Collection

 

Party B shall have the right to inform the relevant departments or units of Party A’s breach of contract, and shall have the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

 

V. Evidence Validity of Party B’s Records

 

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records about the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records, the documents and vouchers produced or retained by Party B in the process of Debtor’s withdrawal, repayment, payment of interest and other business, as well as the records and vouchers of Party B’s collection of loans, shall constitute the confirmation evidence effectively proving the credit rights relationship under the Master Contract. Party A shall not raise any objection just on the ground that the above records, documents and vouchers are made or retained by Party B unilaterally.

 

VI. Reservation of Rights

 

The rights of Party B hereunder shall not affect or exclude any other rights granted by laws, regulations and other contracts. Any tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall be deemed neither as waive of the rights and interests hereunder nor as the consent or acceptance for any behaviors violating this Contract. Such tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall neither influence, prevent or hinder continuous performance of the rights or performance of other rights nor cause the Party B to assume any rights and obligations, arising thereof, for the Party A.

 

Even if Party B does not perform or delay the performance of any rights hereunder or does not use up any relief hereunder, Party A’s guarantee liabilities hereunder shall not be reduced and exempted therefore. However, if Party B reduces and exempts the debts hereunder, the Party A’s guarantee liabilities will be reduced and exempted accordingly.

 

VII. In case of division, dissolution, entering bankruptcy proceedings, revocation, cancellation of industrial and commercial registration, revocation of business license, being damaged, lost, being infringed upon or out of Party A’s control of mortgaged property due to natural factors or acts of a third party, dispute over the ownership of mortgaged property or cancellation of rights certificate (certification), Party B shall be notified immediately.

 

VIII. Dissolution or Bankruptcy of the Debtor

 

After Party A knows that the Debtor has entered the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure, it shall immediately notify Party B to declare its credit rights. Meanwhile, it shall participate in the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure in a timely manner and exercise the recourse right in advance. If Party A knows or should know that the Debtor has entered dissolution or bankruptcy procedures, but fails to exercise the recourse right in advance in time, the losses shall be borne by Party A itself.

 

Notwithstanding the agreement in Item II of Paragraph V in this Article, if Party B and the Debtor reach a settlement agreement or agree to a reorganization plan during the Debtor’s bankruptcy proceedings, Party B’s rights under this Contract will not be damaged by the settlement agreement or reorganization plan, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities will not be reduced or exempted. Party A shall not oppose Party B’s claims under the conditions stipulated in the settlement agreement and reorganization plan. For the credit rights that Party B has made concessions to the Debtor in the settlement agreement and reorganization plan and has not obtained the settlement, Party B shall still have the right to demand Party A to assume the guarantee liabilities.

 

5

 

 

IX. Party A’s Dissolution or Bankruptcy

 

If Party A dissolves or goes bankrupt, and even if Party A’s credit rights under the Master Contract has not expired, Party B shall also have the right to participate in Party A’s liquidation or bankruptcy procedures and declare the right.

 

X. If Party A or the Debtor fails to comply with laws, regulations or rules on environmental and social risk management, or may bring harm and related risks to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities (including but not limited to environmental and social issues related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, etc.), Party B shall have the right to exercise the guarantee right under this Contract in advance and take other relief measures agreed in this Contract or permitted by law.

 

XI. In case of any change in Party A’s communication address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and Party A shall bear the legal consequences caused by failure to notify in time.

 

XII. Other Matters

 

(I) The performance period of the main debt is from May 8, 2020 to April 28, 2021, subject to the agreement in the Master Contract.

 

(II) If the mortgage registration items change and need to be changed according to law, Party A shall jointly handle the change registration formalities with Party B according to Party B’s requirements.

 

(III) Party A and Party B have agreed on the address for service and legal consequences of various notices, agreements, and documents related to this Contract:

 

1. Address for Service

 

(1) Party A confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

7 / F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

(2) Party B confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

China Construction Bank, Floor 1, Building 18, Hongrui Garden, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

2. Application of Address for Service

 

The above addresses for service are applicable to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements and documents relevant to the Contract, including but not limited to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements during contract performance period, delivery of relevant documents during dispute and the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents in first trial, second trial and executive procedure and other procedures after the dispute’s entering arbitration and civil procedure.

 

3. Change of the address for service

 

(1) If Party A needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing 10 working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to the address for service of Party B;

 

(2) If Party B needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party A by telephone or e-mail.

 

(3) If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil litigation, the party shall also perform the obligation of written notice to the arbitration institution and the court.

 

(4) After one party performs the obligation of sending the notice of change of address according to the above agreement, the address for service after change will be the effective address for service; otherwise the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

4. Legal consequences

 

(1) If the notice, agreement, legal document and other documents are not actually received by the party due to the address for service provided or confirmed by either party is inaccurate, the notice obligation is not fulfilled in time in the above manner after the change of address for service, the party or its designated receiver refuses to receive, etc, in case of service by post, the date of return of documents shall be deemed as the date of service; in case of direct service, the date on which the addresser records the information on the service receipt on the spot shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(2) For the above-mentioned address for service, the arbitration institution and the court can directly mail the service, even if the parties fail to receive the documents mailed by the arbitration institution and the court, due to the above agreement, it shall also be deemed as service.

 

6

 

 

XIII. Contract Dispute Resolution Methods

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract can be settled through negotiation. If negotiation fails, it shall be settled as the following method of item 1. During the litigation or arbitration period, the clauses of this Contract that do not involve disputes shall still be performed.

 

1. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where Party B is located.

 

2. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the Contract is signed.

 

3. Submit to the Blank Arbitration Commission (place of arbitration is Blank), and conduct arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding upon both Parties.

 

XIV. The Effectiveness of the Contract

 

This Contract shall come into effect after being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party A’s Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent and being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party B’s Person in Charge or Authorized Agent.

 

XV This Contract is made in quintuplicate.

 

Article XII List of Mortgaged Property

 

The list of mortgaged property under this Contract is as follows:

 

List of Mortgaged Property

Name of Mortgaged Property

Number of Ownership Certificate and Other Relevant Certificate No. Address Area or Quantity The amount of mortgage that has been set for other credit rights (RMB 10,000) Note
702, 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Shenzhen City S.F.D.Z. No.4000630679 702, 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Shenzhen City 640.37 m2    

  

Article XIII Party B’s Handling Bank and Seal

 

Party A confirms: after this Contract comes into effect, Party B may entrust Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation and/or one or more of its branches as the handling bank for this Contract. The handling bank has the right to perform its obligations under this Contract in its own name, sign relevant legal documents and enjoy the rights under this Contract, including but not limited to being responsible for the actual performance (all or part), debt collection, litigation/arbitration, execution and other matters of this Contract. If the handling bank has performed Party B’s obligations under this Contract, it shall be deemed that Party B has performed this Contract, and Party A’s obligations and responsibilities shall not be reduced or exempted. Party B or the handling bank shall have the right to affix the official seal, the special seal for relevant finance or the special seal for contract of Party B or the handling bank on the relevant materials or certificates.

 

Article XIV Party A’s Representations and Warranties

 

I. Party A clearly understands the business scope and authority of Party B.

 

II. Party A has read all the terms and conditions of this Contract and the Master Contract. As requested by the Party A, Party B has made explanations for the corresponding terms and conditions of this Contract and the Master Contract. Party A has full information and understanding regarding the implication of the terms and conditions and the corresponding legal consequence of this Contract and the Master Contract.

 

III. Party A has the legal qualification of a Guarantor. Party A’s guarantee behavior under this Contract complies with the provisions of laws, administrative regulations, rules, Party A’s articles of association or internal organization documents, and has been approved by the Company’s internal competent authority and/or the national competent authority. All liabilities arising from Party A’s inability to sign this contract shall be borne by Party A, including but not limited to compensate Party B in full for the losses thus incurred.

 

7

 

 

IV. Party A confirms that it has fully understood the Debtor’s assets, debts, operation, credit and reputation, whether it has the qualification and authority to sign the Master Contract and all the contents of the Master Contract.

 

V. Party A shall have the right to own or dispose of the mortgaged property according to law. The mortgaged property is not a public welfare facility and is prohibited from circulation and transfer. There is no ownership dispute.

 

VI. There is no other joint owner of the mortgaged property or the guarantee behavior has been agreed upon by the other joint owners in witting although there are other joint owners.

 

VII. The mortgaged property does not have any defects or burdens that have not been notified to Party B in writing, including but not limited to the fact that the mortgaged property is restricted in circulation, sealed up, detained, supervised, leased or retained, the mortgaged property is in arrears with the purchase price, maintenance cost, construction project price, state tax, land use right transfer fee, damages, etc., or the mortgaged property has already set a guarantee for a third party.

 

VIII. All materials and information related to the mortgaged property provided by Party A to Party B are true, legal, accurate and complete.

 

IX. The provision of this mortgage guarantee by Party A does not harm the legitimate interests of any third party and does not violate Party A’s legal and contractual obligations.

 

Party A (Official Seal): United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent (Signature): Bao Minfei

 

May 8, 2020

 

Party B (Seal): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation (Seal Affixed)

 

Person in Charge or Authorized Agent (Signature): Wang Ye

 

May 8, 2020

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

 

Agreement on Maximum Accounts Receivable Pledge for Credit Line Loan

[Unofficial English Translation]

 

Contract No.: Z.2020 E.17609 Q.H.

 

Pledgor (Party A): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Bao Minfei Postal Code:518000

Fax: This column is blank Tel.:0755-86512180

Pledgee (Party B): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Address: Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No. 6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City Postal Code: 518000

Person in Charge: Wang Ye

Fax: 0755-23828111 Tel.:0755-23828888

 

Place of Signing: Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Whereas Party A is willing to provide maximum amount pledge guarantee for a series of debts of the Debtor under the Contract for Credit Line Loan (hereinafter referred to as the Contract for Credit Line Loan) with the No. of J.2020 E.17609 Q.H. signed by Party B and United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Debtor”), according to relevant laws, regulations and rules, Party A and Party B have reached an agreement through negotiation to conclude this Contract for mutual compliance.

 

Article I Pledged Accounts Receivable

 

I. Party A shall pledge the Accounts Receivable agreed in Item (II).

 

(1) Party A’s following Accounts Receivable, with the following specific information;

 

Serial No. Title of Basic Transaction Contract Base Transaction Contract No. Payer of Accounts Receivable Amount of Accounts Receivable Maturity Date of Accounts Receivable Invoice No. Note
This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank
This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank This column is blank

 

1

 

 

(2) Party A Pledges all Accounts Receivable to Party B.

 

II. The term “Basic Transaction Contract” mentioned in this Contract refers to the contract as the basis for the occurrence of Accounts Receivable.

 

III. When the above Accounts Receivable are pledged, Party A’s legal and valid credit rights and other rights and interests related to Accounts Receivable to the Payer and/or a third party shall be also pledged to Party B, including but not limited to the principal and interest of Accounts Receivable, liquidated damages, damages and the subordinate credit rights of all principal credit rights such as guarantee rights and insurance rights and other rights and interests related to the principal credit rights.

 

Article II Party A’s Statement and Guarantee

 

I. The Accounts Receivable are true, complete, legal and effective. Party A legally owns the Accounts Receivable and enjoys the right to dispose of them. Provision of the pledge guarantee by Party A will not damage the legal interests of any third party or violate Party A’s legal and contractual obligations. The Accounts Receivable do not have any defects in rights, including but not limited to: the Accounts Receivable do not have any restrictions (including but not limited to those stipulated by law and contract); Party A has never transferred or donated and will not transfer or donate the account receivable to any third party; Accounts Receivable have not been pledged or secured in any other form, and have not been designated as property under any trust name; Accounts Receivable will not be offset, counterclaimed, compensated for losses or deducted. Party A shall not make any form of disposition (including but not limited to transfer and creating pledge or any other form of guarantee, trust, etc.) after the pledge of the Accounts Receivable.

 

Party A shall ensure that the statute of limitation is applicable to the Accounts Receivable.

 

If there is guarantee in any form under Accounts Receivable, Party A shall ensure and maintain the value and continuous validity of such guarantee.

 

II. Party A guarantees that the commercial activities under the Basic Transaction Contract are within the normal business scope of Party A, and that the Basic Transaction Contract is legal and valid. Party A guarantees that all pledged Accounts Receivable represent real, legal and bona fide sales of goods (or services) other than consignment sales, trial, commission or sale by proxy, and are in a normal and non-delinquent state. Party A guarantees that there is no dispute between it and the Payer of Accounts Receivable, and Party A will strictly perform all its obligations such as delivery in accordance with the stipulations of the Basic Transaction Contract. Without Party B’s prior written consent, Party A shall not agree to make any change to the Basic Transaction Contract (including but not limited to the settlement method and settlement amount) which may adversely affect Party B’s pledge right.

 

Party A guarantees that the Payer of the Accounts Receivable will not claim set-off or conduct any other defense, and any agreement between the Payer of the Accounts Receivable and Party A will not restrict the exercise of Party B’s pledge right.

 

III. The goods (or services) under the Basic Transaction Contract do not have any defect in rights, including but not limited to: not being and will not be mortgaged, pledged or guaranteed in any other form; not designated as property under any trust; not being and will not be retained, detained or sealed up by any party; no other party has reserved the ownership of the goods in any contract with Party A.

 

IV. Party A will provide Party B with materials related to pledged Accounts Receivable according to Party B’s requirements, including but not limited to Basic Transaction Contract, special VAT invoices for sales, inspection forms and accounts, computer data records and other documents and vouchers that record or prove pledged Accounts Receivable. Party A guarantees that all materials and information provided to Party B are accurate, true, complete, legal and valid.

 

V. If the value of the pledged Accounts Receivable has been or may be reduced, or the Payer of the Accounts Receivable has any breach of contract or any adverse change in its financial situation, Party A shall immediately notify Party B and provide new guarantees or take other measures as required by Party B.

 

2

 

 

VI. Party A clearly understands the business scope and authority of Party B. Party A has read all the terms of this Contract and the Master Contract. As requested by the Party A, Party B has made explanations for the corresponding terms of this Contract and the Master Contract. Party A has full information and understanding regarding the implication of the terms and conditions and the corresponding legal consequence of this Contract and the Master Contract.

 

VII. Party A has the legal qualification of a guarantor. Party A’s guarantee behavior under this Contract complies with the provisions of laws, administrative regulations, rules and articles of association or internal organization documents of Party A, and has been approved by the Company’s internal competent authority and/or the national competent authority. All liabilities arising from Party A’s inability to sign this contract shall be borne by Party A, including but not limited to compensate Party B in full for the losses thus incurred.

 

VIII. Party A confirms that it has fully understood the Debtor’s assets, debts, operation, credit and reputation, whether it has the qualification and authority to sign the Master Contract and all the contents of the Master Contract.

 

Article III Scope of Master Contract and Pledge Guarantee

 

I. Under the Contract for Credit Line Loan, Party B will sign (and/or has signed) relevant annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, notices and other legal documents with the debtor during the valid period of credit line under the Contract for Credit Line Loan for the Debtor to continuously handle the loan business agreed in the Contract for Credit Line Loan.

 

The Master Contract guaranteed by this Contract includes but is not limited to the above-mentioned Contract for Credit Line Loan and its related annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, notice, agreement, various types of vouchers and other legal documents forming the relationship between credit rights and debts.

 

II. The guarantee scope of this maximum amount pledge is all debts under the Master Contract, including but not limited to the total principal, interest (including compound interest and penalty interest), liquidated damages, compensatory damages, other payments to be made by the Debtor to Party B (including but not limited to the relevant handling fees, telecommunications fees and miscellaneous fees paid by Party B, and relevant bank fees refused to be borne by the Beneficiary under the letter of credit, etc.), and all expenses incurred by Party B to realize the credit rights and security rights (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, assessment fees, auction fees, notarial fees, delivery fees, announcement fees, legal fees, etc.). The guarantee scope agreed in this Contract is the amount in total of price and tax including value-added tax.

 

III. The maximum amount of guarantee liabilities under this maximum amount pledge is (currency) RMB (amount in words) Twenty-two Million and Five Hundred Thousand Only. If Party A performs its guarantee obligations according to this Contract, the maximum amount shall decrease accordingly according to the amount performed.

 

IV. The determination period of credit rights with the maximum amount pledge is the valid period of credit line under the Master Contract.

 

V. Even if the actual formation time of loans, advances, interest, expenses or any other credit rights of Party B under the Master Contract exceeds the determination period of credit rights, it still falls within the guarantee scope of the maximum amount pledge. The expiration date of the debt performance period under the Master Contract shall not be limited by the determination period of credit rights.

 

Article IV Registration and Notification of Pledged Accounts Receivable

 

Party A shall sign a pledge registration agreement for Accounts Receivable according to Party B’s requirements, and submit relevant materials required for pledge registration to Party B and provide necessary assistance upon Party B’s requirements. Party B shall handle the pledge registration formalities.

 

Party A and Party B shall send a notice of pledge of Accounts Receivable to the Payer of Accounts Receivable.

 

3

 

 

Article V Change of Master Contract

 

I. Party A agrees that Party B and the Debtor need not notify Party A of the signing of the Master Contract or any changes to the Master Contract (including but not limited to extending the debt performance period or increasing the principal amount of credit rights), and Party A shall still assume the guarantee liabilities within the maximum amount and guarantee scope agreed upon in this Contract.

 

II. Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced or exempted due to any of the following circumstances:

 

(I) Party B or the Debtor has any restructuring, consolidation, merger, division, increase or decrease of capital, joint venture, joint operation, renaming, etc.;

 

(II) Party B entrusts a third party to perform its obligations under the Master Contract.

 

III. If the credit rights under the Master Contract are transferred to a third party, the guarantee under this Contract will be transferred accordingly, and Party A shall assist in handling the registration formalities for pledge change.

 

IV. If the transfer of credit rights or debts under the Master Contract is ineffective, invalid, canceled or terminated, Party A shall still assume the guarantee liabilities to Party B in accordance with this Contract.

 

Article VI Obstruction by a Third Party

 

I. If the state or other third parties confiscate, seal up, freeze, detain, supervise, deduct or auction the pledged Accounts Receivable, or if there is a dispute over the ownership of the pledged Accounts Receivable, Party A shall immediately notify Party B. At Party B’s request, Party A shall provide a new guarantee that meets the requirements of Party B.

 

II. The remaining part of the pledged Accounts Receivable after the occurrence of circumstance in the preceding paragraph shall still be used as the pledge guarantee for Party B’s credit rights. The indemnity and compensation obtained by Party A due to the above reasons shall be deposited into the account designated by Party B. Party B has the right to choose any of the following methods to deal with the above funds, and Party A shall assist in handling relevant procedures.

 

(I) Use the funds to repair the property under the charging right to restore its value;

 

(II) Make settlement or early settlement of the principal and interest of the debts and related expenses under the Master Contract;

 

(III) Provide pledge guarantee for debts under the Master Contract;

 

(IV) After Party A provides a new guarantee that meets the requirements of Party B, Party A shall be free to dispose of it.

 

Article VII Special Account

 

Within five working days from the date of signing this Contract, Party A shall open a special account in Party B. The collected funds of pledged Accounts Receivable shall be directly paid to the special account to provide pledge guarantee for Party B’s credit rights, and Party B has the right to deduct the funds in the account for making settlement or early settlement of the debts under the Master Contract without notifying Party A in advance. Before the Debtor fully repays the debts under the Master Contract, Party A shall not disburse, transfer or otherwise dispose of the funds in the special account without Party B’s prior written consent.

 

Opening Bank: Hongrui Sub-branch of China Construction Bank

 

Special Account Name: United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Account No.: 44201002700052517141

 

Party A shall notify the Payer of Accounts Receivable of the above-mentioned special account in the Accounts Receivable Pledge Notice and require the Payer to pay all accounts payable to the above-mentioned special account. Without Party B’s prior written consent, Party A shall not notify the Payer of Accounts Receivable of the change of collection account of the Accounts Receivable.

 

4

 

 

If the Payer of the Accounts Receivable pays any Accounts Receivable to an account other than the above-mentioned special account or pays Party A by other means, Party A shall pay the amount received to the above-mentioned special account.

 

Article VIII Realization of Pledge Rights

 

I. If the Debtor fails to perform the debts due under the Master Contract or fails to perform the debts declared to be due in advance, or violates other agreements in the Master Contract, or the Payer of the Accounts Receivable breaches the Basic Transaction Contract, Party B has the right to dispose of the pledged Accounts Receivable. Party A hereby agrees that:

 

(I) Party B has the right to exercise all its rights owned in the capacity of Pledgee at such time and in such manner as it deems appropriate without prior notice.

 

(II) Party B has the right to choose any of the following methods to realize the pledged Accounts Receivable, and Party A shall bear all expenses:

 

1. Dispose of pledged Accounts Receivable and obtain disposition income;

 

2. Hire relevant agency to auction all or part of the pledged Accounts Receivable;

 

3. Exercise the guarantee rights under Accounts Receivable;

 

4. Require the Payer of Accounts Receivable to pay Party B directly;

 

5. Other measures permitted by law.

 

(III) Party B has the right to collect all funds under or related to pledged Accounts Receivable; Party A shall provide all necessary assistance to initiate or participate in litigation or arbitration on matters related to pledged Accounts Receivable, including but not limited to authorizing Party B in writing to initiate or participate in litigation or arbitration in the name of Party A and signing all necessary legal documents according to Party B’s requirements at Party A’s sole expenses and exercising any rights related to pledged Accounts Receivable.

 

II. If Party A is the Debtor, Party B may apply for compulsory enforcement on the property other than the pledged Accounts Receivable of Party A, without considering the waiver of the pledge rights or disposing of the pledged Accounts Receivable as a precondition.

 

III. Party A shall not prevent Party B from realizing the pledge rights in any way (including acts or omissions).

 

IV. No matter whether Party B has other guarantees (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee, standby letter of credit, etc.) for the credit rights under the Master Contract, no matter when the above other guarantees are established, whether they are valid, whether Party B puts forward claims to other guarantors, whether a third party agrees to bear all or part of the debts under the Master Contract, and whether other guarantees are provided by the Debtor himself, Party A’s guarantee liability under the Contract will not be relieved as a result, and Party B may directly require Party A to bear the guarantee liabilities within its guarantee scope as agreed in the Contract, and Party A will not raise any objection.

 

V. If the debts under the Master Contract have not been fully paid off after Party A assumes the guarantee liabilities, Party A promises that its claim (including pre-exercise) of subrogation right or recourse right to the Debtor or other guarantors shall not cause any damage to Party B’s interests, and agrees that the repayment of debts under the Master Contract shall have priority over the realization of Party A’s subrogation right or recourse right.

 

Specifically, before Party B’s credit rights are fully paid off,

 

(I) Party A agrees not to claim subrogation right or recourse right from the Debtor or other guarantors; if Party A realizes the above rights for any reason, it shall pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority;

 

(II) If there is any object guarantee for the debts under the Master Contract, Party A agrees not to claim the guarantee or the proceeds from its disposal for the reason of exercising the subrogation right or for any other reasons, and the above guaranty and the proceeds shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B in priority;

 

5

 

 

(III) If the Debtor or other guarantors provide counter guarantee for Party A, the amount obtained by Party A based on the above counter guarantee shall be used to pay off the outstanding credit rights of Party B.

 

VI. If the Master Contract is non-established, ineffective, invalid, partially invalid or canceled or dissolved, and Party A and the Debtor are not the same person, Party A shall be jointly and severally liable to the Debtor for the debts arising from the return of property or compensation for losses within the guarantee scope agreed in this Contract.

 

VII. Party A has fully realized the interest rate risk. If Party B adjusts the interest rate level, interest bearing or interest settlement method according to the agreement in the Master Contract or the change of the national interest rate policy, resulting in an increase in the interest, penalty interest and compound interest payable by the Debtor, Party A shall also bear guarantee liabilities for the increase.

 

VIII. In addition to the debts under the Master Contract, if the Debtor has other debts due to Party B, Party B has the right to transfer and collect the RMB or other currency in the account opened by the Debtor in China Construction Bank system, and which shall be first used to pay off any debts due, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities shall not be reduced and exempted.

 

Article IX Liability for Breach of Contract

 

I. Party B has the right to take one or more of the following measures if Party A violates any agreement or there is any falsehood, error or omission in representations and warranties in this Contract:

 

1. Request Party A to correct the acts for breaching the contract within a time limit;

 

2. Request Party A to provide a new guarantee;

 

3. Request Party A to compensate for the losses;

 

4. Dispose of pledged Accounts Receivable;

 

5. Require the Payer of Accounts Receivable to pay Party B directly;

 

6. Other relief measures permitted by law.

 

II. Party B has the right to choose any method agreed in Items (II) to (IV) of Paragraph II of Article VI to deal with the proceeds from the disposal of pledged Accounts Receivable, and Party A shall assist in handling relevant procedures.

 

III. If the pledge rights are not effectively established, or the value of pledged Accounts Receivable is reduced, or Party B fails to realize the pledge rights timely and sufficiently due to Party A’s reasons, and if Party A and the Debtor are not the same person, Party B has the right to require Party A to bear joint and several liabilities for the guaranteed debts with the Debtor within the guarantee scope agreed in this Contract.

 

Article X Party B’s Handling Bank and Seal

 

Party A confirms: after this Contract comes into effect, Party B may entrust Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation and/or one or more of its branches as the handling bank for this Contract. The handling bank has the right to perform its obligations under this Contract in its own name, sign relevant legal documents and enjoy the rights under this Contract, including but not limited to being responsible for the actual performance (all or part), debt collection, litigation/arbitration, execution and other matters of this Contract. If the handling bank has performed Party B’s obligations under this Contract, it shall be deemed that Party B has performed this Contract, and Party A’s obligations and responsibilities shall not be reduced or exempted. Party B or the handling bank shall have the right to affix the official seal, the special seal for relevant business or the special seal for contract of Party B or the handling bank on the relevant materials or certificates.

 

6

 

 

Article XI Other Terms

 

I. Cost Bearing

 

1. Expenses incurred due to Party A’s breach of any agreement in this Contract (including but not limited to the actual legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fee evaluation fees, auction fees, notarization fees, service fees, announcement fees, attorney fees and other expenses incurred by Party B due to Party A’s breach of Contract) shall be borne by Party A;

 

2. For other expenses, Party A and Party B agree as follows: This column is blank

 

This column is blank

 

 

II. Transfer and Collection of Payables

 

Party B has the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system for all the payables of Party A under this Contract, without prior notice to Party A. Party A is obliged to assist Party B in handling the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sale or foreign exchange trading, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

III. Use of Party A’s Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B shall inquire Party A’s credit status from the credit database approved by the People’s Bank of China and the credit investigation department or relevant units and departments, that Party B shall provide Party A’s information to the credit database approved by the People’s Bank of China and the credit investigation department, and that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business needs.

 

IV. Announcement for Collection

 

Party B shall have the right to inform the relevant departments or units of Party A’s breach of contract, and shall have the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

 

V. Validity of Evidence Recorded by Party B

 

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records about the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records, the documents and vouchers produced or retained by Party B in the process of Debtor’s withdrawal, repayment, payment of interest and other business, as well as the records and vouchers of Party B’s collection of loans, shall constitute the confirmation evidence effectively proving the credit rights relationship under the Master Contract. Party A shall not raise any objection just on the ground that the above records, documents and vouchers are made or retained by Party B unilaterally.

 

VI. Reservation of Rights

 

The rights of Party B hereunder shall not affect or exclude any other rights granted by laws, regulations and other contracts. Any tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall be deemed neither as waive of the rights and interests hereunder nor as the consent or acceptance for any behaviors violating this Contract. Such tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall neither influence, prevent or hinder continuous performance of the rights or performance of other rights nor cause the Party B to assume any rights and obligations, arising thereof, for the Party A.

 

Even if Party B does not perform or delay the performance of any rights hereunder or does not use up any relief hereunder, Party A’s guarantee liabilities hereunder shall not be reduced and exempted therefore. However, if Party B reduces and exempts the debts hereunder, the Party A’s guarantee liabilities will be reduced and exempted accordingly.

 

VII. In case of division, dissolution, bankruptcy proceedings, revocation, cancellation of industrial and commercial registration and revocation of business license, Party A shall immediately notify Party B (unless Party B has been aware of it).

 

VIII. The Debtor’s Dissolution or Bankruptcy

 

After Party A knows that the Debtor has entered the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure, it shall immediately notify Party B to declare its credit rights. Meanwhile, it shall participate in the dissolution or bankruptcy procedure in a timely manner and exercise the recourse right in advance. If Party A knows or should know that the Debtor has entered dissolution or bankruptcy procedures, but fails to exercise the recourse right in advance in time, the losses shall be borne by Party A itself.

 

7

 

 

Notwithstanding the agreement in Item II of Paragraph VI in this Article, if Party B and the Debtor reach a settlement agreement or agree to a reorganization plan during the Debtor’s bankruptcy proceedings, Party B’s rights under this Contract will not be damaged by the settlement agreement or reorganization plan, and Party A’s guarantee liabilities will not be reduced or exempted. Party A shall not oppose Party B’s claims under the conditions stipulated in the settlement agreement and reorganization plan. For the credit rights that Party B has made concessions to the Debtor in the settlement agreement and reorganization plan and has not obtained the settlement, Party B shall still have the right to demand Party A to assume the guarantee liabilities.

 

IX. Party A’s Dissolution or Bankruptcy

 

If Party A dissolves or goes bankrupt, and even if Party A’s credit rights under the Master Contract has not expired, Party B shall also have the right to participate in Party A’s liquidation or bankruptcy procedures and declare the right.

 

X. In case of any change in Party A’s communication address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and Party A shall bear the legal consequences caused by failure to notify in time.

 

XI. If Party A or the Debtor fails to comply with laws, regulations or rules on environmental and social risk management, or may bring harm and related risks to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities (including but not limited to environmental and social issues related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, etc.), Party B shall have the right to exercise the guarantee right under this Contract in advance and take other relief measures agreed in this Contract or permitted by law.

 

XII. Other Matters

 

(I) Party A and Party B have agreed on the address for service and legal consequences of various notices, agreements, and documents related to this Contract:

 

1. Address for Service

 

(1) Party A confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

7 / F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

(2) Party B confirms that its valid address for service is:

 

China Construction Bank, Floor 1, Building 18, Hongrui Garden, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

2. Application of Address for Service

 

The above addresses for service are applicable to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements and documents relevant to the Contract, including but not limited to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements during contract performance period, delivery of relevant documents during dispute and the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents in first trial, second trial and executive procedure and other procedures after the dispute’s entering arbitration and civil procedure.

 

3. Change of the address for service

 

(1) If Party A needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing 10 working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to the address for service of Party B;

 

(2) If Party B needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party A by telephone or e-mail.

 

(3) If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil litigation, the party shall also perform the obligation of written notice to the arbitration institution and the court.

 

(4) After one party performs the obligation of sending the notice of change of address according to the above agreement, the address for service after change will be the effective address for service; otherwise the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

8

 

 

4. Legal consequences

 

(1) If the notice, agreement, legal document and other documents are not actually received by the party due to the address for service provided or confirmed by either party is inaccurate, the notice obligation is not fulfilled in time in the above manner after the change of address for service, the party or its designated receiver refuses to receive, etc, in case of service by post, the date of return of documents shall be deemed as the date of service; in case of direct service, the date on which the addresser records the information on the service receipt on the spot shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(2) For the above-mentioned address for service, the arbitration institution and the court can directly mail the service, even if the parties fail to receive the documents mailed by the arbitration institution and the court, due to the above agreement, it shall also be deemed as service.

 

This column is blank

 

 

This column is blank

 

 

This column is blank

 

 

XIII. Contract Dispute Resolution Methods

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract can be settled through negotiation. If negotiation fails, it shall be settled as the following method of item 1. During the litigation or arbitration period, the clauses of this Contract that do not involve disputes shall still be performed.

 

1. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where Party B is located.

 

2. Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the Contract is signed.

 

3. Submit to the Blank Arbitration Commission (place of arbitration is Blank), and conduct arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding upon both Parties.

 

XIV. The Effectiveness of the Contract

 

This Contract shall come into effect after being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party A’s Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent and being signed or stamped with official seal (or special seal for contract) by Party B’s Person in Charge or Authorized Agent.

 

XV. This contract is made in quadruplicate.

 

Party A (Official Seal): United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent (Signature): Bao Minfei

May 8, 2020

 

Party B (Seal): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation (Seal Affixed)

Person in Charge or Authorized Agent (Signature): Wang Ye

May 8, 2020

 

 

9

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

UTime Limited

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated September 30, 2019, except for Notes 14 and 18, as to which the date is June 2, 2020 relating to the consolidated financial statements of UTime Limited, its subsidiaries, variable interest entity (“VIE”) and subsidiaries of the VIE as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, which is contained in that Prospectus.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP

 

Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China

June 2, 2020

Exhibit 99.6 

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

 

June 2, 2020

 

VIA EDGAR

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

Division of Corporation Finance

Office of Manufacturing

100 F Street, NE

Washington, D.C. 20549

Attn: Mr. Russell Mancuso

 

  Re: UTime Limited

Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1

Filed June 2, 2020

File No. 333-237260

 

Dear Mr. Mancuso:

 

The undersigned, UTime Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “Company”), is submitting this letter via EDGAR to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the Company’s filing of Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s above-referenced registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) of ordinary shares.

 

The Company has included in the Registration Statement its audited consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, as of March 31, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the two fiscal years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2019 and for each of the six-month periods ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F states that the last year of audited financial statements for a company in a registration statement on Form F-1 may not be older than 15 months at the time of the offering, provided that, in the case of a company’s IPO, the registration statement on Form F-1 must contain audited financial statements of a date not older than 12 months from the date of the IPO.

 

Pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, a company may comply with the 15-month requirement in this item if the company is able to represent that it is not required to comply with the 12-month requirement in any other jurisdiction outside the United States and that complying with the 12-month requirement is impracticable or involves undue hardship.

 

The Company hereby represents to the Commission that:

 

1. The Company is not currently a public reporting company in any other jurisdiction.

 

2. The Company is not required by any jurisdiction outside the United States to prepare, and has not prepared, financial statements audited under any generally accepted auditing standards for any interim period.

 

3. Compliance with Item 8.A.4 is impracticable and involves undue hardship for the Company.

 

 

 

 

4. The Company does not anticipate that its audited financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020 will be available until July 2020.

 

5. In no event will the Company seek effectiveness of the Registration Statement if its audited financial statements are older than 15 months at the time of the offering.

 

The Company will file this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F.

 

Please do not hesitate to contact me if you have any questions regarding the foregoing or if we can provide any additional information.

 

  Sincerely,
     
  UTime Limited
     
  By: /s/ Minfei Bao
  Name: Minfei Bao
  Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer